<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<?xml-stylesheet href="/stylesheet.xsl" type="text/xsl"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0">
  <channel>
    <atom:link rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" href="https://feeds.transistor.fm/startup-therapy" title="MP3 Audio"/>
    <atom:link rel="hub" href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/"/>
    <podcast:podping usesPodping="true"/>
    <title>Startup Therapy</title>
    <generator>Transistor (https://transistor.fm)</generator>
    <itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.transistor.fm/startup-therapy</itunes:new-feed-url>
    <description>The "No BS" version of how startups are really built, taught by actual startup Founders who have lived through all of it. Hosts Wil Schroter and Ryan Rutan talk candidly about the intense struggles Founders face both personally and professionally as they try to turn their idea into something that will change the world.</description>
    <copyright>2019</copyright>
    <podcast:guid>9d59befb-0344-5956-a0b6-9a051311e707</podcast:guid>
    <podcast:locked>yes</podcast:locked>
    <language>en</language>
    <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2026 07:33:16 -0700</pubDate>
    <lastBuildDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2026 07:38:05 -0700</lastBuildDate>
    <link>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy</link>
    <image>
      <url>https://img.transistorcdn.com/V6duZrqV_UQ14iHl7lNS24KCqymItx0DQyjCf632wEQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzYzOTYvMTU3NjI4/MDk2MS1hcnR3b3Jr/LmpwZw.jpg</url>
      <title>Startup Therapy</title>
      <link>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy</link>
    </image>
    <itunes:category text="Business"/>
    <itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type>
    <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
    <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/V6duZrqV_UQ14iHl7lNS24KCqymItx0DQyjCf632wEQ/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9zaG93/LzYzOTYvMTU3NjI4/MDk2MS1hcnR3b3Jr/LmpwZw.jpg"/>
    <itunes:summary>The "No BS" version of how startups are really built, taught by actual startup Founders who have lived through all of it. Hosts Wil Schroter and Ryan Rutan talk candidly about the intense struggles Founders face both personally and professionally as they try to turn their idea into something that will change the world.</itunes:summary>
    <itunes:subtitle>The "No BS" version of how startups are really built, taught by actual startup Founders who have lived through all of it.</itunes:subtitle>
    <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
    <itunes:owner>
      <itunes:name>Startups.com</itunes:name>
    </itunes:owner>
    <itunes:complete>No</itunes:complete>
    <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    <item>
      <title>Founders Need Finish Lines</title>
      <itunes:episode>329</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>329</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders Need Finish Lines</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">42b05d7f-4204-4d54-b846-815dbf548870</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/399df826</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you hit a milestone in your startup and immediately get handed the next problem? The episode explores why startup work rarely delivers a true sense of “done,” how founders get trapped by the arrival fallacy (believing the next round, milestone, or cushion will finally bring relief), and how the constant threat of being “eaten” by faster competitors turns ambition into paranoia. Ryan and Will compare the endless nature of startups to more finite work, discuss how chasing metrics and despising complacency fuels chronic restlessness, and share personal examples of goals that didn’t bring fulfillment. Their takeaway: startups are an infinite game, so founders need to create completion outside work—through finishable, tangible activities like cooking, workouts, sports, cleaning, or building projects—because completion is psychological maintenance, not a luxury.<br><strong><br>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:37 Goals vs Fulfillment<br>02:46 Arrival Fallacy Explained<br>03:42 Milestones Aren't Meaning<br>05:16 Dopamine and Restlessness<br>05:40 Painful Arrivals Stories<br>09:13 Despising Complacency<br>11:00 Getting Eaten Alive by Change<br>16:09 Contentment vs Career Metrics<br>18:24 Ad Break and Lamborghini Setup<br>19:22 Breaking Down The Fees<br>19:40 Paranoia About Losing It<br>20:30 Advice Comes With Bias<br>21:08 Founder Scarcity Mindset<br>22:54 Finding Completion Offline<br>26:32 Why Startup Wins Feel Empty<br>31:41 Small Finishes Refill The Tank<br>33:16 Buying Stuff Won’t Fix It<br>35:57 Appreciation Versus Earning<br>37:34 Manufacture Your Finish Line</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you hit a milestone in your startup and immediately get handed the next problem? The episode explores why startup work rarely delivers a true sense of “done,” how founders get trapped by the arrival fallacy (believing the next round, milestone, or cushion will finally bring relief), and how the constant threat of being “eaten” by faster competitors turns ambition into paranoia. Ryan and Will compare the endless nature of startups to more finite work, discuss how chasing metrics and despising complacency fuels chronic restlessness, and share personal examples of goals that didn’t bring fulfillment. Their takeaway: startups are an infinite game, so founders need to create completion outside work—through finishable, tangible activities like cooking, workouts, sports, cleaning, or building projects—because completion is psychological maintenance, not a luxury.<br><strong><br>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:37 Goals vs Fulfillment<br>02:46 Arrival Fallacy Explained<br>03:42 Milestones Aren't Meaning<br>05:16 Dopamine and Restlessness<br>05:40 Painful Arrivals Stories<br>09:13 Despising Complacency<br>11:00 Getting Eaten Alive by Change<br>16:09 Contentment vs Career Metrics<br>18:24 Ad Break and Lamborghini Setup<br>19:22 Breaking Down The Fees<br>19:40 Paranoia About Losing It<br>20:30 Advice Comes With Bias<br>21:08 Founder Scarcity Mindset<br>22:54 Finding Completion Offline<br>26:32 Why Startup Wins Feel Empty<br>31:41 Small Finishes Refill The Tank<br>33:16 Buying Stuff Won’t Fix It<br>35:57 Appreciation Versus Earning<br>37:34 Manufacture Your Finish Line</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2026 07:31:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/399df826/4b8db478.mp3" length="92530085" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2313</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you hit a milestone in your startup and immediately get handed the next problem? The episode explores why startup work rarely delivers a true sense of “done,” how founders get trapped by the arrival fallacy (believing the next round, milestone, or cushion will finally bring relief), and how the constant threat of being “eaten” by faster competitors turns ambition into paranoia. Ryan and Will compare the endless nature of startups to more finite work, discuss how chasing metrics and despising complacency fuels chronic restlessness, and share personal examples of goals that didn’t bring fulfillment. Their takeaway: startups are an infinite game, so founders need to create completion outside work—through finishable, tangible activities like cooking, workouts, sports, cleaning, or building projects—because completion is psychological maintenance, not a luxury.<br><strong><br>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:37 Goals vs Fulfillment<br>02:46 Arrival Fallacy Explained<br>03:42 Milestones Aren't Meaning<br>05:16 Dopamine and Restlessness<br>05:40 Painful Arrivals Stories<br>09:13 Despising Complacency<br>11:00 Getting Eaten Alive by Change<br>16:09 Contentment vs Career Metrics<br>18:24 Ad Break and Lamborghini Setup<br>19:22 Breaking Down The Fees<br>19:40 Paranoia About Losing It<br>20:30 Advice Comes With Bias<br>21:08 Founder Scarcity Mindset<br>22:54 Finding Completion Offline<br>26:32 Why Startup Wins Feel Empty<br>31:41 Small Finishes Refill The Tank<br>33:16 Buying Stuff Won’t Fix It<br>35:57 Appreciation Versus Earning<br>37:34 Manufacture Your Finish Line</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/399df826/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Should My Expectations Be?</title>
      <itunes:episode>328</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>328</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Should My Expectations Be?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7501457-0797-40e1-abde-b55e9dc29964</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb6cc977</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re working nonstop and still falling behind? The discussion argues founder happiness and decision-making improve fastest by recalibrating expectations, because “happiness = reality ÷ expectations.” Using stories from trading work for pizza or restaurant tabs to later winning massive business, it highlights how low expectations can make progress feel rewarding, while the “snowflake myth” and unpriced optimism create entitlement and disappointment. They distinguish aspiration (what you’d like) from expectation (what must happen), urging founders to replace unicorn fantasies with concrete, earned milestones like revenue, payroll, and product-market fit. They stress startups take far longer than most timelines claim—often 5–10+ years—even for legendary companies, and warn that funding timelines and social comparison can trigger panic and bad decisions.</p><p>00:37 Pizza Paper Hustle<br>01:41 Rib Money Origins<br>03:07 From Ribs to Lilly<br>04:30 Happiness Math Formula<br>05:59 Lambo Expectations Check<br>07:47 The Snowflake Myth<br>08:09 Optimism vs Expectation<br>09:19 IPO Odds Reality<br>10:53 Aspiration Not Debt<br>12:07 Milestones Over Unicorns<br>15:06 Time Myths and 3x Rule<br>17:36 Funding Clocks and Panic<br>20:42 Startup Mythology Trap<br>24:08 Five to Ten Year Truth<br>24:38 Overnight Success Myth<br>25:19 Funding Timeline Trap<br>26:01 Check Your Premises<br>26:54 Entitlement Mindset<br>28:19 Effort Versus Results<br>30:05 Earning Versus Inheriting<br>35:51 Milestones Not Home Runs<br>37:57 Small Wins Ladder<br>41:06 Expectations And Comparison</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re working nonstop and still falling behind? The discussion argues founder happiness and decision-making improve fastest by recalibrating expectations, because “happiness = reality ÷ expectations.” Using stories from trading work for pizza or restaurant tabs to later winning massive business, it highlights how low expectations can make progress feel rewarding, while the “snowflake myth” and unpriced optimism create entitlement and disappointment. They distinguish aspiration (what you’d like) from expectation (what must happen), urging founders to replace unicorn fantasies with concrete, earned milestones like revenue, payroll, and product-market fit. They stress startups take far longer than most timelines claim—often 5–10+ years—even for legendary companies, and warn that funding timelines and social comparison can trigger panic and bad decisions.</p><p>00:37 Pizza Paper Hustle<br>01:41 Rib Money Origins<br>03:07 From Ribs to Lilly<br>04:30 Happiness Math Formula<br>05:59 Lambo Expectations Check<br>07:47 The Snowflake Myth<br>08:09 Optimism vs Expectation<br>09:19 IPO Odds Reality<br>10:53 Aspiration Not Debt<br>12:07 Milestones Over Unicorns<br>15:06 Time Myths and 3x Rule<br>17:36 Funding Clocks and Panic<br>20:42 Startup Mythology Trap<br>24:08 Five to Ten Year Truth<br>24:38 Overnight Success Myth<br>25:19 Funding Timeline Trap<br>26:01 Check Your Premises<br>26:54 Entitlement Mindset<br>28:19 Effort Versus Results<br>30:05 Earning Versus Inheriting<br>35:51 Milestones Not Home Runs<br>37:57 Small Wins Ladder<br>41:06 Expectations And Comparison</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cb6cc977/8291edd8.mp3" length="114696490" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2867</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you’re working nonstop and still falling behind? The discussion argues founder happiness and decision-making improve fastest by recalibrating expectations, because “happiness = reality ÷ expectations.” Using stories from trading work for pizza or restaurant tabs to later winning massive business, it highlights how low expectations can make progress feel rewarding, while the “snowflake myth” and unpriced optimism create entitlement and disappointment. They distinguish aspiration (what you’d like) from expectation (what must happen), urging founders to replace unicorn fantasies with concrete, earned milestones like revenue, payroll, and product-market fit. They stress startups take far longer than most timelines claim—often 5–10+ years—even for legendary companies, and warn that funding timelines and social comparison can trigger panic and bad decisions.</p><p>00:37 Pizza Paper Hustle<br>01:41 Rib Money Origins<br>03:07 From Ribs to Lilly<br>04:30 Happiness Math Formula<br>05:59 Lambo Expectations Check<br>07:47 The Snowflake Myth<br>08:09 Optimism vs Expectation<br>09:19 IPO Odds Reality<br>10:53 Aspiration Not Debt<br>12:07 Milestones Over Unicorns<br>15:06 Time Myths and 3x Rule<br>17:36 Funding Clocks and Panic<br>20:42 Startup Mythology Trap<br>24:08 Five to Ten Year Truth<br>24:38 Overnight Success Myth<br>25:19 Funding Timeline Trap<br>26:01 Check Your Premises<br>26:54 Entitlement Mindset<br>28:19 Effort Versus Results<br>30:05 Earning Versus Inheriting<br>35:51 Milestones Not Home Runs<br>37:57 Small Wins Ladder<br>41:06 Expectations And Comparison</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb6cc977/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Actually Happens When A Founder Runs Out of Gas?</title>
      <itunes:episode>327</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>327</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Actually Happens When A Founder Runs Out of Gas?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a3fddf6d-f45e-467a-aa84-d0efee7b16df</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3cadcbc9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you think really happens if you burn out and step away for a minute? The conversation breaks down how founders often imagine an apocalyptic chain reaction—customers leaving, the team collapsing, investors panicking—when in reality burnout is a predictable capacity ceiling and most worst-case scenarios don’t happen. They argue the real danger is pretending burnout won’t come, pushing until physical failure, and keeping recovery secret, which can create the chaos founders fear. Using sports analogies, they emphasize that staying “on the field” nonstop makes you a liability, and that planned breaks build resilience, give teams room to step up, and help founders regain creativity and effectiveness. The core takeaway: treat recovery like required maintenance, plan for it, and build a company that doesn’t depend on you 24/7.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:57 Apocalypse Scenario<br>02:12 Always On Mentality<br>03:49 No Built In Breaks<br>06:56 Superman Plan Fails<br>08:06 Burnout Warning Signs<br>10:32 Atlas Shrugged Reality<br>15:22 Hockey Shift Lesson<br>16:23 Fear of Replacing Yourself<br>16:46 Stop Guessing Get Help<br>17:19 Burnout Nightmare Myths<br>19:14 When Investors Shrug<br>20:57 Youre Not The Main Character<br>23:24 Let The Team Step Up<br>25:14 Breaks Prevent The Crash<br>27:06 Vacation ROI Mindset<br>29:34 Plan Recovery Like Taxes<br>31:44 Durable Not Tireless<br>33:22 No Great Company Empty Tank</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you think really happens if you burn out and step away for a minute? The conversation breaks down how founders often imagine an apocalyptic chain reaction—customers leaving, the team collapsing, investors panicking—when in reality burnout is a predictable capacity ceiling and most worst-case scenarios don’t happen. They argue the real danger is pretending burnout won’t come, pushing until physical failure, and keeping recovery secret, which can create the chaos founders fear. Using sports analogies, they emphasize that staying “on the field” nonstop makes you a liability, and that planned breaks build resilience, give teams room to step up, and help founders regain creativity and effectiveness. The core takeaway: treat recovery like required maintenance, plan for it, and build a company that doesn’t depend on you 24/7.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:57 Apocalypse Scenario<br>02:12 Always On Mentality<br>03:49 No Built In Breaks<br>06:56 Superman Plan Fails<br>08:06 Burnout Warning Signs<br>10:32 Atlas Shrugged Reality<br>15:22 Hockey Shift Lesson<br>16:23 Fear of Replacing Yourself<br>16:46 Stop Guessing Get Help<br>17:19 Burnout Nightmare Myths<br>19:14 When Investors Shrug<br>20:57 Youre Not The Main Character<br>23:24 Let The Team Step Up<br>25:14 Breaks Prevent The Crash<br>27:06 Vacation ROI Mindset<br>29:34 Plan Recovery Like Taxes<br>31:44 Durable Not Tireless<br>33:22 No Great Company Empty Tank</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Mar 2026 06:21:16 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3cadcbc9/705bcb6c.mp3" length="82070912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2051</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What do you think really happens if you burn out and step away for a minute? The conversation breaks down how founders often imagine an apocalyptic chain reaction—customers leaving, the team collapsing, investors panicking—when in reality burnout is a predictable capacity ceiling and most worst-case scenarios don’t happen. They argue the real danger is pretending burnout won’t come, pushing until physical failure, and keeping recovery secret, which can create the chaos founders fear. Using sports analogies, they emphasize that staying “on the field” nonstop makes you a liability, and that planned breaks build resilience, give teams room to step up, and help founders regain creativity and effectiveness. The core takeaway: treat recovery like required maintenance, plan for it, and build a company that doesn’t depend on you 24/7.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:57 Apocalypse Scenario<br>02:12 Always On Mentality<br>03:49 No Built In Breaks<br>06:56 Superman Plan Fails<br>08:06 Burnout Warning Signs<br>10:32 Atlas Shrugged Reality<br>15:22 Hockey Shift Lesson<br>16:23 Fear of Replacing Yourself<br>16:46 Stop Guessing Get Help<br>17:19 Burnout Nightmare Myths<br>19:14 When Investors Shrug<br>20:57 Youre Not The Main Character<br>23:24 Let The Team Step Up<br>25:14 Breaks Prevent The Crash<br>27:06 Vacation ROI Mindset<br>29:34 Plan Recovery Like Taxes<br>31:44 Durable Not Tireless<br>33:22 No Great Company Empty Tank</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/3cadcbc9/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Value of Distraction</title>
      <itunes:episode>326</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>326</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Value of Distraction</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1fd0b6c9-bf9b-450b-a6c4-97fa0ebde494</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c74f3d79</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the thing that looks like a distraction is actually the move that saves your startup? This episode breaks down why the “stay focused at all costs” advice can be risky when you’re still figuring out what actually works. The hosts challenge the myth of the linear startup path, arguing that side quests—small, intentional experiments with capped downside—create learning, reduce single points of failure, and help you earn the right to pivot with evidence instead of vibes.</p><p>They share how Fundable’s early equity crowdfunding push revealed founders were unprepared to raise money, which led to a major side quest: doing diligence on about 100 companies, talking to 200+, and acquiring six venture-backed businesses—work that became the genesis of startups.com. Along the way, they highlight the value of the quest itself (market intel, understanding what not to do, faster learning) and even mention an extreme near-distraction: briefly considering buying Atari.</p><p>The conversation also reframes common “side quests” like doing services work while building a product, arguing that bringing in revenue to stay alive isn’t a distraction—it’s the business. They clarify the difference between a side quest (exploration) and a pivot (committing to a new direction), and point to the podcast itself as an example of a side quest that became a major long-term asset after a rough start.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:40 The AI Newsletter Moment That Sparked the Topic<br>01:47 What a “Side Quest” Means for Founders<br>03:45 The Myth of the Linear Startup Path<br>06:34 When Focus Becomes a Liability: Certainty, Ego &amp; Roadmaps<br>10:04 Side Quests as the Ongoing Lab (and Why It Never Ends)<br>12:01 Case Study: Fundable 2012 and the Crowdfunding Gold Rush<br>15:48 The Pivot: Founders Needed Help, Not Just a Platform<br>18:07 Side Quests Done Right: Controlled Experiments (…and Almost Buying Atari)<br>18:42 The Wild Idea: Almost Buying Atari (Nostalgia vs. Distraction)<br>19:48 Why Side Quests Matter: Learning More Than the Outcome<br>20:42 Founder-Forward Deal Talks &amp; Market Intel as a Force Multiplier<br>22:10 Side Quests as “Insurance”: Selling the Learning to Skeptics<br>23:48 The Classic Startup Side Quest: Services to Pay the Bills<br>27:14 Side Quest vs. Pivot: Exploration First, Commitment Later<br>27:52 The Podcast as a Side Quest That Became Core to the Business<br>30:26 Earning the Right to Pivot: Evidence, Courage, and Finding Truth<br>34:20 Closing: De-Risking Through Exploration + Startups.com Community Invite</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the thing that looks like a distraction is actually the move that saves your startup? This episode breaks down why the “stay focused at all costs” advice can be risky when you’re still figuring out what actually works. The hosts challenge the myth of the linear startup path, arguing that side quests—small, intentional experiments with capped downside—create learning, reduce single points of failure, and help you earn the right to pivot with evidence instead of vibes.</p><p>They share how Fundable’s early equity crowdfunding push revealed founders were unprepared to raise money, which led to a major side quest: doing diligence on about 100 companies, talking to 200+, and acquiring six venture-backed businesses—work that became the genesis of startups.com. Along the way, they highlight the value of the quest itself (market intel, understanding what not to do, faster learning) and even mention an extreme near-distraction: briefly considering buying Atari.</p><p>The conversation also reframes common “side quests” like doing services work while building a product, arguing that bringing in revenue to stay alive isn’t a distraction—it’s the business. They clarify the difference between a side quest (exploration) and a pivot (committing to a new direction), and point to the podcast itself as an example of a side quest that became a major long-term asset after a rough start.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:40 The AI Newsletter Moment That Sparked the Topic<br>01:47 What a “Side Quest” Means for Founders<br>03:45 The Myth of the Linear Startup Path<br>06:34 When Focus Becomes a Liability: Certainty, Ego &amp; Roadmaps<br>10:04 Side Quests as the Ongoing Lab (and Why It Never Ends)<br>12:01 Case Study: Fundable 2012 and the Crowdfunding Gold Rush<br>15:48 The Pivot: Founders Needed Help, Not Just a Platform<br>18:07 Side Quests Done Right: Controlled Experiments (…and Almost Buying Atari)<br>18:42 The Wild Idea: Almost Buying Atari (Nostalgia vs. Distraction)<br>19:48 Why Side Quests Matter: Learning More Than the Outcome<br>20:42 Founder-Forward Deal Talks &amp; Market Intel as a Force Multiplier<br>22:10 Side Quests as “Insurance”: Selling the Learning to Skeptics<br>23:48 The Classic Startup Side Quest: Services to Pay the Bills<br>27:14 Side Quest vs. Pivot: Exploration First, Commitment Later<br>27:52 The Podcast as a Side Quest That Became Core to the Business<br>30:26 Earning the Right to Pivot: Evidence, Courage, and Finding Truth<br>34:20 Closing: De-Risking Through Exploration + Startups.com Community Invite</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Feb 2026 07:03:53 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c74f3d79/acb42d72.mp3" length="84182883" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2104</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the thing that looks like a distraction is actually the move that saves your startup? This episode breaks down why the “stay focused at all costs” advice can be risky when you’re still figuring out what actually works. The hosts challenge the myth of the linear startup path, arguing that side quests—small, intentional experiments with capped downside—create learning, reduce single points of failure, and help you earn the right to pivot with evidence instead of vibes.</p><p>They share how Fundable’s early equity crowdfunding push revealed founders were unprepared to raise money, which led to a major side quest: doing diligence on about 100 companies, talking to 200+, and acquiring six venture-backed businesses—work that became the genesis of startups.com. Along the way, they highlight the value of the quest itself (market intel, understanding what not to do, faster learning) and even mention an extreme near-distraction: briefly considering buying Atari.</p><p>The conversation also reframes common “side quests” like doing services work while building a product, arguing that bringing in revenue to stay alive isn’t a distraction—it’s the business. They clarify the difference between a side quest (exploration) and a pivot (committing to a new direction), and point to the podcast itself as an example of a side quest that became a major long-term asset after a rough start.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:40 The AI Newsletter Moment That Sparked the Topic<br>01:47 What a “Side Quest” Means for Founders<br>03:45 The Myth of the Linear Startup Path<br>06:34 When Focus Becomes a Liability: Certainty, Ego &amp; Roadmaps<br>10:04 Side Quests as the Ongoing Lab (and Why It Never Ends)<br>12:01 Case Study: Fundable 2012 and the Crowdfunding Gold Rush<br>15:48 The Pivot: Founders Needed Help, Not Just a Platform<br>18:07 Side Quests Done Right: Controlled Experiments (…and Almost Buying Atari)<br>18:42 The Wild Idea: Almost Buying Atari (Nostalgia vs. Distraction)<br>19:48 Why Side Quests Matter: Learning More Than the Outcome<br>20:42 Founder-Forward Deal Talks &amp; Market Intel as a Force Multiplier<br>22:10 Side Quests as “Insurance”: Selling the Learning to Skeptics<br>23:48 The Classic Startup Side Quest: Services to Pay the Bills<br>27:14 Side Quest vs. Pivot: Exploration First, Commitment Later<br>27:52 The Podcast as a Side Quest That Became Core to the Business<br>30:26 Earning the Right to Pivot: Evidence, Courage, and Finding Truth<br>34:20 Closing: De-Risking Through Exploration + Startups.com Community Invite</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c74f3d79/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Master Failure</title>
      <itunes:episode>325</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>325</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Master Failure</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0448ca5b-800b-4fc4-b9f2-610e7a2667e7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/989aab6e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if failure isn’t something to avoid, but a skill to master? This episode breaks down why startups can’t be built on certainty—new markets, new products, and new teams mean you’re guaranteed to be wrong a lot. The goal isn’t to “be right,” it’s rapid error correction: make decisions, ship anyway, learn fast, and recover even faster. The conversation covers how avoiding failure leads to paralysis (“steering a parked car”), why indecision compounds in startups, and how to reduce risk by keeping failures small, reversible, and frequent (kill switches, stop rules, and capped losses). They share early personal stories—school fights and a childhood cattle business collapse—to show how overcoming real consequences builds confidence and resilience. Practical examples include choosing an ICP quickly, improving poor conversion rates through iteration, using vesting/cliffs when picking co-founders, and why even top VCs still miss constantly. The key takeaway: the most dangerous competitor is the one who isn’t afraid to get hit, recover, and keep coming back—because that’s as close to “invincible” as a founder can get.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>02:01 Failure Isn’t the Enemy: Stop Optimizing for Being Right<br>02:59 The Founder Reality: Uncertainty, Rapid Error Correction &amp; the Boxing Analogy<br>03:44 Safety vs Startups: Why Most People Avoid the Risk<br>05:24 ‘Steering a Parked Car’: Indecision Kills Startups<br>07:54 Make the Call, Learn Fast: Small Failures, Big Truths<br>09:02 We’re Conditioned to Fear Failure (School, Work, Relationships)<br>11:59 Will’s Origin Story: Jason Barker and Learning to Beat the Monster<br>14:48 Choosing to Fail on Purpose: Turning Fear into a Superpower<br>17:06 Ryan’s First Big Failure: The Farm/Cattle Business Lesson Begins<br>17:45 Cash-Strapped Expansion: Inventory Leverage &amp; a Brutal Winter<br>18:09 When the Side Hustle Needs a Side Hustle (and the Cost of Neglect)<br>18:35 Failing Hard at 12: Losing Animals and Learning to Plan<br>19:51 Founders Don’t Win by Being Right—They Win by Taking Hits<br>21:36 Shipping While Wrong: Marketing Experiments, MVPs, and Momentum<br>22:51 Hiring, Co-Founders &amp; Investors: Why Nobody Can Pick Perfectly<br>24:00 The Real Skill: Recovering From Failure (Resilience as a Reflex)<br>30:26 Small Blast Radius, High Frequency: Reversible Bets &amp; Kill Switches<br>31:13 Failure Is Portable: Building a House, Living ‘Why Not,’ No Regrets</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if failure isn’t something to avoid, but a skill to master? This episode breaks down why startups can’t be built on certainty—new markets, new products, and new teams mean you’re guaranteed to be wrong a lot. The goal isn’t to “be right,” it’s rapid error correction: make decisions, ship anyway, learn fast, and recover even faster. The conversation covers how avoiding failure leads to paralysis (“steering a parked car”), why indecision compounds in startups, and how to reduce risk by keeping failures small, reversible, and frequent (kill switches, stop rules, and capped losses). They share early personal stories—school fights and a childhood cattle business collapse—to show how overcoming real consequences builds confidence and resilience. Practical examples include choosing an ICP quickly, improving poor conversion rates through iteration, using vesting/cliffs when picking co-founders, and why even top VCs still miss constantly. The key takeaway: the most dangerous competitor is the one who isn’t afraid to get hit, recover, and keep coming back—because that’s as close to “invincible” as a founder can get.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>02:01 Failure Isn’t the Enemy: Stop Optimizing for Being Right<br>02:59 The Founder Reality: Uncertainty, Rapid Error Correction &amp; the Boxing Analogy<br>03:44 Safety vs Startups: Why Most People Avoid the Risk<br>05:24 ‘Steering a Parked Car’: Indecision Kills Startups<br>07:54 Make the Call, Learn Fast: Small Failures, Big Truths<br>09:02 We’re Conditioned to Fear Failure (School, Work, Relationships)<br>11:59 Will’s Origin Story: Jason Barker and Learning to Beat the Monster<br>14:48 Choosing to Fail on Purpose: Turning Fear into a Superpower<br>17:06 Ryan’s First Big Failure: The Farm/Cattle Business Lesson Begins<br>17:45 Cash-Strapped Expansion: Inventory Leverage &amp; a Brutal Winter<br>18:09 When the Side Hustle Needs a Side Hustle (and the Cost of Neglect)<br>18:35 Failing Hard at 12: Losing Animals and Learning to Plan<br>19:51 Founders Don’t Win by Being Right—They Win by Taking Hits<br>21:36 Shipping While Wrong: Marketing Experiments, MVPs, and Momentum<br>22:51 Hiring, Co-Founders &amp; Investors: Why Nobody Can Pick Perfectly<br>24:00 The Real Skill: Recovering From Failure (Resilience as a Reflex)<br>30:26 Small Blast Radius, High Frequency: Reversible Bets &amp; Kill Switches<br>31:13 Failure Is Portable: Building a House, Living ‘Why Not,’ No Regrets</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Feb 2026 04:19:22 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/989aab6e/51212ab6.mp3" length="86697113" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2167</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if failure isn’t something to avoid, but a skill to master? This episode breaks down why startups can’t be built on certainty—new markets, new products, and new teams mean you’re guaranteed to be wrong a lot. The goal isn’t to “be right,” it’s rapid error correction: make decisions, ship anyway, learn fast, and recover even faster. The conversation covers how avoiding failure leads to paralysis (“steering a parked car”), why indecision compounds in startups, and how to reduce risk by keeping failures small, reversible, and frequent (kill switches, stop rules, and capped losses). They share early personal stories—school fights and a childhood cattle business collapse—to show how overcoming real consequences builds confidence and resilience. Practical examples include choosing an ICP quickly, improving poor conversion rates through iteration, using vesting/cliffs when picking co-founders, and why even top VCs still miss constantly. The key takeaway: the most dangerous competitor is the one who isn’t afraid to get hit, recover, and keep coming back—because that’s as close to “invincible” as a founder can get.</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>02:01 Failure Isn’t the Enemy: Stop Optimizing for Being Right<br>02:59 The Founder Reality: Uncertainty, Rapid Error Correction &amp; the Boxing Analogy<br>03:44 Safety vs Startups: Why Most People Avoid the Risk<br>05:24 ‘Steering a Parked Car’: Indecision Kills Startups<br>07:54 Make the Call, Learn Fast: Small Failures, Big Truths<br>09:02 We’re Conditioned to Fear Failure (School, Work, Relationships)<br>11:59 Will’s Origin Story: Jason Barker and Learning to Beat the Monster<br>14:48 Choosing to Fail on Purpose: Turning Fear into a Superpower<br>17:06 Ryan’s First Big Failure: The Farm/Cattle Business Lesson Begins<br>17:45 Cash-Strapped Expansion: Inventory Leverage &amp; a Brutal Winter<br>18:09 When the Side Hustle Needs a Side Hustle (and the Cost of Neglect)<br>18:35 Failing Hard at 12: Losing Animals and Learning to Plan<br>19:51 Founders Don’t Win by Being Right—They Win by Taking Hits<br>21:36 Shipping While Wrong: Marketing Experiments, MVPs, and Momentum<br>22:51 Hiring, Co-Founders &amp; Investors: Why Nobody Can Pick Perfectly<br>24:00 The Real Skill: Recovering From Failure (Resilience as a Reflex)<br>30:26 Small Blast Radius, High Frequency: Reversible Bets &amp; Kill Switches<br>31:13 Failure Is Portable: Building a House, Living ‘Why Not,’ No Regrets</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/989aab6e/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Can't Predict the Future Anymore</title>
      <itunes:episode>324</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>324</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Can't Predict the Future Anymore</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3497f1f-6ad0-4f98-9ed6-87e97118f534</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/23e776ef</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is AI truly the game-changer for startups, or does it bring unexpected chaos? This episode dives into how AI is transforming forecasting, marketing, product development, employment, and investment in the startup ecosystem. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the rapid pace of change brought by AI, including the exciting opportunities and the unsettling uncertainties. They explore how traditional pillars of business like hiring, marketing, and customer acquisition are being upended, creating both new challenges and avenues for innovative founders to thrive. Tune in to understand how to navigate this AI-driven landscape and leverage the chaos for maximum impact.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:00 Introduction and Future Predictions<br>00:49 The Impact of AI on Business Models<br>02:06 AI's Rapid Advancement and Market Disruption<br>04:17 Challenges in Marketing and Content Creation<br>10:04 Hiring and Talent Management in the AI Era<br>15:18 Product Development and Market Relevance<br>17:04 Industries Vanishing Overnight<br>17:32 The Accelerating Pace of Change<br>18:20 Investment in the Age of AI<br>19:07 The Future of Startup Funding<br>22:31 The Shrinking Moat of AI<br>24:54 Compounding Anxiety in the Startup Ecosystem<br>33:37 Founders: Built for Chaos<br>35:53 Embracing the Problem Business</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is AI truly the game-changer for startups, or does it bring unexpected chaos? This episode dives into how AI is transforming forecasting, marketing, product development, employment, and investment in the startup ecosystem. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the rapid pace of change brought by AI, including the exciting opportunities and the unsettling uncertainties. They explore how traditional pillars of business like hiring, marketing, and customer acquisition are being upended, creating both new challenges and avenues for innovative founders to thrive. Tune in to understand how to navigate this AI-driven landscape and leverage the chaos for maximum impact.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:00 Introduction and Future Predictions<br>00:49 The Impact of AI on Business Models<br>02:06 AI's Rapid Advancement and Market Disruption<br>04:17 Challenges in Marketing and Content Creation<br>10:04 Hiring and Talent Management in the AI Era<br>15:18 Product Development and Market Relevance<br>17:04 Industries Vanishing Overnight<br>17:32 The Accelerating Pace of Change<br>18:20 Investment in the Age of AI<br>19:07 The Future of Startup Funding<br>22:31 The Shrinking Moat of AI<br>24:54 Compounding Anxiety in the Startup Ecosystem<br>33:37 Founders: Built for Chaos<br>35:53 Embracing the Problem Business</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Feb 2026 05:38:06 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/23e776ef/bd165410.mp3" length="90263534" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2256</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is AI truly the game-changer for startups, or does it bring unexpected chaos? This episode dives into how AI is transforming forecasting, marketing, product development, employment, and investment in the startup ecosystem. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the rapid pace of change brought by AI, including the exciting opportunities and the unsettling uncertainties. They explore how traditional pillars of business like hiring, marketing, and customer acquisition are being upended, creating both new challenges and avenues for innovative founders to thrive. Tune in to understand how to navigate this AI-driven landscape and leverage the chaos for maximum impact.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:00 Introduction and Future Predictions<br>00:49 The Impact of AI on Business Models<br>02:06 AI's Rapid Advancement and Market Disruption<br>04:17 Challenges in Marketing and Content Creation<br>10:04 Hiring and Talent Management in the AI Era<br>15:18 Product Development and Market Relevance<br>17:04 Industries Vanishing Overnight<br>17:32 The Accelerating Pace of Change<br>18:20 Investment in the Age of AI<br>19:07 The Future of Startup Funding<br>22:31 The Shrinking Moat of AI<br>24:54 Compounding Anxiety in the Startup Ecosystem<br>33:37 Founders: Built for Chaos<br>35:53 Embracing the Problem Business</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/23e776ef/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We wanted efficiency. We got isolation.</title>
      <itunes:episode>323</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>323</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We wanted efficiency. We got isolation.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb2f71ee-f27e-4c95-8526-96817c5e6a91</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7891e9c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How has the relentless pursuit of efficiency, aided by tools like remote work, Zoom, Slack, and AI, affected our human connections? In this episode, we're exploring the cost of optimized workflows on our humanity. We delve into personal anecdotes and discuss the ramifications of isolation in the workplace and the loss of shared experiences. We also contemplate the importance of reintroducing human interactions to ensure a balanced, connected, and more fulfilled work environment.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:31 The Loneliness of Optimized Efficiency<br>01:48 The Impact of Remote Work on Human Connection<br>04:14 The Rise of AI and the Decline of Human Interaction<br>12:41 The Evolution of Remote Work Culture<br>17:20 The Dystopian Reality of AI Conversations<br>20:22 The Importance of Laughter and Human Interaction<br>21:23 Leveraging GPT for Problem Solving<br>22:18 The Downside of Relying on AI<br>23:45 The Value of Human Interaction in the Workplace<br>25:09 The Impact of AI on Team Dynamics<br>27:04 Balancing Efficiency and Human Connection<br>29:05 The Future of Startups and Human Connection<br>30:33 The Need for Human-Centric Work Cultures<br>32:06 Conclusion: Embracing Humanity in the Age of AI</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How has the relentless pursuit of efficiency, aided by tools like remote work, Zoom, Slack, and AI, affected our human connections? In this episode, we're exploring the cost of optimized workflows on our humanity. We delve into personal anecdotes and discuss the ramifications of isolation in the workplace and the loss of shared experiences. We also contemplate the importance of reintroducing human interactions to ensure a balanced, connected, and more fulfilled work environment.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:31 The Loneliness of Optimized Efficiency<br>01:48 The Impact of Remote Work on Human Connection<br>04:14 The Rise of AI and the Decline of Human Interaction<br>12:41 The Evolution of Remote Work Culture<br>17:20 The Dystopian Reality of AI Conversations<br>20:22 The Importance of Laughter and Human Interaction<br>21:23 Leveraging GPT for Problem Solving<br>22:18 The Downside of Relying on AI<br>23:45 The Value of Human Interaction in the Workplace<br>25:09 The Impact of AI on Team Dynamics<br>27:04 Balancing Efficiency and Human Connection<br>29:05 The Future of Startups and Human Connection<br>30:33 The Need for Human-Centric Work Cultures<br>32:06 Conclusion: Embracing Humanity in the Age of AI</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Feb 2026 05:02:37 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b7891e9c/5110933c.mp3" length="100221627" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2505</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>How has the relentless pursuit of efficiency, aided by tools like remote work, Zoom, Slack, and AI, affected our human connections? In this episode, we're exploring the cost of optimized workflows on our humanity. We delve into personal anecdotes and discuss the ramifications of isolation in the workplace and the loss of shared experiences. We also contemplate the importance of reintroducing human interactions to ensure a balanced, connected, and more fulfilled work environment.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:31 The Loneliness of Optimized Efficiency<br>01:48 The Impact of Remote Work on Human Connection<br>04:14 The Rise of AI and the Decline of Human Interaction<br>12:41 The Evolution of Remote Work Culture<br>17:20 The Dystopian Reality of AI Conversations<br>20:22 The Importance of Laughter and Human Interaction<br>21:23 Leveraging GPT for Problem Solving<br>22:18 The Downside of Relying on AI<br>23:45 The Value of Human Interaction in the Workplace<br>25:09 The Impact of AI on Team Dynamics<br>27:04 Balancing Efficiency and Human Connection<br>29:05 The Future of Startups and Human Connection<br>30:33 The Need for Human-Centric Work Cultures<br>32:06 Conclusion: Embracing Humanity in the Age of AI</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7891e9c/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are startups the future of employment?</title>
      <itunes:episode>322</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>322</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are startups the future of employment?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4a78f275-66de-40fe-b0f2-652f3645c15a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a8a60b05</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What will AI do to everything? In this episode, we explore how AI is set to create a surge in new startups, reshaping employment as we know it. As jobs get displaced, the concept of big employment shifts, giving rise to smaller, more agile companies using AI tools. Drawing parallels with past technological revolutions, we highlight the opportunities that lower costs and new market demands present for founders. We discuss the transformation in various sectors, from customer service to content creation, and emphasize how AI can democratize entrepreneurship globally. Finally, we delve into the exciting potential for startup growth and the role of AI as both a tool and a transformative force in the startup ecosystem.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:24 The Impact of AI on Employment<br>01:16 Historical Parallels: Internet and Industrial Revolution<br>02:32 The Shift from Big Employment to Entrepreneurship<br>03:16 The Decline of Traditional Jobs<br>05:25 Opportunities in the New Economy<br>11:48 The Rise of the Creator Economy<br>20:15 Macro Trends and Future Outlook<br>23:52 The Rise of Billion-Dollar Startups<br>24:24 Price Collapse and Premium Experiences<br>26:01 The Impact of AI on Startups<br>26:44 The Creator Economy and Niche Markets<br>29:06 The Evolution of eSports<br>31:09 The Dawn of Young CEOs<br>33:22 The Future of Entrepreneurship<br>39:43 Global Entrepreneurship and Accessibility<br>45:56 The Age of the Startup</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What will AI do to everything? In this episode, we explore how AI is set to create a surge in new startups, reshaping employment as we know it. As jobs get displaced, the concept of big employment shifts, giving rise to smaller, more agile companies using AI tools. Drawing parallels with past technological revolutions, we highlight the opportunities that lower costs and new market demands present for founders. We discuss the transformation in various sectors, from customer service to content creation, and emphasize how AI can democratize entrepreneurship globally. Finally, we delve into the exciting potential for startup growth and the role of AI as both a tool and a transformative force in the startup ecosystem.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:24 The Impact of AI on Employment<br>01:16 Historical Parallels: Internet and Industrial Revolution<br>02:32 The Shift from Big Employment to Entrepreneurship<br>03:16 The Decline of Traditional Jobs<br>05:25 Opportunities in the New Economy<br>11:48 The Rise of the Creator Economy<br>20:15 Macro Trends and Future Outlook<br>23:52 The Rise of Billion-Dollar Startups<br>24:24 Price Collapse and Premium Experiences<br>26:01 The Impact of AI on Startups<br>26:44 The Creator Economy and Niche Markets<br>29:06 The Evolution of eSports<br>31:09 The Dawn of Young CEOs<br>33:22 The Future of Entrepreneurship<br>39:43 Global Entrepreneurship and Accessibility<br>45:56 The Age of the Startup</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 03 Dec 2025 04:51:15 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a8a60b05/53c99224.mp3" length="112962737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2823</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>What will AI do to everything? In this episode, we explore how AI is set to create a surge in new startups, reshaping employment as we know it. As jobs get displaced, the concept of big employment shifts, giving rise to smaller, more agile companies using AI tools. Drawing parallels with past technological revolutions, we highlight the opportunities that lower costs and new market demands present for founders. We discuss the transformation in various sectors, from customer service to content creation, and emphasize how AI can democratize entrepreneurship globally. Finally, we delve into the exciting potential for startup growth and the role of AI as both a tool and a transformative force in the startup ecosystem.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:24 The Impact of AI on Employment<br>01:16 Historical Parallels: Internet and Industrial Revolution<br>02:32 The Shift from Big Employment to Entrepreneurship<br>03:16 The Decline of Traditional Jobs<br>05:25 Opportunities in the New Economy<br>11:48 The Rise of the Creator Economy<br>20:15 Macro Trends and Future Outlook<br>23:52 The Rise of Billion-Dollar Startups<br>24:24 Price Collapse and Premium Experiences<br>26:01 The Impact of AI on Startups<br>26:44 The Creator Economy and Niche Markets<br>29:06 The Evolution of eSports<br>31:09 The Dawn of Young CEOs<br>33:22 The Future of Entrepreneurship<br>39:43 Global Entrepreneurship and Accessibility<br>45:56 The Age of the Startup</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a8a60b05/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Founder Hard Reset</title>
      <itunes:episode>321</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>321</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Founder Hard Reset</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6cf17d37-6879-4d91-bbf8-33fcbc12237c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9b1b287c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like vacations just aren't cutting it when it comes to startup burnout? In this episode, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive deep into why burnout is inevitable for founders and how quick fixes like vacations often fail to address the root of the issue. They explore how to truly recover and maintain that all-important spark in your work. Learn why it's crucial to inventory what drains and fuels your energy, and how making meaningful changes—not just taking time off—can lead to sustainable recovery. Real-life examples and practical advice make this a must-listen for any founder feeling the grind.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:34 The Misconception of Business Success and Burnout<br>01:00 Personal Stories of Burnout<br>02:10 The Ineffectiveness of Vacations<br>03:49 The Importance of Meaning in Work<br>04:11 Personal Struggles with Burnout<br>07:27 The Real Cause of Burnout<br>10:23 Balancing Tasks to Prevent Burnout<br>11:59 The Battle Within: Struggles in the Workplace<br>12:58 Startup Expectations vs. Reality<br>13:46 Finding Energy and Avoiding Burnout<br>15:34 The Importance of Positive Energy<br>18:22 Active Breaks for Founders<br>22:32 Identifying and Addressing Burnout<br>25:31 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like vacations just aren't cutting it when it comes to startup burnout? In this episode, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive deep into why burnout is inevitable for founders and how quick fixes like vacations often fail to address the root of the issue. They explore how to truly recover and maintain that all-important spark in your work. Learn why it's crucial to inventory what drains and fuels your energy, and how making meaningful changes—not just taking time off—can lead to sustainable recovery. Real-life examples and practical advice make this a must-listen for any founder feeling the grind.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:34 The Misconception of Business Success and Burnout<br>01:00 Personal Stories of Burnout<br>02:10 The Ineffectiveness of Vacations<br>03:49 The Importance of Meaning in Work<br>04:11 Personal Struggles with Burnout<br>07:27 The Real Cause of Burnout<br>10:23 Balancing Tasks to Prevent Burnout<br>11:59 The Battle Within: Struggles in the Workplace<br>12:58 Startup Expectations vs. Reality<br>13:46 Finding Energy and Avoiding Burnout<br>15:34 The Importance of Positive Energy<br>18:22 Active Breaks for Founders<br>22:32 Identifying and Addressing Burnout<br>25:31 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 04:49:10 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9b1b287c/6e2bb679.mp3" length="62165281" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1553</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like vacations just aren't cutting it when it comes to startup burnout? In this episode, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive deep into why burnout is inevitable for founders and how quick fixes like vacations often fail to address the root of the issue. They explore how to truly recover and maintain that all-important spark in your work. Learn why it's crucial to inventory what drains and fuels your energy, and how making meaningful changes—not just taking time off—can lead to sustainable recovery. Real-life examples and practical advice make this a must-listen for any founder feeling the grind.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:34 The Misconception of Business Success and Burnout<br>01:00 Personal Stories of Burnout<br>02:10 The Ineffectiveness of Vacations<br>03:49 The Importance of Meaning in Work<br>04:11 Personal Struggles with Burnout<br>07:27 The Real Cause of Burnout<br>10:23 Balancing Tasks to Prevent Burnout<br>11:59 The Battle Within: Struggles in the Workplace<br>12:58 Startup Expectations vs. Reality<br>13:46 Finding Energy and Avoiding Burnout<br>15:34 The Importance of Positive Energy<br>18:22 Active Breaks for Founders<br>22:32 Identifying and Addressing Burnout<br>25:31 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is there a line between Founder optimism and delusion?</title>
      <itunes:episode>320</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>320</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is there a line between Founder optimism and delusion?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1330297d-fa4d-4da3-81b4-27974b2621b0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ceaaf016</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can founders turn delusion into success? In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the essential role of optimism in startups. Drawing parallels between founders and firefighters, the duo explores how belief against all odds drives entrepreneurs forward. They explain how maintaining optimism is not just about having a positive outlook but about creating momentum from minor wins and leveraging chaos as an opportunity. The hosts also address the fine line between optimism and dishonesty, emphasizing the importance of an 'educated wish.' Whether you're battling to raise funds or struggling to maintain morale, this episode delves into why a founder’s unyielding belief is crucial for startup survival and growth.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:07 The Delusional Optimism of Founders<br>01:02 Creating and Living in a Fantasy<br>02:00 Running Toward Chaos<br>04:54 The Passion and Drive of Founders<br>05:59 The Reality of Startup Life<br>12:08 The Role of Belief and Proof<br>14:31 Finding Optimism in Small Wins<br>16:40 Persistence in the Face of Rejection<br>18:56 The Power of Hope in Business<br>19:52 The Role of Optimism in Startups<br>21:41 Balancing Optimism and Honesty<br>23:03 The Fine Line Between Optimism and Deception<br>26:07 The Importance of Optimism in Leadership<br>28:55 The Role of Optimism in Overcoming Challenges<br>32:05 The Founder's Mindset: Manufacturing Optimism</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can founders turn delusion into success? In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the essential role of optimism in startups. Drawing parallels between founders and firefighters, the duo explores how belief against all odds drives entrepreneurs forward. They explain how maintaining optimism is not just about having a positive outlook but about creating momentum from minor wins and leveraging chaos as an opportunity. The hosts also address the fine line between optimism and dishonesty, emphasizing the importance of an 'educated wish.' Whether you're battling to raise funds or struggling to maintain morale, this episode delves into why a founder’s unyielding belief is crucial for startup survival and growth.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:07 The Delusional Optimism of Founders<br>01:02 Creating and Living in a Fantasy<br>02:00 Running Toward Chaos<br>04:54 The Passion and Drive of Founders<br>05:59 The Reality of Startup Life<br>12:08 The Role of Belief and Proof<br>14:31 Finding Optimism in Small Wins<br>16:40 Persistence in the Face of Rejection<br>18:56 The Power of Hope in Business<br>19:52 The Role of Optimism in Startups<br>21:41 Balancing Optimism and Honesty<br>23:03 The Fine Line Between Optimism and Deception<br>26:07 The Importance of Optimism in Leadership<br>28:55 The Role of Optimism in Overcoming Challenges<br>32:05 The Founder's Mindset: Manufacturing Optimism</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ceaaf016/495a5d98.mp3" length="90434433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2260</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can founders turn delusion into success? In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the essential role of optimism in startups. Drawing parallels between founders and firefighters, the duo explores how belief against all odds drives entrepreneurs forward. They explain how maintaining optimism is not just about having a positive outlook but about creating momentum from minor wins and leveraging chaos as an opportunity. The hosts also address the fine line between optimism and dishonesty, emphasizing the importance of an 'educated wish.' Whether you're battling to raise funds or struggling to maintain morale, this episode delves into why a founder’s unyielding belief is crucial for startup survival and growth.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:07 The Delusional Optimism of Founders<br>01:02 Creating and Living in a Fantasy<br>02:00 Running Toward Chaos<br>04:54 The Passion and Drive of Founders<br>05:59 The Reality of Startup Life<br>12:08 The Role of Belief and Proof<br>14:31 Finding Optimism in Small Wins<br>16:40 Persistence in the Face of Rejection<br>18:56 The Power of Hope in Business<br>19:52 The Role of Optimism in Startups<br>21:41 Balancing Optimism and Honesty<br>23:03 The Fine Line Between Optimism and Deception<br>26:07 The Importance of Optimism in Leadership<br>28:55 The Role of Optimism in Overcoming Challenges<br>32:05 The Founder's Mindset: Manufacturing Optimism</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ceaaf016/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Prioritize Productivity Over Popularity</title>
      <itunes:episode>319</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>319</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Prioritize Productivity Over Popularity</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">635e45bf-0a40-46da-8481-f3556b143247</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f0aacb9c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever find yourself caught in the trap of confusing visibility with progress? In this episode, we'll delve into why seeking attention can often feel like momentum but doesn't necessarily translate to business traction. Will Schroter shares a cautionary tale from his own experience, revealing how his focus on brand-building and networking kept him from truly building his company. We explore the fine line between personal branding and productivity, and why many founders need to prioritize the latter to achieve real success. It's a reminder that until your product and business are fully developed, every external interaction could be costing you more than it's worth.</p><p>00:30 The Trap of Visibility: A Personal Story<br>02:24 The Illusion of Popularity vs. Productivity<br>06:21 The Modern-Day Equivalent: Social Media<br>09:24 Balancing Publicity and Productivity<br>11:23 Cautionary Tales and Lessons Learned<br>12:55 The Importance of Focus and Balance<br>14:48 Earning the Right to Brand Build<br>15:29 The Pitfalls of Prioritizing Popularity Over Business<br>16:07 The Honeymoon Period of Venture Funding<br>17:40 The Dangers of Personal Branding for Founders<br>18:47 When Personal Views Hurt Business<br>21:39 Balancing Personal and Company Brand<br>23:48 Focus on Building the Business First<br>30:22 The Cost of External Interactions</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever find yourself caught in the trap of confusing visibility with progress? In this episode, we'll delve into why seeking attention can often feel like momentum but doesn't necessarily translate to business traction. Will Schroter shares a cautionary tale from his own experience, revealing how his focus on brand-building and networking kept him from truly building his company. We explore the fine line between personal branding and productivity, and why many founders need to prioritize the latter to achieve real success. It's a reminder that until your product and business are fully developed, every external interaction could be costing you more than it's worth.</p><p>00:30 The Trap of Visibility: A Personal Story<br>02:24 The Illusion of Popularity vs. Productivity<br>06:21 The Modern-Day Equivalent: Social Media<br>09:24 Balancing Publicity and Productivity<br>11:23 Cautionary Tales and Lessons Learned<br>12:55 The Importance of Focus and Balance<br>14:48 Earning the Right to Brand Build<br>15:29 The Pitfalls of Prioritizing Popularity Over Business<br>16:07 The Honeymoon Period of Venture Funding<br>17:40 The Dangers of Personal Branding for Founders<br>18:47 When Personal Views Hurt Business<br>21:39 Balancing Personal and Company Brand<br>23:48 Focus on Building the Business First<br>30:22 The Cost of External Interactions</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 Nov 2025 03:07:15 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f0aacb9c/04ebe426.mp3" length="76781298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1919</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever find yourself caught in the trap of confusing visibility with progress? In this episode, we'll delve into why seeking attention can often feel like momentum but doesn't necessarily translate to business traction. Will Schroter shares a cautionary tale from his own experience, revealing how his focus on brand-building and networking kept him from truly building his company. We explore the fine line between personal branding and productivity, and why many founders need to prioritize the latter to achieve real success. It's a reminder that until your product and business are fully developed, every external interaction could be costing you more than it's worth.</p><p>00:30 The Trap of Visibility: A Personal Story<br>02:24 The Illusion of Popularity vs. Productivity<br>06:21 The Modern-Day Equivalent: Social Media<br>09:24 Balancing Publicity and Productivity<br>11:23 Cautionary Tales and Lessons Learned<br>12:55 The Importance of Focus and Balance<br>14:48 Earning the Right to Brand Build<br>15:29 The Pitfalls of Prioritizing Popularity Over Business<br>16:07 The Honeymoon Period of Venture Funding<br>17:40 The Dangers of Personal Branding for Founders<br>18:47 When Personal Views Hurt Business<br>21:39 Balancing Personal and Company Brand<br>23:48 Focus on Building the Business First<br>30:22 The Cost of External Interactions</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f0aacb9c/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Better is Better than Bigger</title>
      <itunes:episode>318</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>318</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Better is Better than Bigger</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">752f96e9-6624-4483-9571-cedbc308da81</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9dfbf177</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is getting bigger always better for startups? This episode dives into the hidden costs of scaling up and how growth can sometimes make a company worse, not better. Ryan and Will discuss the trade-offs between size and quality, using examples like Google and PayPal. They explore how rapid growth can diminish company culture, slow down decision-making, and introduce inefficiencies. The conversation also covers personal experiences in startup growth, emphasizing the importance of optimizing for better rather than just bigger. Whether it's adding more staff or raising capital, they advocate for making decisions that enhance company quality and founder life satisfaction.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:14 The Myth of Bigger is Better<br>00:43 Examples of Companies That Grew and Suffered<br>02:00 The Hidden Costs of Scaling<br>05:08 Personal Experiences with Growth Challenges<br>13:01 The Importance of Freedom and Quality<br>17:18 The Hidden Costs of Growth<br>17:58 Balancing Growth and Quality of Life<br>20:39 Defining Non-Negotiables for Better Business<br>22:33 Scaling with Soul: Maintaining Company Culture<br>24:41 Quality Over Quantity: Making Strategic Decisions<br>28:07 The Power of Saying No<br>31:15 Sticking to Your Values for Sustainable Growth</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is getting bigger always better for startups? This episode dives into the hidden costs of scaling up and how growth can sometimes make a company worse, not better. Ryan and Will discuss the trade-offs between size and quality, using examples like Google and PayPal. They explore how rapid growth can diminish company culture, slow down decision-making, and introduce inefficiencies. The conversation also covers personal experiences in startup growth, emphasizing the importance of optimizing for better rather than just bigger. Whether it's adding more staff or raising capital, they advocate for making decisions that enhance company quality and founder life satisfaction.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:14 The Myth of Bigger is Better<br>00:43 Examples of Companies That Grew and Suffered<br>02:00 The Hidden Costs of Scaling<br>05:08 Personal Experiences with Growth Challenges<br>13:01 The Importance of Freedom and Quality<br>17:18 The Hidden Costs of Growth<br>17:58 Balancing Growth and Quality of Life<br>20:39 Defining Non-Negotiables for Better Business<br>22:33 Scaling with Soul: Maintaining Company Culture<br>24:41 Quality Over Quantity: Making Strategic Decisions<br>28:07 The Power of Saying No<br>31:15 Sticking to Your Values for Sustainable Growth</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9dfbf177/36d22bd8.mp3" length="85573927" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2139</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is getting bigger always better for startups? This episode dives into the hidden costs of scaling up and how growth can sometimes make a company worse, not better. Ryan and Will discuss the trade-offs between size and quality, using examples like Google and PayPal. They explore how rapid growth can diminish company culture, slow down decision-making, and introduce inefficiencies. The conversation also covers personal experiences in startup growth, emphasizing the importance of optimizing for better rather than just bigger. Whether it's adding more staff or raising capital, they advocate for making decisions that enhance company quality and founder life satisfaction.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:14 The Myth of Bigger is Better<br>00:43 Examples of Companies That Grew and Suffered<br>02:00 The Hidden Costs of Scaling<br>05:08 Personal Experiences with Growth Challenges<br>13:01 The Importance of Freedom and Quality<br>17:18 The Hidden Costs of Growth<br>17:58 Balancing Growth and Quality of Life<br>20:39 Defining Non-Negotiables for Better Business<br>22:33 Scaling with Soul: Maintaining Company Culture<br>24:41 Quality Over Quantity: Making Strategic Decisions<br>28:07 The Power of Saying No<br>31:15 Sticking to Your Values for Sustainable Growth</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9dfbf177/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Authenticity: Use with Caution</title>
      <itunes:episode>317</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>317</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Authenticity: Use with Caution</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e3c84fe-b861-46a3-a4ea-6bdf1c851a26</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/706dfeb4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder if being your authentic self at work might sometimes do more harm than good? The delicate balance of authenticity and diplomacy in leadership. From discussing the rare contexts where pure honesty works, to sharing personal anecdotes about navigating the consequences of unfiltered truth, this episode unpacks how transparency can impact your team, brand, and personal relationships. Find out why being your true self might only be great advice 6% of the time and how effective communication can save you from unintended fallout.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 The Consequences of Unfiltered Honesty<br>01:26 Generational Differences in Professionalism<br>02:44 The Power Dynamics of Founders<br>04:45 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>06:01 The Luxury of Honesty and Risk<br>08:04 The Importance of Filtering Communication<br>12:56 The Duality of Professional Personas<br>15:21 The Consequences of Honesty in Leadership<br>16:19 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>17:10 The Importance of Empathy in Communication<br>18:26 The Cost of Unfiltered Honesty<br>19:51 Frameworks for Effective Communication<br>20:55 Lessons from the Terminator: Choosing Responses Wisely<br>22:07 The Role of Diplomacy in Leadership<br>28:17 The Medium Matters: Hot, Warm, and Cold Communication<br>29:56 Prioritizing Outcomes Over Authenticity</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder if being your authentic self at work might sometimes do more harm than good? The delicate balance of authenticity and diplomacy in leadership. From discussing the rare contexts where pure honesty works, to sharing personal anecdotes about navigating the consequences of unfiltered truth, this episode unpacks how transparency can impact your team, brand, and personal relationships. Find out why being your true self might only be great advice 6% of the time and how effective communication can save you from unintended fallout.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 The Consequences of Unfiltered Honesty<br>01:26 Generational Differences in Professionalism<br>02:44 The Power Dynamics of Founders<br>04:45 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>06:01 The Luxury of Honesty and Risk<br>08:04 The Importance of Filtering Communication<br>12:56 The Duality of Professional Personas<br>15:21 The Consequences of Honesty in Leadership<br>16:19 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>17:10 The Importance of Empathy in Communication<br>18:26 The Cost of Unfiltered Honesty<br>19:51 Frameworks for Effective Communication<br>20:55 Lessons from the Terminator: Choosing Responses Wisely<br>22:07 The Role of Diplomacy in Leadership<br>28:17 The Medium Matters: Hot, Warm, and Cold Communication<br>29:56 Prioritizing Outcomes Over Authenticity</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Oct 2025 02:39:46 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/706dfeb4/b63d49f7.mp3" length="75088817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1877</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder if being your authentic self at work might sometimes do more harm than good? The delicate balance of authenticity and diplomacy in leadership. From discussing the rare contexts where pure honesty works, to sharing personal anecdotes about navigating the consequences of unfiltered truth, this episode unpacks how transparency can impact your team, brand, and personal relationships. Find out why being your true self might only be great advice 6% of the time and how effective communication can save you from unintended fallout.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 The Consequences of Unfiltered Honesty<br>01:26 Generational Differences in Professionalism<br>02:44 The Power Dynamics of Founders<br>04:45 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>06:01 The Luxury of Honesty and Risk<br>08:04 The Importance of Filtering Communication<br>12:56 The Duality of Professional Personas<br>15:21 The Consequences of Honesty in Leadership<br>16:19 Balancing Honesty and Diplomacy<br>17:10 The Importance of Empathy in Communication<br>18:26 The Cost of Unfiltered Honesty<br>19:51 Frameworks for Effective Communication<br>20:55 Lessons from the Terminator: Choosing Responses Wisely<br>22:07 The Role of Diplomacy in Leadership<br>28:17 The Medium Matters: Hot, Warm, and Cold Communication<br>29:56 Prioritizing Outcomes Over Authenticity</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/706dfeb4/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Embrace Your Flaws</title>
      <itunes:episode>316</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>316</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Embrace Your Flaws</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">83a00042-04e0-4072-bc29-13606e9d15ad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/60fa96b6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you convinced that you need to fix all your flaws as a founder? In this episode, we explore why that's not necessarily true. Ryan and Will dive deep into the idea that both startups and their founders are loaded with problems, some of which aren't really 'problems' at all but hidden superpowers. From obsessive tendencies to ADHD, they discuss how to harness these traits for success rather than trying to fix them. Drawing from personal experiences and industry insights, they touch on the influence of pharmaceutical marketing, the role of social media in shaping perceptions, and the importance of finding context for your strengths. This episode challenges you to rethink how you view your weaknesses and offers a fresh perspective on founder self-acceptance and leveraging inherent traits for entrepreneurial success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:33 Founders and Their Problems<br>01:15 Pharmaceutical Industry Insights<br>02:36 Social Media and Problem Creation<br>03:46 Personal Struggles of Founders<br>05:07 Overthinking and Control Issues<br>11:15 ADHD and Academic Challenges<br>17:11 Harnessing Obsessiveness for Success<br>20:40 Evaluating Self-Help Advice<br>21:09 Struggles with Attention Span<br>21:31 Learning Outside Traditional Education<br>22:15 Emphasizing Strengths Over Weaknesses<br>23:29 Founders and Their Strengths<br>28:08 Anxiety as a Superpower<br>34:46 The Importance of Context in Learning<br>38:36 Self-Acceptance and Utilizing Strengths</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you convinced that you need to fix all your flaws as a founder? In this episode, we explore why that's not necessarily true. Ryan and Will dive deep into the idea that both startups and their founders are loaded with problems, some of which aren't really 'problems' at all but hidden superpowers. From obsessive tendencies to ADHD, they discuss how to harness these traits for success rather than trying to fix them. Drawing from personal experiences and industry insights, they touch on the influence of pharmaceutical marketing, the role of social media in shaping perceptions, and the importance of finding context for your strengths. This episode challenges you to rethink how you view your weaknesses and offers a fresh perspective on founder self-acceptance and leveraging inherent traits for entrepreneurial success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:33 Founders and Their Problems<br>01:15 Pharmaceutical Industry Insights<br>02:36 Social Media and Problem Creation<br>03:46 Personal Struggles of Founders<br>05:07 Overthinking and Control Issues<br>11:15 ADHD and Academic Challenges<br>17:11 Harnessing Obsessiveness for Success<br>20:40 Evaluating Self-Help Advice<br>21:09 Struggles with Attention Span<br>21:31 Learning Outside Traditional Education<br>22:15 Emphasizing Strengths Over Weaknesses<br>23:29 Founders and Their Strengths<br>28:08 Anxiety as a Superpower<br>34:46 The Importance of Context in Learning<br>38:36 Self-Acceptance and Utilizing Strengths</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Oct 2025 06:41:28 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/60fa96b6/fcdb17b0.mp3" length="99575527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2489</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you convinced that you need to fix all your flaws as a founder? In this episode, we explore why that's not necessarily true. Ryan and Will dive deep into the idea that both startups and their founders are loaded with problems, some of which aren't really 'problems' at all but hidden superpowers. From obsessive tendencies to ADHD, they discuss how to harness these traits for success rather than trying to fix them. Drawing from personal experiences and industry insights, they touch on the influence of pharmaceutical marketing, the role of social media in shaping perceptions, and the importance of finding context for your strengths. This episode challenges you to rethink how you view your weaknesses and offers a fresh perspective on founder self-acceptance and leveraging inherent traits for entrepreneurial success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:33 Founders and Their Problems<br>01:15 Pharmaceutical Industry Insights<br>02:36 Social Media and Problem Creation<br>03:46 Personal Struggles of Founders<br>05:07 Overthinking and Control Issues<br>11:15 ADHD and Academic Challenges<br>17:11 Harnessing Obsessiveness for Success<br>20:40 Evaluating Self-Help Advice<br>21:09 Struggles with Attention Span<br>21:31 Learning Outside Traditional Education<br>22:15 Emphasizing Strengths Over Weaknesses<br>23:29 Founders and Their Strengths<br>28:08 Anxiety as a Superpower<br>34:46 The Importance of Context in Learning<br>38:36 Self-Acceptance and Utilizing Strengths</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/60fa96b6/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Remote Culture, Actually Culture?</title>
      <itunes:episode>315</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>315</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is Remote Culture, Actually Culture?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e9c4c1b-1c4a-43a7-8252-01813fba3a7a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8f22312</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered if remote work is better than being in the office? Ryan and Will dive into their experiences and how their work culture has evolved over 20 years. They discuss the pros and cons of remote work, the importance of autonomy, and how remote setups have stripped away some of the overhead, revealing who truly thrives in this environment. They also explore whether it's possible to create a strong company culture remotely and how the shift has amplified the best and worst in employees. Tune in as they break down their journey from being die-hard office goers to embracing the flexibility and autonomy of remote work.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:36 The Shift from Office to Remote Work</p><p>01:01 Challenges of Remote Work</p><p>01:57 Socialization and Remote Work</p><p>04:42 Remote Work Rituals and Failures</p><p>07:26 Digital Culture and Transactional Work</p><p>12:06 Evolving Company Culture</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Workplace Culture</p><p>19:34 Starting Fresh: Can We Be Transactional?</p><p>20:20 The New Culture: Autonomy and Responsibility</p><p>21:37 Balancing Work and Personal Life</p><p>23:49 The Value and Challenges of Remote Culture</p><p>25:34 Autonomy: The Ultimate Compensation</p><p>26:10 Remote Work: Amplifying Strengths and Weaknesses</p><p>32:13 The Social Aspect of Work</p><p>37:22 The Future of Work: Remote vs. In-Office</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered if remote work is better than being in the office? Ryan and Will dive into their experiences and how their work culture has evolved over 20 years. They discuss the pros and cons of remote work, the importance of autonomy, and how remote setups have stripped away some of the overhead, revealing who truly thrives in this environment. They also explore whether it's possible to create a strong company culture remotely and how the shift has amplified the best and worst in employees. Tune in as they break down their journey from being die-hard office goers to embracing the flexibility and autonomy of remote work.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:36 The Shift from Office to Remote Work</p><p>01:01 Challenges of Remote Work</p><p>01:57 Socialization and Remote Work</p><p>04:42 Remote Work Rituals and Failures</p><p>07:26 Digital Culture and Transactional Work</p><p>12:06 Evolving Company Culture</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Workplace Culture</p><p>19:34 Starting Fresh: Can We Be Transactional?</p><p>20:20 The New Culture: Autonomy and Responsibility</p><p>21:37 Balancing Work and Personal Life</p><p>23:49 The Value and Challenges of Remote Culture</p><p>25:34 Autonomy: The Ultimate Compensation</p><p>26:10 Remote Work: Amplifying Strengths and Weaknesses</p><p>32:13 The Social Aspect of Work</p><p>37:22 The Future of Work: Remote vs. In-Office</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Oct 2025 07:51:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e8f22312/a3e96f5c.mp3" length="92791215" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2319</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered if remote work is better than being in the office? Ryan and Will dive into their experiences and how their work culture has evolved over 20 years. They discuss the pros and cons of remote work, the importance of autonomy, and how remote setups have stripped away some of the overhead, revealing who truly thrives in this environment. They also explore whether it's possible to create a strong company culture remotely and how the shift has amplified the best and worst in employees. Tune in as they break down their journey from being die-hard office goers to embracing the flexibility and autonomy of remote work.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:<br></strong>00:36 The Shift from Office to Remote Work</p><p>01:01 Challenges of Remote Work</p><p>01:57 Socialization and Remote Work</p><p>04:42 Remote Work Rituals and Failures</p><p>07:26 Digital Culture and Transactional Work</p><p>12:06 Evolving Company Culture</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Workplace Culture</p><p>19:34 Starting Fresh: Can We Be Transactional?</p><p>20:20 The New Culture: Autonomy and Responsibility</p><p>21:37 Balancing Work and Personal Life</p><p>23:49 The Value and Challenges of Remote Culture</p><p>25:34 Autonomy: The Ultimate Compensation</p><p>26:10 Remote Work: Amplifying Strengths and Weaknesses</p><p>32:13 The Social Aspect of Work</p><p>37:22 The Future of Work: Remote vs. In-Office</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/e8f22312/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Hand Off My Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>314</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>314</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Hand Off My Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1422aa07-8d20-4338-b56f-ad32adffdbfa</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fc22db7e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever dreamt of handing off your startup to a killer operator and sipping margaritas while the money keeps rolling in? It sounds perfect, but reality often has other plans. In this episode, we break down why passing on the reins isn't as smooth as it seems—from the slow degradation of everyday tasks to the irreplaceable instinct and urgency a founder brings. Discover why certain roles and tasks can be handed off successfully while others, like maintaining culture and strategic vision, often falter without the founder's unique touch. Tune in for practical advice on what you can actually hand off and what you should keep a close eye on to keep your startup thriving.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:06 The Dream of Handing Off a Startup<br>00:54 Early Days and Initial Success<br>02:14 The Startup Dream and Its Challenges<br>03:47 The Reality of Handing Off a Startup<br>05:09 The Slow Decline: Signs and Symptoms<br>07:48 Personal Experiences and Lessons Learned<br>17:00 The Boiled Frog Syndrome<br>19:45 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>20:25 The Disconnect Between Perception and Reality<br>20:53 The Unique Metabolism of Founders<br>22:06 The Importance of Ownership and Passion<br>25:01 Handing Off Responsibilities: What Works and What Doesn't<br>27:43 The Irreplaceable Elements of Leadership<br>32:58 The Impact of Founder Presence on Company Culture<br>39:06 The Inherent Urgency of Founders</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever dreamt of handing off your startup to a killer operator and sipping margaritas while the money keeps rolling in? It sounds perfect, but reality often has other plans. In this episode, we break down why passing on the reins isn't as smooth as it seems—from the slow degradation of everyday tasks to the irreplaceable instinct and urgency a founder brings. Discover why certain roles and tasks can be handed off successfully while others, like maintaining culture and strategic vision, often falter without the founder's unique touch. Tune in for practical advice on what you can actually hand off and what you should keep a close eye on to keep your startup thriving.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:06 The Dream of Handing Off a Startup<br>00:54 Early Days and Initial Success<br>02:14 The Startup Dream and Its Challenges<br>03:47 The Reality of Handing Off a Startup<br>05:09 The Slow Decline: Signs and Symptoms<br>07:48 Personal Experiences and Lessons Learned<br>17:00 The Boiled Frog Syndrome<br>19:45 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>20:25 The Disconnect Between Perception and Reality<br>20:53 The Unique Metabolism of Founders<br>22:06 The Importance of Ownership and Passion<br>25:01 Handing Off Responsibilities: What Works and What Doesn't<br>27:43 The Irreplaceable Elements of Leadership<br>32:58 The Impact of Founder Presence on Company Culture<br>39:06 The Inherent Urgency of Founders</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Sep 2025 06:13:28 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fc22db7e/bb9a162a.mp3" length="101879525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2546</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever dreamt of handing off your startup to a killer operator and sipping margaritas while the money keeps rolling in? It sounds perfect, but reality often has other plans. In this episode, we break down why passing on the reins isn't as smooth as it seems—from the slow degradation of everyday tasks to the irreplaceable instinct and urgency a founder brings. Discover why certain roles and tasks can be handed off successfully while others, like maintaining culture and strategic vision, often falter without the founder's unique touch. Tune in for practical advice on what you can actually hand off and what you should keep a close eye on to keep your startup thriving.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:06 The Dream of Handing Off a Startup<br>00:54 Early Days and Initial Success<br>02:14 The Startup Dream and Its Challenges<br>03:47 The Reality of Handing Off a Startup<br>05:09 The Slow Decline: Signs and Symptoms<br>07:48 Personal Experiences and Lessons Learned<br>17:00 The Boiled Frog Syndrome<br>19:45 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>20:25 The Disconnect Between Perception and Reality<br>20:53 The Unique Metabolism of Founders<br>22:06 The Importance of Ownership and Passion<br>25:01 Handing Off Responsibilities: What Works and What Doesn't<br>27:43 The Irreplaceable Elements of Leadership<br>32:58 The Impact of Founder Presence on Company Culture<br>39:06 The Inherent Urgency of Founders</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fc22db7e/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Did I Just Get Promoted or Fired?</title>
      <itunes:episode>313</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>313</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Did I Just Get Promoted or Fired?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8ebf1dad-30a4-4e15-8387-bdaf83119cf2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb3be4e2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder what happens when a founder gets 'promoted' out of the CEO role? Ryan and Will dive into the tricky terrain of founder transitions, exploring how it feels to be nudged into roles like Chief Vision Officer or Chairman—positions that often come when a new CEO is brought in. They discuss the emotions involved, the motivations of investors, and the strategies for turning this awkward moment into an opportunity. Whether you're in the thick of this situation or just want to be prepared, this episode provides valuable insights on maintaining dignity, negotiating effectively, and leveraging a graceful exit for future success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:24 The Founder Promotion Dilemma<br>01:07 Personal Experience with Founder Titles<br>02:26 The Gary Coleman Effect<br>03:21 The CEO Replacement Backfire<br>05:29 The Emotional and Financial Impact of Founder Reassignment<br>10:44 Board Mechanics and Founder Control<br>13:06 Investor Strategies and Founder Leverage<br>18:34 Facing the Reality of Founder Reassignment<br>23:17 Famous Comebacks: Steve Jobs, Howard Schultz, and Jack Dorsey<br>24:36 The Emotional Toll of Being Replaced<br>25:10 Turning Emotions into Positive Actions<br>25:46 Negotiating Your Exit Strategy<br>30:54 Crafting Your New Role<br>31:55 The Importance of Maintaining Relationships<br>37:00 The Worst and Best Case Scenarios</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder what happens when a founder gets 'promoted' out of the CEO role? Ryan and Will dive into the tricky terrain of founder transitions, exploring how it feels to be nudged into roles like Chief Vision Officer or Chairman—positions that often come when a new CEO is brought in. They discuss the emotions involved, the motivations of investors, and the strategies for turning this awkward moment into an opportunity. Whether you're in the thick of this situation or just want to be prepared, this episode provides valuable insights on maintaining dignity, negotiating effectively, and leveraging a graceful exit for future success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:24 The Founder Promotion Dilemma<br>01:07 Personal Experience with Founder Titles<br>02:26 The Gary Coleman Effect<br>03:21 The CEO Replacement Backfire<br>05:29 The Emotional and Financial Impact of Founder Reassignment<br>10:44 Board Mechanics and Founder Control<br>13:06 Investor Strategies and Founder Leverage<br>18:34 Facing the Reality of Founder Reassignment<br>23:17 Famous Comebacks: Steve Jobs, Howard Schultz, and Jack Dorsey<br>24:36 The Emotional Toll of Being Replaced<br>25:10 Turning Emotions into Positive Actions<br>25:46 Negotiating Your Exit Strategy<br>30:54 Crafting Your New Role<br>31:55 The Importance of Maintaining Relationships<br>37:00 The Worst and Best Case Scenarios</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Sep 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cb3be4e2/bf684f93.mp3" length="102004332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2549</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder what happens when a founder gets 'promoted' out of the CEO role? Ryan and Will dive into the tricky terrain of founder transitions, exploring how it feels to be nudged into roles like Chief Vision Officer or Chairman—positions that often come when a new CEO is brought in. They discuss the emotions involved, the motivations of investors, and the strategies for turning this awkward moment into an opportunity. Whether you're in the thick of this situation or just want to be prepared, this episode provides valuable insights on maintaining dignity, negotiating effectively, and leveraging a graceful exit for future success.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:24 The Founder Promotion Dilemma<br>01:07 Personal Experience with Founder Titles<br>02:26 The Gary Coleman Effect<br>03:21 The CEO Replacement Backfire<br>05:29 The Emotional and Financial Impact of Founder Reassignment<br>10:44 Board Mechanics and Founder Control<br>13:06 Investor Strategies and Founder Leverage<br>18:34 Facing the Reality of Founder Reassignment<br>23:17 Famous Comebacks: Steve Jobs, Howard Schultz, and Jack Dorsey<br>24:36 The Emotional Toll of Being Replaced<br>25:10 Turning Emotions into Positive Actions<br>25:46 Negotiating Your Exit Strategy<br>30:54 Crafting Your New Role<br>31:55 The Importance of Maintaining Relationships<br>37:00 The Worst and Best Case Scenarios</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/cb3be4e2/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burnout is a Treatable Injury</title>
      <itunes:episode>312</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>312</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Burnout is a Treatable Injury</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f37e21c3-f1d0-4ce5-86ed-39a560bf8162</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ddaea11c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like burnout is inevitable in your startup journey? You're not alone. Burnout can feel like a silent co-founder, but it doesn't have to signal the end of your entrepreneurial story. In this episode, we discuss why burnout happens, how to diagnose it, and most importantly, how to treat it. Discover the importance of pacing yourself, the hidden costs of burnout, and why taking a break is crucial—not just for you, but for your entire team. We'll share personal anecdotes, practical tips, and the value of stepping away to recharge, so you can return stronger and more passionate than ever. Tune in to learn how to recognize the signs of burnout and create a treatment plan that works for you and your startup.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 Personal Burnout Stories<br>04:46 The Hidden Costs of Burnout<br>08:41 Recognizing and Addressing Burnout<br>19:17 Recognizing Emotional Burnout<br>19:47 Impact of Economic Downturn on Founders<br>21:19 Personal Struggles and Their Impact on Work<br>22:13 Diagnosing and Addressing Burnout in Teams<br>23:04 The Importance of Personal Life in Preventing Burnout<br>27:32 Strategies for Treating Burnout<br>29:27 Finding Passion Outside of Work<br>32:59 Identifying and Mitigating Burnout Triggers<br>38:25 The Role of Leadership in Managing Burnout</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like burnout is inevitable in your startup journey? You're not alone. Burnout can feel like a silent co-founder, but it doesn't have to signal the end of your entrepreneurial story. In this episode, we discuss why burnout happens, how to diagnose it, and most importantly, how to treat it. Discover the importance of pacing yourself, the hidden costs of burnout, and why taking a break is crucial—not just for you, but for your entire team. We'll share personal anecdotes, practical tips, and the value of stepping away to recharge, so you can return stronger and more passionate than ever. Tune in to learn how to recognize the signs of burnout and create a treatment plan that works for you and your startup.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 Personal Burnout Stories<br>04:46 The Hidden Costs of Burnout<br>08:41 Recognizing and Addressing Burnout<br>19:17 Recognizing Emotional Burnout<br>19:47 Impact of Economic Downturn on Founders<br>21:19 Personal Struggles and Their Impact on Work<br>22:13 Diagnosing and Addressing Burnout in Teams<br>23:04 The Importance of Personal Life in Preventing Burnout<br>27:32 Strategies for Treating Burnout<br>29:27 Finding Passion Outside of Work<br>32:59 Identifying and Mitigating Burnout Triggers<br>38:25 The Role of Leadership in Managing Burnout</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Sep 2025 06:19:49 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ddaea11c/13a9f05a.mp3" length="95316008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2382</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever felt like burnout is inevitable in your startup journey? You're not alone. Burnout can feel like a silent co-founder, but it doesn't have to signal the end of your entrepreneurial story. In this episode, we discuss why burnout happens, how to diagnose it, and most importantly, how to treat it. Discover the importance of pacing yourself, the hidden costs of burnout, and why taking a break is crucial—not just for you, but for your entire team. We'll share personal anecdotes, practical tips, and the value of stepping away to recharge, so you can return stronger and more passionate than ever. Tune in to learn how to recognize the signs of burnout and create a treatment plan that works for you and your startup.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>01:01 Personal Burnout Stories<br>04:46 The Hidden Costs of Burnout<br>08:41 Recognizing and Addressing Burnout<br>19:17 Recognizing Emotional Burnout<br>19:47 Impact of Economic Downturn on Founders<br>21:19 Personal Struggles and Their Impact on Work<br>22:13 Diagnosing and Addressing Burnout in Teams<br>23:04 The Importance of Personal Life in Preventing Burnout<br>27:32 Strategies for Treating Burnout<br>29:27 Finding Passion Outside of Work<br>32:59 Identifying and Mitigating Burnout Triggers<br>38:25 The Role of Leadership in Managing Burnout</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ddaea11c/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Pretending You Don't Have Enough Time!</title>
      <itunes:episode>311</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>311</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Pretending You Don't Have Enough Time!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4fec2926-0aff-4769-b88f-4a3cc24b1ad9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4141ca9d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you need more hours in the day? Turns out, you don't. In this episode, we dive deep into time management for founders, starting with a viral Reddit post that stirred some controversy. We'll explore how compressing your timelines can lead to greater efficiency and free up your schedule for the things that truly matter. Forget the chronic meeting bloat and endless email chains; it's all about optimizing every minute. Discover how focusing on small, incremental tasks can lead to significant progress, both in your professional and personal life. Whether you're a solo founder or leading a team, this episode offers actionable insights to make the most out of your 24 hours.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p><p>00:26 The Reddit Experiment: Stirring Controversy<br>03:53 The Time Compression Revelation<br>04:32 Analyzing Time Management<br>07:52 The Cost of Meetings and Conversations<br>15:21 The Impact of Family on Work Hours<br>17:44 The Power of Constraints<br>20:02 The Power of Saying No<br>20:24 Focus as a Job<br>20:34 Timeless Solutions<br>21:06 The Importance of Prioritization<br>21:34 Efficiency in Communication<br>22:34 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>23:14 Consistency and Compounding<br>23:25 Building a House with Focus<br>26:53 Weekly Timelines for Productivity<br>36:12 Reclaiming Time for Personal Use</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you need more hours in the day? Turns out, you don't. In this episode, we dive deep into time management for founders, starting with a viral Reddit post that stirred some controversy. We'll explore how compressing your timelines can lead to greater efficiency and free up your schedule for the things that truly matter. Forget the chronic meeting bloat and endless email chains; it's all about optimizing every minute. Discover how focusing on small, incremental tasks can lead to significant progress, both in your professional and personal life. Whether you're a solo founder or leading a team, this episode offers actionable insights to make the most out of your 24 hours.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p><p>00:26 The Reddit Experiment: Stirring Controversy<br>03:53 The Time Compression Revelation<br>04:32 Analyzing Time Management<br>07:52 The Cost of Meetings and Conversations<br>15:21 The Impact of Family on Work Hours<br>17:44 The Power of Constraints<br>20:02 The Power of Saying No<br>20:24 Focus as a Job<br>20:34 Timeless Solutions<br>21:06 The Importance of Prioritization<br>21:34 Efficiency in Communication<br>22:34 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>23:14 Consistency and Compounding<br>23:25 Building a House with Focus<br>26:53 Weekly Timelines for Productivity<br>36:12 Reclaiming Time for Personal Use</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Sep 2025 07:09:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4141ca9d/17d0d54e.mp3" length="96477623" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2411</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever feel like you need more hours in the day? Turns out, you don't. In this episode, we dive deep into time management for founders, starting with a viral Reddit post that stirred some controversy. We'll explore how compressing your timelines can lead to greater efficiency and free up your schedule for the things that truly matter. Forget the chronic meeting bloat and endless email chains; it's all about optimizing every minute. Discover how focusing on small, incremental tasks can lead to significant progress, both in your professional and personal life. Whether you're a solo founder or leading a team, this episode offers actionable insights to make the most out of your 24 hours.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong></p><p>00:26 The Reddit Experiment: Stirring Controversy<br>03:53 The Time Compression Revelation<br>04:32 Analyzing Time Management<br>07:52 The Cost of Meetings and Conversations<br>15:21 The Impact of Family on Work Hours<br>17:44 The Power of Constraints<br>20:02 The Power of Saying No<br>20:24 Focus as a Job<br>20:34 Timeless Solutions<br>21:06 The Importance of Prioritization<br>21:34 Efficiency in Communication<br>22:34 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>23:14 Consistency and Compounding<br>23:25 Building a House with Focus<br>26:53 Weekly Timelines for Productivity<br>36:12 Reclaiming Time for Personal Use</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4141ca9d/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Founders Aligned with Those Around Them?</title>
      <itunes:episode>310</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>310</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Founders Aligned with Those Around Them?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e4d1da84-f6e4-4acc-9035-cbea80ac38ee</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/746ef11e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The complexities of alignment among founders, employees, and even spouses. They debunk the notion that perfect alignment exists, emphasizing that often, perceived alignment is more fiction than reality. The conversation covers the inevitable differences in expectations, contributions, and risk tolerances that arise between co-founders and employees. The hosts also delve into the personal side, exploring how founders' professional decisions impact their relationships at home. Through candid anecdotes and practical insights, they highlight the importance of mutual respect and understanding in managing these fundamentally misaligned expectations in both business and personal life.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:42 The Myth of Alignment in Startups<br>01:06 Investor Alignment: Fact or Fiction?<br>01:48 The Role of Spouses in Startup Alignment<br>03:09 The Challenge of Aligning with Employees<br>04:59 Generational Differences in Work-Life Balance<br>14:50 The Reality of Co-Founder Alignment<br>21:16 The Challenge of Co-Founder Alignment<br>22:45 Spousal Support and Startup Life<br>25:45 Understanding and Managing Differences<br>28:31 The Myth of Perfect Alignment</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The complexities of alignment among founders, employees, and even spouses. They debunk the notion that perfect alignment exists, emphasizing that often, perceived alignment is more fiction than reality. The conversation covers the inevitable differences in expectations, contributions, and risk tolerances that arise between co-founders and employees. The hosts also delve into the personal side, exploring how founders' professional decisions impact their relationships at home. Through candid anecdotes and practical insights, they highlight the importance of mutual respect and understanding in managing these fundamentally misaligned expectations in both business and personal life.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:42 The Myth of Alignment in Startups<br>01:06 Investor Alignment: Fact or Fiction?<br>01:48 The Role of Spouses in Startup Alignment<br>03:09 The Challenge of Aligning with Employees<br>04:59 Generational Differences in Work-Life Balance<br>14:50 The Reality of Co-Founder Alignment<br>21:16 The Challenge of Co-Founder Alignment<br>22:45 Spousal Support and Startup Life<br>25:45 Understanding and Managing Differences<br>28:31 The Myth of Perfect Alignment</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2025 05:41:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/746ef11e/c8c13426.mp3" length="97333943" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2433</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The complexities of alignment among founders, employees, and even spouses. They debunk the notion that perfect alignment exists, emphasizing that often, perceived alignment is more fiction than reality. The conversation covers the inevitable differences in expectations, contributions, and risk tolerances that arise between co-founders and employees. The hosts also delve into the personal side, exploring how founders' professional decisions impact their relationships at home. Through candid anecdotes and practical insights, they highlight the importance of mutual respect and understanding in managing these fundamentally misaligned expectations in both business and personal life.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:42 The Myth of Alignment in Startups<br>01:06 Investor Alignment: Fact or Fiction?<br>01:48 The Role of Spouses in Startup Alignment<br>03:09 The Challenge of Aligning with Employees<br>04:59 Generational Differences in Work-Life Balance<br>14:50 The Reality of Co-Founder Alignment<br>21:16 The Challenge of Co-Founder Alignment<br>22:45 Spousal Support and Startup Life<br>25:45 Understanding and Managing Differences<br>28:31 The Myth of Perfect Alignment</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/746ef11e/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will the Payout be Worth the Sacrifice?</title>
      <itunes:episode>309</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>309</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Will the Payout be Worth the Sacrifice?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">83396e73-15c0-497a-80a8-01ca9dbab48c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b2c2456</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The challenging question of whether the sacrifices made in pursuit of entrepreneurial success are ultimately worth the payoff. Will retells his personal story of almost buying an expensive house in Bel Air only to realize, thanks to his wife's intervention, that it wasn't what he truly wanted. The duo explores themes of sacrifice, payoff, and how aligning personal goals with true desires can lead to genuine happiness and fulfillment. Whether it's the freedom to travel or the joy of creating something with your hands, this episode urges founders to carefully contemplate their end goals and ensure their sacrifices lead to meaningful rewards.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:25 The Beverly Hills House Dilemma<br>03:05 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Payoffs<br>06:52 The Decision to Move Back to Ohio<br>13:42 The Value of Freedom and Purpose<br>17:46 The Danger of Undefined Goals<br>22:15 The Illusion of Goals<br>23:19 Realizing Unwanted Desires<br>24:13 Shifting Ambitions<br>26:21 The Fear of Losing Ambition<br>27:54 Evaluating Sacrifices<br>33:48 Finding True Fulfillment<br>36:31 Building a Dream<br>42:38 Advice for Founders</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The challenging question of whether the sacrifices made in pursuit of entrepreneurial success are ultimately worth the payoff. Will retells his personal story of almost buying an expensive house in Bel Air only to realize, thanks to his wife's intervention, that it wasn't what he truly wanted. The duo explores themes of sacrifice, payoff, and how aligning personal goals with true desires can lead to genuine happiness and fulfillment. Whether it's the freedom to travel or the joy of creating something with your hands, this episode urges founders to carefully contemplate their end goals and ensure their sacrifices lead to meaningful rewards.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:25 The Beverly Hills House Dilemma<br>03:05 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Payoffs<br>06:52 The Decision to Move Back to Ohio<br>13:42 The Value of Freedom and Purpose<br>17:46 The Danger of Undefined Goals<br>22:15 The Illusion of Goals<br>23:19 Realizing Unwanted Desires<br>24:13 Shifting Ambitions<br>26:21 The Fear of Losing Ambition<br>27:54 Evaluating Sacrifices<br>33:48 Finding True Fulfillment<br>36:31 Building a Dream<br>42:38 Advice for Founders</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2b2c2456/84a8a873.mp3" length="106127538" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2653</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The challenging question of whether the sacrifices made in pursuit of entrepreneurial success are ultimately worth the payoff. Will retells his personal story of almost buying an expensive house in Bel Air only to realize, thanks to his wife's intervention, that it wasn't what he truly wanted. The duo explores themes of sacrifice, payoff, and how aligning personal goals with true desires can lead to genuine happiness and fulfillment. Whether it's the freedom to travel or the joy of creating something with your hands, this episode urges founders to carefully contemplate their end goals and ensure their sacrifices lead to meaningful rewards.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast<br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn<br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong><br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:25 The Beverly Hills House Dilemma<br>03:05 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Payoffs<br>06:52 The Decision to Move Back to Ohio<br>13:42 The Value of Freedom and Purpose<br>17:46 The Danger of Undefined Goals<br>22:15 The Illusion of Goals<br>23:19 Realizing Unwanted Desires<br>24:13 Shifting Ambitions<br>26:21 The Fear of Losing Ambition<br>27:54 Evaluating Sacrifices<br>33:48 Finding True Fulfillment<br>36:31 Building a Dream<br>42:38 Advice for Founders</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2b2c2456/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Founders Blow Their Fortunes</title>
      <itunes:episode>308</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>308</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Founders Blow Their Fortunes</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91b4febc-32db-4c7d-8c08-19d7cd504694</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6e70ec35</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The critical do's and don’ts after a big financial win as a startup founder. They emphasize the importance of not oversharing about your wealth, shifting from an offensive to a defensive mindset, preserving your gains, and being cautious about new investments. They also explore how to handle the psychological and social challenges that come with newfound success, using real-life examples and practical advice to ensure you don't blow your hard-earned money.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong> <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:52 The Myth of the Big Exit<br>01:52 Emotional and Psychological Impact of Wealth<br>02:58 The Speech: Congrats, Now Don't Mess It Up<br>04:23 Financial Management for Newfound Wealth<br>06:11 The Three Js of Wealth: Judgment, Jealousy, and Jockeying<br>06:47 The Importance of Keeping Financial Information Private<br>20:06 The Shift from Offense to Defense in Wealth Management<br>22:24 The Founder Mentality Shift<br>23:53 The Casino Analogy<br>26:45 The Importance of Playing Defense<br>30:18 The Danger of Proving Yourself Again<br>36:33 The Save Point Strategy<br>44:19 The Burn Rate Dilemma<br>45:24 Conclusion: Preserving Your Wealth</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The critical do's and don’ts after a big financial win as a startup founder. They emphasize the importance of not oversharing about your wealth, shifting from an offensive to a defensive mindset, preserving your gains, and being cautious about new investments. They also explore how to handle the psychological and social challenges that come with newfound success, using real-life examples and practical advice to ensure you don't blow your hard-earned money.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong> <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:52 The Myth of the Big Exit<br>01:52 Emotional and Psychological Impact of Wealth<br>02:58 The Speech: Congrats, Now Don't Mess It Up<br>04:23 Financial Management for Newfound Wealth<br>06:11 The Three Js of Wealth: Judgment, Jealousy, and Jockeying<br>06:47 The Importance of Keeping Financial Information Private<br>20:06 The Shift from Offense to Defense in Wealth Management<br>22:24 The Founder Mentality Shift<br>23:53 The Casino Analogy<br>26:45 The Importance of Playing Defense<br>30:18 The Danger of Proving Yourself Again<br>36:33 The Save Point Strategy<br>44:19 The Burn Rate Dilemma<br>45:24 Conclusion: Preserving Your Wealth</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2025 08:33:39 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6e70ec35/923632f9.mp3" length="113669290" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2841</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The critical do's and don’ts after a big financial win as a startup founder. They emphasize the importance of not oversharing about your wealth, shifting from an offensive to a defensive mindset, preserving your gains, and being cautious about new investments. They also explore how to handle the psychological and social challenges that come with newfound success, using real-life examples and practical advice to ensure you don't blow your hard-earned money.</p><p><strong>Resources:</strong><br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p><strong>Join our Network of Top Founders</strong> <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><strong>What to listen for:</strong><br>00:52 The Myth of the Big Exit<br>01:52 Emotional and Psychological Impact of Wealth<br>02:58 The Speech: Congrats, Now Don't Mess It Up<br>04:23 Financial Management for Newfound Wealth<br>06:11 The Three Js of Wealth: Judgment, Jealousy, and Jockeying<br>06:47 The Importance of Keeping Financial Information Private<br>20:06 The Shift from Offense to Defense in Wealth Management<br>22:24 The Founder Mentality Shift<br>23:53 The Casino Analogy<br>26:45 The Importance of Playing Defense<br>30:18 The Danger of Proving Yourself Again<br>36:33 The Save Point Strategy<br>44:19 The Burn Rate Dilemma<br>45:24 Conclusion: Preserving Your Wealth</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6e70ec35/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When is Enough, Enough?</title>
      <itunes:episode>307</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>307</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When is Enough, Enough?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23662faf-1560-4357-8c28-5f1be8063b42</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4cbe50b9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and will talks about a critical issue many founders face: knowing when to say 'enough is enough.' They explore the constant pursuit of growth both personally and professionally and how it can turn into a liability if not checked. They dive into the psychological roots of why founders struggle with the concept of 'having enough,' the impact of a scarcity mindset, and the importance of recognizing diminishing returns. The hosts share personal anecdotes and offer practical advice on how to balance ambition with fulfillment, emphasizing the need for diversified 'buckets' of happiness beyond just business success.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Founder’s Dilemma: Knowing When Enough is Enough<br>01:26 The Scarcity Mindset and Its Impact<br>02:35 The Law of Diminishing Returns<br>03:12 Personal Anecdotes on Ambition and Satisfaction<br>05:38 The Concept of Utility in Economics<br>12:00 Balancing Growth and Happiness in Startups<br>16:56 Post-Exit: The Risk of Overreaching<br>20:11 The Downfall of a Legend<br>21:15 The Cost of Ambition<br>22:32 The Utility of Wealth<br>23:25 Chasing More: A Founder’s Dilemma<br>25:42 The Search for True Happiness<br>28:48 Redefining Success<br>33:50 Balancing Ambition and Value</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and will talks about a critical issue many founders face: knowing when to say 'enough is enough.' They explore the constant pursuit of growth both personally and professionally and how it can turn into a liability if not checked. They dive into the psychological roots of why founders struggle with the concept of 'having enough,' the impact of a scarcity mindset, and the importance of recognizing diminishing returns. The hosts share personal anecdotes and offer practical advice on how to balance ambition with fulfillment, emphasizing the need for diversified 'buckets' of happiness beyond just business success.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Founder’s Dilemma: Knowing When Enough is Enough<br>01:26 The Scarcity Mindset and Its Impact<br>02:35 The Law of Diminishing Returns<br>03:12 Personal Anecdotes on Ambition and Satisfaction<br>05:38 The Concept of Utility in Economics<br>12:00 Balancing Growth and Happiness in Startups<br>16:56 Post-Exit: The Risk of Overreaching<br>20:11 The Downfall of a Legend<br>21:15 The Cost of Ambition<br>22:32 The Utility of Wealth<br>23:25 Chasing More: A Founder’s Dilemma<br>25:42 The Search for True Happiness<br>28:48 Redefining Success<br>33:50 Balancing Ambition and Value</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4cbe50b9/cfa6db31.mp3" length="97497122" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2437</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and will talks about a critical issue many founders face: knowing when to say 'enough is enough.' They explore the constant pursuit of growth both personally and professionally and how it can turn into a liability if not checked. They dive into the psychological roots of why founders struggle with the concept of 'having enough,' the impact of a scarcity mindset, and the importance of recognizing diminishing returns. The hosts share personal anecdotes and offer practical advice on how to balance ambition with fulfillment, emphasizing the need for diversified 'buckets' of happiness beyond just business success.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Founder’s Dilemma: Knowing When Enough is Enough<br>01:26 The Scarcity Mindset and Its Impact<br>02:35 The Law of Diminishing Returns<br>03:12 Personal Anecdotes on Ambition and Satisfaction<br>05:38 The Concept of Utility in Economics<br>12:00 Balancing Growth and Happiness in Startups<br>16:56 Post-Exit: The Risk of Overreaching<br>20:11 The Downfall of a Legend<br>21:15 The Cost of Ambition<br>22:32 The Utility of Wealth<br>23:25 Chasing More: A Founder’s Dilemma<br>25:42 The Search for True Happiness<br>28:48 Redefining Success<br>33:50 Balancing Ambition and Value</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/4cbe50b9/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Entrepreneurship Alleviate Poverty?</title>
      <itunes:episode>306</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>306</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Entrepreneurship Alleviate Poverty?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f6850889-b83c-4fdc-aa58-01b023e2608b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/359533be</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How entrepreneurship can transform lives and communities? Will shares his personal journey from a challenging childhood to becoming a successful entrepreneur. They explore whether entrepreneurship can be a means to alleviate poverty, emphasizing the importance of hope, a safety net, and access to education and mentorship. The conversation dives deep into the potential impact of entrepreneurial initiatives on economic development and the need for structured support to foster entrepreneurial success on a global scale.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:40 The Power of Entrepreneurship to Alleviate Poverty<br>01:17 Personal Stories of Entrepreneurial Beginnings<br>02:34 The Ripple Effect of Entrepreneurship<br>03:38 Teaching Entrepreneurship as a Lifelong Skill<br>04:46 Hope as the Foundation of Entrepreneurship<br>05:37 Early Wins and Their Impact<br>07:17 The Importance of Small Wins<br>08:20 The Role of Hope and Pride in Entrepreneurship<br>12:15 The Willingness to Fail<br>22:49 The Risk of Failure for the Broke<br>23:45 Historical Context and Immigrant Success Stories<br>24:46 The Luxury of Credit and Capital<br>27:03 Entrepreneur Welfare and Venture Capital<br>29:14 The Case for Minimum Basic Income for Founders<br>29:40 The Parallel with Education and FAFSA<br>38:47 The Need for Structured Entrepreneurship Education<br>39:47 The Role of Hope and Security in Entrepreneurship<br>45:46 Entrepreneurship as a Solution to Poverty<br>47:34 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How entrepreneurship can transform lives and communities? Will shares his personal journey from a challenging childhood to becoming a successful entrepreneur. They explore whether entrepreneurship can be a means to alleviate poverty, emphasizing the importance of hope, a safety net, and access to education and mentorship. The conversation dives deep into the potential impact of entrepreneurial initiatives on economic development and the need for structured support to foster entrepreneurial success on a global scale.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:40 The Power of Entrepreneurship to Alleviate Poverty<br>01:17 Personal Stories of Entrepreneurial Beginnings<br>02:34 The Ripple Effect of Entrepreneurship<br>03:38 Teaching Entrepreneurship as a Lifelong Skill<br>04:46 Hope as the Foundation of Entrepreneurship<br>05:37 Early Wins and Their Impact<br>07:17 The Importance of Small Wins<br>08:20 The Role of Hope and Pride in Entrepreneurship<br>12:15 The Willingness to Fail<br>22:49 The Risk of Failure for the Broke<br>23:45 Historical Context and Immigrant Success Stories<br>24:46 The Luxury of Credit and Capital<br>27:03 Entrepreneur Welfare and Venture Capital<br>29:14 The Case for Minimum Basic Income for Founders<br>29:40 The Parallel with Education and FAFSA<br>38:47 The Need for Structured Entrepreneurship Education<br>39:47 The Role of Hope and Security in Entrepreneurship<br>45:46 Entrepreneurship as a Solution to Poverty<br>47:34 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/359533be/82fe79e0.mp3" length="115094898" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2877</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>How entrepreneurship can transform lives and communities? Will shares his personal journey from a challenging childhood to becoming a successful entrepreneur. They explore whether entrepreneurship can be a means to alleviate poverty, emphasizing the importance of hope, a safety net, and access to education and mentorship. The conversation dives deep into the potential impact of entrepreneurial initiatives on economic development and the need for structured support to foster entrepreneurial success on a global scale.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:40 The Power of Entrepreneurship to Alleviate Poverty<br>01:17 Personal Stories of Entrepreneurial Beginnings<br>02:34 The Ripple Effect of Entrepreneurship<br>03:38 Teaching Entrepreneurship as a Lifelong Skill<br>04:46 Hope as the Foundation of Entrepreneurship<br>05:37 Early Wins and Their Impact<br>07:17 The Importance of Small Wins<br>08:20 The Role of Hope and Pride in Entrepreneurship<br>12:15 The Willingness to Fail<br>22:49 The Risk of Failure for the Broke<br>23:45 Historical Context and Immigrant Success Stories<br>24:46 The Luxury of Credit and Capital<br>27:03 Entrepreneur Welfare and Venture Capital<br>29:14 The Case for Minimum Basic Income for Founders<br>29:40 The Parallel with Education and FAFSA<br>38:47 The Need for Structured Entrepreneurship Education<br>39:47 The Role of Hope and Security in Entrepreneurship<br>45:46 Entrepreneurship as a Solution to Poverty<br>47:34 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/359533be/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Startups Be a Family?</title>
      <itunes:episode>305</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>305</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should Startups Be a Family?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c7b553b0-2030-4f1f-b7a4-9fea0d347c7a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fed6efc5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges and dynamics of blending friendship and professionalism in startups. They delve into the potential pitfalls of treating your startup team like a family, the consequences on both founders and employees, and the importance of setting clear boundaries. They highlight shared experiences from their early careers and emphasize the need for empathy, respect, and a professional approach to lead effectively without compromising authority.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:08 The Illusion of Startup as a Family</p><p>00:55 Early Career and Peer Dynamics</p><p>01:50 The Reality of Founder-Employee Relationships</p><p>03:46 The Pitfalls of Treating Employees as Family</p><p>05:54 Transparency in Startups: A Double-Edged Sword</p><p>07:13 Shared Risk and Misinterpreted Bonds</p><p>09:32 The Inevitable Strain on Relationships</p><p>12:17 The Limits of Friendship in Startups</p><p>16:18 The Evolution of Team Dynamics</p><p>18:12 A Throwback to Early Company Culture</p><p>18:31 The Impact of a New Hire</p><p>19:19 Cultural Misalignment and Realization</p><p>20:15 Adjusting Company Culture</p><p>21:43 Balancing Professionalism and Empathy</p><p>22:50 The Importance of Boundaries</p><p>24:18 The Dangers of Forced Inclusivity</p><p>28:24 Personal Experiences with Cultural Fit</p><p>32:20 The Family vs. Professional Sports Team Metaphor</p><p>36:42 Final Thoughts on Company Culture</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges and dynamics of blending friendship and professionalism in startups. They delve into the potential pitfalls of treating your startup team like a family, the consequences on both founders and employees, and the importance of setting clear boundaries. They highlight shared experiences from their early careers and emphasize the need for empathy, respect, and a professional approach to lead effectively without compromising authority.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:08 The Illusion of Startup as a Family</p><p>00:55 Early Career and Peer Dynamics</p><p>01:50 The Reality of Founder-Employee Relationships</p><p>03:46 The Pitfalls of Treating Employees as Family</p><p>05:54 Transparency in Startups: A Double-Edged Sword</p><p>07:13 Shared Risk and Misinterpreted Bonds</p><p>09:32 The Inevitable Strain on Relationships</p><p>12:17 The Limits of Friendship in Startups</p><p>16:18 The Evolution of Team Dynamics</p><p>18:12 A Throwback to Early Company Culture</p><p>18:31 The Impact of a New Hire</p><p>19:19 Cultural Misalignment and Realization</p><p>20:15 Adjusting Company Culture</p><p>21:43 Balancing Professionalism and Empathy</p><p>22:50 The Importance of Boundaries</p><p>24:18 The Dangers of Forced Inclusivity</p><p>28:24 Personal Experiences with Cultural Fit</p><p>32:20 The Family vs. Professional Sports Team Metaphor</p><p>36:42 Final Thoughts on Company Culture</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jul 2025 08:31:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fed6efc5/7945c5ac.mp3" length="89700007" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2242</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges and dynamics of blending friendship and professionalism in startups. They delve into the potential pitfalls of treating your startup team like a family, the consequences on both founders and employees, and the importance of setting clear boundaries. They highlight shared experiences from their early careers and emphasize the need for empathy, respect, and a professional approach to lead effectively without compromising authority.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:08 The Illusion of Startup as a Family</p><p>00:55 Early Career and Peer Dynamics</p><p>01:50 The Reality of Founder-Employee Relationships</p><p>03:46 The Pitfalls of Treating Employees as Family</p><p>05:54 Transparency in Startups: A Double-Edged Sword</p><p>07:13 Shared Risk and Misinterpreted Bonds</p><p>09:32 The Inevitable Strain on Relationships</p><p>12:17 The Limits of Friendship in Startups</p><p>16:18 The Evolution of Team Dynamics</p><p>18:12 A Throwback to Early Company Culture</p><p>18:31 The Impact of a New Hire</p><p>19:19 Cultural Misalignment and Realization</p><p>20:15 Adjusting Company Culture</p><p>21:43 Balancing Professionalism and Empathy</p><p>22:50 The Importance of Boundaries</p><p>24:18 The Dangers of Forced Inclusivity</p><p>28:24 Personal Experiences with Cultural Fit</p><p>32:20 The Family vs. Professional Sports Team Metaphor</p><p>36:42 Final Thoughts on Company Culture</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fed6efc5/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Founders be Replaced by AI?</title>
      <itunes:episode>304</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>304</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Founders be Replaced by AI?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">010c14f5-4845-4f49-aee3-c63cb0275152</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d90c3e87</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing role of AI in startups. They explore how AI is automating traditional founder tasks like writing, coding, and analyzing data. The conversation delves into the existential threat AI poses to the founder's role and how founders can adapt to this new landscape. They argue that founders should embrace AI to focus on creativity, curation, and leadership rather than being bogged down by routine tasks. The episode underscores the importance of evolving with technology to enhance productivity and innovation, ultimately redefining the founder's job description for the future.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:34 Can AI Replace Founders?<br>01:16 The Evolution of AI Capabilities<br>02:03 AI's Impact on Copywriting and Creativity<br>03:28 AI in Advertising and Idea Generation<br>04:44 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>06:31 AI as a Force Multiplier<br>09:44 The Future of AI and Founders<br>14:36 AI in Coding and Development<br>17:08 Leveraging AI for Business Growth<br>19:13 Simulating Business Scenarios with AI<br>19:38 The Role of AI in Business Decision Making<br>19:53 The Timeless Nature of Business Challenges<br>20:48 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>21:12 The Unique Human Element in Business<br>23:40 The Future of Founders in an AI-Driven World<br>25:50 The Evolution of Founders' Roles<br>28:05 Leadership and Determination in Business<br>30:47 The Importance of Vision and Adaptability</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing role of AI in startups. They explore how AI is automating traditional founder tasks like writing, coding, and analyzing data. The conversation delves into the existential threat AI poses to the founder's role and how founders can adapt to this new landscape. They argue that founders should embrace AI to focus on creativity, curation, and leadership rather than being bogged down by routine tasks. The episode underscores the importance of evolving with technology to enhance productivity and innovation, ultimately redefining the founder's job description for the future.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:34 Can AI Replace Founders?<br>01:16 The Evolution of AI Capabilities<br>02:03 AI's Impact on Copywriting and Creativity<br>03:28 AI in Advertising and Idea Generation<br>04:44 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>06:31 AI as a Force Multiplier<br>09:44 The Future of AI and Founders<br>14:36 AI in Coding and Development<br>17:08 Leveraging AI for Business Growth<br>19:13 Simulating Business Scenarios with AI<br>19:38 The Role of AI in Business Decision Making<br>19:53 The Timeless Nature of Business Challenges<br>20:48 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>21:12 The Unique Human Element in Business<br>23:40 The Future of Founders in an AI-Driven World<br>25:50 The Evolution of Founders' Roles<br>28:05 Leadership and Determination in Business<br>30:47 The Importance of Vision and Adaptability</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jul 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d90c3e87/5d5a07a5.mp3" length="91413610" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2285</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing role of AI in startups. They explore how AI is automating traditional founder tasks like writing, coding, and analyzing data. The conversation delves into the existential threat AI poses to the founder's role and how founders can adapt to this new landscape. They argue that founders should embrace AI to focus on creativity, curation, and leadership rather than being bogged down by routine tasks. The episode underscores the importance of evolving with technology to enhance productivity and innovation, ultimately redefining the founder's job description for the future.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:34 Can AI Replace Founders?<br>01:16 The Evolution of AI Capabilities<br>02:03 AI's Impact on Copywriting and Creativity<br>03:28 AI in Advertising and Idea Generation<br>04:44 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>06:31 AI as a Force Multiplier<br>09:44 The Future of AI and Founders<br>14:36 AI in Coding and Development<br>17:08 Leveraging AI for Business Growth<br>19:13 Simulating Business Scenarios with AI<br>19:38 The Role of AI in Business Decision Making<br>19:53 The Timeless Nature of Business Challenges<br>20:48 Embracing AI for Efficiency<br>21:12 The Unique Human Element in Business<br>23:40 The Future of Founders in an AI-Driven World<br>25:50 The Evolution of Founders' Roles<br>28:05 Leadership and Determination in Business<br>30:47 The Importance of Vision and Adaptability</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d90c3e87/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if we run out of goals?</title>
      <itunes:episode>303</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>303</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if we run out of goals?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e068d792-af10-46b5-a06e-afa1fd7c9c01</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b5449288</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will talk about what happens when you hit all your big goals and realize there might not be any more mountains left to climb. They discuss the complex feelings and identity crises that can emerge when success is achieved, and reflect on how to find new meaning and satisfaction beyond traditional goal-setting. The conversation touches on personal anecdotes, the concept of enjoying the process, and how to appreciate the journey in a fulfilling way.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:27 The Identity Crisis of Achieving Goals<br>01:05 Personal Reflections on Goal Setting<br>02:25 The Evolution of Goals Over Time<br>04:14 The Reality of Achieving Big Goals<br>07:04 The Trap of Sensationalizing Goals<br>10:58 The Diminishing Returns of Goal Achievement<br>19:06 The Two Paths of Goal Setting: Pleasure vs. Pain<br>20:40 Understanding Pain and Relief<br>21:42 The Myth of Success Equals Happiness<br>22:32 Existential Goals and Realizations<br>23:31 The Challenge of Finding Fulfillment<br>25:23 Enjoying the Journey vs. The Destination<br>29:12 Reevaluating Ambitions and Goals<br>33:11 Building for the Sake of Creation<br>36:59 Infinite Games and Lifelong Pursuits</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will talk about what happens when you hit all your big goals and realize there might not be any more mountains left to climb. They discuss the complex feelings and identity crises that can emerge when success is achieved, and reflect on how to find new meaning and satisfaction beyond traditional goal-setting. The conversation touches on personal anecdotes, the concept of enjoying the process, and how to appreciate the journey in a fulfilling way.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:27 The Identity Crisis of Achieving Goals<br>01:05 Personal Reflections on Goal Setting<br>02:25 The Evolution of Goals Over Time<br>04:14 The Reality of Achieving Big Goals<br>07:04 The Trap of Sensationalizing Goals<br>10:58 The Diminishing Returns of Goal Achievement<br>19:06 The Two Paths of Goal Setting: Pleasure vs. Pain<br>20:40 Understanding Pain and Relief<br>21:42 The Myth of Success Equals Happiness<br>22:32 Existential Goals and Realizations<br>23:31 The Challenge of Finding Fulfillment<br>25:23 Enjoying the Journey vs. The Destination<br>29:12 Reevaluating Ambitions and Goals<br>33:11 Building for the Sake of Creation<br>36:59 Infinite Games and Lifelong Pursuits</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b5449288/83c7485e.mp3" length="98376487" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2459</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will talk about what happens when you hit all your big goals and realize there might not be any more mountains left to climb. They discuss the complex feelings and identity crises that can emerge when success is achieved, and reflect on how to find new meaning and satisfaction beyond traditional goal-setting. The conversation touches on personal anecdotes, the concept of enjoying the process, and how to appreciate the journey in a fulfilling way.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:27 The Identity Crisis of Achieving Goals<br>01:05 Personal Reflections on Goal Setting<br>02:25 The Evolution of Goals Over Time<br>04:14 The Reality of Achieving Big Goals<br>07:04 The Trap of Sensationalizing Goals<br>10:58 The Diminishing Returns of Goal Achievement<br>19:06 The Two Paths of Goal Setting: Pleasure vs. Pain<br>20:40 Understanding Pain and Relief<br>21:42 The Myth of Success Equals Happiness<br>22:32 Existential Goals and Realizations<br>23:31 The Challenge of Finding Fulfillment<br>25:23 Enjoying the Journey vs. The Destination<br>29:12 Reevaluating Ambitions and Goals<br>33:11 Building for the Sake of Creation<br>36:59 Infinite Games and Lifelong Pursuits</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b5449288/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Reinvention IS your Constant!</title>
      <itunes:episode>302</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>302</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Reinvention IS your Constant!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b6b58bb2-d245-4127-a3c6-29985a180b21</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/700b8a62</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan talk about the fascinating and often overlooked journey of reinventing oneself. Will shares his diverse background, from being an ad guy to becoming a multi-time startup founder, and stresses the importance of embracing various roles to build a comprehensive skill set. The duo emphasizes that becoming a founder isn't a job you get hired for but one you create yourself. They explore how personal and professional reinvention can be the key to success in the startup world, encouraging founders to see themselves as a composite of their varied experiences. The episode is filled with personal anecdotes, practical advice, and an inspiring message: you are not confined to one identity or role — your potential is ever-evolving.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:43 The Journey to Becoming a Founder<br>01:28 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br>02:31 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>03:55 A Humorous Job List<br>08:11 The Role of Exposure in Career Choices<br>13:06 Breaking Free from Career Constraints<br>19:46 Early Career Hustles<br>20:22 Learning from Experience<br>20:53 First Sales Job<br>21:30 Unexpected Opportunities<br>23:22 Reinvention Starts Small<br>24:06 Curiosity and Career Growth<br>26:14 Building Skills Over Time<br>28:04 The Power of Starting Small<br>30:10 Embracing Continuous Learning<br>32:21 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>39:59 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan talk about the fascinating and often overlooked journey of reinventing oneself. Will shares his diverse background, from being an ad guy to becoming a multi-time startup founder, and stresses the importance of embracing various roles to build a comprehensive skill set. The duo emphasizes that becoming a founder isn't a job you get hired for but one you create yourself. They explore how personal and professional reinvention can be the key to success in the startup world, encouraging founders to see themselves as a composite of their varied experiences. The episode is filled with personal anecdotes, practical advice, and an inspiring message: you are not confined to one identity or role — your potential is ever-evolving.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:43 The Journey to Becoming a Founder<br>01:28 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br>02:31 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>03:55 A Humorous Job List<br>08:11 The Role of Exposure in Career Choices<br>13:06 Breaking Free from Career Constraints<br>19:46 Early Career Hustles<br>20:22 Learning from Experience<br>20:53 First Sales Job<br>21:30 Unexpected Opportunities<br>23:22 Reinvention Starts Small<br>24:06 Curiosity and Career Growth<br>26:14 Building Skills Over Time<br>28:04 The Power of Starting Small<br>30:10 Embracing Continuous Learning<br>32:21 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>39:59 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 08:27:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/700b8a62/17280669.mp3" length="98673138" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2466</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan talk about the fascinating and often overlooked journey of reinventing oneself. Will shares his diverse background, from being an ad guy to becoming a multi-time startup founder, and stresses the importance of embracing various roles to build a comprehensive skill set. The duo emphasizes that becoming a founder isn't a job you get hired for but one you create yourself. They explore how personal and professional reinvention can be the key to success in the startup world, encouraging founders to see themselves as a composite of their varied experiences. The episode is filled with personal anecdotes, practical advice, and an inspiring message: you are not confined to one identity or role — your potential is ever-evolving.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:43 The Journey to Becoming a Founder<br>01:28 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br>02:31 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>03:55 A Humorous Job List<br>08:11 The Role of Exposure in Career Choices<br>13:06 Breaking Free from Career Constraints<br>19:46 Early Career Hustles<br>20:22 Learning from Experience<br>20:53 First Sales Job<br>21:30 Unexpected Opportunities<br>23:22 Reinvention Starts Small<br>24:06 Curiosity and Career Growth<br>26:14 Building Skills Over Time<br>28:04 The Power of Starting Small<br>30:10 Embracing Continuous Learning<br>32:21 The Value of Diverse Experiences<br>39:59 Reinventing Yourself as a Founder<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/700b8a62/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Isolation is Getting Worse</title>
      <itunes:episode>301</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>301</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Isolation is Getting Worse</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bce5da0a-7a76-4525-bbb9-503c2f7ae17e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f8c5306</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing isolation that founders are feeling despite having more ways to connect. They delve into how the shift to remote work, the impact of social media, and the rise of AI have contributed to stripping away the humanity from our daily interactions. They share personal experiences and offer insights into why this sense of loneliness has worsened, and most importantly, explore actionable steps founders can take to reconnect, feel less isolated, and build meaningful relationships in an increasingly digital world.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>01:05 The Paradox of Connection and Loneliness<br>02:36 Impact of Remote Work on Founders<br>16:17 The Role of Social Media in Isolation<br>20:49 The Distorted Reality of Social Media<br>21:24 The Cynicism Towards Social Media Posts<br>22:19 Creating Private Spaces and Personal Connections<br>23:15 Declaring Relationship Bankruptcy<br>26:53 The Impact of AI on Authenticity<br>31:08 The Future of Human Interaction in a Digital World<br>35:33 Combating Isolation as Founders</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing isolation that founders are feeling despite having more ways to connect. They delve into how the shift to remote work, the impact of social media, and the rise of AI have contributed to stripping away the humanity from our daily interactions. They share personal experiences and offer insights into why this sense of loneliness has worsened, and most importantly, explore actionable steps founders can take to reconnect, feel less isolated, and build meaningful relationships in an increasingly digital world.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>01:05 The Paradox of Connection and Loneliness<br>02:36 Impact of Remote Work on Founders<br>16:17 The Role of Social Media in Isolation<br>20:49 The Distorted Reality of Social Media<br>21:24 The Cynicism Towards Social Media Posts<br>22:19 Creating Private Spaces and Personal Connections<br>23:15 Declaring Relationship Bankruptcy<br>26:53 The Impact of AI on Authenticity<br>31:08 The Future of Human Interaction in a Digital World<br>35:33 Combating Isolation as Founders</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2f8c5306/b598a726.mp3" length="96897133" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2422</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will talk about the growing isolation that founders are feeling despite having more ways to connect. They delve into how the shift to remote work, the impact of social media, and the rise of AI have contributed to stripping away the humanity from our daily interactions. They share personal experiences and offer insights into why this sense of loneliness has worsened, and most importantly, explore actionable steps founders can take to reconnect, feel less isolated, and build meaningful relationships in an increasingly digital world.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>01:05 The Paradox of Connection and Loneliness<br>02:36 Impact of Remote Work on Founders<br>16:17 The Role of Social Media in Isolation<br>20:49 The Distorted Reality of Social Media<br>21:24 The Cynicism Towards Social Media Posts<br>22:19 Creating Private Spaces and Personal Connections<br>23:15 Declaring Relationship Bankruptcy<br>26:53 The Impact of AI on Authenticity<br>31:08 The Future of Human Interaction in a Digital World<br>35:33 Combating Isolation as Founders</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2f8c5306/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forging Founder Confidence</title>
      <itunes:episode>300</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>300</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Forging Founder Confidence</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7515536e-b8b8-45be-a96a-9df8806954b8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ab905356</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the journey of becoming a confident founder. Celebrating their 300th episode, they reflect on how learning to lead and building confidence starts with curiosity. They emphasize asking questions, even seemingly silly ones, to gain knowledge and confidence. Will and Ryan also dive into the importance of challenging oneself incrementally and being willing to make mistakes as key steps in growing confidence. They share personal anecdotes and practical advice, making a case for bravery, perseverance, and learning from failures. Perfect for any founder grappling with self-doubt or seeking actionable steps to boost their confidence.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:58 Building Confidence Through Practice<br>05:25 The Power of Curiosity<br>09:25 Asking the Right Questions<br>14:58 Taking on New Challenges<br>19:03 Building Confidence Through Small Victories<br>19:40 Teaching Kids Micro Challenges<br>20:09 Challenging Yourself Incrementally<br>21:17 The Line Between Ambition and Recklessness<br>22:19 Learning Through Incremental Steps<br>25:37 The Importance of Being Wrong<br>27:41 Building Confidence as a Founder<br>31:33 The Role of Bravery in Confidence</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the journey of becoming a confident founder. Celebrating their 300th episode, they reflect on how learning to lead and building confidence starts with curiosity. They emphasize asking questions, even seemingly silly ones, to gain knowledge and confidence. Will and Ryan also dive into the importance of challenging oneself incrementally and being willing to make mistakes as key steps in growing confidence. They share personal anecdotes and practical advice, making a case for bravery, perseverance, and learning from failures. Perfect for any founder grappling with self-doubt or seeking actionable steps to boost their confidence.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:58 Building Confidence Through Practice<br>05:25 The Power of Curiosity<br>09:25 Asking the Right Questions<br>14:58 Taking on New Challenges<br>19:03 Building Confidence Through Small Victories<br>19:40 Teaching Kids Micro Challenges<br>20:09 Challenging Yourself Incrementally<br>21:17 The Line Between Ambition and Recklessness<br>22:19 Learning Through Incremental Steps<br>25:37 The Importance of Being Wrong<br>27:41 Building Confidence as a Founder<br>31:33 The Role of Bravery in Confidence</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jun 2025 08:31:04 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ab905356/22e49642.mp3" length="94511525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2362</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the journey of becoming a confident founder. Celebrating their 300th episode, they reflect on how learning to lead and building confidence starts with curiosity. They emphasize asking questions, even seemingly silly ones, to gain knowledge and confidence. Will and Ryan also dive into the importance of challenging oneself incrementally and being willing to make mistakes as key steps in growing confidence. They share personal anecdotes and practical advice, making a case for bravery, perseverance, and learning from failures. Perfect for any founder grappling with self-doubt or seeking actionable steps to boost their confidence.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:58 Building Confidence Through Practice<br>05:25 The Power of Curiosity<br>09:25 Asking the Right Questions<br>14:58 Taking on New Challenges<br>19:03 Building Confidence Through Small Victories<br>19:40 Teaching Kids Micro Challenges<br>20:09 Challenging Yourself Incrementally<br>21:17 The Line Between Ambition and Recklessness<br>22:19 Learning Through Incremental Steps<br>25:37 The Importance of Being Wrong<br>27:41 Building Confidence as a Founder<br>31:33 The Role of Bravery in Confidence</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ab905356/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is College a Waste of Time for Founders?</title>
      <itunes:episode>299</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>299</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is College a Waste of Time for Founders?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a12e519b-dca9-4948-a29f-48f33308baea</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/50ac6aca</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the true value of a college education for aspiring entrepreneurs. They explore whether the traditional path through higher education is the best route for those determined to start their own businesses. With personal anecdotes and economic insights, they argue that college may not always be the ideal path for founders, emphasizing the benefits of real-world experience and early entrepreneurial efforts. They also discuss societal expectations, financial implications, and alternative approaches to gaining the necessary knowledge and skills.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:17 The Value of a College Degree for Founders<br>00:55 Challenging the College Norm<br>01:37 A Real-Life Example: Skipping College for Startups<br>03:14 Generational Expectations and College<br>07:25 The Economics of College Education<br>08:04 The Financial Impact of College vs. Investing<br>14:19 The Opportunity Cost of College for Founders<br>20:21 The Power of Compounding Experiences<br>20:35 Learning at Your Own Pace<br>20:58 The Irrelevance of Traditional Education<br>22:19 Founders Need a Broad Skillset<br>22:57 The Limitations of College<br>24:33 Alternative Learning Paths<br>25:57 The Value of Practical Experience<br>27:44 The Diminishing Value of a College Degree<br>29:13 Questioning the College Path<br>33:30 The Founder Mindset<br>40:18 Restarting the Conversation on Education</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the true value of a college education for aspiring entrepreneurs. They explore whether the traditional path through higher education is the best route for those determined to start their own businesses. With personal anecdotes and economic insights, they argue that college may not always be the ideal path for founders, emphasizing the benefits of real-world experience and early entrepreneurial efforts. They also discuss societal expectations, financial implications, and alternative approaches to gaining the necessary knowledge and skills.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:17 The Value of a College Degree for Founders<br>00:55 Challenging the College Norm<br>01:37 A Real-Life Example: Skipping College for Startups<br>03:14 Generational Expectations and College<br>07:25 The Economics of College Education<br>08:04 The Financial Impact of College vs. Investing<br>14:19 The Opportunity Cost of College for Founders<br>20:21 The Power of Compounding Experiences<br>20:35 Learning at Your Own Pace<br>20:58 The Irrelevance of Traditional Education<br>22:19 Founders Need a Broad Skillset<br>22:57 The Limitations of College<br>24:33 Alternative Learning Paths<br>25:57 The Value of Practical Experience<br>27:44 The Diminishing Value of a College Degree<br>29:13 Questioning the College Path<br>33:30 The Founder Mindset<br>40:18 Restarting the Conversation on Education</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Jun 2025 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/50ac6aca/1f848e99.mp3" length="99439219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2485</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of The Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the true value of a college education for aspiring entrepreneurs. They explore whether the traditional path through higher education is the best route for those determined to start their own businesses. With personal anecdotes and economic insights, they argue that college may not always be the ideal path for founders, emphasizing the benefits of real-world experience and early entrepreneurial efforts. They also discuss societal expectations, financial implications, and alternative approaches to gaining the necessary knowledge and skills.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:17 The Value of a College Degree for Founders<br>00:55 Challenging the College Norm<br>01:37 A Real-Life Example: Skipping College for Startups<br>03:14 Generational Expectations and College<br>07:25 The Economics of College Education<br>08:04 The Financial Impact of College vs. Investing<br>14:19 The Opportunity Cost of College for Founders<br>20:21 The Power of Compounding Experiences<br>20:35 Learning at Your Own Pace<br>20:58 The Irrelevance of Traditional Education<br>22:19 Founders Need a Broad Skillset<br>22:57 The Limitations of College<br>24:33 Alternative Learning Paths<br>25:57 The Value of Practical Experience<br>27:44 The Diminishing Value of a College Degree<br>29:13 Questioning the College Path<br>33:30 The Founder Mindset<br>40:18 Restarting the Conversation on Education</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/50ac6aca/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are We Preventing Our Startup From Evolving?</title>
      <itunes:episode>298</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>298</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are We Preventing Our Startup From Evolving?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0adc8cf1-0dd8-4d7c-ac38-fe37bede575c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/66545de8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The realities of evolving a startup. Ryan and Will discuss how the first idea is rarely the final solution, sharing insights on how to navigate the pivoting process. Using Uber and their own experiences at startups.com as examples, they explore the dangers of clinging to an initial plan and the importance of staying open to change. They also touch on overcoming ego, internalizing market feedback, and avoiding self-sabotage to ultimately achieve a more successful and fulfilling business.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:51 The Myth of the Perfect Plan<br>02:04 The Uber Example: Evolving Business Models<br>03:55 The Importance of User Feedback<br>04:48 Facing Investor Expectations<br>07:44 Ego vs. Agility in Decision Making<br>08:47 The Afford It Story: Lessons Learned<br>13:21 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>13:53 The Original Plan and Its Challenges<br>14:25 Admitting Mistakes and Moving Forward<br>15:10 Evolving as a Founder<br>15:58 The Birth of Startups.com<br>17:26 Learning from Market Feedback<br>20:45 Detaching Ego from the Product<br>23:14 The Importance of Adaptation</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The realities of evolving a startup. Ryan and Will discuss how the first idea is rarely the final solution, sharing insights on how to navigate the pivoting process. Using Uber and their own experiences at startups.com as examples, they explore the dangers of clinging to an initial plan and the importance of staying open to change. They also touch on overcoming ego, internalizing market feedback, and avoiding self-sabotage to ultimately achieve a more successful and fulfilling business.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:51 The Myth of the Perfect Plan<br>02:04 The Uber Example: Evolving Business Models<br>03:55 The Importance of User Feedback<br>04:48 Facing Investor Expectations<br>07:44 Ego vs. Agility in Decision Making<br>08:47 The Afford It Story: Lessons Learned<br>13:21 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>13:53 The Original Plan and Its Challenges<br>14:25 Admitting Mistakes and Moving Forward<br>15:10 Evolving as a Founder<br>15:58 The Birth of Startups.com<br>17:26 Learning from Market Feedback<br>20:45 Detaching Ego from the Product<br>23:14 The Importance of Adaptation</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 May 2025 07:26:40 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/66545de8/7099fa3d.mp3" length="70024823" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1750</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The realities of evolving a startup. Ryan and Will discuss how the first idea is rarely the final solution, sharing insights on how to navigate the pivoting process. Using Uber and their own experiences at startups.com as examples, they explore the dangers of clinging to an initial plan and the importance of staying open to change. They also touch on overcoming ego, internalizing market feedback, and avoiding self-sabotage to ultimately achieve a more successful and fulfilling business.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:51 The Myth of the Perfect Plan<br>02:04 The Uber Example: Evolving Business Models<br>03:55 The Importance of User Feedback<br>04:48 Facing Investor Expectations<br>07:44 Ego vs. Agility in Decision Making<br>08:47 The Afford It Story: Lessons Learned<br>13:21 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>13:53 The Original Plan and Its Challenges<br>14:25 Admitting Mistakes and Moving Forward<br>15:10 Evolving as a Founder<br>15:58 The Birth of Startups.com<br>17:26 Learning from Market Feedback<br>20:45 Detaching Ego from the Product<br>23:14 The Importance of Adaptation</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/66545de8/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Building a Startup That Loves You Back</title>
      <itunes:episode>297</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>297</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Building a Startup That Loves You Back</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c47b0ee2-a3e4-46f0-b604-32040f1ffee5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/36bb1771</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will delve into the complexities of maintaining a healthy relationship with your startup. They discuss their personal experiences and challenges in balancing the demands of a startup with personal well-being. Will shares an incredulous story about a friend enjoying a Tuesday afternoon in the pool, leading to a broader discussion on the importance of setting boundaries and recognizing the signs of burnout. The hosts emphasize the need for self-awareness, prioritizing personal values, and finding joy in the journey, not just the destination. They also touch on the benefits of giving team members autonomy and creating a supportive, non-toxic work culture.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Pool Story: A Lesson in Work-Life Balance<br>02:08 The Toxic Relationship with Work<br>03:11 Startup Therapy: The Podcast's Origin<br>08:15 Balancing Work and Family<br>13:17 Non-Negotiables and Personal Values<br>14:51 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>15:35 Mitigating Guilt Through Productivity<br>17:29 The Elusive Goal of Profit<br>19:21 Emotional ROI in Startups<br>21:57 Autonomy and Company Culture<br>24:50 Balancing Safety and Happiness<br>28:26 Avoiding the Trap of Obligations<br>29:40 Creating a Non-Abusive Startup Relationship<br>30:50 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will delve into the complexities of maintaining a healthy relationship with your startup. They discuss their personal experiences and challenges in balancing the demands of a startup with personal well-being. Will shares an incredulous story about a friend enjoying a Tuesday afternoon in the pool, leading to a broader discussion on the importance of setting boundaries and recognizing the signs of burnout. The hosts emphasize the need for self-awareness, prioritizing personal values, and finding joy in the journey, not just the destination. They also touch on the benefits of giving team members autonomy and creating a supportive, non-toxic work culture.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Pool Story: A Lesson in Work-Life Balance<br>02:08 The Toxic Relationship with Work<br>03:11 Startup Therapy: The Podcast's Origin<br>08:15 Balancing Work and Family<br>13:17 Non-Negotiables and Personal Values<br>14:51 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>15:35 Mitigating Guilt Through Productivity<br>17:29 The Elusive Goal of Profit<br>19:21 Emotional ROI in Startups<br>21:57 Autonomy and Company Culture<br>24:50 Balancing Safety and Happiness<br>28:26 Avoiding the Trap of Obligations<br>29:40 Creating a Non-Abusive Startup Relationship<br>30:50 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 06:18:55 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/36bb1771/7e83719f.mp3" length="74923697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1872</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will delve into the complexities of maintaining a healthy relationship with your startup. They discuss their personal experiences and challenges in balancing the demands of a startup with personal well-being. Will shares an incredulous story about a friend enjoying a Tuesday afternoon in the pool, leading to a broader discussion on the importance of setting boundaries and recognizing the signs of burnout. The hosts emphasize the need for self-awareness, prioritizing personal values, and finding joy in the journey, not just the destination. They also touch on the benefits of giving team members autonomy and creating a supportive, non-toxic work culture.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Pool Story: A Lesson in Work-Life Balance<br>02:08 The Toxic Relationship with Work<br>03:11 Startup Therapy: The Podcast's Origin<br>08:15 Balancing Work and Family<br>13:17 Non-Negotiables and Personal Values<br>14:51 Conclusion and Final Thoughts<br>15:35 Mitigating Guilt Through Productivity<br>17:29 The Elusive Goal of Profit<br>19:21 Emotional ROI in Startups<br>21:57 Autonomy and Company Culture<br>24:50 Balancing Safety and Happiness<br>28:26 Avoiding the Trap of Obligations<br>29:40 Creating a Non-Abusive Startup Relationship<br>30:50 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/36bb1771/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Our Friends Resent Our Success</title>
      <itunes:episode>296</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>296</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Our Friends Resent Our Success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9469ef67-2a2a-47dc-839c-b80517471507</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f698fb6f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the surprising reactions founders often face when they achieve success. They explore how unexpected resentment from friends and peers can arise, why it happens, and how to navigate these tricky social waters. Through personal anecdotes and practical advice, they delve into balancing humility and openness about success while staying true to oneself. Tune in to learn about managing relationships as you climb the ladder and handling the inevitable pushback with grace.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:31 The Unexpected Reactions to Success<br>02:54 Personal Stories of Resentment<br>07:57 The Impact of Success on Relationships<br>12:32 Social Media and Validation<br>14:01 Processing Success and Insecurities<br>19:34 Navigating Conversations About Success<br>21:04 The Validation Loop Dilemma<br>21:21 Caring About Others' Opinions<br>21:57 The Spectrum of Self-Presentation<br>23:17 The Insecurity Behind Social Media Influencers<br>25:34 The Cost of Flaunting Success<br>29:04 Extreme Humility and Its Consequences<br>32:19 Balancing Humility and Pride<br>37:01 The Art of Humble Bragging<br>40:39 Avoiding Resentment Through Humility<br>41:46 The Power and Responsibility of Success<br>42:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the surprising reactions founders often face when they achieve success. They explore how unexpected resentment from friends and peers can arise, why it happens, and how to navigate these tricky social waters. Through personal anecdotes and practical advice, they delve into balancing humility and openness about success while staying true to oneself. Tune in to learn about managing relationships as you climb the ladder and handling the inevitable pushback with grace.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:31 The Unexpected Reactions to Success<br>02:54 Personal Stories of Resentment<br>07:57 The Impact of Success on Relationships<br>12:32 Social Media and Validation<br>14:01 Processing Success and Insecurities<br>19:34 Navigating Conversations About Success<br>21:04 The Validation Loop Dilemma<br>21:21 Caring About Others' Opinions<br>21:57 The Spectrum of Self-Presentation<br>23:17 The Insecurity Behind Social Media Influencers<br>25:34 The Cost of Flaunting Success<br>29:04 Extreme Humility and Its Consequences<br>32:19 Balancing Humility and Pride<br>37:01 The Art of Humble Bragging<br>40:39 Avoiding Resentment Through Humility<br>41:46 The Power and Responsibility of Success<br>42:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 May 2025 07:49:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f698fb6f/05c7a103.mp3" length="103257134" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2581</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the surprising reactions founders often face when they achieve success. They explore how unexpected resentment from friends and peers can arise, why it happens, and how to navigate these tricky social waters. Through personal anecdotes and practical advice, they delve into balancing humility and openness about success while staying true to oneself. Tune in to learn about managing relationships as you climb the ladder and handling the inevitable pushback with grace.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:31 The Unexpected Reactions to Success<br>02:54 Personal Stories of Resentment<br>07:57 The Impact of Success on Relationships<br>12:32 Social Media and Validation<br>14:01 Processing Success and Insecurities<br>19:34 Navigating Conversations About Success<br>21:04 The Validation Loop Dilemma<br>21:21 Caring About Others' Opinions<br>21:57 The Spectrum of Self-Presentation<br>23:17 The Insecurity Behind Social Media Influencers<br>25:34 The Cost of Flaunting Success<br>29:04 Extreme Humility and Its Consequences<br>32:19 Balancing Humility and Pride<br>37:01 The Art of Humble Bragging<br>40:39 Avoiding Resentment Through Humility<br>41:46 The Power and Responsibility of Success<br>42:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f698fb6f/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Our Startup Outgrows Us</title>
      <itunes:episode>295</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>295</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Our Startup Outgrows Us</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b7bd1a64-9c92-4bed-887f-13a98a85db6a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6149f38c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast,Ryan and Will delve into the emotional journey of startup founders who feel out of place in the very companies they built from scratch. They discuss the guilt and struggle founders experience when their roles change and they no longer enjoy their jobs. They share personal anecdotes and examine the impact of forced roles, from management misfits to a loss of personal fulfillment. The duo also explores the concept of evolving with or beyond your startup, and how to come to terms with these difficult but often necessary transitions.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:48 The Shift from Building to Managing</p><p>01:29 The Struggles of Management</p><p>02:13 The Evolution of Roles</p><p>04:17 The Peter Principle in Action</p><p>05:29 The Emotional Toll of Management</p><p>08:34 Reflecting on the Past and Moving Forward</p><p>09:57 The Realization and Acceptance</p><p>12:39 The Dilemma of Founder Evolution</p><p>13:10 Learning from the Past</p><p>13:42 Commitment and Introspection</p><p>15:02 The Cost of Doing What You Hate</p><p>17:40 Recognizing and Embracing Change</p><p>20:16 The Hard Decision to Move On</p><p>25:03 Celebrating Growth and Moving Forward</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast,Ryan and Will delve into the emotional journey of startup founders who feel out of place in the very companies they built from scratch. They discuss the guilt and struggle founders experience when their roles change and they no longer enjoy their jobs. They share personal anecdotes and examine the impact of forced roles, from management misfits to a loss of personal fulfillment. The duo also explores the concept of evolving with or beyond your startup, and how to come to terms with these difficult but often necessary transitions.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:48 The Shift from Building to Managing</p><p>01:29 The Struggles of Management</p><p>02:13 The Evolution of Roles</p><p>04:17 The Peter Principle in Action</p><p>05:29 The Emotional Toll of Management</p><p>08:34 Reflecting on the Past and Moving Forward</p><p>09:57 The Realization and Acceptance</p><p>12:39 The Dilemma of Founder Evolution</p><p>13:10 Learning from the Past</p><p>13:42 Commitment and Introspection</p><p>15:02 The Cost of Doing What You Hate</p><p>17:40 Recognizing and Embracing Change</p><p>20:16 The Hard Decision to Move On</p><p>25:03 Celebrating Growth and Moving Forward</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 May 2025 02:00:23 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6149f38c/cafaa9dd.mp3" length="62395687" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1559</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast,Ryan and Will delve into the emotional journey of startup founders who feel out of place in the very companies they built from scratch. They discuss the guilt and struggle founders experience when their roles change and they no longer enjoy their jobs. They share personal anecdotes and examine the impact of forced roles, from management misfits to a loss of personal fulfillment. The duo also explores the concept of evolving with or beyond your startup, and how to come to terms with these difficult but often necessary transitions.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:48 The Shift from Building to Managing</p><p>01:29 The Struggles of Management</p><p>02:13 The Evolution of Roles</p><p>04:17 The Peter Principle in Action</p><p>05:29 The Emotional Toll of Management</p><p>08:34 Reflecting on the Past and Moving Forward</p><p>09:57 The Realization and Acceptance</p><p>12:39 The Dilemma of Founder Evolution</p><p>13:10 Learning from the Past</p><p>13:42 Commitment and Introspection</p><p>15:02 The Cost of Doing What You Hate</p><p>17:40 Recognizing and Embracing Change</p><p>20:16 The Hard Decision to Move On</p><p>25:03 Celebrating Growth and Moving Forward</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6149f38c/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Being in the 1% Feels like Failure</title>
      <itunes:episode>294</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>294</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Being in the 1% Feels like Failure</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">220e254e-e3ae-4c55-8c26-d6332e51f7fe</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f54d1b7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the psychological challenges founders face by constantly looking ahead and rarely celebrating their achievements. They explore how important it is for founders to practice gratitude and recognize their progress, even if their ultimate goals haven't been reached. The conversation delves into personal experiences, including Ryan's move to Guatemala and Will's time in Beverly Hills, highlighting how perspective and gratitude can significantly impact one’s satisfaction and motivation in their entrepreneurial journey.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:29 The Psychological Cost of Milestones<br>00:58 The 1% of Startups<br>02:01 Celebrating Small Wins<br>02:38 The Comparison Trap<br>03:45 Balancing Credit and Complacency<br>04:33 Contrasting Success Stories<br>09:14 Perspective on Startup Success<br>16:26 The Olympic Mindset and Startup Mentality<br>17:39 The Power of Perspective and Gratitude<br>19:35 Balancing Ambition and Gratitude<br>21:16 Family Traditions and Simple Joys<br>22:47 Reinforcing Self-Worth and Capability<br>28:19 The Curse of the Exited Founder<br>31:02 Changing Perspectives for Greater Happiness</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the psychological challenges founders face by constantly looking ahead and rarely celebrating their achievements. They explore how important it is for founders to practice gratitude and recognize their progress, even if their ultimate goals haven't been reached. The conversation delves into personal experiences, including Ryan's move to Guatemala and Will's time in Beverly Hills, highlighting how perspective and gratitude can significantly impact one’s satisfaction and motivation in their entrepreneurial journey.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:29 The Psychological Cost of Milestones<br>00:58 The 1% of Startups<br>02:01 Celebrating Small Wins<br>02:38 The Comparison Trap<br>03:45 Balancing Credit and Complacency<br>04:33 Contrasting Success Stories<br>09:14 Perspective on Startup Success<br>16:26 The Olympic Mindset and Startup Mentality<br>17:39 The Power of Perspective and Gratitude<br>19:35 Balancing Ambition and Gratitude<br>21:16 Family Traditions and Simple Joys<br>22:47 Reinforcing Self-Worth and Capability<br>28:19 The Curse of the Exited Founder<br>31:02 Changing Perspectives for Greater Happiness</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Apr 2025 21:04:48 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0f54d1b7/e3ea8062.mp3" length="82722738" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2067</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the psychological challenges founders face by constantly looking ahead and rarely celebrating their achievements. They explore how important it is for founders to practice gratitude and recognize their progress, even if their ultimate goals haven't been reached. The conversation delves into personal experiences, including Ryan's move to Guatemala and Will's time in Beverly Hills, highlighting how perspective and gratitude can significantly impact one’s satisfaction and motivation in their entrepreneurial journey.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:29 The Psychological Cost of Milestones<br>00:58 The 1% of Startups<br>02:01 Celebrating Small Wins<br>02:38 The Comparison Trap<br>03:45 Balancing Credit and Complacency<br>04:33 Contrasting Success Stories<br>09:14 Perspective on Startup Success<br>16:26 The Olympic Mindset and Startup Mentality<br>17:39 The Power of Perspective and Gratitude<br>19:35 Balancing Ambition and Gratitude<br>21:16 Family Traditions and Simple Joys<br>22:47 Reinforcing Self-Worth and Capability<br>28:19 The Curse of the Exited Founder<br>31:02 Changing Perspectives for Greater Happiness</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0f54d1b7/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Need Outside Interests that Consume Us</title>
      <itunes:episode>293</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>293</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Need Outside Interests that Consume Us</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11b42138-492b-49b9-a2ac-6798f06e4e4d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/95b5e6c5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dive into the common struggle founders face with burnout and the inability to truly relax. Ryan and Will  share their personal experiences and discuss how traditional relaxation methods often fail for them. Instead, they highlight the importance of finding other meaningful and challenging obsessions outside of work to channel their energy. From woodworking and home-building to martial arts, they explore how these activities can provide a sense of accomplishment, progression, and actual mental rest, ultimately making them better and more effective in their startup journeys. Tune in to gain insights on how to recharge as a founder by embracing big, consuming projects that challenge and fulfill you.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:44 The Struggle with Relaxation<br>01:36 Failed Attempts at Relaxation<br>03:32 Vacation Dilemmas<br>05:52 The Need for Mental Engagement<br>09:47 The Importance of Completion<br>14:07 Finding New Problems to Solve<br>22:10 Woodworking as a Solution<br>24:13 The Obsession Begins: From Birdhouses to Building a House<br>24:48 The Challenge of Building a House from Scratch<br>25:35 Balancing Work and Passion Projects<br>26:31 The Importance of Completion and Physical Activity<br>27:53 Managing Overwhelm and Finding Solutions<br>29:14 The Power of Small, Consistent Efforts<br>30:22 The Role of Meaningful Side Projects<br>33:17 The Need for Mental and Physical Challenges<br>36:21 The Value of Overwhelming Projects</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dive into the common struggle founders face with burnout and the inability to truly relax. Ryan and Will  share their personal experiences and discuss how traditional relaxation methods often fail for them. Instead, they highlight the importance of finding other meaningful and challenging obsessions outside of work to channel their energy. From woodworking and home-building to martial arts, they explore how these activities can provide a sense of accomplishment, progression, and actual mental rest, ultimately making them better and more effective in their startup journeys. Tune in to gain insights on how to recharge as a founder by embracing big, consuming projects that challenge and fulfill you.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:44 The Struggle with Relaxation<br>01:36 Failed Attempts at Relaxation<br>03:32 Vacation Dilemmas<br>05:52 The Need for Mental Engagement<br>09:47 The Importance of Completion<br>14:07 Finding New Problems to Solve<br>22:10 Woodworking as a Solution<br>24:13 The Obsession Begins: From Birdhouses to Building a House<br>24:48 The Challenge of Building a House from Scratch<br>25:35 Balancing Work and Passion Projects<br>26:31 The Importance of Completion and Physical Activity<br>27:53 Managing Overwhelm and Finding Solutions<br>29:14 The Power of Small, Consistent Efforts<br>30:22 The Role of Meaningful Side Projects<br>33:17 The Need for Mental and Physical Challenges<br>36:21 The Value of Overwhelming Projects</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Apr 2025 06:44:43 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/95b5e6c5/12fdc6dd.mp3" length="120969140" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3024</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Dive into the common struggle founders face with burnout and the inability to truly relax. Ryan and Will  share their personal experiences and discuss how traditional relaxation methods often fail for them. Instead, they highlight the importance of finding other meaningful and challenging obsessions outside of work to channel their energy. From woodworking and home-building to martial arts, they explore how these activities can provide a sense of accomplishment, progression, and actual mental rest, ultimately making them better and more effective in their startup journeys. Tune in to gain insights on how to recharge as a founder by embracing big, consuming projects that challenge and fulfill you.</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:44 The Struggle with Relaxation<br>01:36 Failed Attempts at Relaxation<br>03:32 Vacation Dilemmas<br>05:52 The Need for Mental Engagement<br>09:47 The Importance of Completion<br>14:07 Finding New Problems to Solve<br>22:10 Woodworking as a Solution<br>24:13 The Obsession Begins: From Birdhouses to Building a House<br>24:48 The Challenge of Building a House from Scratch<br>25:35 Balancing Work and Passion Projects<br>26:31 The Importance of Completion and Physical Activity<br>27:53 Managing Overwhelm and Finding Solutions<br>29:14 The Power of Small, Consistent Efforts<br>30:22 The Role of Meaningful Side Projects<br>33:17 The Need for Mental and Physical Challenges<br>36:21 The Value of Overwhelming Projects</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/95b5e6c5/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You probably should be TERRIFIED. At least a bit..</title>
      <itunes:episode>292</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>292</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You probably should be TERRIFIED. At least a bit..</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bcbe7f45-7f03-46d3-b858-4e409005cfd1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c9ef0344</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the prevalent fear in the market due to economic uncertainty in April 2025. They delve into how fear is a constant companion for founders and argue that it's not a weakness but a strength. Drawing on personal experiences, including public speaking and risky business moves, they illustrate how leaning into fear can drive massive growth and success. Comfortable activities rarely lead to significant achievements, they argue, emphasizing that true progress requires embracing discomfort. They also highlight the importance of conditioning oneself to fear and rejecting complacency to ensure continuous growth and impactful outcomes.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:35 Founders' Relationship with Fear<br>01:35 Fear as a Motivator and Asset<br>02:38 Personal Experiences with Fear and Risk<br>03:17 Balancing Risk and Reward in Decision Making<br>06:36 The Role of Fear in Entrepreneurship<br>07:05 Cultural Differences in Risk Perception<br>12:57 Embracing Fear as Part of the Job<br>14:55 Building Resilience Through Failure<br>15:39 Embracing Fear in Business<br>16:02 The Role of Fear in Motivation<br>17:46 The Danger of Complacency<br>19:25 Taking Big Risks for Big Rewards<br>21:23 Balancing Fear and Progress<br>25:44 Facing Public Speaking Fears<br>30:08 The Importance of Leaning Into Fear</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the prevalent fear in the market due to economic uncertainty in April 2025. They delve into how fear is a constant companion for founders and argue that it's not a weakness but a strength. Drawing on personal experiences, including public speaking and risky business moves, they illustrate how leaning into fear can drive massive growth and success. Comfortable activities rarely lead to significant achievements, they argue, emphasizing that true progress requires embracing discomfort. They also highlight the importance of conditioning oneself to fear and rejecting complacency to ensure continuous growth and impactful outcomes.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:35 Founders' Relationship with Fear<br>01:35 Fear as a Motivator and Asset<br>02:38 Personal Experiences with Fear and Risk<br>03:17 Balancing Risk and Reward in Decision Making<br>06:36 The Role of Fear in Entrepreneurship<br>07:05 Cultural Differences in Risk Perception<br>12:57 Embracing Fear as Part of the Job<br>14:55 Building Resilience Through Failure<br>15:39 Embracing Fear in Business<br>16:02 The Role of Fear in Motivation<br>17:46 The Danger of Complacency<br>19:25 Taking Big Risks for Big Rewards<br>21:23 Balancing Fear and Progress<br>25:44 Facing Public Speaking Fears<br>30:08 The Importance of Leaning Into Fear</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Apr 2025 21:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c9ef0344/25067d46.mp3" length="75199229" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1879</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the prevalent fear in the market due to economic uncertainty in April 2025. They delve into how fear is a constant companion for founders and argue that it's not a weakness but a strength. Drawing on personal experiences, including public speaking and risky business moves, they illustrate how leaning into fear can drive massive growth and success. Comfortable activities rarely lead to significant achievements, they argue, emphasizing that true progress requires embracing discomfort. They also highlight the importance of conditioning oneself to fear and rejecting complacency to ensure continuous growth and impactful outcomes.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:35 Founders' Relationship with Fear<br>01:35 Fear as a Motivator and Asset<br>02:38 Personal Experiences with Fear and Risk<br>03:17 Balancing Risk and Reward in Decision Making<br>06:36 The Role of Fear in Entrepreneurship<br>07:05 Cultural Differences in Risk Perception<br>12:57 Embracing Fear as Part of the Job<br>14:55 Building Resilience Through Failure<br>15:39 Embracing Fear in Business<br>16:02 The Role of Fear in Motivation<br>17:46 The Danger of Complacency<br>19:25 Taking Big Risks for Big Rewards<br>21:23 Balancing Fear and Progress<br>25:44 Facing Public Speaking Fears<br>30:08 The Importance of Leaning Into Fear</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/c9ef0344/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Make Money First - Then Make a Product</title>
      <itunes:episode>291</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>291</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Make Money First - Then Make a Product</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0df264c7-e5ad-4105-800c-69502e3944af</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f7735fa8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the common misconception that startups need funding before generating revenue. They emphasize that the actual business isn't just the product but the revenue it generates. The discussion covers various strategies to bootstrap and generate cash flow, including building a minimal viable product, offering related services, and even taking on side gigs or unconventional methods to bring in money. By doing so, startups can extend their runway and better validate their business model before seeking significant investment. The episode includes examples from famous startups like Zappos and Airbnb to illustrate these points.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:|<br>00:51 The Broken Assumption About Funding<br>01:29 Generating Revenue Before the Product<br>02:39 Examples of Early Revenue Generation<br>03:07 The Zappos Story: Validating Demand<br>08:06 Personal Anecdotes on Testing Demand<br>10:27 The Importance of a Minimum Viable Product<br>18:39 Service-Based Proxies for Products<br>21:21 The Unexpected Success of Pitch Deck Services<br>22:04 Assumptions About Entrepreneurs and Investors<br>23:48 The Role of Services in Startup Success<br>25:33 The Importance of Revenue and Profitability<br>28:53 Creative Ways to Fund Your Startup<br>34:10 The Value of Bootstrapping and Hustle</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the common misconception that startups need funding before generating revenue. They emphasize that the actual business isn't just the product but the revenue it generates. The discussion covers various strategies to bootstrap and generate cash flow, including building a minimal viable product, offering related services, and even taking on side gigs or unconventional methods to bring in money. By doing so, startups can extend their runway and better validate their business model before seeking significant investment. The episode includes examples from famous startups like Zappos and Airbnb to illustrate these points.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:|<br>00:51 The Broken Assumption About Funding<br>01:29 Generating Revenue Before the Product<br>02:39 Examples of Early Revenue Generation<br>03:07 The Zappos Story: Validating Demand<br>08:06 Personal Anecdotes on Testing Demand<br>10:27 The Importance of a Minimum Viable Product<br>18:39 Service-Based Proxies for Products<br>21:21 The Unexpected Success of Pitch Deck Services<br>22:04 Assumptions About Entrepreneurs and Investors<br>23:48 The Role of Services in Startup Success<br>25:33 The Importance of Revenue and Profitability<br>28:53 Creative Ways to Fund Your Startup<br>34:10 The Value of Bootstrapping and Hustle</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Apr 2025 07:37:37 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f7735fa8/ef4cd64f.mp3" length="98431217" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2460</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Ryan and Will discuss the common misconception that startups need funding before generating revenue. They emphasize that the actual business isn't just the product but the revenue it generates. The discussion covers various strategies to bootstrap and generate cash flow, including building a minimal viable product, offering related services, and even taking on side gigs or unconventional methods to bring in money. By doing so, startups can extend their runway and better validate their business model before seeking significant investment. The episode includes examples from famous startups like Zappos and Airbnb to illustrate these points.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:|<br>00:51 The Broken Assumption About Funding<br>01:29 Generating Revenue Before the Product<br>02:39 Examples of Early Revenue Generation<br>03:07 The Zappos Story: Validating Demand<br>08:06 Personal Anecdotes on Testing Demand<br>10:27 The Importance of a Minimum Viable Product<br>18:39 Service-Based Proxies for Products<br>21:21 The Unexpected Success of Pitch Deck Services<br>22:04 Assumptions About Entrepreneurs and Investors<br>23:48 The Role of Services in Startup Success<br>25:33 The Importance of Revenue and Profitability<br>28:53 Creative Ways to Fund Your Startup<br>34:10 The Value of Bootstrapping and Hustle</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f7735fa8/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's really HARD to REPEAT A WIN</title>
      <itunes:episode>290</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>290</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's really HARD to REPEAT A WIN</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">58814d72-8ee9-4de3-bac1-6e99846d2fb1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/326ed39e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan discuss the dangerous mindset founders can fall into after hitting it big with their startups. They reflect on the story of Peter Chesky, co-founder of Wish, who became a billionaire during the tech IPO boom of early 2021 but saw his net worth plummet as the company's stock tanked. The episode emphasizes the importance of treating any major payout as if it's the last one you'll ever receive. With only a small percentage of startups ever having significant exits, and even fewer doing it repeatedly, Ryan and Will stress why founders should be cautious with their newfound wealth instead of assuming it will keep flowing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>01:01 The Rise and Fall of Wish<br>03:01 Lessons from the Wish IPO<br>05:15 The Psychology of Founders<br>11:52 A Counter Story: Priceline's IPO<br>15:13 Reflecting on High School Memories<br>15:37 The Illusion of Endless Wealth<br>15:51 The Reality of Financial Downturns<br>19:09 Understanding Venture Capital Statistics<br>21:28 The Rarity of Repeat Success<br>24:18 Advice for Founders: Secure Your Wins<br>28:11 The Importance of Financial Safety<br>30:39 Final Thoughts: Keep the Win</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan discuss the dangerous mindset founders can fall into after hitting it big with their startups. They reflect on the story of Peter Chesky, co-founder of Wish, who became a billionaire during the tech IPO boom of early 2021 but saw his net worth plummet as the company's stock tanked. The episode emphasizes the importance of treating any major payout as if it's the last one you'll ever receive. With only a small percentage of startups ever having significant exits, and even fewer doing it repeatedly, Ryan and Will stress why founders should be cautious with their newfound wealth instead of assuming it will keep flowing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>01:01 The Rise and Fall of Wish<br>03:01 Lessons from the Wish IPO<br>05:15 The Psychology of Founders<br>11:52 A Counter Story: Priceline's IPO<br>15:13 Reflecting on High School Memories<br>15:37 The Illusion of Endless Wealth<br>15:51 The Reality of Financial Downturns<br>19:09 Understanding Venture Capital Statistics<br>21:28 The Rarity of Repeat Success<br>24:18 Advice for Founders: Secure Your Wins<br>28:11 The Importance of Financial Safety<br>30:39 Final Thoughts: Keep the Win</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Mar 2025 17:24:21 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/326ed39e/52d95cfd.mp3" length="75421931" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1885</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Will and Ryan discuss the dangerous mindset founders can fall into after hitting it big with their startups. They reflect on the story of Peter Chesky, co-founder of Wish, who became a billionaire during the tech IPO boom of early 2021 but saw his net worth plummet as the company's stock tanked. The episode emphasizes the importance of treating any major payout as if it's the last one you'll ever receive. With only a small percentage of startups ever having significant exits, and even fewer doing it repeatedly, Ryan and Will stress why founders should be cautious with their newfound wealth instead of assuming it will keep flowing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>01:01 The Rise and Fall of Wish<br>03:01 Lessons from the Wish IPO<br>05:15 The Psychology of Founders<br>11:52 A Counter Story: Priceline's IPO<br>15:13 Reflecting on High School Memories<br>15:37 The Illusion of Endless Wealth<br>15:51 The Reality of Financial Downturns<br>19:09 Understanding Venture Capital Statistics<br>21:28 The Rarity of Repeat Success<br>24:18 Advice for Founders: Secure Your Wins<br>28:11 The Importance of Financial Safety<br>30:39 Final Thoughts: Keep the Win</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/326ed39e/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does LOCATION matter for your startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>289</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>289</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Does LOCATION matter for your startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3084ac6-fe30-41fb-ac69-de0fcf809215</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a592d58e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the evolution of startup location strategies. They reminisce about the bygone era when relocating to major hubs like San Francisco was essential for success due to access to talent, investors, and networking opportunities. Now, with advancements in remote work, AI, and digital connectivity, these factors have become less relevant. Ryan and Will delve into the changing dynamics of raising capital, building teams, and cultivating networks without needing to uproot one's life to a specific city.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:39 The Shift in Startup Location Importance</p><p>01:46 Reevaluating the Need to Move for Startups</p><p>01:58 The Impact of Remote Work and COVID-19</p><p>03:51 Debating the Necessity of Moving to San Francisco</p><p>06:12 Talent Acquisition in the Remote Work Era</p><p>09:23 Financial Considerations and Cost of Living</p><p>15:10 The Role of Investors in the New Startup Landscape</p><p>17:54 Questioning the Need for Large Engineering Teams</p><p>18:21 Capital Requirements and Investor Expectations</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Pre-Seed Rounds</p><p>22:27 The Impact of Technology on Investment</p><p>23:43 Relocating for Networking Opportunities</p><p>27:13 The Shift in Startup Location Necessities</p><p>32:03 The Value of Flexibility in Startup Locations</p><p>35:59 Conclusion: Startups Can Thrive Anywhere</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the evolution of startup location strategies. They reminisce about the bygone era when relocating to major hubs like San Francisco was essential for success due to access to talent, investors, and networking opportunities. Now, with advancements in remote work, AI, and digital connectivity, these factors have become less relevant. Ryan and Will delve into the changing dynamics of raising capital, building teams, and cultivating networks without needing to uproot one's life to a specific city.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:39 The Shift in Startup Location Importance</p><p>01:46 Reevaluating the Need to Move for Startups</p><p>01:58 The Impact of Remote Work and COVID-19</p><p>03:51 Debating the Necessity of Moving to San Francisco</p><p>06:12 Talent Acquisition in the Remote Work Era</p><p>09:23 Financial Considerations and Cost of Living</p><p>15:10 The Role of Investors in the New Startup Landscape</p><p>17:54 Questioning the Need for Large Engineering Teams</p><p>18:21 Capital Requirements and Investor Expectations</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Pre-Seed Rounds</p><p>22:27 The Impact of Technology on Investment</p><p>23:43 Relocating for Networking Opportunities</p><p>27:13 The Shift in Startup Location Necessities</p><p>32:03 The Value of Flexibility in Startup Locations</p><p>35:59 Conclusion: Startups Can Thrive Anywhere</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 08:05:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a592d58e/edec9974.mp3" length="88704497" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2217</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the evolution of startup location strategies. They reminisce about the bygone era when relocating to major hubs like San Francisco was essential for success due to access to talent, investors, and networking opportunities. Now, with advancements in remote work, AI, and digital connectivity, these factors have become less relevant. Ryan and Will delve into the changing dynamics of raising capital, building teams, and cultivating networks without needing to uproot one's life to a specific city.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:39 The Shift in Startup Location Importance</p><p>01:46 Reevaluating the Need to Move for Startups</p><p>01:58 The Impact of Remote Work and COVID-19</p><p>03:51 Debating the Necessity of Moving to San Francisco</p><p>06:12 Talent Acquisition in the Remote Work Era</p><p>09:23 Financial Considerations and Cost of Living</p><p>15:10 The Role of Investors in the New Startup Landscape</p><p>17:54 Questioning the Need for Large Engineering Teams</p><p>18:21 Capital Requirements and Investor Expectations</p><p>19:14 The Evolution of Pre-Seed Rounds</p><p>22:27 The Impact of Technology on Investment</p><p>23:43 Relocating for Networking Opportunities</p><p>27:13 The Shift in Startup Location Necessities</p><p>32:03 The Value of Flexibility in Startup Locations</p><p>35:59 Conclusion: Startups Can Thrive Anywhere</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a592d58e/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are The Sacrifices Worth It?</title>
      <itunes:episode>288</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>288</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are The Sacrifices Worth It?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b6b8e14-1e30-4420-a2e5-38ca6d48f1a2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ce322bde</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, the guys tackle the big question: was the entrepreneurial journey worth it? They discuss the sacrifices, the missed experiences, and the immense pressures that come with being a founder. Will shares a touching story about his daughter's unprompted appreciation for his hard work, leading to a reflection on whether the grinding was worth the outcome. Both hosts also highlight the freedom, flexibility, and the unique sense of achievement they've gained. However, they caution about the inevitable costs and the importance of balancing life and startup aspirations. A must-listen for anyone questioning the value of their entrepreneurial path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:49 A Moment of Gratitude</p><p>02:42 Was It All Worth It?</p><p>06:02 Missed Experiences and College Life</p><p>11:00 The Weight of Responsibility</p><p>15:12 Habits and Hardships</p><p>19:32 Guilt and Work-Life Balance</p><p>24:20 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges</p><p>24:52 The Hidden Costs of Success</p><p>25:47 The Value of Sacrifice</p><p>26:39 The True Meaning of Freedom</p><p>28:04 The Journey to Personal Agency</p><p>29:20 The Impact of Entrepreneurship</p><p>31:15 The Irony of Wealth and Freedom</p><p>35:12 The Cost of Corporate Success</p><p>45:44 Balancing Life and Startup</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, the guys tackle the big question: was the entrepreneurial journey worth it? They discuss the sacrifices, the missed experiences, and the immense pressures that come with being a founder. Will shares a touching story about his daughter's unprompted appreciation for his hard work, leading to a reflection on whether the grinding was worth the outcome. Both hosts also highlight the freedom, flexibility, and the unique sense of achievement they've gained. However, they caution about the inevitable costs and the importance of balancing life and startup aspirations. A must-listen for anyone questioning the value of their entrepreneurial path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:49 A Moment of Gratitude</p><p>02:42 Was It All Worth It?</p><p>06:02 Missed Experiences and College Life</p><p>11:00 The Weight of Responsibility</p><p>15:12 Habits and Hardships</p><p>19:32 Guilt and Work-Life Balance</p><p>24:20 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges</p><p>24:52 The Hidden Costs of Success</p><p>25:47 The Value of Sacrifice</p><p>26:39 The True Meaning of Freedom</p><p>28:04 The Journey to Personal Agency</p><p>29:20 The Impact of Entrepreneurship</p><p>31:15 The Irony of Wealth and Freedom</p><p>35:12 The Cost of Corporate Success</p><p>45:44 Balancing Life and Startup</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Mar 2025 07:55:03 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ce322bde/75f53b47.mp3" length="114631203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2865</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, the guys tackle the big question: was the entrepreneurial journey worth it? They discuss the sacrifices, the missed experiences, and the immense pressures that come with being a founder. Will shares a touching story about his daughter's unprompted appreciation for his hard work, leading to a reflection on whether the grinding was worth the outcome. Both hosts also highlight the freedom, flexibility, and the unique sense of achievement they've gained. However, they caution about the inevitable costs and the importance of balancing life and startup aspirations. A must-listen for anyone questioning the value of their entrepreneurial path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:49 A Moment of Gratitude</p><p>02:42 Was It All Worth It?</p><p>06:02 Missed Experiences and College Life</p><p>11:00 The Weight of Responsibility</p><p>15:12 Habits and Hardships</p><p>19:32 Guilt and Work-Life Balance</p><p>24:20 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges</p><p>24:52 The Hidden Costs of Success</p><p>25:47 The Value of Sacrifice</p><p>26:39 The True Meaning of Freedom</p><p>28:04 The Journey to Personal Agency</p><p>29:20 The Impact of Entrepreneurship</p><p>31:15 The Irony of Wealth and Freedom</p><p>35:12 The Cost of Corporate Success</p><p>45:44 Balancing Life and Startup</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ce322bde/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Founders Forged Over Youth?</title>
      <itunes:episode>287</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>287</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Founders Forged Over Youth?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfe92b98-c548-444c-bb1a-f0657954fa1d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5831b9c6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss how childhood experiences influence the entrepreneurial journey. They explore why many founders' origin stories trace back to their early years and how formative events can plant the seeds of entrepreneurship. Will shares his personal story of selling candy as a child, highlighting moments that taught him vital business skills. The conversation also delves into the importance of agency, the tools needed for entrepreneurial success, and the role of parents in nurturing a child's potential to create their own path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:13 Exploring Founder Origin Stories<br>01:51 Will's Childhood Story<br>10:14 The Power of Agency<br>10:53 Teaching Kids About Agency<br>20:54 Personal Reflections on Agency<br>21:22 The Power of Agency and Optimism<br>22:14 Parental Protection vs. Empowerment<br>22:40 Real-Life Stories of Overcoming Adversity<br>24:40 The Magic of Agency in Hardship<br>26:42 Tools for Founders and Kids<br>27:23 Early Lessons in Entrepreneurship<br>34:56 The Importance of Sales Skills<br>42:29 Teaching Kids the Value of Agency<br>43:22 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss how childhood experiences influence the entrepreneurial journey. They explore why many founders' origin stories trace back to their early years and how formative events can plant the seeds of entrepreneurship. Will shares his personal story of selling candy as a child, highlighting moments that taught him vital business skills. The conversation also delves into the importance of agency, the tools needed for entrepreneurial success, and the role of parents in nurturing a child's potential to create their own path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:13 Exploring Founder Origin Stories<br>01:51 Will's Childhood Story<br>10:14 The Power of Agency<br>10:53 Teaching Kids About Agency<br>20:54 Personal Reflections on Agency<br>21:22 The Power of Agency and Optimism<br>22:14 Parental Protection vs. Empowerment<br>22:40 Real-Life Stories of Overcoming Adversity<br>24:40 The Magic of Agency in Hardship<br>26:42 Tools for Founders and Kids<br>27:23 Early Lessons in Entrepreneurship<br>34:56 The Importance of Sales Skills<br>42:29 Teaching Kids the Value of Agency<br>43:22 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 11 Mar 2025 06:05:57 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5831b9c6/54db27b6.mp3" length="105019690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2625</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss how childhood experiences influence the entrepreneurial journey. They explore why many founders' origin stories trace back to their early years and how formative events can plant the seeds of entrepreneurship. Will shares his personal story of selling candy as a child, highlighting moments that taught him vital business skills. The conversation also delves into the importance of agency, the tools needed for entrepreneurial success, and the role of parents in nurturing a child's potential to create their own path.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:13 Exploring Founder Origin Stories<br>01:51 Will's Childhood Story<br>10:14 The Power of Agency<br>10:53 Teaching Kids About Agency<br>20:54 Personal Reflections on Agency<br>21:22 The Power of Agency and Optimism<br>22:14 Parental Protection vs. Empowerment<br>22:40 Real-Life Stories of Overcoming Adversity<br>24:40 The Magic of Agency in Hardship<br>26:42 Tools for Founders and Kids<br>27:23 Early Lessons in Entrepreneurship<br>34:56 The Importance of Sales Skills<br>42:29 Teaching Kids the Value of Agency<br>43:22 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5831b9c6/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assets OVER Exits</title>
      <itunes:episode>286</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>286</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Assets OVER Exits</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">582964e5-d073-4b70-bb62-6f2894f9b9f4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7887b4d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter challenge the startup world's focus on big exits and venture capital. They highlight the benefits of cash-flowing businesses, showing how consistent profits can lead to financial security. Using real examples, they explain how making $10K a month can be as powerful as having millions in the bank—emphasizing sustainable growth and long-term success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:19 The Value of Consistent Cash Flow</p><p>01:23 Examples of Profitable Local Businesses</p><p>03:37 The Misconception of Startup Exits</p><p>03:49 Real-Life Stories of Successful Small Businesses</p><p>06:16 The Broken Narrative of Startup Wealth</p><p>07:26 Reevaluating Business Success Metrics</p><p>09:05 The True Value of a Profitable Business</p><p>09:38 Calculating the Financial Impact</p><p>13:20 The Reality of Business Exits</p><p>18:09 Replacement Value vs. Exit Value</p><p>19:14 The Value of Experience and Pre-existing Solutions</p><p>19:39 Cash vs. Business Value: A Deep Dive</p><p>20:21 Real-life Examples of Business Growth</p><p>23:34 Risks and Rewards of Running a Business</p><p>27:12 The Importance of Consistent Earnings</p><p>34:54 Long-term Value and Compounding Effects</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter challenge the startup world's focus on big exits and venture capital. They highlight the benefits of cash-flowing businesses, showing how consistent profits can lead to financial security. Using real examples, they explain how making $10K a month can be as powerful as having millions in the bank—emphasizing sustainable growth and long-term success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:19 The Value of Consistent Cash Flow</p><p>01:23 Examples of Profitable Local Businesses</p><p>03:37 The Misconception of Startup Exits</p><p>03:49 Real-Life Stories of Successful Small Businesses</p><p>06:16 The Broken Narrative of Startup Wealth</p><p>07:26 Reevaluating Business Success Metrics</p><p>09:05 The True Value of a Profitable Business</p><p>09:38 Calculating the Financial Impact</p><p>13:20 The Reality of Business Exits</p><p>18:09 Replacement Value vs. Exit Value</p><p>19:14 The Value of Experience and Pre-existing Solutions</p><p>19:39 Cash vs. Business Value: A Deep Dive</p><p>20:21 Real-life Examples of Business Growth</p><p>23:34 Risks and Rewards of Running a Business</p><p>27:12 The Importance of Consistent Earnings</p><p>34:54 Long-term Value and Compounding Effects</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Mar 2025 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b7887b4d/881de55e.mp3" length="95289116" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2382</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter challenge the startup world's focus on big exits and venture capital. They highlight the benefits of cash-flowing businesses, showing how consistent profits can lead to financial security. Using real examples, they explain how making $10K a month can be as powerful as having millions in the bank—emphasizing sustainable growth and long-term success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:19 The Value of Consistent Cash Flow</p><p>01:23 Examples of Profitable Local Businesses</p><p>03:37 The Misconception of Startup Exits</p><p>03:49 Real-Life Stories of Successful Small Businesses</p><p>06:16 The Broken Narrative of Startup Wealth</p><p>07:26 Reevaluating Business Success Metrics</p><p>09:05 The True Value of a Profitable Business</p><p>09:38 Calculating the Financial Impact</p><p>13:20 The Reality of Business Exits</p><p>18:09 Replacement Value vs. Exit Value</p><p>19:14 The Value of Experience and Pre-existing Solutions</p><p>19:39 Cash vs. Business Value: A Deep Dive</p><p>20:21 Real-life Examples of Business Growth</p><p>23:34 Risks and Rewards of Running a Business</p><p>27:12 The Importance of Consistent Earnings</p><p>34:54 Long-term Value and Compounding Effects</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7887b4d/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Only Have to Be Right Once</title>
      <itunes:episode>285</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>285</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You Only Have to Be Right Once</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32691bbe-b1d1-4d72-ad12-2d74896519d2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/286da3b2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy</em> podcast, Ryan and Will chat about how startup success isn’t always a straight path. They use Mark Cuban’s story as a prime example, showing why sticking it out for the long run is so important—because success can happen at any time in a founder’s career. They also talk about how those early small wins can build up to something bigger and why setting strict timelines for success doesn’t really make sense. At the end of the day, one big right moment in a 50-year career can be a total game-changer.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Reality of Founders' Success</p><p>02:00 Mark Cuban's Journey to Billionaire Status</p><p>06:35 The Importance of Small Wins</p><p>10:15 Financial Stability and Early Success</p><p>15:57 The Value of Consistent Small Wins</p><p>18:02 Success Doesn't Have a Timeline</p><p>18:12 When Does Success Happen?</p><p>18:20 Examples of Late Bloomers</p><p>18:45 The Myth of Early Success</p><p>19:59 The Impact of Timing</p><p>20:44 The Internet Era and Young Wealth</p><p>21:40 Outliers and Unrealistic Expectations</p><p>25:13 Consequences of Chasing Quick Success</p><p>27:28 The Value of Longevity in Business</p><p>30:02 Unexpected Success Stories</p><p>31:46 Staying in the Game</p><p>32:36 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy</em> podcast, Ryan and Will chat about how startup success isn’t always a straight path. They use Mark Cuban’s story as a prime example, showing why sticking it out for the long run is so important—because success can happen at any time in a founder’s career. They also talk about how those early small wins can build up to something bigger and why setting strict timelines for success doesn’t really make sense. At the end of the day, one big right moment in a 50-year career can be a total game-changer.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Reality of Founders' Success</p><p>02:00 Mark Cuban's Journey to Billionaire Status</p><p>06:35 The Importance of Small Wins</p><p>10:15 Financial Stability and Early Success</p><p>15:57 The Value of Consistent Small Wins</p><p>18:02 Success Doesn't Have a Timeline</p><p>18:12 When Does Success Happen?</p><p>18:20 Examples of Late Bloomers</p><p>18:45 The Myth of Early Success</p><p>19:59 The Impact of Timing</p><p>20:44 The Internet Era and Young Wealth</p><p>21:40 Outliers and Unrealistic Expectations</p><p>25:13 Consequences of Chasing Quick Success</p><p>27:28 The Value of Longevity in Business</p><p>30:02 Unexpected Success Stories</p><p>31:46 Staying in the Game</p><p>32:36 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Feb 2025 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/286da3b2/b7d3d9a0.mp3" length="79165929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1978</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy</em> podcast, Ryan and Will chat about how startup success isn’t always a straight path. They use Mark Cuban’s story as a prime example, showing why sticking it out for the long run is so important—because success can happen at any time in a founder’s career. They also talk about how those early small wins can build up to something bigger and why setting strict timelines for success doesn’t really make sense. At the end of the day, one big right moment in a 50-year career can be a total game-changer.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Reality of Founders' Success</p><p>02:00 Mark Cuban's Journey to Billionaire Status</p><p>06:35 The Importance of Small Wins</p><p>10:15 Financial Stability and Early Success</p><p>15:57 The Value of Consistent Small Wins</p><p>18:02 Success Doesn't Have a Timeline</p><p>18:12 When Does Success Happen?</p><p>18:20 Examples of Late Bloomers</p><p>18:45 The Myth of Early Success</p><p>19:59 The Impact of Timing</p><p>20:44 The Internet Era and Young Wealth</p><p>21:40 Outliers and Unrealistic Expectations</p><p>25:13 Consequences of Chasing Quick Success</p><p>27:28 The Value of Longevity in Business</p><p>30:02 Unexpected Success Stories</p><p>31:46 Staying in the Game</p><p>32:36 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/286da3b2/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Would I do Differently</title>
      <itunes:episode>284</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>284</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Would I do Differently</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8be9ef03-3e99-4e84-b7a4-4edae6e1b650</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8e93f131</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>The Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the 'what if' scenarios that often preoccupy founders. Will shares personal milestones, showing how taking bigger risks shaped his journey. They discuss the hidden costs of success, the pitfalls of romanticizing alternative outcomes, and the importance of realistic risk assessment. The key takeaway? Embrace risk to avoid the regret of missed opportunities.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:07 – Reflecting on milestones and 'what ifs'<br>00:44 – The risks and rewards of entrepreneurship<br>04:00 – A hilarious temp job experience<br>07:34 – The reality of alternate paths<br>09:02 – The danger of romanticizing 'what ifs'<br>13:48 – The cost of success<br>15:29 – Building a realistic mental model<br>16:18 – Stop guessing and get real answers<br>16:26 – The cost of staying in a job you hate<br>17:30 – Should you stay or leave?<br>18:10 – The true cost of success<br>19:12 – The hindsight trap: romanticizing outcomes<br>21:56 – Learning from failure and modeling risk<br>22:55 – Zirtual acquisition: a case study in risk<br>28:47 – Surviving failure and moving forward<br>31:35 – Avoiding regret and embracing risk</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>The Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the 'what if' scenarios that often preoccupy founders. Will shares personal milestones, showing how taking bigger risks shaped his journey. They discuss the hidden costs of success, the pitfalls of romanticizing alternative outcomes, and the importance of realistic risk assessment. The key takeaway? Embrace risk to avoid the regret of missed opportunities.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:07 – Reflecting on milestones and 'what ifs'<br>00:44 – The risks and rewards of entrepreneurship<br>04:00 – A hilarious temp job experience<br>07:34 – The reality of alternate paths<br>09:02 – The danger of romanticizing 'what ifs'<br>13:48 – The cost of success<br>15:29 – Building a realistic mental model<br>16:18 – Stop guessing and get real answers<br>16:26 – The cost of staying in a job you hate<br>17:30 – Should you stay or leave?<br>18:10 – The true cost of success<br>19:12 – The hindsight trap: romanticizing outcomes<br>21:56 – Learning from failure and modeling risk<br>22:55 – Zirtual acquisition: a case study in risk<br>28:47 – Surviving failure and moving forward<br>31:35 – Avoiding regret and embracing risk</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Feb 2025 10:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8e93f131/0823b44d.mp3" length="79936806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1998</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>The Startup Therapy</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the 'what if' scenarios that often preoccupy founders. Will shares personal milestones, showing how taking bigger risks shaped his journey. They discuss the hidden costs of success, the pitfalls of romanticizing alternative outcomes, and the importance of realistic risk assessment. The key takeaway? Embrace risk to avoid the regret of missed opportunities.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:07 – Reflecting on milestones and 'what ifs'<br>00:44 – The risks and rewards of entrepreneurship<br>04:00 – A hilarious temp job experience<br>07:34 – The reality of alternate paths<br>09:02 – The danger of romanticizing 'what ifs'<br>13:48 – The cost of success<br>15:29 – Building a realistic mental model<br>16:18 – Stop guessing and get real answers<br>16:26 – The cost of staying in a job you hate<br>17:30 – Should you stay or leave?<br>18:10 – The true cost of success<br>19:12 – The hindsight trap: romanticizing outcomes<br>21:56 – Learning from failure and modeling risk<br>22:55 – Zirtual acquisition: a case study in risk<br>28:47 – Surviving failure and moving forward<br>31:35 – Avoiding regret and embracing risk</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8e93f131/transcript.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Can I Afford to GAMBLE?</title>
      <itunes:episode>283</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>283</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Can I Afford to GAMBLE?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23642632-e9b1-4e4b-a1bd-c29a5a7178fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a041496d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy Podcast</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive into an interesting perspective: taking risks in entrepreneurship is actually a luxury, not the norm. They break down what it <em>really</em> costs to take risks, how to figure out your "minimum viable risk pool," and why having a financial cushion is key to surviving setbacks.</p><p>They share personal stories from their experience at Startups.com, emphasizing the importance of cutting personal and business expenses to stretch your runway and make smarter decisions. This episode is all about helping entrepreneurs understand the financial milestones they need to hit to keep their businesses afloat—and how time plays a big role in navigating risks.</p><p>This episode is packed with advice for anyone trying to manage the tricky balance of risk and reward in entrepreneurship. Tune in to learn how to take smarter risks and build a solid foundation for your business!</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Why Taking Risks Is a Luxury</p><p>02:08 Balancing Personal and Business Costs</p><p>03:44 Lessons from Startups.com</p><p>05:55 Why You Need a Risk Buffer</p><p>10:25 Figuring Out the Minimum Viable Risk Pool</p><p>16:51 Financial Discipline and Budgeting</p><p>19:09 The Freedom Fund Explained</p><p>26:51 How to Survive Financial Challenges</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy Podcast</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive into an interesting perspective: taking risks in entrepreneurship is actually a luxury, not the norm. They break down what it <em>really</em> costs to take risks, how to figure out your "minimum viable risk pool," and why having a financial cushion is key to surviving setbacks.</p><p>They share personal stories from their experience at Startups.com, emphasizing the importance of cutting personal and business expenses to stretch your runway and make smarter decisions. This episode is all about helping entrepreneurs understand the financial milestones they need to hit to keep their businesses afloat—and how time plays a big role in navigating risks.</p><p>This episode is packed with advice for anyone trying to manage the tricky balance of risk and reward in entrepreneurship. Tune in to learn how to take smarter risks and build a solid foundation for your business!</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Why Taking Risks Is a Luxury</p><p>02:08 Balancing Personal and Business Costs</p><p>03:44 Lessons from Startups.com</p><p>05:55 Why You Need a Risk Buffer</p><p>10:25 Figuring Out the Minimum Viable Risk Pool</p><p>16:51 Financial Discipline and Budgeting</p><p>19:09 The Freedom Fund Explained</p><p>26:51 How to Survive Financial Challenges</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a041496d/09cd01a2.mp3" length="73679527" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1841</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the <em>Startup Therapy Podcast</em>, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter dive into an interesting perspective: taking risks in entrepreneurship is actually a luxury, not the norm. They break down what it <em>really</em> costs to take risks, how to figure out your "minimum viable risk pool," and why having a financial cushion is key to surviving setbacks.</p><p>They share personal stories from their experience at Startups.com, emphasizing the importance of cutting personal and business expenses to stretch your runway and make smarter decisions. This episode is all about helping entrepreneurs understand the financial milestones they need to hit to keep their businesses afloat—and how time plays a big role in navigating risks.</p><p>This episode is packed with advice for anyone trying to manage the tricky balance of risk and reward in entrepreneurship. Tune in to learn how to take smarter risks and build a solid foundation for your business!</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Why Taking Risks Is a Luxury</p><p>02:08 Balancing Personal and Business Costs</p><p>03:44 Lessons from Startups.com</p><p>05:55 Why You Need a Risk Buffer</p><p>10:25 Figuring Out the Minimum Viable Risk Pool</p><p>16:51 Financial Discipline and Budgeting</p><p>19:09 The Freedom Fund Explained</p><p>26:51 How to Survive Financial Challenges</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/a041496d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Founders Find Contentment?</title>
      <itunes:episode>282</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>282</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Founders Find Contentment?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">53c22252-8ca6-443c-b44d-466e88632fe3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fe0c5b3a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter delve into the anxiety surrounding contentment in the startup ecosystem. They question the conventional wisdom that equates contentment with stagnation and probes whether startup founders should aim for contentment as a goal. Through personal anecdotes and industry examples, they explore the influence of perpetual ambition and societal expectations on entrepreneurs. They also discuss the differences between being content and being complacent and reflect on the continuous urge to chase new problems and challenges, even when previous goals have been achieved.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:44 Questioning the Need for a Business Coach<br>02:05 The Dilemma of Contentment vs. Ambition<br>04:02 Reflecting on Milestones and Contentment<br>07:35 The Nature of the Startup World<br>15:23 Anxiety as a Driving Force<br>20:51 The Anxiety of High Achievers<br>22:11 The Pressure of Success: Avicii and Pharrell<br>23:59 Imposter Syndrome Among Overachievers<br>26:21 The Elusive Goal of Contentment<br>29:08 Balancing Ambition and Contentment<br>33:29 The Trap of Endless Ambition<br>40:44 Finding True Satisfaction</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter delve into the anxiety surrounding contentment in the startup ecosystem. They question the conventional wisdom that equates contentment with stagnation and probes whether startup founders should aim for contentment as a goal. Through personal anecdotes and industry examples, they explore the influence of perpetual ambition and societal expectations on entrepreneurs. They also discuss the differences between being content and being complacent and reflect on the continuous urge to chase new problems and challenges, even when previous goals have been achieved.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:44 Questioning the Need for a Business Coach<br>02:05 The Dilemma of Contentment vs. Ambition<br>04:02 Reflecting on Milestones and Contentment<br>07:35 The Nature of the Startup World<br>15:23 Anxiety as a Driving Force<br>20:51 The Anxiety of High Achievers<br>22:11 The Pressure of Success: Avicii and Pharrell<br>23:59 Imposter Syndrome Among Overachievers<br>26:21 The Elusive Goal of Contentment<br>29:08 Balancing Ambition and Contentment<br>33:29 The Trap of Endless Ambition<br>40:44 Finding True Satisfaction</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fe0c5b3a/7eebcd44.mp3" length="104005929" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2599</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter delve into the anxiety surrounding contentment in the startup ecosystem. They question the conventional wisdom that equates contentment with stagnation and probes whether startup founders should aim for contentment as a goal. Through personal anecdotes and industry examples, they explore the influence of perpetual ambition and societal expectations on entrepreneurs. They also discuss the differences between being content and being complacent and reflect on the continuous urge to chase new problems and challenges, even when previous goals have been achieved.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:44 Questioning the Need for a Business Coach<br>02:05 The Dilemma of Contentment vs. Ambition<br>04:02 Reflecting on Milestones and Contentment<br>07:35 The Nature of the Startup World<br>15:23 Anxiety as a Driving Force<br>20:51 The Anxiety of High Achievers<br>22:11 The Pressure of Success: Avicii and Pharrell<br>23:59 Imposter Syndrome Among Overachievers<br>26:21 The Elusive Goal of Contentment<br>29:08 Balancing Ambition and Contentment<br>33:29 The Trap of Endless Ambition<br>40:44 Finding True Satisfaction</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why do Investors FIRE Founders?</title>
      <itunes:episode>281</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>281</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why do Investors FIRE Founders?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc92541c-58ec-44a6-83fa-7081baaba954</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/57543cae</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter discuss the complexities and challenges faced by startup founders, particularly the frequent occurrence of founders being replaced by investors. The conversation delves into the motivations behind such investor decisions, the difficulties in replicating a founder's passion and vision, and the common pitfalls and consequences of these transitions. The hosts share personal anecdotes and provide insights on how to prevent these situations, handle them professionally if they arise, and maintain valuable stakeholder relationships. This episode is a must-listen for any startup founder navigating the turbulent waters of investor relations and company growth.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:25 The Downfall of Bench and Ian Crosby's Story<br>01:54 Investor Motivations and Founder Replacements<br>03:33 Understanding Investor Expectations<br>05:40 The Slow Burn of Founder Dismissal<br>08:23 The Impact of Replacing Founders<br>13:49 Personal Stories of Founder Replacement<br>16:47 The Challenges of Replacing Founders<br>19:26 Augmenting the Team vs. Replacing the Founder<br>22:01 Why Investors Push Founders Out<br>24:00 Navigating Earn-Out Periods in Acquisitions<br>24:26 The Challenge of Replacing Founders<br>26:43 Timing the Transition: Leadership vs. Management<br>29:08 The Mercenary CEO: Pros and Cons<br>35:31 Investor Expectations and Founder Realities<br>42:19 Handling Founder Exits Professionally</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter discuss the complexities and challenges faced by startup founders, particularly the frequent occurrence of founders being replaced by investors. The conversation delves into the motivations behind such investor decisions, the difficulties in replicating a founder's passion and vision, and the common pitfalls and consequences of these transitions. The hosts share personal anecdotes and provide insights on how to prevent these situations, handle them professionally if they arise, and maintain valuable stakeholder relationships. This episode is a must-listen for any startup founder navigating the turbulent waters of investor relations and company growth.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:25 The Downfall of Bench and Ian Crosby's Story<br>01:54 Investor Motivations and Founder Replacements<br>03:33 Understanding Investor Expectations<br>05:40 The Slow Burn of Founder Dismissal<br>08:23 The Impact of Replacing Founders<br>13:49 Personal Stories of Founder Replacement<br>16:47 The Challenges of Replacing Founders<br>19:26 Augmenting the Team vs. Replacing the Founder<br>22:01 Why Investors Push Founders Out<br>24:00 Navigating Earn-Out Periods in Acquisitions<br>24:26 The Challenge of Replacing Founders<br>26:43 Timing the Transition: Leadership vs. Management<br>29:08 The Mercenary CEO: Pros and Cons<br>35:31 Investor Expectations and Founder Realities<br>42:19 Handling Founder Exits Professionally</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jan 2025 22:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/57543cae/4eeeda1f.mp3" length="109948330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2748</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeter discuss the complexities and challenges faced by startup founders, particularly the frequent occurrence of founders being replaced by investors. The conversation delves into the motivations behind such investor decisions, the difficulties in replicating a founder's passion and vision, and the common pitfalls and consequences of these transitions. The hosts share personal anecdotes and provide insights on how to prevent these situations, handle them professionally if they arise, and maintain valuable stakeholder relationships. This episode is a must-listen for any startup founder navigating the turbulent waters of investor relations and company growth.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:</p><p>00:25 The Downfall of Bench and Ian Crosby's Story<br>01:54 Investor Motivations and Founder Replacements<br>03:33 Understanding Investor Expectations<br>05:40 The Slow Burn of Founder Dismissal<br>08:23 The Impact of Replacing Founders<br>13:49 Personal Stories of Founder Replacement<br>16:47 The Challenges of Replacing Founders<br>19:26 Augmenting the Team vs. Replacing the Founder<br>22:01 Why Investors Push Founders Out<br>24:00 Navigating Earn-Out Periods in Acquisitions<br>24:26 The Challenge of Replacing Founders<br>26:43 Timing the Transition: Leadership vs. Management<br>29:08 The Mercenary CEO: Pros and Cons<br>35:31 Investor Expectations and Founder Realities<br>42:19 Handling Founder Exits Professionally</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/57543cae/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Burden of Unrealistic Expectations</title>
      <itunes:episode>280</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>280</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Burden of Unrealistic Expectations</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c417887b-7f93-4f9b-aea7-923a92744b71</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/25f4c9e1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Ryan and Will delve into the intense pressures faced by founders from investors, peers, and the startup community. They discuss how these external expectations often drive founders to pursue goals misaligned with their personal beliefs and values. The conversation explores how unchecked expectations can lead to burnout and misguided efforts. They share insights on the importance of auditing and resetting personal and business expectations to ensure they align with one's true goals and values. The hosts also highlight the dangers of comparing oneself to other founders or industry giants, and emphasize the significance of building a business that meets personal fulfillment rather than external benchmarks.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Source of Pressure and Expectations<br>03:32 Investor Expectations and Their Impact<br>04:05 Personal Story: Missing Investor Expectations<br>05:44 The Reality of Investor Expectations<br>10:15 Comparing Yourself to Other Founders<br>17:45 The Peer Comparison Trap<br>18:06 Personal Journey: From Poverty to Success<br>20:01 The Futility of Social Media Comparisons<br>23:07 Tying Success to Self-Worth<br>28:20 The Illusion of Goals and Success<br>31:53 Reevaluating Startup Expectations<br>36:43 Conclusion: Building What Matters to You</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Ryan and Will delve into the intense pressures faced by founders from investors, peers, and the startup community. They discuss how these external expectations often drive founders to pursue goals misaligned with their personal beliefs and values. The conversation explores how unchecked expectations can lead to burnout and misguided efforts. They share insights on the importance of auditing and resetting personal and business expectations to ensure they align with one's true goals and values. The hosts also highlight the dangers of comparing oneself to other founders or industry giants, and emphasize the significance of building a business that meets personal fulfillment rather than external benchmarks.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Source of Pressure and Expectations<br>03:32 Investor Expectations and Their Impact<br>04:05 Personal Story: Missing Investor Expectations<br>05:44 The Reality of Investor Expectations<br>10:15 Comparing Yourself to Other Founders<br>17:45 The Peer Comparison Trap<br>18:06 Personal Journey: From Poverty to Success<br>20:01 The Futility of Social Media Comparisons<br>23:07 Tying Success to Self-Worth<br>28:20 The Illusion of Goals and Success<br>31:53 Reevaluating Startup Expectations<br>36:43 Conclusion: Building What Matters to You</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Dec 2024 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/25f4c9e1/c1a48c8f.mp3" length="91216817" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2280</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode Ryan and Will delve into the intense pressures faced by founders from investors, peers, and the startup community. They discuss how these external expectations often drive founders to pursue goals misaligned with their personal beliefs and values. The conversation explores how unchecked expectations can lead to burnout and misguided efforts. They share insights on the importance of auditing and resetting personal and business expectations to ensure they align with one's true goals and values. The hosts also highlight the dangers of comparing oneself to other founders or industry giants, and emphasize the significance of building a business that meets personal fulfillment rather than external benchmarks.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:32 The Source of Pressure and Expectations<br>03:32 Investor Expectations and Their Impact<br>04:05 Personal Story: Missing Investor Expectations<br>05:44 The Reality of Investor Expectations<br>10:15 Comparing Yourself to Other Founders<br>17:45 The Peer Comparison Trap<br>18:06 Personal Journey: From Poverty to Success<br>20:01 The Futility of Social Media Comparisons<br>23:07 Tying Success to Self-Worth<br>28:20 The Illusion of Goals and Success<br>31:53 Reevaluating Startup Expectations<br>36:43 Conclusion: Building What Matters to You</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/25f4c9e1/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How do I Stay Positive In Tough Times?</title>
      <itunes:episode>279</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>279</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How do I Stay Positive In Tough Times?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">128f2d5c-0f16-4baa-ad43-9a3566be5c90</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2a99ab21</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the omnipresent challenges that come with running a startup. They delve into the perpetual 'shit storm' that founders face and share practical advice on how to keep moving forward even when everything feels like it's falling apart. Key points include regaining perspective, converting anxiety into actionable tasks, breaking down large goals into manageable micro-goals, and finding healthy obsessions to channel stress. They emphasize the importance of maintaining a positive outlook, not just for personal sanity but for the wellbeing of the entire team, and share personal anecdotes and strategies that have helped them through their toughest times.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Perpetual Shit Storm of Startups<br>01:01 Practical Advice for Founders in Crisis<br>02:10 Regaining Perspective During Tough Times<br>05:08 Personal Stories of Overcoming Challenges<br>15:29 The Importance of Taking Action<br>20:41 Managing Anxiety with Side Tasks<br>21:58 The Power of Micro Goals<br>23:37 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>26:29 The Importance of Focus<br>32:07 Finding Healthy Obsessions<br>41:08 Building Momentum with Small Wins<br>43:14 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the omnipresent challenges that come with running a startup. They delve into the perpetual 'shit storm' that founders face and share practical advice on how to keep moving forward even when everything feels like it's falling apart. Key points include regaining perspective, converting anxiety into actionable tasks, breaking down large goals into manageable micro-goals, and finding healthy obsessions to channel stress. They emphasize the importance of maintaining a positive outlook, not just for personal sanity but for the wellbeing of the entire team, and share personal anecdotes and strategies that have helped them through their toughest times.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Perpetual Shit Storm of Startups<br>01:01 Practical Advice for Founders in Crisis<br>02:10 Regaining Perspective During Tough Times<br>05:08 Personal Stories of Overcoming Challenges<br>15:29 The Importance of Taking Action<br>20:41 Managing Anxiety with Side Tasks<br>21:58 The Power of Micro Goals<br>23:37 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>26:29 The Importance of Focus<br>32:07 Finding Healthy Obsessions<br>41:08 Building Momentum with Small Wins<br>43:14 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2a99ab21/27aada75.mp3" length="104697137" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2617</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan and Will discuss the omnipresent challenges that come with running a startup. They delve into the perpetual 'shit storm' that founders face and share practical advice on how to keep moving forward even when everything feels like it's falling apart. Key points include regaining perspective, converting anxiety into actionable tasks, breaking down large goals into manageable micro-goals, and finding healthy obsessions to channel stress. They emphasize the importance of maintaining a positive outlook, not just for personal sanity but for the wellbeing of the entire team, and share personal anecdotes and strategies that have helped them through their toughest times.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:07 The Perpetual Shit Storm of Startups<br>01:01 Practical Advice for Founders in Crisis<br>02:10 Regaining Perspective During Tough Times<br>05:08 Personal Stories of Overcoming Challenges<br>15:29 The Importance of Taking Action<br>20:41 Managing Anxiety with Side Tasks<br>21:58 The Power of Micro Goals<br>23:37 Breaking Down Big Tasks<br>26:29 The Importance of Focus<br>32:07 Finding Healthy Obsessions<br>41:08 Building Momentum with Small Wins<br>43:14 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2a99ab21/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Investors Trying to Push Us a Cliff?</title>
      <itunes:episode>278</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>278</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Investors Trying to Push Us a Cliff?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c8513b6d-1669-454a-9be3-544d7115266f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8599f34e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will delve into the often misunderstood motivations of venture capitalists. They discuss why investors push startups to grow rapidly, the pressures VCs face to deliver returns within a specific timeframe, and the fundamental differences between the stakes for founders and investors. The episode uncovers the reasons behind the 'push you off a cliff' approach, the impact of the 2 and 20 model on VC behavior, and the importance of understanding these dynamics to better navigate the startup journey.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:11 Understanding Investor Motivations<br>01:12 The VC Time Crunch<br>03:57 Profit vs. Growth: A VC Perspective<br>13:25 The Reality of VC Salaries<br>16:29 Founders vs. Investors: Different Stakes<br>19:00 Conclusion: Aligning Goals with Investors</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will delve into the often misunderstood motivations of venture capitalists. They discuss why investors push startups to grow rapidly, the pressures VCs face to deliver returns within a specific timeframe, and the fundamental differences between the stakes for founders and investors. The episode uncovers the reasons behind the 'push you off a cliff' approach, the impact of the 2 and 20 model on VC behavior, and the importance of understanding these dynamics to better navigate the startup journey.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:11 Understanding Investor Motivations<br>01:12 The VC Time Crunch<br>03:57 Profit vs. Growth: A VC Perspective<br>13:25 The Reality of VC Salaries<br>16:29 Founders vs. Investors: Different Stakes<br>19:00 Conclusion: Aligning Goals with Investors</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8599f34e/f5c05ea6.mp3" length="48258739" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1206</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will delve into the often misunderstood motivations of venture capitalists. They discuss why investors push startups to grow rapidly, the pressures VCs face to deliver returns within a specific timeframe, and the fundamental differences between the stakes for founders and investors. The episode uncovers the reasons behind the 'push you off a cliff' approach, the impact of the 2 and 20 model on VC behavior, and the importance of understanding these dynamics to better navigate the startup journey.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:11 Understanding Investor Motivations<br>01:12 The VC Time Crunch<br>03:57 Profit vs. Growth: A VC Perspective<br>13:25 The Reality of VC Salaries<br>16:29 Founders vs. Investors: Different Stakes<br>19:00 Conclusion: Aligning Goals with Investors</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/8599f34e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Previously Funded Founders Do Differently</title>
      <itunes:episode>277</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>277</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Previously Funded Founders Do Differently</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0489379c-7bc1-43b2-9edf-b1479044999b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/73761e68</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the daunting realities of raising capital for startups. By sharing insights and experiences from both first-time and repeat founders, they delve into the recurring theme of regret found amongst entrepreneurs who've gone through the funding process. Topics include the hidden costs of raising money, the pitfalls of losing focus, and the challenges of working with investors. The hosts offer practical advice on when to raise funds, how to mitigate the risks of distraction, and the importance of being selective and strategic about bringing investors on board. Whether you're gearing up for your first round of fundraising or re-evaluating your approach, this episode provides valuable lessons to help navigate the complex landscape of startup financing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:14 The Reality of Raising Funds<br>00:38 Founders' Regrets and Reflections<br>02:15 The Perils of Not Getting Paid<br>04:22 Understanding Founder Compensation<br>11:04 Strategies for Better Compensation<br>13:24 Challenges with Profitable Companies<br>15:02 The Pressure to Grow or Bust<br>15:16 The Dilemma of Raising Too Early<br>15:47 The Vulnerability of Early Stages<br>16:22 The Importance of Timing in Fundraising<br>16:56 The Pitfalls of Early Funding<br>17:28 The Distraction of Fundraising<br>20:34 The Impact of Investor Expectations<br>28:23 The Challenge of Having a New Boss<br>31:50 Key Takeaways and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the daunting realities of raising capital for startups. By sharing insights and experiences from both first-time and repeat founders, they delve into the recurring theme of regret found amongst entrepreneurs who've gone through the funding process. Topics include the hidden costs of raising money, the pitfalls of losing focus, and the challenges of working with investors. The hosts offer practical advice on when to raise funds, how to mitigate the risks of distraction, and the importance of being selective and strategic about bringing investors on board. Whether you're gearing up for your first round of fundraising or re-evaluating your approach, this episode provides valuable lessons to help navigate the complex landscape of startup financing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:14 The Reality of Raising Funds<br>00:38 Founders' Regrets and Reflections<br>02:15 The Perils of Not Getting Paid<br>04:22 Understanding Founder Compensation<br>11:04 Strategies for Better Compensation<br>13:24 Challenges with Profitable Companies<br>15:02 The Pressure to Grow or Bust<br>15:16 The Dilemma of Raising Too Early<br>15:47 The Vulnerability of Early Stages<br>16:22 The Importance of Timing in Fundraising<br>16:56 The Pitfalls of Early Funding<br>17:28 The Distraction of Fundraising<br>20:34 The Impact of Investor Expectations<br>28:23 The Challenge of Having a New Boss<br>31:50 Key Takeaways and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/73761e68/541a6ab6.mp3" length="80073145" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2001</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the daunting realities of raising capital for startups. By sharing insights and experiences from both first-time and repeat founders, they delve into the recurring theme of regret found amongst entrepreneurs who've gone through the funding process. Topics include the hidden costs of raising money, the pitfalls of losing focus, and the challenges of working with investors. The hosts offer practical advice on when to raise funds, how to mitigate the risks of distraction, and the importance of being selective and strategic about bringing investors on board. Whether you're gearing up for your first round of fundraising or re-evaluating your approach, this episode provides valuable lessons to help navigate the complex landscape of startup financing.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:14 The Reality of Raising Funds<br>00:38 Founders' Regrets and Reflections<br>02:15 The Perils of Not Getting Paid<br>04:22 Understanding Founder Compensation<br>11:04 Strategies for Better Compensation<br>13:24 Challenges with Profitable Companies<br>15:02 The Pressure to Grow or Bust<br>15:16 The Dilemma of Raising Too Early<br>15:47 The Vulnerability of Early Stages<br>16:22 The Importance of Timing in Fundraising<br>16:56 The Pitfalls of Early Funding<br>17:28 The Distraction of Fundraising<br>20:34 The Impact of Investor Expectations<br>28:23 The Challenge of Having a New Boss<br>31:50 Key Takeaways and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/73761e68/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Startups Easier for Experienced Founders?</title>
      <itunes:episode>276</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>276</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Startups Easier for Experienced Founders?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b9910f9e-11c6-4e45-995e-595f23f35cbf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/57a4c3d8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will debunk the myth that each startup venture becomes progressively easier with experience. They explore the truths and fallacies surrounding repeat entrepreneurship, sharing personal anecdotes and insights from their extensive history of building and acquiring startups. Discussing expectation management, the double-edged sword of experience, and the harsh realities of repeating past mistakes, Ryan and Will emphasize that while experience offers certain advantages, it does not guarantee success in new ventures. They also highlight the emotional resilience required to endure the cyclical nature of startup challenges and the ever-present difficulties of achieving product-market fit and successful marketing, regardless of prior victories.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Debunking the Myth of Easier Startups<br>01:27 The Double-Edged Sword of Experience<br>02:32 Drawing from Multiple Experience Buckets<br>05:15 Expectation Management in Startups<br>09:39 Avoiding Duplicate Mistakes<br>13:01 Raising Capital: Lessons Learned<br>15:16 The Value of Experience in Decision Making<br>17:07 The Reality of Investor Promises<br>17:17 Understanding People: A Founder's Key Skill<br>18:38 Emotional Maturity in Leadership<br>20:00 Challenges That Never Get Easier<br>21:57 The Ever-Changing Landscape of Product Market Fit<br>25:39 Marketing Struggles for Experienced Founders<br>27:40 The Pain of Failure: It Never Gets Easier<br>31:30 The Value of Experience and the Role of Luck<br>32:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will debunk the myth that each startup venture becomes progressively easier with experience. They explore the truths and fallacies surrounding repeat entrepreneurship, sharing personal anecdotes and insights from their extensive history of building and acquiring startups. Discussing expectation management, the double-edged sword of experience, and the harsh realities of repeating past mistakes, Ryan and Will emphasize that while experience offers certain advantages, it does not guarantee success in new ventures. They also highlight the emotional resilience required to endure the cyclical nature of startup challenges and the ever-present difficulties of achieving product-market fit and successful marketing, regardless of prior victories.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Debunking the Myth of Easier Startups<br>01:27 The Double-Edged Sword of Experience<br>02:32 Drawing from Multiple Experience Buckets<br>05:15 Expectation Management in Startups<br>09:39 Avoiding Duplicate Mistakes<br>13:01 Raising Capital: Lessons Learned<br>15:16 The Value of Experience in Decision Making<br>17:07 The Reality of Investor Promises<br>17:17 Understanding People: A Founder's Key Skill<br>18:38 Emotional Maturity in Leadership<br>20:00 Challenges That Never Get Easier<br>21:57 The Ever-Changing Landscape of Product Market Fit<br>25:39 Marketing Struggles for Experienced Founders<br>27:40 The Pain of Failure: It Never Gets Easier<br>31:30 The Value of Experience and the Role of Luck<br>32:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2024 09:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/57a4c3d8/6f7c1442.mp3" length="79248504" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1981</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will debunk the myth that each startup venture becomes progressively easier with experience. They explore the truths and fallacies surrounding repeat entrepreneurship, sharing personal anecdotes and insights from their extensive history of building and acquiring startups. Discussing expectation management, the double-edged sword of experience, and the harsh realities of repeating past mistakes, Ryan and Will emphasize that while experience offers certain advantages, it does not guarantee success in new ventures. They also highlight the emotional resilience required to endure the cyclical nature of startup challenges and the ever-present difficulties of achieving product-market fit and successful marketing, regardless of prior victories.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:15 Debunking the Myth of Easier Startups<br>01:27 The Double-Edged Sword of Experience<br>02:32 Drawing from Multiple Experience Buckets<br>05:15 Expectation Management in Startups<br>09:39 Avoiding Duplicate Mistakes<br>13:01 Raising Capital: Lessons Learned<br>15:16 The Value of Experience in Decision Making<br>17:07 The Reality of Investor Promises<br>17:17 Understanding People: A Founder's Key Skill<br>18:38 Emotional Maturity in Leadership<br>20:00 Challenges That Never Get Easier<br>21:57 The Ever-Changing Landscape of Product Market Fit<br>25:39 Marketing Struggles for Experienced Founders<br>27:40 The Pain of Failure: It Never Gets Easier<br>31:30 The Value of Experience and the Role of Luck<br>32:38 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/57a4c3d8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who's Working for Who?</title>
      <itunes:episode>275</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>275</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who's Working for Who?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c3c4cdba-850b-43dc-80fe-f37bb7d030a0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bb9d7651</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the intricate and often misunderstood relationship between founders and their startups. They tackle the question of whether the founder works for the startup or vice versa, challenging common perceptions shaped by societal views and political discourse. The hosts discuss the unspoken 'contract' entrepreneurs form with themselves, the inevitable trade-offs of startup leadership, and the sacrifices founders make for their companies. They emphasize the emotional and financial tolls on founders, the discrepancies in founder-employee dynamics, and the need for startups to stay aligned with the founder's original mission. This episode stresses the importance of maintaining control and balancing personal goals with the demands of the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:35 The Founder vs. Startup Dilemma<br>00:51 Political and Economic Perspectives<br>01:40 The Reality of Founders' Lives<br>03:00 The Initial Contract of Founders<br>05:11 The Shift in Founders' Roles<br>06:15 The Permanent Struggle of Founders<br>07:43 Revisiting the Founders' Goals<br>10:34 The Reality Check<br>15:30 The Investor's Impact<br>15:44 The New Boss: Investors and Liabilities<br>16:49 The Pain of Payroll: Sacrificing Founder Salaries<br>19:10 Credit Cards and Cash Flow: Desperate Measures<br>21:20 The Founder’s Dilemma: Sacrifice and Equity<br>23:42 The Reality of Startup Success: Rare and Elusive<br>28:28 The Emotional Toll: Identity and Relationships<br>31:49 Conclusion: Building a Startup That Works for You</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the intricate and often misunderstood relationship between founders and their startups. They tackle the question of whether the founder works for the startup or vice versa, challenging common perceptions shaped by societal views and political discourse. The hosts discuss the unspoken 'contract' entrepreneurs form with themselves, the inevitable trade-offs of startup leadership, and the sacrifices founders make for their companies. They emphasize the emotional and financial tolls on founders, the discrepancies in founder-employee dynamics, and the need for startups to stay aligned with the founder's original mission. This episode stresses the importance of maintaining control and balancing personal goals with the demands of the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:35 The Founder vs. Startup Dilemma<br>00:51 Political and Economic Perspectives<br>01:40 The Reality of Founders' Lives<br>03:00 The Initial Contract of Founders<br>05:11 The Shift in Founders' Roles<br>06:15 The Permanent Struggle of Founders<br>07:43 Revisiting the Founders' Goals<br>10:34 The Reality Check<br>15:30 The Investor's Impact<br>15:44 The New Boss: Investors and Liabilities<br>16:49 The Pain of Payroll: Sacrificing Founder Salaries<br>19:10 Credit Cards and Cash Flow: Desperate Measures<br>21:20 The Founder’s Dilemma: Sacrifice and Equity<br>23:42 The Reality of Startup Success: Rare and Elusive<br>28:28 The Emotional Toll: Identity and Relationships<br>31:49 Conclusion: Building a Startup That Works for You</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2024 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bb9d7651/9a0fdb77.mp3" length="47496159" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1948</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the intricate and often misunderstood relationship between founders and their startups. They tackle the question of whether the founder works for the startup or vice versa, challenging common perceptions shaped by societal views and political discourse. The hosts discuss the unspoken 'contract' entrepreneurs form with themselves, the inevitable trade-offs of startup leadership, and the sacrifices founders make for their companies. They emphasize the emotional and financial tolls on founders, the discrepancies in founder-employee dynamics, and the need for startups to stay aligned with the founder's original mission. This episode stresses the importance of maintaining control and balancing personal goals with the demands of the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:35 The Founder vs. Startup Dilemma<br>00:51 Political and Economic Perspectives<br>01:40 The Reality of Founders' Lives<br>03:00 The Initial Contract of Founders<br>05:11 The Shift in Founders' Roles<br>06:15 The Permanent Struggle of Founders<br>07:43 Revisiting the Founders' Goals<br>10:34 The Reality Check<br>15:30 The Investor's Impact<br>15:44 The New Boss: Investors and Liabilities<br>16:49 The Pain of Payroll: Sacrificing Founder Salaries<br>19:10 Credit Cards and Cash Flow: Desperate Measures<br>21:20 The Founder’s Dilemma: Sacrifice and Equity<br>23:42 The Reality of Startup Success: Rare and Elusive<br>28:28 The Emotional Toll: Identity and Relationships<br>31:49 Conclusion: Building a Startup That Works for You</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/bb9d7651/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let's Get Back to Our WHY</title>
      <itunes:episode>274</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>274</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let's Get Back to Our WHY</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6320e33d-2b5f-4ae7-b19a-f273684f2865</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/acbac467</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the vital importance of maintaining a startup's foundational 'why' – the core reason for its existence. They discuss the excitement and clarity that founders experience in the early stages, the operational challenges that can cause them to lose sight of their mission over time, and practical strategies for rekindling that original passion. Through personal anecdotes and examples of companies like Apple and Google, the hosts underscore how minor compromises can erode a company's core mission. They emphasize the need for founders to continuously revisit and reinforce their original motivations to ensure sustained passion and purpose. Listeners will gain insights on recognizing when they've deviated from their vision, the benefits of realigning with the 'why', and actionable steps to recenter their focus, all while maintaining clarity and engagement within their teams.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:29 The Importance of 'Why' in Startups<br>03:17 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>05:24 Diagnosing the Loss of 'Why'<br>09:21 The Impact of Compromises<br>15:56 Tiny Compromises Lead to Major Changes<br>18:48 The Slippery Slope of Compromises<br>19:50 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>20:50 Rediscovering the Purpose<br>22:12 The Importance of Remembering the 'Why'<br>24:30 Practical Steps to Reconnect with the 'Why'<br>30:55 Identifying and Correcting Misalignments<br>35:36 The Constant Battle to Maintain the 'Why'</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the vital importance of maintaining a startup's foundational 'why' – the core reason for its existence. They discuss the excitement and clarity that founders experience in the early stages, the operational challenges that can cause them to lose sight of their mission over time, and practical strategies for rekindling that original passion. Through personal anecdotes and examples of companies like Apple and Google, the hosts underscore how minor compromises can erode a company's core mission. They emphasize the need for founders to continuously revisit and reinforce their original motivations to ensure sustained passion and purpose. Listeners will gain insights on recognizing when they've deviated from their vision, the benefits of realigning with the 'why', and actionable steps to recenter their focus, all while maintaining clarity and engagement within their teams.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:29 The Importance of 'Why' in Startups<br>03:17 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>05:24 Diagnosing the Loss of 'Why'<br>09:21 The Impact of Compromises<br>15:56 Tiny Compromises Lead to Major Changes<br>18:48 The Slippery Slope of Compromises<br>19:50 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>20:50 Rediscovering the Purpose<br>22:12 The Importance of Remembering the 'Why'<br>24:30 Practical Steps to Reconnect with the 'Why'<br>30:55 Identifying and Correcting Misalignments<br>35:36 The Constant Battle to Maintain the 'Why'</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/acbac467/4539f62a.mp3" length="53492984" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2195</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter explore the vital importance of maintaining a startup's foundational 'why' – the core reason for its existence. They discuss the excitement and clarity that founders experience in the early stages, the operational challenges that can cause them to lose sight of their mission over time, and practical strategies for rekindling that original passion. Through personal anecdotes and examples of companies like Apple and Google, the hosts underscore how minor compromises can erode a company's core mission. They emphasize the need for founders to continuously revisit and reinforce their original motivations to ensure sustained passion and purpose. Listeners will gain insights on recognizing when they've deviated from their vision, the benefits of realigning with the 'why', and actionable steps to recenter their focus, all while maintaining clarity and engagement within their teams.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/st...<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br> <br> / startups-co  </p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br> <br> / wilschroter  <br>Ryan Rutan<br> <br> / ryan-rutan  </p><p>What to listen for<br>00:29 The Importance of 'Why' in Startups<br>03:17 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>05:24 Diagnosing the Loss of 'Why'<br>09:21 The Impact of Compromises<br>15:56 Tiny Compromises Lead to Major Changes<br>18:48 The Slippery Slope of Compromises<br>19:50 Losing Sight of the 'Why'<br>20:50 Rediscovering the Purpose<br>22:12 The Importance of Remembering the 'Why'<br>24:30 Practical Steps to Reconnect with the 'Why'<br>30:55 Identifying and Correcting Misalignments<br>35:36 The Constant Battle to Maintain the 'Why'</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/acbac467/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Secretly Lose Control of Our Startups</title>
      <itunes:episode>273</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>273</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How We Secretly Lose Control of Our Startups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a8a091d-300c-4328-9a26-c05b52caa67d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6bef4784</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the complex dynamics of maintaining control in a startup. They explore the misconception that not having investors means maintaining control and highlight the various ways founders inadvertently lose control—from customers, co-founders to their own staff. They delve into the idea that control is a currency spent for growth and emphasize the importance of understanding and strategically managing the areas founders are willing or unwilling to cede control over. They reveal how seemingly routine decisions can lead to significant shifts in control, urging startup founders to be proactive in understanding and negotiating these exchanges.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbGhSOGk2N2ZXZS04YTRTSHpsOWtFNmNhWWRmQXxBQ3Jtc0ttY1hRTnh5ZzJQTEJDZGlCbmZPMkpEQXhsTUdHdDdJU1hmTkpaWU1MMVdwYmU0VGZPWnRJQ0g3aGk2VFR5dFJsQXR6M01NNXktdW1wUUlJNGpOTHJNRy0xMzYyZTNCMjRlTVVqZDJhYkhUandHMEJqdw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fnewsletter&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbVlXYmlmbTllVnpES01SSDI3MkR2X29NUER1Z3xBQ3Jtc0tsLUh1dVlHcTZEdDA0WHJRUFhwQmJaTmZ2VU1fTkR6bk16dFhZWjN3Uzd6UTNNVTlXVVg2WDJjU0JaTXVJd1doeG12N3pxSFF4a0lMdGxjT3JJTkc1amFJMjNiNzJhVkE2Qk5TeFc0Y1hKN0pmY3dIRQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fcommunity%2Fstartup-therapy&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/community/st...</a><br>Website<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbmlVanRKVXN6Z2F2TldxQndWeU1uRDhodzBvUXxBQ3Jtc0tscmllSHd0VGdydUZiNWswMUZBdGJoQllPUUZDQXZTU0pGeUZJQ3Vqd3FlaUxocFctVm03S1Z1V0t5bWFzbDFEVXBGT251alBNY3dnd1Eyd0xWVlZHVHhNSk1SMk5VTjFndUtrWDdjMWw2MTJuMzVNVQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fbegin&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/begin</a><br>LinkedIn <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / startups-co  </a></p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / wilschroter  </a><br>Ryan Rutan<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F..."></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the complex dynamics of maintaining control in a startup. They explore the misconception that not having investors means maintaining control and highlight the various ways founders inadvertently lose control—from customers, co-founders to their own staff. They delve into the idea that control is a currency spent for growth and emphasize the importance of understanding and strategically managing the areas founders are willing or unwilling to cede control over. They reveal how seemingly routine decisions can lead to significant shifts in control, urging startup founders to be proactive in understanding and negotiating these exchanges.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbGhSOGk2N2ZXZS04YTRTSHpsOWtFNmNhWWRmQXxBQ3Jtc0ttY1hRTnh5ZzJQTEJDZGlCbmZPMkpEQXhsTUdHdDdJU1hmTkpaWU1MMVdwYmU0VGZPWnRJQ0g3aGk2VFR5dFJsQXR6M01NNXktdW1wUUlJNGpOTHJNRy0xMzYyZTNCMjRlTVVqZDJhYkhUandHMEJqdw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fnewsletter&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbVlXYmlmbTllVnpES01SSDI3MkR2X29NUER1Z3xBQ3Jtc0tsLUh1dVlHcTZEdDA0WHJRUFhwQmJaTmZ2VU1fTkR6bk16dFhZWjN3Uzd6UTNNVTlXVVg2WDJjU0JaTXVJd1doeG12N3pxSFF4a0lMdGxjT3JJTkc1amFJMjNiNzJhVkE2Qk5TeFc0Y1hKN0pmY3dIRQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fcommunity%2Fstartup-therapy&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/community/st...</a><br>Website<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbmlVanRKVXN6Z2F2TldxQndWeU1uRDhodzBvUXxBQ3Jtc0tscmllSHd0VGdydUZiNWswMUZBdGJoQllPUUZDQXZTU0pGeUZJQ3Vqd3FlaUxocFctVm03S1Z1V0t5bWFzbDFEVXBGT251alBNY3dnd1Eyd0xWVlZHVHhNSk1SMk5VTjFndUtrWDdjMWw2MTJuMzVNVQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fbegin&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/begin</a><br>LinkedIn <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / startups-co  </a></p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / wilschroter  </a><br>Ryan Rutan<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F..."></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2024 07:01:34 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6bef4784/d13421ba.mp3" length="36576993" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2248</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the complex dynamics of maintaining control in a startup. They explore the misconception that not having investors means maintaining control and highlight the various ways founders inadvertently lose control—from customers, co-founders to their own staff. They delve into the idea that control is a currency spent for growth and emphasize the importance of understanding and strategically managing the areas founders are willing or unwilling to cede control over. They reveal how seemingly routine decisions can lead to significant shifts in control, urging startup founders to be proactive in understanding and negotiating these exchanges.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbGhSOGk2N2ZXZS04YTRTSHpsOWtFNmNhWWRmQXxBQ3Jtc0ttY1hRTnh5ZzJQTEJDZGlCbmZPMkpEQXhsTUdHdDdJU1hmTkpaWU1MMVdwYmU0VGZPWnRJQ0g3aGk2VFR5dFJsQXR6M01NNXktdW1wUUlJNGpOTHJNRy0xMzYyZTNCMjRlTVVqZDJhYkhUandHMEJqdw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fnewsletter&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbVlXYmlmbTllVnpES01SSDI3MkR2X29NUER1Z3xBQ3Jtc0tsLUh1dVlHcTZEdDA0WHJRUFhwQmJaTmZ2VU1fTkR6bk16dFhZWjN3Uzd6UTNNVTlXVVg2WDJjU0JaTXVJd1doeG12N3pxSFF4a0lMdGxjT3JJTkc1amFJMjNiNzJhVkE2Qk5TeFc0Y1hKN0pmY3dIRQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fcommunity%2Fstartup-therapy&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/community/st...</a><br>Website<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbmlVanRKVXN6Z2F2TldxQndWeU1uRDhodzBvUXxBQ3Jtc0tscmllSHd0VGdydUZiNWswMUZBdGJoQllPUUZDQXZTU0pGeUZJQ3Vqd3FlaUxocFctVm03S1Z1V0t5bWFzbDFEVXBGT251alBNY3dnd1Eyd0xWVlZHVHhNSk1SMk5VTjFndUtrWDdjMWw2MTJuMzVNVQ&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.startups.com%2Fbegin&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0">https://www.startups.com/begin</a><br>LinkedIn <br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa1R1Rzhqel9JbHpwU3pzeDMzaXRwR1VxZHg2QXxBQ3Jtc0trVkcxV0FJenR5eE1ITnl2aWRpODdyM1k2ek5fLXRmUzQ1SnFXQUNFRVo5MzJfbTRrWVlKUmlBNVo1cWNPcWFvdDZaSDZla05USXBLUkFkTl9LNmtzV295NGlWVUVqOFBjd2FvdVk5QXVvNFByQXprNA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fcompany%2Fstartups-co%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / startups-co  </a></p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqbG5vS2NhbnlXcF9iX3pRanVEaFh3V0tSbEViZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttVU5CcENTeXRuV0ZUQXZzTXRJaDM3dTNxc184QjZGUUpZQXZjRWNlQjl4LUtsMElPeDkxT2htTU5KbWlYc3BWNG9HaW15UjEwU0lvU3B6MXhoYXZjWnJjZW9rZTdKeXFnWGJvLWczWkZIZ2RTNGsyYw&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fwilschroter%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> / wilschroter  </a><br>Ryan Rutan<br><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"> </a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.linkedin.com%2Fin%2Fryan-rutan%2F&amp;v=fwzymr5-5M0"></a><a href="https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&amp;redir_token=QUFFLUhqa3FKMDFjOXhtR2l1VEo4REVYRzZXSEZYa3ZKZ3xBQ3Jtc0ttTFJrREN6anc2dHVzNnU5VDZQV25Sd1hCenY1RzE0Ul9va0R6aTAtZ3U3aFV6SFJMRUNzSmZxcml3LUtweVh0SWd4M3Nhc0tpdElvb3BycVh6dUJ6cF9LZXZaYTRhLWltWWVCQTd6ZHZFQS1ka2ZFOA&amp;q=https%3A%2F..."></a></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6bef4784/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Kids Follow in our Founder Footsteps?</title>
      <itunes:episode>272</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>272</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should Kids Follow in our Founder Footsteps?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47611d85-5962-4f7a-9b41-3e6900a6f1b3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/02fb5603</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will explore the complexities of encouraging their children to become entrepreneurs. With nearly 300 episodes discussing the founder's journey, they delve into whether they'd want their kids to follow the same path. They recount personal experiences, weigh the pros and cons, and discuss the importance of allowing their children to make their own decisions. The episode emphasizes providing the tools and support to foster independent choices rather than directing them towards entrepreneurship.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Founder’s Dilemma<br>00:55 A Proud Yet Conflicted Parent<br>02:27 The Value of Experience<br>05:03 Balancing Passion and Practicality<br>08:10 Nurture vs. Nature in Entrepreneurship<br>09:59 The Role of Education and Constraints<br>16:21 The Reality of Entrepreneurship<br>18:56 Reflecting on Founders' Struggles<br>19:39 Balancing Optimism and Realism in Entrepreneurship<br>19:59 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>21:31 Empathy and the Reality of Startup Therapy<br>23:10 The Impact of Parental Influence on Career Choices<br>25:23 Encouraging Authenticity in Children's Career Paths<br>30:12 Empowering Kids to Make Their Own Decisions<br>35:07 Final Thoughts on Raising Future Founders</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will explore the complexities of encouraging their children to become entrepreneurs. With nearly 300 episodes discussing the founder's journey, they delve into whether they'd want their kids to follow the same path. They recount personal experiences, weigh the pros and cons, and discuss the importance of allowing their children to make their own decisions. The episode emphasizes providing the tools and support to foster independent choices rather than directing them towards entrepreneurship.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Founder’s Dilemma<br>00:55 A Proud Yet Conflicted Parent<br>02:27 The Value of Experience<br>05:03 Balancing Passion and Practicality<br>08:10 Nurture vs. Nature in Entrepreneurship<br>09:59 The Role of Education and Constraints<br>16:21 The Reality of Entrepreneurship<br>18:56 Reflecting on Founders' Struggles<br>19:39 Balancing Optimism and Realism in Entrepreneurship<br>19:59 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>21:31 Empathy and the Reality of Startup Therapy<br>23:10 The Impact of Parental Influence on Career Choices<br>25:23 Encouraging Authenticity in Children's Career Paths<br>30:12 Empowering Kids to Make Their Own Decisions<br>35:07 Final Thoughts on Raising Future Founders</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/02fb5603/8b91d0d9.mp3" length="37160846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will explore the complexities of encouraging their children to become entrepreneurs. With nearly 300 episodes discussing the founder's journey, they delve into whether they'd want their kids to follow the same path. They recount personal experiences, weigh the pros and cons, and discuss the importance of allowing their children to make their own decisions. The episode emphasizes providing the tools and support to foster independent choices rather than directing them towards entrepreneurship.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Founder’s Dilemma<br>00:55 A Proud Yet Conflicted Parent<br>02:27 The Value of Experience<br>05:03 Balancing Passion and Practicality<br>08:10 Nurture vs. Nature in Entrepreneurship<br>09:59 The Role of Education and Constraints<br>16:21 The Reality of Entrepreneurship<br>18:56 Reflecting on Founders' Struggles<br>19:39 Balancing Optimism and Realism in Entrepreneurship<br>19:59 The Timeless Nature of Startup Challenges<br>21:31 Empathy and the Reality of Startup Therapy<br>23:10 The Impact of Parental Influence on Career Choices<br>25:23 Encouraging Authenticity in Children's Career Paths<br>30:12 Empowering Kids to Make Their Own Decisions<br>35:07 Final Thoughts on Raising Future Founders</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/02fb5603/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Evolution of Entry Level Workers</title>
      <itunes:episode>271</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>271</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Evolution of Entry Level Workers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2f2e4a7-f306-476b-b65b-deee82a1d84b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/998cea7b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the evolving landscape of entry-level hiring for startups. They dive into why U.S. college graduates have fallen to the fourth pick for entry-level positions, overtaken by AI, global talent, and experienced young professionals who leverage new tools and platforms to gain relevant skills. They explore the benefits of each hiring option, debunk common misconceptions about global talent, and outline how these changes empower startups to make smarter, more economical hiring decisions. The discussion offers valuable insights for startup founders navigating the challenges of building efficient teams under tight budgets.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Changing Landscape of Entry-Level Talent<br>01:26 The Rise of AI in Startups<br>03:48 Global Talent: A New Frontier<br>07:30 Young and Hungry: The New Entry-Level<br>10:19 Challenges and Opportunities for College Grads<br>15:57 Resource Allocation in Startups<br>24:06 Stop Guessing and Get the Answers<br>24:16 The Global Talent Pool Advantage<br>25:15 Quality Concerns and Misconceptions<br>27:21 Parallel Validation in Startups<br>32:51 The Rise of Young and Hungry Talent<br>35:51 Evolving Job Market Expectations<br>39:50 The Changing Landscape of Hiring<br>45:20 Conclusion: Embrace the New Opportunities</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the evolving landscape of entry-level hiring for startups. They dive into why U.S. college graduates have fallen to the fourth pick for entry-level positions, overtaken by AI, global talent, and experienced young professionals who leverage new tools and platforms to gain relevant skills. They explore the benefits of each hiring option, debunk common misconceptions about global talent, and outline how these changes empower startups to make smarter, more economical hiring decisions. The discussion offers valuable insights for startup founders navigating the challenges of building efficient teams under tight budgets.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Changing Landscape of Entry-Level Talent<br>01:26 The Rise of AI in Startups<br>03:48 Global Talent: A New Frontier<br>07:30 Young and Hungry: The New Entry-Level<br>10:19 Challenges and Opportunities for College Grads<br>15:57 Resource Allocation in Startups<br>24:06 Stop Guessing and Get the Answers<br>24:16 The Global Talent Pool Advantage<br>25:15 Quality Concerns and Misconceptions<br>27:21 Parallel Validation in Startups<br>32:51 The Rise of Young and Hungry Talent<br>35:51 Evolving Job Market Expectations<br>39:50 The Changing Landscape of Hiring<br>45:20 Conclusion: Embrace the New Opportunities</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Tue, 10 Sep 2024 05:03:50 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/998cea7b/2d251cee.mp3" length="69534621" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2791</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the evolving landscape of entry-level hiring for startups. They dive into why U.S. college graduates have fallen to the fourth pick for entry-level positions, overtaken by AI, global talent, and experienced young professionals who leverage new tools and platforms to gain relevant skills. They explore the benefits of each hiring option, debunk common misconceptions about global talent, and outline how these changes empower startups to make smarter, more economical hiring decisions. The discussion offers valuable insights for startup founders navigating the challenges of building efficient teams under tight budgets.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction: The Changing Landscape of Entry-Level Talent<br>01:26 The Rise of AI in Startups<br>03:48 Global Talent: A New Frontier<br>07:30 Young and Hungry: The New Entry-Level<br>10:19 Challenges and Opportunities for College Grads<br>15:57 Resource Allocation in Startups<br>24:06 Stop Guessing and Get the Answers<br>24:16 The Global Talent Pool Advantage<br>25:15 Quality Concerns and Misconceptions<br>27:21 Parallel Validation in Startups<br>32:51 The Rise of Young and Hungry Talent<br>35:51 Evolving Job Market Expectations<br>39:50 The Changing Landscape of Hiring<br>45:20 Conclusion: Embrace the New Opportunities</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/998cea7b/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Assume Everyone Will Leave in Year One</title>
      <itunes:episode>270</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>270</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Assume Everyone Will Leave in Year One</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae49a5ca-9890-4d1d-8f30-fe93d9b860ec</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f416a209</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges of managing early-stage startup teams, particularly the high likelihood of turnover and the risks of handing out equity prematurely. They talk about the emotional toll of losing key team members and offer practical advice on creating vesting schedules and setting realistic expectations to safeguard against these common pitfalls. The conversation also touches on the dynamics of initial hires, the importance of flexibility, and the need to balance passion with practical considerations in team building.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Challenges<br>00:09 The Reality of Early Startup Teams<br>01:25 Startup Weekend Insights<br>02:38 The First Love Analogy<br>03:44 The Commitment Dilemma<br>04:24 Life Happens: Unplanned Disruptions<br>12:02 The Fragility of Equity-Based Compensation<br>13:45 Long-Term Team Dynamics<br>15:32 Understanding the Nature of Turnover<br>17:44 The Emotional Impact of Employee Departure<br>18:52 The Reality of Passion and Commitment<br>27:20 Equity Distribution and Vesting Schedules<br>31:50 Preparing for Inevitable Change</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges of managing early-stage startup teams, particularly the high likelihood of turnover and the risks of handing out equity prematurely. They talk about the emotional toll of losing key team members and offer practical advice on creating vesting schedules and setting realistic expectations to safeguard against these common pitfalls. The conversation also touches on the dynamics of initial hires, the importance of flexibility, and the need to balance passion with practical considerations in team building.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Challenges<br>00:09 The Reality of Early Startup Teams<br>01:25 Startup Weekend Insights<br>02:38 The First Love Analogy<br>03:44 The Commitment Dilemma<br>04:24 Life Happens: Unplanned Disruptions<br>12:02 The Fragility of Equity-Based Compensation<br>13:45 Long-Term Team Dynamics<br>15:32 Understanding the Nature of Turnover<br>17:44 The Emotional Impact of Employee Departure<br>18:52 The Reality of Passion and Commitment<br>27:20 Equity Distribution and Vesting Schedules<br>31:50 Preparing for Inevitable Change</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Sep 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f416a209/7e571fad.mp3" length="47777004" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1951</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan and Will discuss the challenges of managing early-stage startup teams, particularly the high likelihood of turnover and the risks of handing out equity prematurely. They talk about the emotional toll of losing key team members and offer practical advice on creating vesting schedules and setting realistic expectations to safeguard against these common pitfalls. The conversation also touches on the dynamics of initial hires, the importance of flexibility, and the need to balance passion with practical considerations in team building.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Challenges<br>00:09 The Reality of Early Startup Teams<br>01:25 Startup Weekend Insights<br>02:38 The First Love Analogy<br>03:44 The Commitment Dilemma<br>04:24 Life Happens: Unplanned Disruptions<br>12:02 The Fragility of Equity-Based Compensation<br>13:45 Long-Term Team Dynamics<br>15:32 Understanding the Nature of Turnover<br>17:44 The Emotional Impact of Employee Departure<br>18:52 The Reality of Passion and Commitment<br>27:20 Equity Distribution and Vesting Schedules<br>31:50 Preparing for Inevitable Change</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/f416a209/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Was Mortgaging My Life Worth it?</title>
      <itunes:episode>269</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>269</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Was Mortgaging My Life Worth it?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9f01856a-cd29-4c84-b336-67425e89b041</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/611875fc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter delve into the sacrifices that come with building startup companies. They explore the dangerous ambiguity of not having specific goals and timelines, using personal anecdotes to illustrate the costly trade-offs. Will reflects on his milestone birthday and the realization that 'later' never seems to arrive, sparking a discussion about the true worth of deferred happiness and success. The conversation underscores the importance of quantifying goals and ensuring that sacrifices made today lead to genuinely rewarding outcomes. They emphasize that the journey must be carefully balanced with immediate gratification to avoid a future riddled with regret. Through vivid storytelling, they highlight the crucial lessons for founders on how to navigate the complex landscape of ambition, sacrifice, and personal fulfillment.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for</p><p>00:21 The Danger of Vague Goals</p><p>00:57 Personal Reflections on Sacrifice</p><p>02:16 Quantifying Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>04:03 The Reality of Sacrifice</p><p>05:27 Anecdotes of Sacrifice</p><p>15:08 The Moment of Truth</p><p>18:04 The Grand Experiment in Beverly Hills</p><p>18:36 The Struggles of Finding a Home in LA</p><p>19:07 Realizing the Cost of Living in Bel Air</p><p>20:34 Questioning the Move: A Moment of Clarity</p><p>23:10 The Decision to Return to Columbus</p><p>23:21 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>25:42 The Founder's Paradox: Happiness vs. Sacrifice</p><p>28:31 The Reality of Achieving Success</p><p>35:27 Balancing Sacrifice and Returns</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter delve into the sacrifices that come with building startup companies. They explore the dangerous ambiguity of not having specific goals and timelines, using personal anecdotes to illustrate the costly trade-offs. Will reflects on his milestone birthday and the realization that 'later' never seems to arrive, sparking a discussion about the true worth of deferred happiness and success. The conversation underscores the importance of quantifying goals and ensuring that sacrifices made today lead to genuinely rewarding outcomes. They emphasize that the journey must be carefully balanced with immediate gratification to avoid a future riddled with regret. Through vivid storytelling, they highlight the crucial lessons for founders on how to navigate the complex landscape of ambition, sacrifice, and personal fulfillment.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for</p><p>00:21 The Danger of Vague Goals</p><p>00:57 Personal Reflections on Sacrifice</p><p>02:16 Quantifying Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>04:03 The Reality of Sacrifice</p><p>05:27 Anecdotes of Sacrifice</p><p>15:08 The Moment of Truth</p><p>18:04 The Grand Experiment in Beverly Hills</p><p>18:36 The Struggles of Finding a Home in LA</p><p>19:07 Realizing the Cost of Living in Bel Air</p><p>20:34 Questioning the Move: A Moment of Clarity</p><p>23:10 The Decision to Return to Columbus</p><p>23:21 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>25:42 The Founder's Paradox: Happiness vs. Sacrifice</p><p>28:31 The Reality of Achieving Success</p><p>35:27 Balancing Sacrifice and Returns</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/611875fc/fc8770ce.mp3" length="56534659" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2269</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter delve into the sacrifices that come with building startup companies. They explore the dangerous ambiguity of not having specific goals and timelines, using personal anecdotes to illustrate the costly trade-offs. Will reflects on his milestone birthday and the realization that 'later' never seems to arrive, sparking a discussion about the true worth of deferred happiness and success. The conversation underscores the importance of quantifying goals and ensuring that sacrifices made today lead to genuinely rewarding outcomes. They emphasize that the journey must be carefully balanced with immediate gratification to avoid a future riddled with regret. Through vivid storytelling, they highlight the crucial lessons for founders on how to navigate the complex landscape of ambition, sacrifice, and personal fulfillment.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for</p><p>00:21 The Danger of Vague Goals</p><p>00:57 Personal Reflections on Sacrifice</p><p>02:16 Quantifying Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>04:03 The Reality of Sacrifice</p><p>05:27 Anecdotes of Sacrifice</p><p>15:08 The Moment of Truth</p><p>18:04 The Grand Experiment in Beverly Hills</p><p>18:36 The Struggles of Finding a Home in LA</p><p>19:07 Realizing the Cost of Living in Bel Air</p><p>20:34 Questioning the Move: A Moment of Clarity</p><p>23:10 The Decision to Return to Columbus</p><p>23:21 Reflecting on Sacrifices and Rewards</p><p>25:42 The Founder's Paradox: Happiness vs. Sacrifice</p><p>28:31 The Reality of Achieving Success</p><p>35:27 Balancing Sacrifice and Returns</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/611875fc/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What's my Startup Worth in an Acquisition?</title>
      <itunes:episode>268</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>268</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What's my Startup Worth in an Acquisition?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce7b9c99-da92-43a8-9baf-1ea06a7d808b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/895e62bc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Startups.com founder Will Schroter discuss the unrealistic expectations that many startup founders have when it comes to selling their business. They detail the common pitfalls and misconceptions about startup valuation, the differences between raising capital and selling, the realities of private equity, and the dangers of deferred compensation. With insights from their own experiences of buying and selling companies, Ryan and Will provide a candid look at how to navigate the tricky world of startup acquisitions and set more realistic expectations for exit strategies.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Acquisitions</p><p>00:16 Realistic Expectations in Business Sales</p><p>01:09 Understanding the Acquisition Process</p><p>01:37 Our Acquisition Experience</p><p>02:29 Challenges in Closing Deals</p><p>04:31 The Importance of Direct Communication</p><p>07:08 The White Knight Fallacy</p><p>13:07 Investor Expectations vs. Reality</p><p>20:35 The Figma Acquisition: A Case Study</p><p>21:12 Understanding Market Leadership and Valuation</p><p>21:44 The Reality of Acquisition Multiples</p><p>24:53 The Spectrum of Potential Buyers</p><p>26:07 Private Equity: The Predatory Buyer</p><p>28:32 The Harsh Truths of Selling a Startup</p><p>32:53 Cash vs. Deferred Compensation</p><p>39:15 Managing Expectations in Startup Exits</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Startups.com founder Will Schroter discuss the unrealistic expectations that many startup founders have when it comes to selling their business. They detail the common pitfalls and misconceptions about startup valuation, the differences between raising capital and selling, the realities of private equity, and the dangers of deferred compensation. With insights from their own experiences of buying and selling companies, Ryan and Will provide a candid look at how to navigate the tricky world of startup acquisitions and set more realistic expectations for exit strategies.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Acquisitions</p><p>00:16 Realistic Expectations in Business Sales</p><p>01:09 Understanding the Acquisition Process</p><p>01:37 Our Acquisition Experience</p><p>02:29 Challenges in Closing Deals</p><p>04:31 The Importance of Direct Communication</p><p>07:08 The White Knight Fallacy</p><p>13:07 Investor Expectations vs. Reality</p><p>20:35 The Figma Acquisition: A Case Study</p><p>21:12 Understanding Market Leadership and Valuation</p><p>21:44 The Reality of Acquisition Multiples</p><p>24:53 The Spectrum of Potential Buyers</p><p>26:07 Private Equity: The Predatory Buyer</p><p>28:32 The Harsh Truths of Selling a Startup</p><p>32:53 Cash vs. Deferred Compensation</p><p>39:15 Managing Expectations in Startup Exits</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/895e62bc/3d202f30.mp3" length="60034703" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2435</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Startups.com founder Will Schroter discuss the unrealistic expectations that many startup founders have when it comes to selling their business. They detail the common pitfalls and misconceptions about startup valuation, the differences between raising capital and selling, the realities of private equity, and the dangers of deferred compensation. With insights from their own experiences of buying and selling companies, Ryan and Will provide a candid look at how to navigate the tricky world of startup acquisitions and set more realistic expectations for exit strategies.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Acquisitions</p><p>00:16 Realistic Expectations in Business Sales</p><p>01:09 Understanding the Acquisition Process</p><p>01:37 Our Acquisition Experience</p><p>02:29 Challenges in Closing Deals</p><p>04:31 The Importance of Direct Communication</p><p>07:08 The White Knight Fallacy</p><p>13:07 Investor Expectations vs. Reality</p><p>20:35 The Figma Acquisition: A Case Study</p><p>21:12 Understanding Market Leadership and Valuation</p><p>21:44 The Reality of Acquisition Multiples</p><p>24:53 The Spectrum of Potential Buyers</p><p>26:07 Private Equity: The Predatory Buyer</p><p>28:32 The Harsh Truths of Selling a Startup</p><p>32:53 Cash vs. Deferred Compensation</p><p>39:15 Managing Expectations in Startup Exits</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/895e62bc/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is my AMBITION my ENEMY?</title>
      <itunes:episode>267</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>267</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is my AMBITION my ENEMY?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">35847de3-ae3e-4183-9553-c0f0830a355d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a1eab9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the often overlooked costs of ambition in the startup world. They explore how ambition, while necessary for building innovative companies, can become a debilitating force, leading to severe health issues, strained relationships, and emotional burnout. Using personal anecdotes and analogies, they emphasize the importance of recognizing the tipping point where ambition becomes more detrimental than beneficial, and advocate for a balanced approach to sustain long-term personal and professional health.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Ambition in the Startup World<br>00:30 The Double-Edged Sword of Ambition<br>01:27 The Escalating Costs of Ambition<br>02:18 Ambition's Impact on Founders' Lives<br>05:22 Personal Stories of Ambition and Sacrifice<br>12:52 The Cultural Reward of Sacrifice<br>16:16 Understanding Technical Debt and Burnout<br>16:58 The Hidden Costs of Ambition<br>17:06 Financial Struggles and Early Warning Signs<br>18:20 Impact on Relationships<br>20:40 Mental Well-being and Isolation<br>23:55 The Ultimate Price: Physical Health<br>27:12 A Rational Perspective on Work-Life Balance<br>28:46 Final Thoughts and Advice</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the often overlooked costs of ambition in the startup world. They explore how ambition, while necessary for building innovative companies, can become a debilitating force, leading to severe health issues, strained relationships, and emotional burnout. Using personal anecdotes and analogies, they emphasize the importance of recognizing the tipping point where ambition becomes more detrimental than beneficial, and advocate for a balanced approach to sustain long-term personal and professional health.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Ambition in the Startup World<br>00:30 The Double-Edged Sword of Ambition<br>01:27 The Escalating Costs of Ambition<br>02:18 Ambition's Impact on Founders' Lives<br>05:22 Personal Stories of Ambition and Sacrifice<br>12:52 The Cultural Reward of Sacrifice<br>16:16 Understanding Technical Debt and Burnout<br>16:58 The Hidden Costs of Ambition<br>17:06 Financial Struggles and Early Warning Signs<br>18:20 Impact on Relationships<br>20:40 Mental Well-being and Isolation<br>23:55 The Ultimate Price: Physical Health<br>27:12 A Rational Perspective on Work-Life Balance<br>28:46 Final Thoughts and Advice</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2024 17:25:56 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/45a1eab9/671a7f38.mp3" length="48004439" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1925</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the often overlooked costs of ambition in the startup world. They explore how ambition, while necessary for building innovative companies, can become a debilitating force, leading to severe health issues, strained relationships, and emotional burnout. Using personal anecdotes and analogies, they emphasize the importance of recognizing the tipping point where ambition becomes more detrimental than beneficial, and advocate for a balanced approach to sustain long-term personal and professional health.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for<br>00:00 Introduction to Ambition in the Startup World<br>00:30 The Double-Edged Sword of Ambition<br>01:27 The Escalating Costs of Ambition<br>02:18 Ambition's Impact on Founders' Lives<br>05:22 Personal Stories of Ambition and Sacrifice<br>12:52 The Cultural Reward of Sacrifice<br>16:16 Understanding Technical Debt and Burnout<br>16:58 The Hidden Costs of Ambition<br>17:06 Financial Struggles and Early Warning Signs<br>18:20 Impact on Relationships<br>20:40 Mental Well-being and Isolation<br>23:55 The Ultimate Price: Physical Health<br>27:12 A Rational Perspective on Work-Life Balance<br>28:46 Final Thoughts and Advice</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/45a1eab9/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Startups in a "Silent Recession"?</title>
      <itunes:episode>266</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>266</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Startups in a "Silent Recession"?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">faca7cb0-fec7-4288-b065-80e30a1c3dde</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f468340</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the current state of the startup ecosystem, which they describe as a 'silent recession.' Despite economic indicators suggesting otherwise, many startup founders are struggling with reduced capital flow and stagnating customer acquisition. The episode delves into the effects of the economic downturn on startups, the impact of investor behavior, and the historical context leading up to the current situation. Ryan and Will emphasize the importance of resetting expectations, adopting a survival mindset, and making tough decisions to ensure longevity in this challenging environment. While this period is difficult, there is always light at the end of the tunnel for those who can weather the storm.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:08 The Silent Recession in Startup Land<br>00:38 The Reality of Founders' Struggles<br>02:25 Economic Indicators vs. Founders' Experiences<br>04:39 The COVID-19 Economic Magic Trick<br>06:03 The Shift in Startup Funding Dynamics<br>11:15 The Onset of Economic Challenges<br>12:20 The Impact on Startup Operations<br>16:14 VCs Halt Investments<br>16:50 Impact on Startups<br>17:35 IPO Implosions<br>18:20 VCs' Strategic Pause<br>19:56 The Domino Effect<br>22:56 Navigating the Downturn<br>27:39 Survival Strategies<br>31:37 Looking Ahead<br>33:07 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the current state of the startup ecosystem, which they describe as a 'silent recession.' Despite economic indicators suggesting otherwise, many startup founders are struggling with reduced capital flow and stagnating customer acquisition. The episode delves into the effects of the economic downturn on startups, the impact of investor behavior, and the historical context leading up to the current situation. Ryan and Will emphasize the importance of resetting expectations, adopting a survival mindset, and making tough decisions to ensure longevity in this challenging environment. While this period is difficult, there is always light at the end of the tunnel for those who can weather the storm.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:08 The Silent Recession in Startup Land<br>00:38 The Reality of Founders' Struggles<br>02:25 Economic Indicators vs. Founders' Experiences<br>04:39 The COVID-19 Economic Magic Trick<br>06:03 The Shift in Startup Funding Dynamics<br>11:15 The Onset of Economic Challenges<br>12:20 The Impact on Startup Operations<br>16:14 VCs Halt Investments<br>16:50 Impact on Startups<br>17:35 IPO Implosions<br>18:20 VCs' Strategic Pause<br>19:56 The Domino Effect<br>22:56 Navigating the Downturn<br>27:39 Survival Strategies<br>31:37 Looking Ahead<br>33:07 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2024 09:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6f468340/5e30073c.mp3" length="33676289" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2010</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the current state of the startup ecosystem, which they describe as a 'silent recession.' Despite economic indicators suggesting otherwise, many startup founders are struggling with reduced capital flow and stagnating customer acquisition. The episode delves into the effects of the economic downturn on startups, the impact of investor behavior, and the historical context leading up to the current situation. Ryan and Will emphasize the importance of resetting expectations, adopting a survival mindset, and making tough decisions to ensure longevity in this challenging environment. While this period is difficult, there is always light at the end of the tunnel for those who can weather the storm.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:08 The Silent Recession in Startup Land<br>00:38 The Reality of Founders' Struggles<br>02:25 Economic Indicators vs. Founders' Experiences<br>04:39 The COVID-19 Economic Magic Trick<br>06:03 The Shift in Startup Funding Dynamics<br>11:15 The Onset of Economic Challenges<br>12:20 The Impact on Startup Operations<br>16:14 VCs Halt Investments<br>16:50 Impact on Startups<br>17:35 IPO Implosions<br>18:20 VCs' Strategic Pause<br>19:56 The Domino Effect<br>22:56 Navigating the Downturn<br>27:39 Survival Strategies<br>31:37 Looking Ahead<br>33:07 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f468340/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Founders Deserve Their Profit?</title>
      <itunes:episode>265</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>265</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do Founders Deserve Their Profit?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ee451e1c-56cd-4c73-9498-2bfc74f4e13b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/37d7b733</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder navigate the complexities founders face regarding success and societal scrutiny. They delve into the common critiques founders encounter about their profits and perceived entitlement while emphasizing that success should be celebrated not vilified. The conversation provides a detailed look at the multiple layers of taxation startups endure and the misconceptions surrounding founder wealth. They also highlight the emotional toll and risk involved in building a startup, offering insights into the importance of supporting founders and normalizing success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to the Startup Therapy Podcast<br>00:46 The Stigma of Founders' Success<br>04:47 The Burden of Taxes on Founders<br>13:55 The Lack of Support During Failure<br>16:06 Reflecting on College Days and Financial Struggles<br>16:25 The Reality of Startup Life<br>17:25 Deserving Success and the Guilt Complex<br>18:50 Comparing Founders to Other Professions<br>21:36 The Value of Innovation and Hard Work<br>25:36 Addressing Income Inequality and Fairness<br>28:42 Encouraging Charitable Giving and Community Support<br>30:12 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder navigate the complexities founders face regarding success and societal scrutiny. They delve into the common critiques founders encounter about their profits and perceived entitlement while emphasizing that success should be celebrated not vilified. The conversation provides a detailed look at the multiple layers of taxation startups endure and the misconceptions surrounding founder wealth. They also highlight the emotional toll and risk involved in building a startup, offering insights into the importance of supporting founders and normalizing success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to the Startup Therapy Podcast<br>00:46 The Stigma of Founders' Success<br>04:47 The Burden of Taxes on Founders<br>13:55 The Lack of Support During Failure<br>16:06 Reflecting on College Days and Financial Struggles<br>16:25 The Reality of Startup Life<br>17:25 Deserving Success and the Guilt Complex<br>18:50 Comparing Founders to Other Professions<br>21:36 The Value of Innovation and Hard Work<br>25:36 Addressing Income Inequality and Fairness<br>28:42 Encouraging Charitable Giving and Community Support<br>30:12 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2024 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/37d7b733/311a8153.mp3" length="45386505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1833</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder navigate the complexities founders face regarding success and societal scrutiny. They delve into the common critiques founders encounter about their profits and perceived entitlement while emphasizing that success should be celebrated not vilified. The conversation provides a detailed look at the multiple layers of taxation startups endure and the misconceptions surrounding founder wealth. They also highlight the emotional toll and risk involved in building a startup, offering insights into the importance of supporting founders and normalizing success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to the Startup Therapy Podcast<br>00:46 The Stigma of Founders' Success<br>04:47 The Burden of Taxes on Founders<br>13:55 The Lack of Support During Failure<br>16:06 Reflecting on College Days and Financial Struggles<br>16:25 The Reality of Startup Life<br>17:25 Deserving Success and the Guilt Complex<br>18:50 Comparing Founders to Other Professions<br>21:36 The Value of Innovation and Hard Work<br>25:36 Addressing Income Inequality and Fairness<br>28:42 Encouraging Charitable Giving and Community Support<br>30:12 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/37d7b733/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Utter STUPIDITY of "Risking it All"</title>
      <itunes:episode>264</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>264</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Utter STUPIDITY of "Risking it All"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">781d4324-bfa4-4cd2-bff6-b045519196ea</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0da450e0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the myth of the 'bet it all' startup mentality. They highlight the importance of downside risk planning and how successful risk management plays a crucial role in startup success</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy<br>00:28 The Myth of Betting It All<br>01:36 The Reality of Downside Protection<br>06:18 Case Study: The Zirtual Acquisition<br>11:24 The Importance of Backup Plans<br>18:58 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the myth of the 'bet it all' startup mentality. They highlight the importance of downside risk planning and how successful risk management plays a crucial role in startup success</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy<br>00:28 The Myth of Betting It All<br>01:36 The Reality of Downside Protection<br>06:18 Case Study: The Zirtual Acquisition<br>11:24 The Importance of Backup Plans<br>18:58 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2024 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0da450e0/b03b414b.mp3" length="31681864" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1291</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode we discuss the myth of the 'bet it all' startup mentality. They highlight the importance of downside risk planning and how successful risk management plays a crucial role in startup success</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to listen for:<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy<br>00:28 The Myth of Betting It All<br>01:36 The Reality of Downside Protection<br>06:18 Case Study: The Zirtual Acquisition<br>11:24 The Importance of Backup Plans<br>18:58 Conclusion and Final Thoughts</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/0da450e0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Most Founders Don't Get Rich</title>
      <itunes:episode>263</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>263</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Most Founders Don't Get Rich</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fb3ca7ad-2d4e-44c5-9bc1-e660f6c25f65</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the common struggles of making money in the startup world. They explore the 'noble' but flawed narrative that founders shouldn't pay themselves, why aiming too big too soon can prevent profitability, and the cycle of raising funding that often leaves founders broke.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:23 The Broken Narrative of Not Getting Paid</p><p>02:35 Self-Sabotage and Going Too Big</p><p>04:08 The Funding Trap</p><p>05:41 The Harsh Realities of Raising Money</p><p>12:07 The Never-Ending Hunger of Startups</p><p>14:36 Reinvesting in Growth</p><p>15:06 The Reality of Increased Liabilities</p><p>15:59 The Fear of Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>17:00 The Importance of Paying Yourself</p><p>18:14 Balancing Profit Sharing and Salaries</p><p>19:07 The Misconception of Startup Growth</p><p>21:13 The Dangers of Not Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>26:09 Common Sense in Startup Land</p><p>27:08 Conclusion: Get Paid Now</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the common struggles of making money in the startup world. They explore the 'noble' but flawed narrative that founders shouldn't pay themselves, why aiming too big too soon can prevent profitability, and the cycle of raising funding that often leaves founders broke.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:23 The Broken Narrative of Not Getting Paid</p><p>02:35 Self-Sabotage and Going Too Big</p><p>04:08 The Funding Trap</p><p>05:41 The Harsh Realities of Raising Money</p><p>12:07 The Never-Ending Hunger of Startups</p><p>14:36 Reinvesting in Growth</p><p>15:06 The Reality of Increased Liabilities</p><p>15:59 The Fear of Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>17:00 The Importance of Paying Yourself</p><p>18:14 Balancing Profit Sharing and Salaries</p><p>19:07 The Misconception of Startup Growth</p><p>21:13 The Dangers of Not Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>26:09 Common Sense in Startup Land</p><p>27:08 Conclusion: Get Paid Now</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2024 08:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aefbec5d/c32187ad.mp3" length="41862482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1682</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the common struggles of making money in the startup world. They explore the 'noble' but flawed narrative that founders shouldn't pay themselves, why aiming too big too soon can prevent profitability, and the cycle of raising funding that often leaves founders broke.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Introduction to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:23 The Broken Narrative of Not Getting Paid</p><p>02:35 Self-Sabotage and Going Too Big</p><p>04:08 The Funding Trap</p><p>05:41 The Harsh Realities of Raising Money</p><p>12:07 The Never-Ending Hunger of Startups</p><p>14:36 Reinvesting in Growth</p><p>15:06 The Reality of Increased Liabilities</p><p>15:59 The Fear of Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>17:00 The Importance of Paying Yourself</p><p>18:14 Balancing Profit Sharing and Salaries</p><p>19:07 The Misconception of Startup Growth</p><p>21:13 The Dangers of Not Taking Money Off the Table</p><p>26:09 Common Sense in Startup Land</p><p>27:08 Conclusion: Get Paid Now</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/aefbec5d/transcription" type="text/html"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investors will be Obsolete, The End of Venture Capital</title>
      <itunes:episode>262</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>262</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Investors will be Obsolete, The End of Venture Capital</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9cc19dde-9df8-419f-8beb-7dad56ab7eff</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6e54327</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we discuss the potential obsolescence of venture capital due to advancements in AI technology. We explore how reduced startup costs and increased efficiency might reshape the future of funding in the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Image a World Without Investors<br>02:16 The Rise of AI and Its Impact<br>03:01 Cost Reduction in Startups<br>06:05 The Future of Staffing and Marketing<br>08:37 Automation in Back Office Operations<br>13:04 The Changing Role of Investors<br>24:21 The Reality of VC Advice<br>27:57 The Future of Capital Needs<br>31:22 AI's Impact on Investment<br>34:40 Reimagining Investment Models<br>40:20 The Democratization of Startups</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we discuss the potential obsolescence of venture capital due to advancements in AI technology. We explore how reduced startup costs and increased efficiency might reshape the future of funding in the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Image a World Without Investors<br>02:16 The Rise of AI and Its Impact<br>03:01 Cost Reduction in Startups<br>06:05 The Future of Staffing and Marketing<br>08:37 Automation in Back Office Operations<br>13:04 The Changing Role of Investors<br>24:21 The Reality of VC Advice<br>27:57 The Future of Capital Needs<br>31:22 AI's Impact on Investment<br>34:40 Reimagining Investment Models<br>40:20 The Democratization of Startups</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 09:00:24 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d6e54327/78901c0d.mp3" length="45325068" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2830</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode, we discuss the potential obsolescence of venture capital due to advancements in AI technology. We explore how reduced startup costs and increased efficiency might reshape the future of funding in the startup ecosystem.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Image a World Without Investors<br>02:16 The Rise of AI and Its Impact<br>03:01 Cost Reduction in Startups<br>06:05 The Future of Staffing and Marketing<br>08:37 Automation in Back Office Operations<br>13:04 The Changing Role of Investors<br>24:21 The Reality of VC Advice<br>27:57 The Future of Capital Needs<br>31:22 AI's Impact on Investment<br>34:40 Reimagining Investment Models<br>40:20 The Democratization of Startups</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6e54327/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why is a Founder so HARD to replace?</title>
      <itunes:episode>261</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>261</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why is a Founder so HARD to replace?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b0d2cde-7532-4aea-a015-067709595642</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5cf036c0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Irreplaceable Founder. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the irreplaceable role of founders in startups. They explore why removing a founder often leads to failure, the unique value and vision founders bring, and the difference between operational tasks and the founder's core contributions.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Founder’s Role in a Startup<br>01:16 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>03:04 Founder’s Vision<br>05:43 Founder’s Passion<br>07:02 Founder’s Decisions<br>09:17 The Unique Value of Founders<br>20:06 Sales Process and Financials<br>22:49 Management by Walking Around<br>25:28 Risk Tolerance in Founders vs. Hired CEOs<br>33:07 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>37:54 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Irreplaceable Founder. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the irreplaceable role of founders in startups. They explore why removing a founder often leads to failure, the unique value and vision founders bring, and the difference between operational tasks and the founder's core contributions.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Founder’s Role in a Startup<br>01:16 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>03:04 Founder’s Vision<br>05:43 Founder’s Passion<br>07:02 Founder’s Decisions<br>09:17 The Unique Value of Founders<br>20:06 Sales Process and Financials<br>22:49 Management by Walking Around<br>25:28 Risk Tolerance in Founders vs. Hired CEOs<br>33:07 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>37:54 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2024 07:44:18 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5cf036c0/e3843714.mp3" length="36780692" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2296</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Irreplaceable Founder. Ryan Rutan and Will Schroter discuss the irreplaceable role of founders in startups. They explore why removing a founder often leads to failure, the unique value and vision founders bring, and the difference between operational tasks and the founder's core contributions.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Founder’s Role in a Startup<br>01:16 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>03:04 Founder’s Vision<br>05:43 Founder’s Passion<br>07:02 Founder’s Decisions<br>09:17 The Unique Value of Founders<br>20:06 Sales Process and Financials<br>22:49 Management by Walking Around<br>25:28 Risk Tolerance in Founders vs. Hired CEOs<br>33:07 Challenges of Replacing a Founder<br>37:54 Join the Startups.com Community</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/5cf036c0/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Can't Grow by Saying "No"</title>
      <itunes:episode>260</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>260</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Can't Grow by Saying "No"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ca774bf-16f4-4390-96ae-0052c022845e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/39289aff</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan (CMO at Startups.com) and Wil Schroter (CEO at Startups.com) discuss the importance of saying yes to growth opportunities that startups have not previously tried. They emphasize that startups thrive by committing to new challenges, even if the path isn't immediately clear, and how this willingness to stretch can affect interactions with customers, investors, and staff. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan (CMO at Startups.com) and Wil Schroter (CEO at Startups.com) discuss the importance of saying yes to growth opportunities that startups have not previously tried. They emphasize that startups thrive by committing to new challenges, even if the path isn't immediately clear, and how this willingness to stretch can affect interactions with customers, investors, and staff. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2024 10:41:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/39289aff/11678e48.mp3" length="33742726" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2106</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan (CMO at Startups.com) and Wil Schroter (CEO at Startups.com) discuss the importance of saying yes to growth opportunities that startups have not previously tried. They emphasize that startups thrive by committing to new challenges, even if the path isn't immediately clear, and how this willingness to stretch can affect interactions with customers, investors, and staff. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/39289aff/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/39289aff/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This is WHY More Money Means MORE Problems</title>
      <itunes:episode>259</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>259</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>This is WHY More Money Means MORE Problems</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9720978-3fa0-4ba7-bd85-39a3a01c78e1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7acbda2d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why sometimes, less is more? Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder discuss the misconception that reaching revenue milestones in startups will solve all problems. Explore how each milestone brings new challenges, why growing liabilities can be riskier than anticipated and the importance of balancing growth with stability.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><br>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Illusion of Milestones<br>02:46 Scaling Challenges<br>05:33 Weight of Responsibilities<br>13:37 New Nodes of Problems<br>16:21 The Reality of Scaling a Team<br>20:05 The Myth of Effortless Wealth<br>22:59 The Importance of Sustainable Growth<br>26:20 The Pitfalls of Chasing High Valuations<br>28:22 Setting Realistic Business Goals<br>30:24 How to Enjoy Your Business</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why sometimes, less is more? Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder discuss the misconception that reaching revenue milestones in startups will solve all problems. Explore how each milestone brings new challenges, why growing liabilities can be riskier than anticipated and the importance of balancing growth with stability.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><br>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Illusion of Milestones<br>02:46 Scaling Challenges<br>05:33 Weight of Responsibilities<br>13:37 New Nodes of Problems<br>16:21 The Reality of Scaling a Team<br>20:05 The Myth of Effortless Wealth<br>22:59 The Importance of Sustainable Growth<br>26:20 The Pitfalls of Chasing High Valuations<br>28:22 Setting Realistic Business Goals<br>30:24 How to Enjoy Your Business</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2024 13:34:09 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7acbda2d/1262a8c2.mp3" length="29817338" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1861</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why sometimes, less is more? Ryan Rutan and Will Schroeder discuss the misconception that reaching revenue milestones in startups will solve all problems. Explore how each milestone brings new challenges, why growing liabilities can be riskier than anticipated and the importance of balancing growth with stability.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p><br>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Illusion of Milestones<br>02:46 Scaling Challenges<br>05:33 Weight of Responsibilities<br>13:37 New Nodes of Problems<br>16:21 The Reality of Scaling a Team<br>20:05 The Myth of Effortless Wealth<br>22:59 The Importance of Sustainable Growth<br>26:20 The Pitfalls of Chasing High Valuations<br>28:22 Setting Realistic Business Goals<br>30:24 How to Enjoy Your Business</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups,Podcast,Committee,Decision Making,Founders,Leadership,Board,Progress,Accountability,Experience,Startup Community,Brainstorming,Opinions,Feedback,Responsibility,Teams,Decision Point,Inclusivity,Consequence,Risk Management,Innovation,Problem Solving,Efficiency,Collaboration,Nonprofit,Organizational Dynamics,CEO,Ryan Rutan,Wil Schroter,Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7acbda2d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/7acbda2d/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Committees are Where Progress Goes to Die</title>
      <itunes:episode>258</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>258</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Committees are Where Progress Goes to Die</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a263d58b-d37a-470d-bd7a-0852b1e03ba5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the inefficiencies and dangers of making decisions by committee. Why committees often fail and why founders should avoid relying on them for critical decisions. Tune in to learn why decisive, individual leadership is key to startup success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro<br>01:34 The reality of committee decision-making<br>07:06 The problem with collective accountability<br>11:38 The downside of inclusive decision-making<br>15:38 The myth of the best decision<br>17:46 The importance of accountability<br>23:04 The danger of removing consequences<br>28:27 Leadership is about making the tough decisions</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the inefficiencies and dangers of making decisions by committee. Why committees often fail and why founders should avoid relying on them for critical decisions. Tune in to learn why decisive, individual leadership is key to startup success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro<br>01:34 The reality of committee decision-making<br>07:06 The problem with collective accountability<br>11:38 The downside of inclusive decision-making<br>15:38 The myth of the best decision<br>17:46 The importance of accountability<br>23:04 The danger of removing consequences<br>28:27 Leadership is about making the tough decisions</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2024 08:50:42 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9ea3acce/d473c6d9.mp3" length="28331231" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1768</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we discuss the inefficiencies and dangers of making decisions by committee. Why committees often fail and why founders should avoid relying on them for critical decisions. Tune in to learn why decisive, individual leadership is key to startup success.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro<br>01:34 The reality of committee decision-making<br>07:06 The problem with collective accountability<br>11:38 The downside of inclusive decision-making<br>15:38 The myth of the best decision<br>17:46 The importance of accountability<br>23:04 The danger of removing consequences<br>28:27 Leadership is about making the tough decisions</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startups, Podcast, Committee, Decision Making, Founders, Leadership, Board, Progress, Accountability, Experience, Startup Community, Brainstorming, Opinions, Feedback, Responsibility, Teams, Decision Point, Inclusivity, Consequence, Risk Management, Innovation, Problem Solving, Efficiency, Collaboration, Nonprofit, Organizational Dynamics, CEO, Ryan Rutan, Wil Schroter, Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/transcription.vtt" type="text/vtt" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/transcription.srt" type="application/x-subrip" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/transcription.json" type="application/json" rel="captions"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/transcription.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/transcription" type="text/html"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea3acce/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Giving Up Equity? Press Pause First</title>
      <itunes:episode>257</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>257</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Giving Up Equity? Press Pause First</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f4a1f4b-61f5-40d7-a783-5204a3dfd62b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1819e36e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we talk about equity distribution in startups. Explore the psychological traps of seeking validation, the dangers of making hasty decisions when most vulnerable, and offer practical advice on how to navigate these challenges. Tune in to learn why patience and cautious decision-making are key to safeguarding the future value of your company.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro</p><p>01:00 The Vulnerability of Early-Stage Founders</p><p>06:45 Evaluating Potential Co-Founders</p><p>07:55 The Risk of Overpaying for Talent</p><p>13:38 Milestones and Deliverables</p><p>17:00 Vulnerability in Decision Making</p><p>18:27 The True Cost of Equity</p><p>24:09 The Fallacy of Immediate Gratification</p><p>28:34 Why Wait and Evaluate</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we talk about equity distribution in startups. Explore the psychological traps of seeking validation, the dangers of making hasty decisions when most vulnerable, and offer practical advice on how to navigate these challenges. Tune in to learn why patience and cautious decision-making are key to safeguarding the future value of your company.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro</p><p>01:00 The Vulnerability of Early-Stage Founders</p><p>06:45 Evaluating Potential Co-Founders</p><p>07:55 The Risk of Overpaying for Talent</p><p>13:38 Milestones and Deliverables</p><p>17:00 Vulnerability in Decision Making</p><p>18:27 The True Cost of Equity</p><p>24:09 The Fallacy of Immediate Gratification</p><p>28:34 Why Wait and Evaluate</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2024 09:53:17 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1819e36e/36268ff1.mp3" length="36402531" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2274</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, we talk about equity distribution in startups. Explore the psychological traps of seeking validation, the dangers of making hasty decisions when most vulnerable, and offer practical advice on how to navigate these challenges. Tune in to learn why patience and cautious decision-making are key to safeguarding the future value of your company.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 Intro</p><p>01:00 The Vulnerability of Early-Stage Founders</p><p>06:45 Evaluating Potential Co-Founders</p><p>07:55 The Risk of Overpaying for Talent</p><p>13:38 Milestones and Deliverables</p><p>17:00 Vulnerability in Decision Making</p><p>18:27 The True Cost of Equity</p><p>24:09 The Fallacy of Immediate Gratification</p><p>28:34 Why Wait and Evaluate</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>startup equity, early stage funding, equity mistakes, startup advice, giving up equity, startup investment, founder equity, startup shares, equity deals, startup tips, startup founder, startup growth, Wil Schroter, Ryan Rutan, Startups.com, protecting equity, equity strategy, early stage company, startup ownership, founder decisions, equity pitfalls, startup resources, co-founder equity, investor relations, startup validation</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/1819e36e/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do 99% of Founders Suck at Asking for Help?</title>
      <itunes:episode>256</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>256</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Do 99% of Founders Suck at Asking for Help?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fcb43e5-c55b-454d-a596-74e03fb92342</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/fdb9a901</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this insightful episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the importance of asking questions as a startup founder.Why founders often hesitate to seek advice, the untapped wealth of knowledge available? </p><p><br></p><p>You will find tips on how to develop the muscle for asking the right questions — founders do not need to reinvent the wheel. </p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this insightful episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the importance of asking questions as a startup founder.Why founders often hesitate to seek advice, the untapped wealth of knowledge available? </p><p><br></p><p>You will find tips on how to develop the muscle for asking the right questions — founders do not need to reinvent the wheel. </p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2024 08:43:31 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/fdb9a901/d75b431c.mp3" length="28531226" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1782</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this insightful episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the importance of asking questions as a startup founder.Why founders often hesitate to seek advice, the untapped wealth of knowledge available? </p><p><br></p><p>You will find tips on how to develop the muscle for asking the right questions — founders do not need to reinvent the wheel. </p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>founders, startups, asking for help, startup advice, founder challenges, startup struggles, entrepreneur tips, business growth, founder mistakes, startup success, seeking help, founder advice, entrepreneurial journey, startup community, business support, asking questions, startup learning, startup therapy, founder support, startup mentoring, business advice, startup guidance, founder vulnerability, entrepreneurial support, startup resources, Wil Schroter, Ryan Rutan, Startups.com</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fdb9a901/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/fdb9a901/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Value of Actually Getting Paid (Avoid This Big Danger)</title>
      <itunes:episode>255</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>255</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Value of Actually Getting Paid (Avoid This Big Danger)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8c727797-8b7c-427c-9916-30d6789ed715</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff2fa808</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter, discuss the misconception that startup founders are incredibly wealthy on paper, while in reality, many struggle with personal financial stability. See the importance of paying yourself regularly, even when building a high-potential startup. Consistently getting paid, no matter how small, is crucial to long-term success and personal well-being. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter, discuss the misconception that startup founders are incredibly wealthy on paper, while in reality, many struggle with personal financial stability. See the importance of paying yourself regularly, even when building a high-potential startup. Consistently getting paid, no matter how small, is crucial to long-term success and personal well-being. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 May 2024 11:35:25 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ff2fa808/9c949242.mp3" length="33075901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2068</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter, discuss the misconception that startup founders are incredibly wealthy on paper, while in reality, many struggle with personal financial stability. See the importance of paying yourself regularly, even when building a high-potential startup. Consistently getting paid, no matter how small, is crucial to long-term success and personal well-being. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Fundraising alternatives</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff2fa808/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will Investors Bail Me Out? Brutal Truth About Startup Investments</title>
      <itunes:episode>254</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>254</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Will Investors Bail Me Out? Brutal Truth About Startup Investments</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a284cc0f-b0e6-48b2-8902-4d176571e415</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/70fd3bd8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about sacrifices founders make — accumulating debt and foregone salaries, with the expectation of being reimbursed. They discuss how founders commonly believe that future investments will pay back their personal financial commitments. They emphasize that the only real chances of getting 'paid back' are through a company sale or profit distributions. They put a light on the tough lessons learned through their own experiences and those of others in the startup world.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about sacrifices founders make — accumulating debt and foregone salaries, with the expectation of being reimbursed. They discuss how founders commonly believe that future investments will pay back their personal financial commitments. They emphasize that the only real chances of getting 'paid back' are through a company sale or profit distributions. They put a light on the tough lessons learned through their own experiences and those of others in the startup world.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2024 12:18:13 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/70fd3bd8/81cce802.mp3" length="30249144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1889</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about sacrifices founders make — accumulating debt and foregone salaries, with the expectation of being reimbursed. They discuss how founders commonly believe that future investments will pay back their personal financial commitments. They emphasize that the only real chances of getting 'paid back' are through a company sale or profit distributions. They put a light on the tough lessons learned through their own experiences and those of others in the startup world.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Fundraising alternatives</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/70fd3bd8/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/70fd3bd8/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is the problem the Player or the Coach? Team Building Hacks</title>
      <itunes:episode>253</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>253</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is the problem the Player or the Coach? Team Building Hacks</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cdfe2700-4239-44b3-acd7-718a7639b5d6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2eb65440</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into evaluating startup team and management performance. Find out the importance of constant evaluation, highlighting the significance of both recognizing the need for improvement and taking actionable steps towards building a higher quality team.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into evaluating startup team and management performance. Find out the importance of constant evaluation, highlighting the significance of both recognizing the need for improvement and taking actionable steps towards building a higher quality team.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2024 11:47:06 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2eb65440/e027a39f.mp3" length="33788628" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2110</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into evaluating startup team and management performance. Find out the importance of constant evaluation, highlighting the significance of both recognizing the need for improvement and taking actionable steps towards building a higher quality team.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Fundraising alternatives</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2eb65440/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/2eb65440/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do people really want me to succeed? Founders vs World</title>
      <itunes:episode>252</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>252</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do people really want me to succeed? Founders vs World</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fcee83fd-061a-4d30-9c9d-6ad6709018d1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9e28b75d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter explore the harsh reality of seeking support as a founder. Surprising, limited number of people who genuinely want to see a founder succeed. You will hear about receiving superficial praise, the impact of social media on perception, and the psychological reasons behind others' reactions to success — the envy even among those closest to the founder. </p><p>Don't walk this narrow road alone, get support from your peers in founder groups at: https://www.startups.com/begin</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter explore the harsh reality of seeking support as a founder. Surprising, limited number of people who genuinely want to see a founder succeed. You will hear about receiving superficial praise, the impact of social media on perception, and the psychological reasons behind others' reactions to success — the envy even among those closest to the founder. </p><p>Don't walk this narrow road alone, get support from your peers in founder groups at: https://www.startups.com/begin</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2024 08:25:10 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9e28b75d/2998d713.mp3" length="35756803" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter explore the harsh reality of seeking support as a founder. Surprising, limited number of people who genuinely want to see a founder succeed. You will hear about receiving superficial praise, the impact of social media on perception, and the psychological reasons behind others' reactions to success — the envy even among those closest to the founder. </p><p>Don't walk this narrow road alone, get support from your peers in founder groups at: https://www.startups.com/begin</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Fundraising alternatives</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/9e28b75d/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You only THINK you work HARD — The Hard Work Illusion</title>
      <itunes:episode>251</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>251</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You only THINK you work HARD — The Hard Work Illusion</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a683f4ed-c671-41cc-9972-c2a186534ea5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/47536891</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about the common misconception around 'working hard' within startups. They question the measurement of hard work, arguing that effort does not necessarily equate to progress or beneficial outcomes. The need for clear benchmarks within organizations to truly reward and recognize valuable contributions. </p><p>Additionally, they challenge the notion of what constitutes as 'hard work' and the danger of equating all effort with success, proposing a more nuanced understanding that could lead to more effective and rewarding startup cultures.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:17 The Misconception of Hard Work in Startup Culture<br>02:49 Real Value of Hard Work in Startups<br>04:29 The Effort vs. Progress Dilemma <br>06:40 Effort, Progress, and Reward<br>10:22  Learning from Effort and Reward<br>15:46 The Misconception of Effort vs. Outcome<br>17:36 Setting Expectations Across Management Levels<br>19:30 The Importance of Measurable Outcomes<br>28:31 Setting the Right Expectations and Rewards</p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about the common misconception around 'working hard' within startups. They question the measurement of hard work, arguing that effort does not necessarily equate to progress or beneficial outcomes. The need for clear benchmarks within organizations to truly reward and recognize valuable contributions. </p><p>Additionally, they challenge the notion of what constitutes as 'hard work' and the danger of equating all effort with success, proposing a more nuanced understanding that could lead to more effective and rewarding startup cultures.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:17 The Misconception of Hard Work in Startup Culture<br>02:49 Real Value of Hard Work in Startups<br>04:29 The Effort vs. Progress Dilemma <br>06:40 Effort, Progress, and Reward<br>10:22  Learning from Effort and Reward<br>15:46 The Misconception of Effort vs. Outcome<br>17:36 Setting Expectations Across Management Levels<br>19:30 The Importance of Measurable Outcomes<br>28:31 Setting the Right Expectations and Rewards</p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2024 13:27:14 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/47536891/e9349cdd.mp3" length="30395401" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1898</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about the common misconception around 'working hard' within startups. They question the measurement of hard work, arguing that effort does not necessarily equate to progress or beneficial outcomes. The need for clear benchmarks within organizations to truly reward and recognize valuable contributions. </p><p>Additionally, they challenge the notion of what constitutes as 'hard work' and the danger of equating all effort with success, proposing a more nuanced understanding that could lead to more effective and rewarding startup cultures.</p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:17 The Misconception of Hard Work in Startup Culture<br>02:49 Real Value of Hard Work in Startups<br>04:29 The Effort vs. Progress Dilemma <br>06:40 Effort, Progress, and Reward<br>10:22  Learning from Effort and Reward<br>15:46 The Misconception of Effort vs. Outcome<br>17:36 Setting Expectations Across Management Levels<br>19:30 The Importance of Measurable Outcomes<br>28:31 Setting the Right Expectations and Rewards</p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,bootstrap startup,startup advice founder community,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Building a business for consistent revenue,Fundraising alternatives,Financially independent startups,Longevity in business,Freedom-focused entrepreneurship,Profit-driven business models,Success without venture capital</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/47536891/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>SMALL is the New Big - Embracing Efficiency in the Age of AI</title>
      <itunes:episode>250</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>250</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>SMALL is the New Big - Embracing Efficiency in the Age of AI</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6004a03a-8244-4d98-8614-551d93d8fd74</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/345327ee</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the evolution of startups from the emphasis on scaling and headcount to prioritizing efficiency and output, largely due to advancements in AI. The challenges of the past, such as massive payrolls, investor dependency, and expensive infrastructures highlighting the opportunities AI technologies present for startups. </p><p>The conversation covers the changing landscape where small operations can achieve significant impact without the traditional costs, through examples like remote work, AI-driven efficiencies, and low-cost internet companies. They advocate for a shift in mindset where success isn't measured by headcount or office size, but by the value created with minimal resources. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Evolution of Startups: From Headcount to Efficiency<br>01:29 AI and the Future of Work: A New Paradigm<br>05:14 The Unprecedented Scale and Speed of AI Adoption<br>07:14 AI's Impact on Staffing and Efficiency<br>09:39 The Ethical Debate: AI and Job Creation vs. Job Displacement<br>13:17 AI's Role in Democratizing Entrepreneurship<br>16:00 Historical Shifts in Startup Dynamics: From Match.com to AI<br>18:41 The Evolution of Startup Funding<br>19:33 The Dramatic Shift in Startup Economics<br>20:42 The Rise of Bootstrapping and Ownership Retention<br>21:24 Case Study: Plenty of Fish's Revolutionary Approach<br>24:32 The Future of Startup Costs and Ownership<br>31:55 Embracing Efficiency and Impact in Startups<br>33:48 A New Era of Startup Valuation and Efficiency<br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the evolution of startups from the emphasis on scaling and headcount to prioritizing efficiency and output, largely due to advancements in AI. The challenges of the past, such as massive payrolls, investor dependency, and expensive infrastructures highlighting the opportunities AI technologies present for startups. </p><p>The conversation covers the changing landscape where small operations can achieve significant impact without the traditional costs, through examples like remote work, AI-driven efficiencies, and low-cost internet companies. They advocate for a shift in mindset where success isn't measured by headcount or office size, but by the value created with minimal resources. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Evolution of Startups: From Headcount to Efficiency<br>01:29 AI and the Future of Work: A New Paradigm<br>05:14 The Unprecedented Scale and Speed of AI Adoption<br>07:14 AI's Impact on Staffing and Efficiency<br>09:39 The Ethical Debate: AI and Job Creation vs. Job Displacement<br>13:17 AI's Role in Democratizing Entrepreneurship<br>16:00 Historical Shifts in Startup Dynamics: From Match.com to AI<br>18:41 The Evolution of Startup Funding<br>19:33 The Dramatic Shift in Startup Economics<br>20:42 The Rise of Bootstrapping and Ownership Retention<br>21:24 Case Study: Plenty of Fish's Revolutionary Approach<br>24:32 The Future of Startup Costs and Ownership<br>31:55 Embracing Efficiency and Impact in Startups<br>33:48 A New Era of Startup Valuation and Efficiency<br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2024 12:18:19 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/345327ee/ee3fee7c.mp3" length="37439219" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2339</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, hosts Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the evolution of startups from the emphasis on scaling and headcount to prioritizing efficiency and output, largely due to advancements in AI. The challenges of the past, such as massive payrolls, investor dependency, and expensive infrastructures highlighting the opportunities AI technologies present for startups. </p><p>The conversation covers the changing landscape where small operations can achieve significant impact without the traditional costs, through examples like remote work, AI-driven efficiencies, and low-cost internet companies. They advocate for a shift in mindset where success isn't measured by headcount or office size, but by the value created with minimal resources. </p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</p><p>Resources:<br>Startup Therapy Podcast <br>https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy<br>Website<br>https://www.startups.com/begin<br>LinkedIn <br>https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/</p><p>Join our Network of Top Founders <br>Wil Schroter<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/<br>Ryan Rutan<br>https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/</p><p>What to Listen For<br>00:00 The Evolution of Startups: From Headcount to Efficiency<br>01:29 AI and the Future of Work: A New Paradigm<br>05:14 The Unprecedented Scale and Speed of AI Adoption<br>07:14 AI's Impact on Staffing and Efficiency<br>09:39 The Ethical Debate: AI and Job Creation vs. Job Displacement<br>13:17 AI's Role in Democratizing Entrepreneurship<br>16:00 Historical Shifts in Startup Dynamics: From Match.com to AI<br>18:41 The Evolution of Startup Funding<br>19:33 The Dramatic Shift in Startup Economics<br>20:42 The Rise of Bootstrapping and Ownership Retention<br>21:24 Case Study: Plenty of Fish's Revolutionary Approach<br>24:32 The Future of Startup Costs and Ownership<br>31:55 Embracing Efficiency and Impact in Startups<br>33:48 A New Era of Startup Valuation and Efficiency<br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast,Wil Schroter,Ryan Rutan,Startups,Startup founder,founding a business,founder success,network of founders,founder community,startup journey,Startup milestones,Entrepreneurship success,startup survival tips,Building a sustainable business,Entrepreneruial ressillence,bootstrapping business,how to bootstrap,bootstrap startup,startup advice founder community,Startup journey,Profitable startups,Sustainable entrepreneurship,Bootstrapping success,Building a business for consistent revenue,Fundraising alternatives,Financially independent startups,Longevity in business,Freedom-focused entrepreneurship,Profit-driven business models,Success without venture capital</itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:transcript url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/345327ee/transcript.txt" type="text/plain"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> This is BOOTSTRAPPED - 3 Strategies to Build Your Startup Without Funding</title>
      <itunes:episode>249</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>249</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title> This is BOOTSTRAPPED - 3 Strategies to Build Your Startup Without Funding</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a04dca35-5b52-4efe-8153-12a5f1805a66</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b421d33</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the startup therapy podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into bootstrapping a startup. They address common misconceptions about funding, emphasizing the importance of making do with what you have and prioritizing what's truly necessary for business growth. The conversation covers practical ways to manage expenses without external funding, including strategies for hiring, marketing, and managing operational costs through discipline and creative solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>The hosts share personal experience on how to navigate the challenges of bootstrapping, highlighting the importance of being resourceful, making money to spend money, and avoiding typical startup traps. </p><p><br></p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br>00:00 Welcome to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:08 The Realities of Bootstrapping</p><p>01:35 Navigating the Bootstrapping Journey</p><p>04:50 Mastering the Art of Compensation in Bootstrapping</p><p>22:00 Innovative Marketing on a Shoestring Budget</p><p>26:50 Leveraging Vendor Terms and Historical Examples</p><p>28:18 The Power of Deferred Payments in Business Growth</p><p>33:20 Strategic Use of Credit Cards for Business Expenses</p><p>42:20 The Path to Efficient Startup Growth</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the startup therapy podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into bootstrapping a startup. They address common misconceptions about funding, emphasizing the importance of making do with what you have and prioritizing what's truly necessary for business growth. The conversation covers practical ways to manage expenses without external funding, including strategies for hiring, marketing, and managing operational costs through discipline and creative solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>The hosts share personal experience on how to navigate the challenges of bootstrapping, highlighting the importance of being resourceful, making money to spend money, and avoiding typical startup traps. </p><p><br></p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br>00:00 Welcome to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:08 The Realities of Bootstrapping</p><p>01:35 Navigating the Bootstrapping Journey</p><p>04:50 Mastering the Art of Compensation in Bootstrapping</p><p>22:00 Innovative Marketing on a Shoestring Budget</p><p>26:50 Leveraging Vendor Terms and Historical Examples</p><p>28:18 The Power of Deferred Payments in Business Growth</p><p>33:20 Strategic Use of Credit Cards for Business Expenses</p><p>42:20 The Path to Efficient Startup Growth</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2024 08:59:25 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startup Therapy</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7b421d33/78036aa3.mp3" length="51307826" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startup Therapy</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3204</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the startup therapy podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter delve into bootstrapping a startup. They address common misconceptions about funding, emphasizing the importance of making do with what you have and prioritizing what's truly necessary for business growth. The conversation covers practical ways to manage expenses without external funding, including strategies for hiring, marketing, and managing operational costs through discipline and creative solutions. </p><p><br></p><p>The hosts share personal experience on how to navigate the challenges of bootstrapping, highlighting the importance of being resourceful, making money to spend money, and avoiding typical startup traps. </p><p><br></p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br>00:00 Welcome to Startup Therapy</p><p>00:08 The Realities of Bootstrapping</p><p>01:35 Navigating the Bootstrapping Journey</p><p>04:50 Mastering the Art of Compensation in Bootstrapping</p><p>22:00 Innovative Marketing on a Shoestring Budget</p><p>26:50 Leveraging Vendor Terms and Historical Examples</p><p>28:18 The Power of Deferred Payments in Business Growth</p><p>33:20 Strategic Use of Credit Cards for Business Expenses</p><p>42:20 The Path to Efficient Startup Growth</p><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast, Investor Advice, technology, startups, startup advice, Startup Decision Making, Founder Advice, venture capital advice, Startup Funding Advice, </itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Spectrum of Investor Advice </title>
      <itunes:episode>248</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>248</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Spectrum of Investor Advice </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c355afef-9060-49cf-8a34-f587de85c3d3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b292f32f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the complexities of handling feedback from investors, emphasizing the critical need for founders to properly qualify and assess the advice they receive. They highlight the dangers of acting on feedback without considering its relevance, potential bias, and the investor's qualifications. The discussion covers the spectrum of investor types, from well-meaning but inexperienced individuals to top-tier venture capitalists, and the importance of understanding the context and motivation behind their advice. </p><p><br></p><p>You will find how to advocate for a balanced approach that involves questioning, verifying, and thoughtfully considering advice before taking action.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the complexities of handling feedback from investors, emphasizing the critical need for founders to properly qualify and assess the advice they receive. They highlight the dangers of acting on feedback without considering its relevance, potential bias, and the investor's qualifications. The discussion covers the spectrum of investor types, from well-meaning but inexperienced individuals to top-tier venture capitalists, and the importance of understanding the context and motivation behind their advice. </p><p><br></p><p>You will find how to advocate for a balanced approach that involves questioning, verifying, and thoughtfully considering advice before taking action.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2024 05:29:32 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startup Therapy</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b292f32f/49bdfe9b.mp3" length="41712367" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startup Therapy</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2604</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the complexities of handling feedback from investors, emphasizing the critical need for founders to properly qualify and assess the advice they receive. They highlight the dangers of acting on feedback without considering its relevance, potential bias, and the investor's qualifications. The discussion covers the spectrum of investor types, from well-meaning but inexperienced individuals to top-tier venture capitalists, and the importance of understanding the context and motivation behind their advice. </p><p><br></p><p>You will find how to advocate for a balanced approach that involves questioning, verifying, and thoughtfully considering advice before taking action.</p><p><br>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p><p>Resources:</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a> </li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://groups.startups.com/</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords>Startup Therapy Podcast, Investor Advice, technology, startups, startup advice, Startup Decision Making, Founder Advice, venture capital advice, Startup Funding Advice, </itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
      <podcast:chapters url="https://share.transistor.fm/s/b292f32f/chapters.json" type="application/json+chapters"/>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>$10K Per Month isn't Just Revenue. It's Life Support</title>
      <itunes:episode>247</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>247</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>$10K Per Month isn't Just Revenue. It's Life Support</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ac646fd-3962-4242-a28a-f1e3672f75bb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/af2f2823</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why earning atleast $10,000 per month is one of the most important milestones in your startup career. They stress the need to do whatever it takes to keep your business alive. Hitting this milestone gives you room to handle setbacks and shows that you're making real progress. Tune in for tips on managing startup finances and staying resilient in the ever-changing business world.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:08 The most important milestones in your business</li><li>06:20 Everybody’s number is different</li><li>10:27 The existential costs of both a business and its founders</li><li>12:28 Do whatever it takes to reach the basic milestone</li><li>16:12 Your startups should survive restarts</li><li>19:50 The importance of having a backstop</li><li>24:45 Maybe it’s not your year</li><li>26:05 Finding value in small milestones</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why earning atleast $10,000 per month is one of the most important milestones in your startup career. They stress the need to do whatever it takes to keep your business alive. Hitting this milestone gives you room to handle setbacks and shows that you're making real progress. Tune in for tips on managing startup finances and staying resilient in the ever-changing business world.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:08 The most important milestones in your business</li><li>06:20 Everybody’s number is different</li><li>10:27 The existential costs of both a business and its founders</li><li>12:28 Do whatever it takes to reach the basic milestone</li><li>16:12 Your startups should survive restarts</li><li>19:50 The importance of having a backstop</li><li>24:45 Maybe it’s not your year</li><li>26:05 Finding value in small milestones</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Mar 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/af2f2823/aa06c787.mp3" length="77606909" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1912</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why earning atleast $10,000 per month is one of the most important milestones in your startup career. They stress the need to do whatever it takes to keep your business alive. Hitting this milestone gives you room to handle setbacks and shows that you're making real progress. Tune in for tips on managing startup finances and staying resilient in the ever-changing business world.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:08 The most important milestones in your business</li><li>06:20 Everybody’s number is different</li><li>10:27 The existential costs of both a business and its founders</li><li>12:28 Do whatever it takes to reach the basic milestone</li><li>16:12 Your startups should survive restarts</li><li>19:50 The importance of having a backstop</li><li>24:45 Maybe it’s not your year</li><li>26:05 Finding value in small milestones</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do VCs Keep Giving "failed" Founders Money?</title>
      <itunes:episode>246</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>246</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Do VCs Keep Giving "failed" Founders Money?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">780ec954-2abd-4742-b704-4d9ecce8768f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/50c8e576</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why investors choose to invest on “failed” founders. They debunk the myth that failure marks the end of a founder's journey and shows why giving people a second chance is the best investment. Tune in as they explore the investor mindset, focusing on why they prefer to invest in founders who have shown they can bounce back and learn from failure, ultimately changing how we think about startup success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:03 Why giving people a second chance is the best investment</li><li>02:29 Redefining failure</li><li>04:59 “One failure doesn’t make the person a failure…”</li><li>09:30 If you’re making mistakes, you’re also learning</li><li>10:05 Spotlight on failure</li><li>13:59 The value of experience</li><li>16:49 Before the failure, there was a success</li><li>20:33 Trust and familiarity in investor-founder relationships</li><li>23:21 Challenge of investor decision-making</li><li>27:14 Focusing on building relationships</li><li>30:42 Investing in the founder’s mindset rather than ideas</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why investors choose to invest on “failed” founders. They debunk the myth that failure marks the end of a founder's journey and shows why giving people a second chance is the best investment. Tune in as they explore the investor mindset, focusing on why they prefer to invest in founders who have shown they can bounce back and learn from failure, ultimately changing how we think about startup success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:03 Why giving people a second chance is the best investment</li><li>02:29 Redefining failure</li><li>04:59 “One failure doesn’t make the person a failure…”</li><li>09:30 If you’re making mistakes, you’re also learning</li><li>10:05 Spotlight on failure</li><li>13:59 The value of experience</li><li>16:49 Before the failure, there was a success</li><li>20:33 Trust and familiarity in investor-founder relationships</li><li>23:21 Challenge of investor decision-making</li><li>27:14 Focusing on building relationships</li><li>30:42 Investing in the founder’s mindset rather than ideas</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Feb 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/50c8e576/39fa81e5.mp3" length="81986802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2022</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about why investors choose to invest on “failed” founders. They debunk the myth that failure marks the end of a founder's journey and shows why giving people a second chance is the best investment. Tune in as they explore the investor mindset, focusing on why they prefer to invest in founders who have shown they can bounce back and learn from failure, ultimately changing how we think about startup success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:03 Why giving people a second chance is the best investment</li><li>02:29 Redefining failure</li><li>04:59 “One failure doesn’t make the person a failure…”</li><li>09:30 If you’re making mistakes, you’re also learning</li><li>10:05 Spotlight on failure</li><li>13:59 The value of experience</li><li>16:49 Before the failure, there was a success</li><li>20:33 Trust and familiarity in investor-founder relationships</li><li>23:21 Challenge of investor decision-making</li><li>27:14 Focusing on building relationships</li><li>30:42 Investing in the founder’s mindset rather than ideas</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If It Makes Money, It Makes Sense</title>
      <itunes:episode>245</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>245</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If It Makes Money, It Makes Sense</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">10dbab03-c704-4179-941f-044ac7d4cd33</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e0588de5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the importance of generating revenue and being willing to do whatever it takes to move a startup forward. They discuss why it's crucial for entrepreneurs to prioritize generating income and share insights on how to overcome challenges in achieving financial sustainability. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:18 Difference between good and bad revenue</li><li>01:34 Unexpected opportunities</li><li>05:22 Prioritizing cash flow in the startup journey</li><li>08:43 The importance of runway</li><li>11:43 Focusing on startup survival </li><li>13:31 Reality of startup timelines</li><li>15:00 Why surviving matters more than speed</li><li>17:03 Overcoming self-imposed barriers</li><li>18:53 The value of paid product discovery</li><li>22:00 Learning through services</li><li>24:18 Building MVPs that truly deliver value</li><li>26:10 How side gigs can propel your startup forward</li><li>30:36 Sacrifice and success</li><li>35:13 Willingness x Hard Work = Cash</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the importance of generating revenue and being willing to do whatever it takes to move a startup forward. They discuss why it's crucial for entrepreneurs to prioritize generating income and share insights on how to overcome challenges in achieving financial sustainability. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:18 Difference between good and bad revenue</li><li>01:34 Unexpected opportunities</li><li>05:22 Prioritizing cash flow in the startup journey</li><li>08:43 The importance of runway</li><li>11:43 Focusing on startup survival </li><li>13:31 Reality of startup timelines</li><li>15:00 Why surviving matters more than speed</li><li>17:03 Overcoming self-imposed barriers</li><li>18:53 The value of paid product discovery</li><li>22:00 Learning through services</li><li>24:18 Building MVPs that truly deliver value</li><li>26:10 How side gigs can propel your startup forward</li><li>30:36 Sacrifice and success</li><li>35:13 Willingness x Hard Work = Cash</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Feb 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e0588de5/1cfceae8.mp3" length="92733465" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2289</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the importance of generating revenue and being willing to do whatever it takes to move a startup forward. They discuss why it's crucial for entrepreneurs to prioritize generating income and share insights on how to overcome challenges in achieving financial sustainability. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:18 Difference between good and bad revenue</li><li>01:34 Unexpected opportunities</li><li>05:22 Prioritizing cash flow in the startup journey</li><li>08:43 The importance of runway</li><li>11:43 Focusing on startup survival </li><li>13:31 Reality of startup timelines</li><li>15:00 Why surviving matters more than speed</li><li>17:03 Overcoming self-imposed barriers</li><li>18:53 The value of paid product discovery</li><li>22:00 Learning through services</li><li>24:18 Building MVPs that truly deliver value</li><li>26:10 How side gigs can propel your startup forward</li><li>30:36 Sacrifice and success</li><li>35:13 Willingness x Hard Work = Cash</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Hidden Treasure of Failed Startups</title>
      <itunes:episode>244</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>244</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Hidden Treasure of Failed Startups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">070dd4c6-997f-4c11-bf1e-54f4081ab1e0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ae09fd14</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the hidden treasure of failed startups.  From redefining valuation to creative acquisition strategies, they share insights on salvaging value from adversity. Tune in as they uncover the secrets to success amidst startup wreckage.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:42 What happens when venture-funded companies falter</li><li>06:11 Rethinking asset value</li><li>07:19 Recognizing when to pivot or let go</li><li>09:48 Business value vs. Venture value</li><li>10:52 True motivations behind exits</li><li>13:26 Disconnect between opex and value</li><li>15:57 Realities of startup valuation</li><li>18:59 Transforming nuisance assets into opportunity</li><li>21:08 Ownership and acquisition</li><li>22:27 Reclaiming startup assets</li><li>25:44 Startup value reset</li><li>29:56 Finding value in failed startups</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the hidden treasure of failed startups.  From redefining valuation to creative acquisition strategies, they share insights on salvaging value from adversity. Tune in as they uncover the secrets to success amidst startup wreckage.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:42 What happens when venture-funded companies falter</li><li>06:11 Rethinking asset value</li><li>07:19 Recognizing when to pivot or let go</li><li>09:48 Business value vs. Venture value</li><li>10:52 True motivations behind exits</li><li>13:26 Disconnect between opex and value</li><li>15:57 Realities of startup valuation</li><li>18:59 Transforming nuisance assets into opportunity</li><li>21:08 Ownership and acquisition</li><li>22:27 Reclaiming startup assets</li><li>25:44 Startup value reset</li><li>29:56 Finding value in failed startups</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Feb 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ae09fd14/94ac19d8.mp3" length="87118458" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2148</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about the hidden treasure of failed startups.  From redefining valuation to creative acquisition strategies, they share insights on salvaging value from adversity. Tune in as they uncover the secrets to success amidst startup wreckage.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:42 What happens when venture-funded companies falter</li><li>06:11 Rethinking asset value</li><li>07:19 Recognizing when to pivot or let go</li><li>09:48 Business value vs. Venture value</li><li>10:52 True motivations behind exits</li><li>13:26 Disconnect between opex and value</li><li>15:57 Realities of startup valuation</li><li>18:59 Transforming nuisance assets into opportunity</li><li>21:08 Ownership and acquisition</li><li>22:27 Reclaiming startup assets</li><li>25:44 Startup value reset</li><li>29:56 Finding value in failed startups</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Competitors Just Raised Funds - Am I Screwed?</title>
      <itunes:episode>243</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>243</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My Competitors Just Raised Funds - Am I Screwed?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dfc07afb-c624-41c9-9811-ebbd501f37da</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e4a08231</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about what happens if your competitor got funded. Join as they discuss the common concern of competitors securing funds and share valuable perspectives on why this might not be a cause for panic. They highlight the importance of maintaining focus, strategic planning, and turning the situation into an opportunity for your startup's success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 What happens when your competitor gets funded</li><li>04:15 Is fundraising all glitz and glamor?</li><li>06:08 The pitfalls after getting funded</li><li>10:20 Crowdfunding: Hype vs. Reality</li><li>12:49 When Iivestors become your customer</li><li>14:56 You now need to raise more money</li><li>18:08 When focus shifts from profit to preferences</li><li>25:38 The hidden costs of funding</li><li>30:04 How founders see beyond competitor funding</li><li>32:11 How to stay focused</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about what happens if your competitor got funded. Join as they discuss the common concern of competitors securing funds and share valuable perspectives on why this might not be a cause for panic. They highlight the importance of maintaining focus, strategic planning, and turning the situation into an opportunity for your startup's success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 What happens when your competitor gets funded</li><li>04:15 Is fundraising all glitz and glamor?</li><li>06:08 The pitfalls after getting funded</li><li>10:20 Crowdfunding: Hype vs. Reality</li><li>12:49 When Iivestors become your customer</li><li>14:56 You now need to raise more money</li><li>18:08 When focus shifts from profit to preferences</li><li>25:38 The hidden costs of funding</li><li>30:04 How founders see beyond competitor funding</li><li>32:11 How to stay focused</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e4a08231/9bc8a7e7.mp3" length="88698330" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2185</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about what happens if your competitor got funded. Join as they discuss the common concern of competitors securing funds and share valuable perspectives on why this might not be a cause for panic. They highlight the importance of maintaining focus, strategic planning, and turning the situation into an opportunity for your startup's success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 What happens when your competitor gets funded</li><li>04:15 Is fundraising all glitz and glamor?</li><li>06:08 The pitfalls after getting funded</li><li>10:20 Crowdfunding: Hype vs. Reality</li><li>12:49 When Iivestors become your customer</li><li>14:56 You now need to raise more money</li><li>18:08 When focus shifts from profit to preferences</li><li>25:38 The hidden costs of funding</li><li>30:04 How founders see beyond competitor funding</li><li>32:11 How to stay focused</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Having Zero Experience Be a Huge Asset?</title>
      <itunes:episode>242</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>242</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Having Zero Experience Be a Huge Asset?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7d36b761-5bc9-4dc8-816d-2cd722250904</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e826ed15</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore whether lacking prior experience can be a game-changer for startup founders. Having zero experience means you're new to something, and surprisingly, that can be a good thing. It brings a fresh perspective and adaptability. But for startup founders, could a lack of experience help you succeed or fail? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Is experience an asset?</li><li>03:19 The bias of experience</li><li>08:17 Balancing Experience and the Unknown</li><li>11:45 Why not?</li><li>12:50 Stop using someone else’s experience</li><li>19:11 Other people’s path is not yours</li><li>20:14 The best innovations are micro-innovations</li><li>21:47 Be too dumb to fail</li><li>26:09 Know what you know and don’t know</li><li>30:02 Just knowing the basics</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore whether lacking prior experience can be a game-changer for startup founders. Having zero experience means you're new to something, and surprisingly, that can be a good thing. It brings a fresh perspective and adaptability. But for startup founders, could a lack of experience help you succeed or fail? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Is experience an asset?</li><li>03:19 The bias of experience</li><li>08:17 Balancing Experience and the Unknown</li><li>11:45 Why not?</li><li>12:50 Stop using someone else’s experience</li><li>19:11 Other people’s path is not yours</li><li>20:14 The best innovations are micro-innovations</li><li>21:47 Be too dumb to fail</li><li>26:09 Know what you know and don’t know</li><li>30:02 Just knowing the basics</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jan 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e826ed15/11f87386.mp3" length="82445984" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2033</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore whether lacking prior experience can be a game-changer for startup founders. Having zero experience means you're new to something, and surprisingly, that can be a good thing. It brings a fresh perspective and adaptability. But for startup founders, could a lack of experience help you succeed or fail? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Is experience an asset?</li><li>03:19 The bias of experience</li><li>08:17 Balancing Experience and the Unknown</li><li>11:45 Why not?</li><li>12:50 Stop using someone else’s experience</li><li>19:11 Other people’s path is not yours</li><li>20:14 The best innovations are micro-innovations</li><li>21:47 Be too dumb to fail</li><li>26:09 Know what you know and don’t know</li><li>30:02 Just knowing the basics</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What If I Build a Startup That Just Makes Money?</title>
      <itunes:episode>241</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>241</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What If I Build a Startup That Just Makes Money?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">69b16db9-50b2-4475-9840-6c5bc3b99d94</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3ec6bde0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about whether a founder should focus on building a startup that just makes money. Ever thought about ditching the whole fundraising craze and simply building a startup that puts money in your pocket? Join Wil and Ryan as they navigate the path less traveled, exploring the freedom and sustainability that comes with creating a startup designed to consistently generate profits. It's not just about surviving in the business jungle, it's about thriving on your terms.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 The end of the fundraising era</li><li>04:14 Building success without venture funding</li><li>07:09 Trading freedom for growth</li><li>09:05 True value of incremental business growth</li><li>10:14 How bootstrapped businesses create sustainable wealth</li><li>14:54 Returning to the fundamental principles of business</li><li>16:18 Always have a plan B</li><li>19:22 Small wins add up</li><li>23:32 Founders need to play defense</li><li>25:58 Profits over hype</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about whether a founder should focus on building a startup that just makes money. Ever thought about ditching the whole fundraising craze and simply building a startup that puts money in your pocket? Join Wil and Ryan as they navigate the path less traveled, exploring the freedom and sustainability that comes with creating a startup designed to consistently generate profits. It's not just about surviving in the business jungle, it's about thriving on your terms.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 The end of the fundraising era</li><li>04:14 Building success without venture funding</li><li>07:09 Trading freedom for growth</li><li>09:05 True value of incremental business growth</li><li>10:14 How bootstrapped businesses create sustainable wealth</li><li>14:54 Returning to the fundamental principles of business</li><li>16:18 Always have a plan B</li><li>19:22 Small wins add up</li><li>23:32 Founders need to play defense</li><li>25:58 Profits over hype</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jan 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3ec6bde0/afb95663.mp3" length="76369570" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1879</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talks about whether a founder should focus on building a startup that just makes money. Ever thought about ditching the whole fundraising craze and simply building a startup that puts money in your pocket? Join Wil and Ryan as they navigate the path less traveled, exploring the freedom and sustainability that comes with creating a startup designed to consistently generate profits. It's not just about surviving in the business jungle, it's about thriving on your terms.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 The end of the fundraising era</li><li>04:14 Building success without venture funding</li><li>07:09 Trading freedom for growth</li><li>09:05 True value of incremental business growth</li><li>10:14 How bootstrapped businesses create sustainable wealth</li><li>14:54 Returning to the fundamental principles of business</li><li>16:18 Always have a plan B</li><li>19:22 Small wins add up</li><li>23:32 Founders need to play defense</li><li>25:58 Profits over hype</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Get Rockstar Startup Advisors</title>
      <itunes:episode>240</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>240</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Get Rockstar Startup Advisors</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8e5f153b-e850-4249-ba59-d3e9eee2aeba</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a326b96f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you can get rockstar advisors for your startup. Discover the common mistakes people make when they are getting people to be their advisors and what are the best strategies for asking them to be your advisor. Don’t miss out and find out if your startup needs an advisor or do you just need an advice?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:53 What is NOT an advisor</li><li>03:32 Advisors don’t want to spend a lot of time with you</li><li>04:59 The common mistakes people do when recruiting advisors</li><li>07:06 Don’t sell your soul for a moment in time</li><li>08:01 Just be willing to ask</li><li>11:41 Other people don’t know your “rockstars”</li><li>14:25 Possible reasons why they are advising you</li><li>17:46 How to ask someone to be your advisor?</li><li>24:51 The limitations to an advisor’s knowledge</li><li>29:31 Advisors beyond social validation</li><li>32:58 Getting an advisor is a give and get </li><li>39:31 What’s holding you back to ask?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you can get rockstar advisors for your startup. Discover the common mistakes people make when they are getting people to be their advisors and what are the best strategies for asking them to be your advisor. Don’t miss out and find out if your startup needs an advisor or do you just need an advice?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:53 What is NOT an advisor</li><li>03:32 Advisors don’t want to spend a lot of time with you</li><li>04:59 The common mistakes people do when recruiting advisors</li><li>07:06 Don’t sell your soul for a moment in time</li><li>08:01 Just be willing to ask</li><li>11:41 Other people don’t know your “rockstars”</li><li>14:25 Possible reasons why they are advising you</li><li>17:46 How to ask someone to be your advisor?</li><li>24:51 The limitations to an advisor’s knowledge</li><li>29:31 Advisors beyond social validation</li><li>32:58 Getting an advisor is a give and get </li><li>39:31 What’s holding you back to ask?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jan 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a326b96f/b84b9396.mp3" length="39517941" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2467</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you can get rockstar advisors for your startup. Discover the common mistakes people make when they are getting people to be their advisors and what are the best strategies for asking them to be your advisor. Don’t miss out and find out if your startup needs an advisor or do you just need an advice?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:53 What is NOT an advisor</li><li>03:32 Advisors don’t want to spend a lot of time with you</li><li>04:59 The common mistakes people do when recruiting advisors</li><li>07:06 Don’t sell your soul for a moment in time</li><li>08:01 Just be willing to ask</li><li>11:41 Other people don’t know your “rockstars”</li><li>14:25 Possible reasons why they are advising you</li><li>17:46 How to ask someone to be your advisor?</li><li>24:51 The limitations to an advisor’s knowledge</li><li>29:31 Advisors beyond social validation</li><li>32:58 Getting an advisor is a give and get </li><li>39:31 What’s holding you back to ask?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Job vs Startup - What Should I Do?</title>
      <itunes:episode>239</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>239</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Job vs Startup - What Should I Do?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3f5e245b-f2d8-466b-9ce8-ecff8c1da3bf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8d1c4ce5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you should get a steady paycheck or start your own startup. Choosing between a regular job and starting your own business is a big decision many face. Working a steady job offers security and a predictable income, while launching a startup is all about taking risks and creating something from scratch. Join them as they unpack the realities behind these choices, providing insights that could reshape your career perspective.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:23 Should you get a job or start a business?</li><li>03:43 Age matters</li><li>13:15 Soul vs. Salary</li><li>20:03 How much downside can you take?</li><li>22:11 Realistic probabilities of success</li><li>28:10 Three types of career choices</li><li>33:45 Risk, goals, and financial realities</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you should get a steady paycheck or start your own startup. Choosing between a regular job and starting your own business is a big decision many face. Working a steady job offers security and a predictable income, while launching a startup is all about taking risks and creating something from scratch. Join them as they unpack the realities behind these choices, providing insights that could reshape your career perspective.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:23 Should you get a job or start a business?</li><li>03:43 Age matters</li><li>13:15 Soul vs. Salary</li><li>20:03 How much downside can you take?</li><li>22:11 Realistic probabilities of success</li><li>28:10 Three types of career choices</li><li>33:45 Risk, goals, and financial realities</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jan 2024 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8d1c4ce5/d3b1b65c.mp3" length="90634499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2234</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you should get a steady paycheck or start your own startup. Choosing between a regular job and starting your own business is a big decision many face. Working a steady job offers security and a predictable income, while launching a startup is all about taking risks and creating something from scratch. Join them as they unpack the realities behind these choices, providing insights that could reshape your career perspective.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:23 Should you get a job or start a business?</li><li>03:43 Age matters</li><li>13:15 Soul vs. Salary</li><li>20:03 How much downside can you take?</li><li>22:11 Realistic probabilities of success</li><li>28:10 Three types of career choices</li><li>33:45 Risk, goals, and financial realities</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders Need a Steady Hand in the Storm</title>
      <itunes:episode>238</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>238</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders Need a Steady Hand in the Storm</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">32141d69-b078-48dd-863c-25c57d1ad9bf</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5bc6c2c8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of managing chaos as a founder. Keeping a startup on track is like steering a ship through rough waters. Founders must stay calm and focused amid the chaos, juggling priorities and tackling problems as they arise. It's about staying cool under pressure, sorting out what matters most, and finding opportunities in the midst of the storm. Ultimately, a founder's ability to handle the daily whirlwind defines their success in the unpredictable world of entrepreneurship.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:56 How do you manage the chaos of being a founder?</li><li>01:43 The first step to managing chaos is accepting chaos</li><li>02:10 The problems will be endless</li><li>05:06 Choose which problem to focus on</li><li>10:46 Isolate the chaos into small, solvable problems</li><li>13:53 The cost of lost focus in leadership</li><li>15:25 Prioritization and avoiding myopic solutions</li><li>21:11 Stack ranking of problems</li><li>23:06 Balancing individual tasks with collective objectives</li><li>25:12 Time as a problem-solving tool</li><li>34:24 Create focus in chaos</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of managing chaos as a founder. Keeping a startup on track is like steering a ship through rough waters. Founders must stay calm and focused amid the chaos, juggling priorities and tackling problems as they arise. It's about staying cool under pressure, sorting out what matters most, and finding opportunities in the midst of the storm. Ultimately, a founder's ability to handle the daily whirlwind defines their success in the unpredictable world of entrepreneurship.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:56 How do you manage the chaos of being a founder?</li><li>01:43 The first step to managing chaos is accepting chaos</li><li>02:10 The problems will be endless</li><li>05:06 Choose which problem to focus on</li><li>10:46 Isolate the chaos into small, solvable problems</li><li>13:53 The cost of lost focus in leadership</li><li>15:25 Prioritization and avoiding myopic solutions</li><li>21:11 Stack ranking of problems</li><li>23:06 Balancing individual tasks with collective objectives</li><li>25:12 Time as a problem-solving tool</li><li>34:24 Create focus in chaos</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Dec 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5bc6c2c8/8221205a.mp3" length="91898753" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2259</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of managing chaos as a founder. Keeping a startup on track is like steering a ship through rough waters. Founders must stay calm and focused amid the chaos, juggling priorities and tackling problems as they arise. It's about staying cool under pressure, sorting out what matters most, and finding opportunities in the midst of the storm. Ultimately, a founder's ability to handle the daily whirlwind defines their success in the unpredictable world of entrepreneurship.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:56 How do you manage the chaos of being a founder?</li><li>01:43 The first step to managing chaos is accepting chaos</li><li>02:10 The problems will be endless</li><li>05:06 Choose which problem to focus on</li><li>10:46 Isolate the chaos into small, solvable problems</li><li>13:53 The cost of lost focus in leadership</li><li>15:25 Prioritization and avoiding myopic solutions</li><li>21:11 Stack ranking of problems</li><li>23:06 Balancing individual tasks with collective objectives</li><li>25:12 Time as a problem-solving tool</li><li>34:24 Create focus in chaos</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>So You Think You Need a Co-Founder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>237</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>237</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>So You Think You Need a Co-Founder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5f1ae466-3fb6-4b74-8ff0-ddd5ff8bf7e5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4371dc6f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of having a co-founder. A co-founder can offer numerous benefits for a business. It allows for shared responsibilities, diverse skill sets, and a support system during challenging times. However, finding the right co-founder whose values align with yours and who complements your strengths and weaknesses is crucial for a successful partnership. In this episode, let’s find out how you can choose the right co-founder for your startup and know if you really do need one.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 Is it a good idea to get a co-founder?</li><li>02:48 Different categories to consider when picking a co-founder</li><li>05:01 ‘Who’s willing to do this?’</li><li>07:30 The criteria that founders set for choosing their co-founder</li><li>09:29 When you DON’T need a co-founder</li><li>10:32 It’s an expensive bet</li><li>11:40 Try before you buy</li><li>16:50 Everybody wants the upside, nobody wants the downside</li><li>21:23 Find someone committed and willing to outwork you</li><li>27:03 Are your co-founders valuable?</li><li>29:27 Getting involved with someone in the long term is hard</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of having a co-founder. A co-founder can offer numerous benefits for a business. It allows for shared responsibilities, diverse skill sets, and a support system during challenging times. However, finding the right co-founder whose values align with yours and who complements your strengths and weaknesses is crucial for a successful partnership. In this episode, let’s find out how you can choose the right co-founder for your startup and know if you really do need one.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 Is it a good idea to get a co-founder?</li><li>02:48 Different categories to consider when picking a co-founder</li><li>05:01 ‘Who’s willing to do this?’</li><li>07:30 The criteria that founders set for choosing their co-founder</li><li>09:29 When you DON’T need a co-founder</li><li>10:32 It’s an expensive bet</li><li>11:40 Try before you buy</li><li>16:50 Everybody wants the upside, nobody wants the downside</li><li>21:23 Find someone committed and willing to outwork you</li><li>27:03 Are your co-founders valuable?</li><li>29:27 Getting involved with someone in the long term is hard</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Nov 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4371dc6f/9ce842d4.mp3" length="84266002" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2075</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the idea of having a co-founder. A co-founder can offer numerous benefits for a business. It allows for shared responsibilities, diverse skill sets, and a support system during challenging times. However, finding the right co-founder whose values align with yours and who complements your strengths and weaknesses is crucial for a successful partnership. In this episode, let’s find out how you can choose the right co-founder for your startup and know if you really do need one.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 Is it a good idea to get a co-founder?</li><li>02:48 Different categories to consider when picking a co-founder</li><li>05:01 ‘Who’s willing to do this?’</li><li>07:30 The criteria that founders set for choosing their co-founder</li><li>09:29 When you DON’T need a co-founder</li><li>10:32 It’s an expensive bet</li><li>11:40 Try before you buy</li><li>16:50 Everybody wants the upside, nobody wants the downside</li><li>21:23 Find someone committed and willing to outwork you</li><li>27:03 Are your co-founders valuable?</li><li>29:27 Getting involved with someone in the long term is hard</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Scale My Impact Without Scaling My Team?</title>
      <itunes:episode>236</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>236</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Scale My Impact Without Scaling My Team?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">61ad6dc1-127b-4a79-b732-88353647323e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2d67c87d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the concept of scaling without adding or hiring more people. Making a significant impact doesn't always mean having a large team. You can achieve remarkable results with a compact and efficient group. Instead of expanding your team, you can focus on optimizing processes and leveraging innovative tools. Let's delve into the strategies that empower a small team to make a substantial difference, proving that size isn't the only measure of success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:23 Small Team, Big Dreams</li><li>08:03 Efficiency vs. Headcount</li><li>12:03 Size Creates Dysfunction</li><li>13:59 The Ripple Effects of Company Growth</li><li>15:27 The Myth of the 70% Employee</li><li>18:22 Scaling without Headcount</li><li>20:58 Cutting Back Workload Instead of Adding People</li><li>25:01 Building Impactful Products with Minimal Staff</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the concept of scaling without adding or hiring more people. Making a significant impact doesn't always mean having a large team. You can achieve remarkable results with a compact and efficient group. Instead of expanding your team, you can focus on optimizing processes and leveraging innovative tools. Let's delve into the strategies that empower a small team to make a substantial difference, proving that size isn't the only measure of success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:23 Small Team, Big Dreams</li><li>08:03 Efficiency vs. Headcount</li><li>12:03 Size Creates Dysfunction</li><li>13:59 The Ripple Effects of Company Growth</li><li>15:27 The Myth of the 70% Employee</li><li>18:22 Scaling without Headcount</li><li>20:58 Cutting Back Workload Instead of Adding People</li><li>25:01 Building Impactful Products with Minimal Staff</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Nov 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2d67c87d/5eaa0b03.mp3" length="69326619" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1689</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the concept of scaling without adding or hiring more people. Making a significant impact doesn't always mean having a large team. You can achieve remarkable results with a compact and efficient group. Instead of expanding your team, you can focus on optimizing processes and leveraging innovative tools. Let's delve into the strategies that empower a small team to make a substantial difference, proving that size isn't the only measure of success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:23 Small Team, Big Dreams</li><li>08:03 Efficiency vs. Headcount</li><li>12:03 Size Creates Dysfunction</li><li>13:59 The Ripple Effects of Company Growth</li><li>15:27 The Myth of the 70% Employee</li><li>18:22 Scaling without Headcount</li><li>20:58 Cutting Back Workload Instead of Adding People</li><li>25:01 Building Impactful Products with Minimal Staff</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Grind or Guilt, the Founder Dilemma</title>
      <itunes:episode>235</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>235</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Grind or Guilt, the Founder Dilemma</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">803fefef-3616-456c-96db-1456e3c9129b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f0df1c7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the grind and guilt dilemma of founders. Founders often struggle with the never-ending hard work of growing their business, driven by their passion and ambition. This can create a persistent feeling of guilt as they try to juggle work demands with their personal life and health. So how can you achieve a harmonious equilibrium that allows you to pursue your entrepreneurial dreams while also nurturing your mental and physical health and maintaining meaningful relationships?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Guilt out of fear</li><li>04:31 The fear of failing as a founder</li><li>08:57 Pride, guilt, and the struggle with asking for help</li><li>10:15 Entrepreneurship as a way out</li><li>13:29 Fear as a superpower</li><li>16:18 When guilt compounds…</li><li>18:31 The nobility in hard work</li><li>20:22 When work defines comfort</li><li>22:39 More money, more problems</li><li>25:08 Passion and pressure</li><li>28:45 Fear and greed in later life</li><li>31:06 Escaping the grip of work addiction</li><li>36:58 Self-imposed workaholism</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the grind and guilt dilemma of founders. Founders often struggle with the never-ending hard work of growing their business, driven by their passion and ambition. This can create a persistent feeling of guilt as they try to juggle work demands with their personal life and health. So how can you achieve a harmonious equilibrium that allows you to pursue your entrepreneurial dreams while also nurturing your mental and physical health and maintaining meaningful relationships?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Guilt out of fear</li><li>04:31 The fear of failing as a founder</li><li>08:57 Pride, guilt, and the struggle with asking for help</li><li>10:15 Entrepreneurship as a way out</li><li>13:29 Fear as a superpower</li><li>16:18 When guilt compounds…</li><li>18:31 The nobility in hard work</li><li>20:22 When work defines comfort</li><li>22:39 More money, more problems</li><li>25:08 Passion and pressure</li><li>28:45 Fear and greed in later life</li><li>31:06 Escaping the grip of work addiction</li><li>36:58 Self-imposed workaholism</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Nov 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6f0df1c7/c388f080.mp3" length="41975539" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2621</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the grind and guilt dilemma of founders. Founders often struggle with the never-ending hard work of growing their business, driven by their passion and ambition. This can create a persistent feeling of guilt as they try to juggle work demands with their personal life and health. So how can you achieve a harmonious equilibrium that allows you to pursue your entrepreneurial dreams while also nurturing your mental and physical health and maintaining meaningful relationships?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Guilt out of fear</li><li>04:31 The fear of failing as a founder</li><li>08:57 Pride, guilt, and the struggle with asking for help</li><li>10:15 Entrepreneurship as a way out</li><li>13:29 Fear as a superpower</li><li>16:18 When guilt compounds…</li><li>18:31 The nobility in hard work</li><li>20:22 When work defines comfort</li><li>22:39 More money, more problems</li><li>25:08 Passion and pressure</li><li>28:45 Fear and greed in later life</li><li>31:06 Escaping the grip of work addiction</li><li>36:58 Self-imposed workaholism</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Founders Driven by Fear or Greed?</title>
      <itunes:episode>234</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>234</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Founders Driven by Fear or Greed?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">df6b3140-81d4-410e-b7c3-aa140af95773</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0062400d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether founders are driven by fear or greed. In the world of startups, there's a question that keeps coming up: what drives founders? Is it the fear of failure, or is it the pursuit of wealth and success, often labeled as greed? In this episode, we delve into the motivations behind entrepreneurs' unique journeys. We explore the delicate balance between these two forces, seeking to uncover what truly fuels the hearts of founders as they navigate their daily challenges.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:37 Are founders really greedy?</li><li>05:00 Fear as motivation</li><li>10:54 Getting paid as a founder</li><li>16:19 A founder's fear of being called “greedy”</li><li>20:00 Recognizing founder’s achievements</li><li>22:26 Fear and greed cycle</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether founders are driven by fear or greed. In the world of startups, there's a question that keeps coming up: what drives founders? Is it the fear of failure, or is it the pursuit of wealth and success, often labeled as greed? In this episode, we delve into the motivations behind entrepreneurs' unique journeys. We explore the delicate balance between these two forces, seeking to uncover what truly fuels the hearts of founders as they navigate their daily challenges.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:37 Are founders really greedy?</li><li>05:00 Fear as motivation</li><li>10:54 Getting paid as a founder</li><li>16:19 A founder's fear of being called “greedy”</li><li>20:00 Recognizing founder’s achievements</li><li>22:26 Fear and greed cycle</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Oct 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0062400d/d08b49fa.mp3" length="64685441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1593</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether founders are driven by fear or greed. In the world of startups, there's a question that keeps coming up: what drives founders? Is it the fear of failure, or is it the pursuit of wealth and success, often labeled as greed? In this episode, we delve into the motivations behind entrepreneurs' unique journeys. We explore the delicate balance between these two forces, seeking to uncover what truly fuels the hearts of founders as they navigate their daily challenges.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:37 Are founders really greedy?</li><li>05:00 Fear as motivation</li><li>10:54 Getting paid as a founder</li><li>16:19 A founder's fear of being called “greedy”</li><li>20:00 Recognizing founder’s achievements</li><li>22:26 Fear and greed cycle</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if I'm Building the Wrong Product?</title>
      <itunes:episode>233</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>233</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if I'm Building the Wrong Product?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">06fbee5e-84de-450b-b435-a1165fa8aa86</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/80409327</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you as a founder will know if you’re building the right or wrong product. Have you ever had an idea, but you're just not sure if it's good? It's something that many entrepreneurs can relate to - that anxious feeling of whether what you think would be a successful product could actually just be a waste of your time. So how do you actually know if you’re building the right product?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 How do you know if you’re building the right product?</li><li>03:07 Ask your customers first</li><li>05:32 Don’t fall in love with your product idea</li><li>08:07 Start with solving a problem</li><li>09:38 Lessons from the Fundable experience</li><li>16:52 The MVP approach to startup ideas</li><li>20:49 Learning from past mistakes</li><li>27:45 When great products fail to shine</li><li>32:35 Knowing when to drop a product idea</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you as a founder will know if you’re building the right or wrong product. Have you ever had an idea, but you're just not sure if it's good? It's something that many entrepreneurs can relate to - that anxious feeling of whether what you think would be a successful product could actually just be a waste of your time. So how do you actually know if you’re building the right product?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 How do you know if you’re building the right product?</li><li>03:07 Ask your customers first</li><li>05:32 Don’t fall in love with your product idea</li><li>08:07 Start with solving a problem</li><li>09:38 Lessons from the Fundable experience</li><li>16:52 The MVP approach to startup ideas</li><li>20:49 Learning from past mistakes</li><li>27:45 When great products fail to shine</li><li>32:35 Knowing when to drop a product idea</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Oct 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/80409327/717cda2a.mp3" length="91248347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2254</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you as a founder will know if you’re building the right or wrong product. Have you ever had an idea, but you're just not sure if it's good? It's something that many entrepreneurs can relate to - that anxious feeling of whether what you think would be a successful product could actually just be a waste of your time. So how do you actually know if you’re building the right product?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 How do you know if you’re building the right product?</li><li>03:07 Ask your customers first</li><li>05:32 Don’t fall in love with your product idea</li><li>08:07 Start with solving a problem</li><li>09:38 Lessons from the Fundable experience</li><li>16:52 The MVP approach to startup ideas</li><li>20:49 Learning from past mistakes</li><li>27:45 When great products fail to shine</li><li>32:35 Knowing when to drop a product idea</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Startups Actually Get Bought</title>
      <itunes:episode>232</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>232</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Startups Actually Get Bought</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b47591b8-8234-4524-a31f-cccbc06e9cc8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/987ae890</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how startups are actually bought and sold. The process of buying and selling startups can be tricky. It's easy to get confused about how much a startup is really worth, and people sometimes have high hopes that don't match reality. When it comes to getting paid, the way deals are set up can be complicated, with some money coming right away and the rest later, often based on certain goals. To succeed in this startup world, it's important to understand these details and be realistic about what to expect.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 How are startups bought and sold?</li><li>02:32 Know and understand how the process works</li><li>07:45 Inbound calls in business sales</li><li>11:35 What's your business really worth?</li><li>16:35 Startup valuation</li><li>21:54 The reality of getting paid when selling your business</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how startups are actually bought and sold. The process of buying and selling startups can be tricky. It's easy to get confused about how much a startup is really worth, and people sometimes have high hopes that don't match reality. When it comes to getting paid, the way deals are set up can be complicated, with some money coming right away and the rest later, often based on certain goals. To succeed in this startup world, it's important to understand these details and be realistic about what to expect.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 How are startups bought and sold?</li><li>02:32 Know and understand how the process works</li><li>07:45 Inbound calls in business sales</li><li>11:35 What's your business really worth?</li><li>16:35 Startup valuation</li><li>21:54 The reality of getting paid when selling your business</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Oct 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/987ae890/32248c1f.mp3" length="75597079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1855</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how startups are actually bought and sold. The process of buying and selling startups can be tricky. It's easy to get confused about how much a startup is really worth, and people sometimes have high hopes that don't match reality. When it comes to getting paid, the way deals are set up can be complicated, with some money coming right away and the rest later, often based on certain goals. To succeed in this startup world, it's important to understand these details and be realistic about what to expect.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 How are startups bought and sold?</li><li>02:32 Know and understand how the process works</li><li>07:45 Inbound calls in business sales</li><li>11:35 What's your business really worth?</li><li>16:35 Startup valuation</li><li>21:54 The reality of getting paid when selling your business</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Am I Quitting My Startup, Or Letting Go?</title>
      <itunes:episode>231</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>231</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Am I Quitting My Startup, Or Letting Go?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9a9cbc43-7fa4-460e-a691-9a20535d1db4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a04e4a60</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when to quit or let go of your startup. If your startup has struggled for an extended period without meaningful progress, causing financial strain, and lacks market validation, it might be time to consider quitting. Additionally, if the startup is taking a toll on your physical and emotional well-being, negatively impacting relationships, or if you've lost passion for the project, quitting could be a wise decision. Remember, quitting isn't always a failure; sometimes, it's a strategic move toward a brighter entrepreneurial future.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Do you want to quit?</li><li>03:41 Would you stay in your startup if it were a job?</li><li>06:48 When quitting is the smart choice</li><li>09:08 What is quitting?</li><li>14:01 Deciding when to quit a startup</li><li>19:29 Staying for fear of failure</li><li>26:29 When to let go </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when to quit or let go of your startup. If your startup has struggled for an extended period without meaningful progress, causing financial strain, and lacks market validation, it might be time to consider quitting. Additionally, if the startup is taking a toll on your physical and emotional well-being, negatively impacting relationships, or if you've lost passion for the project, quitting could be a wise decision. Remember, quitting isn't always a failure; sometimes, it's a strategic move toward a brighter entrepreneurial future.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Do you want to quit?</li><li>03:41 Would you stay in your startup if it were a job?</li><li>06:48 When quitting is the smart choice</li><li>09:08 What is quitting?</li><li>14:01 Deciding when to quit a startup</li><li>19:29 Staying for fear of failure</li><li>26:29 When to let go </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Oct 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a04e4a60/f6807346.mp3" length="70765106" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1745</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when to quit or let go of your startup. If your startup has struggled for an extended period without meaningful progress, causing financial strain, and lacks market validation, it might be time to consider quitting. Additionally, if the startup is taking a toll on your physical and emotional well-being, negatively impacting relationships, or if you've lost passion for the project, quitting could be a wise decision. Remember, quitting isn't always a failure; sometimes, it's a strategic move toward a brighter entrepreneurial future.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Do you want to quit?</li><li>03:41 Would you stay in your startup if it were a job?</li><li>06:48 When quitting is the smart choice</li><li>09:08 What is quitting?</li><li>14:01 Deciding when to quit a startup</li><li>19:29 Staying for fear of failure</li><li>26:29 When to let go </li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How long do we ACTUALLY have?</title>
      <itunes:episode>230</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>230</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How long do we ACTUALLY have?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b8dd906-18af-4e2e-95b3-50055c7403e0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bd98d986</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the challenge of maintaining a long-term vision in the fast-paced world of startups. It's easy to get sidetracked by short-term goals and immediate survival mode. But here's the deal: Founders need to find that sweet spot between the urgent stuff and the big-picture dream. Regularly reminding themselves why they started this journey and resisting the temptation of trendy distractions can help them stay on track. It's not about chasing quick wins; it's about building something that stands the test of time.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 When startups get stuck in survival mode</li><li>02:20 Distractions from a long-term vision</li><li>07:43 Confusing urgency from short-term decision-making</li><li>14:06 “It takes time to build a good business…”</li><li>16:38 Stop burning yourselves out over short-term expectations</li><li>19:52 Ensuring your best work without regret</li><li>24:42 Balancing speed and quality</li><li>26:36 Building something meaningful over a decade</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the challenge of maintaining a long-term vision in the fast-paced world of startups. It's easy to get sidetracked by short-term goals and immediate survival mode. But here's the deal: Founders need to find that sweet spot between the urgent stuff and the big-picture dream. Regularly reminding themselves why they started this journey and resisting the temptation of trendy distractions can help them stay on track. It's not about chasing quick wins; it's about building something that stands the test of time.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 When startups get stuck in survival mode</li><li>02:20 Distractions from a long-term vision</li><li>07:43 Confusing urgency from short-term decision-making</li><li>14:06 “It takes time to build a good business…”</li><li>16:38 Stop burning yourselves out over short-term expectations</li><li>19:52 Ensuring your best work without regret</li><li>24:42 Balancing speed and quality</li><li>26:36 Building something meaningful over a decade</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Oct 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bd98d986/fd171c7d.mp3" length="46678976" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1906</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the challenge of maintaining a long-term vision in the fast-paced world of startups. It's easy to get sidetracked by short-term goals and immediate survival mode. But here's the deal: Founders need to find that sweet spot between the urgent stuff and the big-picture dream. Regularly reminding themselves why they started this journey and resisting the temptation of trendy distractions can help them stay on track. It's not about chasing quick wins; it's about building something that stands the test of time.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 When startups get stuck in survival mode</li><li>02:20 Distractions from a long-term vision</li><li>07:43 Confusing urgency from short-term decision-making</li><li>14:06 “It takes time to build a good business…”</li><li>16:38 Stop burning yourselves out over short-term expectations</li><li>19:52 Ensuring your best work without regret</li><li>24:42 Balancing speed and quality</li><li>26:36 Building something meaningful over a decade</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I replace myself as a Founder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>229</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>229</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I replace myself as a Founder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c87c87d3-b60c-4a52-93c0-3cc399395701</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8cbebf86</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can replace yourself as a founder. Founders often struggle to step aside in a company because their deep commitment and personal connection to the company's mission are hard to duplicate. Their passion, values, and individual perspective are tough to find in an outsider, potentially causing a mismatch in goals and values. Moreover, it's emotionally challenging for founders to entrust someone else with their vision.In a nutshell, founders can't easily replace themselves because their unique identity and the company's culture are closely linked, making it hard to find someone who truly embodies their spirit.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Can we replace the founder?</li><li>03:02 Why changing the founder wouldn’t work</li><li>06:06 “You can’t hire and train passion…”</li><li>14:10 Know who you’re hiring</li><li>19:14 Wanting to sabotage the new person</li><li>22:08 Incentives in hiring</li><li>26:31 You can’t replace yourself</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can replace yourself as a founder. Founders often struggle to step aside in a company because their deep commitment and personal connection to the company's mission are hard to duplicate. Their passion, values, and individual perspective are tough to find in an outsider, potentially causing a mismatch in goals and values. Moreover, it's emotionally challenging for founders to entrust someone else with their vision.In a nutshell, founders can't easily replace themselves because their unique identity and the company's culture are closely linked, making it hard to find someone who truly embodies their spirit.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Can we replace the founder?</li><li>03:02 Why changing the founder wouldn’t work</li><li>06:06 “You can’t hire and train passion…”</li><li>14:10 Know who you’re hiring</li><li>19:14 Wanting to sabotage the new person</li><li>22:08 Incentives in hiring</li><li>26:31 You can’t replace yourself</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Sep 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8cbebf86/d4fd5bbc.mp3" length="80801483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1974</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can replace yourself as a founder. Founders often struggle to step aside in a company because their deep commitment and personal connection to the company's mission are hard to duplicate. Their passion, values, and individual perspective are tough to find in an outsider, potentially causing a mismatch in goals and values. Moreover, it's emotionally challenging for founders to entrust someone else with their vision.In a nutshell, founders can't easily replace themselves because their unique identity and the company's culture are closely linked, making it hard to find someone who truly embodies their spirit.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Can we replace the founder?</li><li>03:02 Why changing the founder wouldn’t work</li><li>06:06 “You can’t hire and train passion…”</li><li>14:10 Know who you’re hiring</li><li>19:14 Wanting to sabotage the new person</li><li>22:08 Incentives in hiring</li><li>26:31 You can’t replace yourself</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who am I Really Competing Against?</title>
      <itunes:episode>228</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>228</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who am I Really Competing Against?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">70104792-be40-42a1-91bd-91daa276c185</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e77f4227</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss who founders are really competing against. Founders are often never satisfied because they constantly set new, self-imposed benchmarks and goals. They compete against a changing definition of success, driven by their ego and perceptions of their peers. As they reach one milestone, they quickly construct new challenges, making it challenging to ever achieve lasting contentment in their entrepreneurial journey. Finding a balance between ambition and recognizing their achievements can lead to greater satisfaction and a healthier perspective on success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 A founder's rollercoaster of satisfaction</li><li>03:51 Why successful founders are never satisfied</li><li>05:45 Peer competition</li><li>10:37 The problem with comparison</li><li>15:25 Competing for our own safety</li><li>20:49 “We create a much more unsafe environment…”</li><li>22:36 Competitors ability to affect your safety</li><li>24:10 Endless chase of success</li><li>28:34 Ego vs. Contentment</li><li>33:38 Why we can’t find the finish line</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss who founders are really competing against. Founders are often never satisfied because they constantly set new, self-imposed benchmarks and goals. They compete against a changing definition of success, driven by their ego and perceptions of their peers. As they reach one milestone, they quickly construct new challenges, making it challenging to ever achieve lasting contentment in their entrepreneurial journey. Finding a balance between ambition and recognizing their achievements can lead to greater satisfaction and a healthier perspective on success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 A founder's rollercoaster of satisfaction</li><li>03:51 Why successful founders are never satisfied</li><li>05:45 Peer competition</li><li>10:37 The problem with comparison</li><li>15:25 Competing for our own safety</li><li>20:49 “We create a much more unsafe environment…”</li><li>22:36 Competitors ability to affect your safety</li><li>24:10 Endless chase of success</li><li>28:34 Ego vs. Contentment</li><li>33:38 Why we can’t find the finish line</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Sep 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e77f4227/5b65afd7.mp3" length="94582339" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2332</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss who founders are really competing against. Founders are often never satisfied because they constantly set new, self-imposed benchmarks and goals. They compete against a changing definition of success, driven by their ego and perceptions of their peers. As they reach one milestone, they quickly construct new challenges, making it challenging to ever achieve lasting contentment in their entrepreneurial journey. Finding a balance between ambition and recognizing their achievements can lead to greater satisfaction and a healthier perspective on success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 A founder's rollercoaster of satisfaction</li><li>03:51 Why successful founders are never satisfied</li><li>05:45 Peer competition</li><li>10:37 The problem with comparison</li><li>15:25 Competing for our own safety</li><li>20:49 “We create a much more unsafe environment…”</li><li>22:36 Competitors ability to affect your safety</li><li>24:10 Endless chase of success</li><li>28:34 Ego vs. Contentment</li><li>33:38 Why we can’t find the finish line</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Investors are NOT on Our Side of the Table</title>
      <itunes:episode>227</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>227</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Investors are NOT on Our Side of the Table</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b4e4467-797d-4428-9498-5350cfda3d84</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d0f3d0fa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic that investors and founders are not on the same side of the table. In the startup world, it's important to recognize that investors and founders don't always see eye to eye. Investors are primarily looking to make money, which can sometimes clash with a founder's vision. Balancing these interests can be tricky. Founders need to stay true to their startup's vision while also considering what their investors want, fostering a productive relationship. Good communication and finding common ground are key to ensuring the startup's success in the long run.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Investors are only on the same side when everything is good</li><li>04:07 This is your only bet, not the investor’s</li><li>07:21 Guarantee of a paycheck</li><li>10:15 Why does it matter to be on the same side?</li><li>15:52 When investors believe you’re on the same side of the table…</li><li>17:14 Investors have the luxury of saying no</li><li>25:10 What’s valuable to you might be different from the investors</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic that investors and founders are not on the same side of the table. In the startup world, it's important to recognize that investors and founders don't always see eye to eye. Investors are primarily looking to make money, which can sometimes clash with a founder's vision. Balancing these interests can be tricky. Founders need to stay true to their startup's vision while also considering what their investors want, fostering a productive relationship. Good communication and finding common ground are key to ensuring the startup's success in the long run.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Investors are only on the same side when everything is good</li><li>04:07 This is your only bet, not the investor’s</li><li>07:21 Guarantee of a paycheck</li><li>10:15 Why does it matter to be on the same side?</li><li>15:52 When investors believe you’re on the same side of the table…</li><li>17:14 Investors have the luxury of saying no</li><li>25:10 What’s valuable to you might be different from the investors</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Sep 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d0f3d0fa/e6dee246.mp3" length="67372126" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1658</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic that investors and founders are not on the same side of the table. In the startup world, it's important to recognize that investors and founders don't always see eye to eye. Investors are primarily looking to make money, which can sometimes clash with a founder's vision. Balancing these interests can be tricky. Founders need to stay true to their startup's vision while also considering what their investors want, fostering a productive relationship. Good communication and finding common ground are key to ensuring the startup's success in the long run.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 Investors are only on the same side when everything is good</li><li>04:07 This is your only bet, not the investor’s</li><li>07:21 Guarantee of a paycheck</li><li>10:15 Why does it matter to be on the same side?</li><li>15:52 When investors believe you’re on the same side of the table…</li><li>17:14 Investors have the luxury of saying no</li><li>25:10 What’s valuable to you might be different from the investors</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Plan for Bad Times - Budget in Good Times</title>
      <itunes:episode>226</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>226</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Plan for Bad Times - Budget in Good Times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fd4e883-6122-45ec-8e79-6f139951fd5f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a32bd80e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss planning for the bad times and good times in your startup company. It's not all sunshine during the good times, and not all doom and gloom during the bad times. It's about striking that perfect balance in your startup's strategy. The secret to achieving longevity in the ever-shifting landscape of entrepreneurship? Continuous adaptation, vigilant monitoring of key performance indicators, and the ability to pivot when necessary, all while staying true to your business's core mission and values.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:59 Good and bad times aren’t just a single moment in time</li><li>04:31 Are founders aware of these oscillations?</li><li>05:45 “In good times, we plan for good times…”</li><li>10:04 What is longevity for startups?</li><li>19:04 Make decisions based on the likelihood of the outcome</li><li>21:03 Opportunities are planted during bad times</li><li>26:56 Plan for the hibernation</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss planning for the bad times and good times in your startup company. It's not all sunshine during the good times, and not all doom and gloom during the bad times. It's about striking that perfect balance in your startup's strategy. The secret to achieving longevity in the ever-shifting landscape of entrepreneurship? Continuous adaptation, vigilant monitoring of key performance indicators, and the ability to pivot when necessary, all while staying true to your business's core mission and values.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:59 Good and bad times aren’t just a single moment in time</li><li>04:31 Are founders aware of these oscillations?</li><li>05:45 “In good times, we plan for good times…”</li><li>10:04 What is longevity for startups?</li><li>19:04 Make decisions based on the likelihood of the outcome</li><li>21:03 Opportunities are planted during bad times</li><li>26:56 Plan for the hibernation</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Sep 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a32bd80e/d8f74653.mp3" length="71639759" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1767</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss planning for the bad times and good times in your startup company. It's not all sunshine during the good times, and not all doom and gloom during the bad times. It's about striking that perfect balance in your startup's strategy. The secret to achieving longevity in the ever-shifting landscape of entrepreneurship? Continuous adaptation, vigilant monitoring of key performance indicators, and the ability to pivot when necessary, all while staying true to your business's core mission and values.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:59 Good and bad times aren’t just a single moment in time</li><li>04:31 Are founders aware of these oscillations?</li><li>05:45 “In good times, we plan for good times…”</li><li>10:04 What is longevity for startups?</li><li>19:04 Make decisions based on the likelihood of the outcome</li><li>21:03 Opportunities are planted during bad times</li><li>26:56 Plan for the hibernation</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When a $40M is More Than a $200M Exit</title>
      <itunes:episode>225</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>225</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When a $40M is More Than a $200M Exit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0da1bedc-75d0-4b68-8c55-f988d90843a9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b292a7a3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why a lower valuation exit can offer founders more advantageous financial outcomes than a higher valuation exit. This happens because of things like how much of the company's ownership each founder still has and what investors are expecting from their investments. As startups grow and get more funding, founders might end up owning less of the company. So even if an exit seems worth more on paper, the actual money each founder gets can be less due to having a smaller piece of the pie. Let’s delve into the maze of startup exits, exploring the delicate interplay between exit values, ownership, and the real-world implications.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 Navigating funding &amp; exit strategies</li><li>05:59 Optionality </li><li>09:23 Outcomes can vary depending on the funding path chosen</li><li>13:46 Founder fatigue</li><li>17:53 What are preferences?</li><li>25:34 Protect your downside first</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why a lower valuation exit can offer founders more advantageous financial outcomes than a higher valuation exit. This happens because of things like how much of the company's ownership each founder still has and what investors are expecting from their investments. As startups grow and get more funding, founders might end up owning less of the company. So even if an exit seems worth more on paper, the actual money each founder gets can be less due to having a smaller piece of the pie. Let’s delve into the maze of startup exits, exploring the delicate interplay between exit values, ownership, and the real-world implications.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 Navigating funding &amp; exit strategies</li><li>05:59 Optionality </li><li>09:23 Outcomes can vary depending on the funding path chosen</li><li>13:46 Founder fatigue</li><li>17:53 What are preferences?</li><li>25:34 Protect your downside first</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Aug 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b292a7a3/3b38c0dc.mp3" length="33468156" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1988</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why a lower valuation exit can offer founders more advantageous financial outcomes than a higher valuation exit. This happens because of things like how much of the company's ownership each founder still has and what investors are expecting from their investments. As startups grow and get more funding, founders might end up owning less of the company. So even if an exit seems worth more on paper, the actual money each founder gets can be less due to having a smaller piece of the pie. Let’s delve into the maze of startup exits, exploring the delicate interplay between exit values, ownership, and the real-world implications.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 Navigating funding &amp; exit strategies</li><li>05:59 Optionality </li><li>09:23 Outcomes can vary depending on the funding path chosen</li><li>13:46 Founder fatigue</li><li>17:53 What are preferences?</li><li>25:34 Protect your downside first</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don't Fear the Reaper (AI Edition)</title>
      <itunes:episode>224</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>224</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don't Fear the Reaper (AI Edition)</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82930274-ed05-4c74-bfd2-5d41ca15603e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/97e0d5b5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t fear the AI revolution that’s coming. Founders shouldn't fear changes in technology because embracing advancements can bring various advantages. These changes often lead to improved efficiency, streamlined processes, and better decision-making. Adapting to technological shifts enables founders to stay competitive, innovate, and explore new opportunities, ultimately fostering growth and success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:44 Technology is always changing</li><li>03:51 What happens when a revolution comes around?</li><li>07:23 Why are we afraid of this?</li><li>12:12 Become better tool operators</li><li>17:40 Is displacement a bad thing?</li><li>24:57 Not embracing the future can destroy you</li><li>28:26 Be on the right side of change</li><li>30:57 Change is scary</li><li>33:25 AI taking decisions for us</li><li>38:06 Are people lazy by nature?</li><li>42:24 The negative effects of technology</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t fear the AI revolution that’s coming. Founders shouldn't fear changes in technology because embracing advancements can bring various advantages. These changes often lead to improved efficiency, streamlined processes, and better decision-making. Adapting to technological shifts enables founders to stay competitive, innovate, and explore new opportunities, ultimately fostering growth and success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:44 Technology is always changing</li><li>03:51 What happens when a revolution comes around?</li><li>07:23 Why are we afraid of this?</li><li>12:12 Become better tool operators</li><li>17:40 Is displacement a bad thing?</li><li>24:57 Not embracing the future can destroy you</li><li>28:26 Be on the right side of change</li><li>30:57 Change is scary</li><li>33:25 AI taking decisions for us</li><li>38:06 Are people lazy by nature?</li><li>42:24 The negative effects of technology</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/97e0d5b5/2892de36.mp3" length="47846611" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2880</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t fear the AI revolution that’s coming. Founders shouldn't fear changes in technology because embracing advancements can bring various advantages. These changes often lead to improved efficiency, streamlined processes, and better decision-making. Adapting to technological shifts enables founders to stay competitive, innovate, and explore new opportunities, ultimately fostering growth and success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:44 Technology is always changing</li><li>03:51 What happens when a revolution comes around?</li><li>07:23 Why are we afraid of this?</li><li>12:12 Become better tool operators</li><li>17:40 Is displacement a bad thing?</li><li>24:57 Not embracing the future can destroy you</li><li>28:26 Be on the right side of change</li><li>30:57 Change is scary</li><li>33:25 AI taking decisions for us</li><li>38:06 Are people lazy by nature?</li><li>42:24 The negative effects of technology</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don't Let Investors Become Your Customers</title>
      <itunes:episode>223</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>223</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don't Let Investors Become Your Customers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">999103a8-e057-4cec-9e65-18306d2622a9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/77677774</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t let investors become your customers. When you prioritize investor demands over customer needs in pursuit of additional funding, you risk losing touch with your market's true requirements. This could lead to developing products or services that don't align with customer expectations, potentially resulting in poor adoption and revenue generation. Over time, prioritizing investor preferences over customer feedback could erode customer trust and loyalty, negatively impacting your long-term business sustainability.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:12 Optimizing for what investors want</li><li>02:13 Two types of investor feedback</li><li>03:47 Being in the capital raising business</li><li>04:53 What happens when you pitch to investors vs. provide to customers</li><li>06:10 “You’re just as vulnerable at the beginning of fundraising as you are at the end of fundraising…”</li><li>07:44 The investors don’t matter to the business</li><li>09:10 Jumping on trend for the money</li><li>16:37 Investors have a different game that they’re playing</li><li>18:15 Investor Optics vs. Customer Value</li><li>22:11 Navigating investor expectations and customer demands</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t let investors become your customers. When you prioritize investor demands over customer needs in pursuit of additional funding, you risk losing touch with your market's true requirements. This could lead to developing products or services that don't align with customer expectations, potentially resulting in poor adoption and revenue generation. Over time, prioritizing investor preferences over customer feedback could erode customer trust and loyalty, negatively impacting your long-term business sustainability.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:12 Optimizing for what investors want</li><li>02:13 Two types of investor feedback</li><li>03:47 Being in the capital raising business</li><li>04:53 What happens when you pitch to investors vs. provide to customers</li><li>06:10 “You’re just as vulnerable at the beginning of fundraising as you are at the end of fundraising…”</li><li>07:44 The investors don’t matter to the business</li><li>09:10 Jumping on trend for the money</li><li>16:37 Investors have a different game that they’re playing</li><li>18:15 Investor Optics vs. Customer Value</li><li>22:11 Navigating investor expectations and customer demands</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Aug 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/77677774/5a86661a.mp3" length="66741592" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1647</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you shouldn’t let investors become your customers. When you prioritize investor demands over customer needs in pursuit of additional funding, you risk losing touch with your market's true requirements. This could lead to developing products or services that don't align with customer expectations, potentially resulting in poor adoption and revenue generation. Over time, prioritizing investor preferences over customer feedback could erode customer trust and loyalty, negatively impacting your long-term business sustainability.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:12 Optimizing for what investors want</li><li>02:13 Two types of investor feedback</li><li>03:47 Being in the capital raising business</li><li>04:53 What happens when you pitch to investors vs. provide to customers</li><li>06:10 “You’re just as vulnerable at the beginning of fundraising as you are at the end of fundraising…”</li><li>07:44 The investors don’t matter to the business</li><li>09:10 Jumping on trend for the money</li><li>16:37 Investors have a different game that they’re playing</li><li>18:15 Investor Optics vs. Customer Value</li><li>22:11 Navigating investor expectations and customer demands</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Can't Stay Out Of The Game For Too Long</title>
      <itunes:episode>222</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>222</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Can't Stay Out Of The Game For Too Long</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0367cc5b-8985-4d2e-aa3b-157ac54c60d0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5e40573e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens when founders stay out of the game for too long. Startup founders can't afford lengthy breaks from the game because the skills and mindset crucial for entrepreneurship can weaken over time. Startups demand ongoing learning and adaptability due to their rapid evolution. But here's the burning question: Can you still come back strong after a break, ready to tackle the dynamic challenges of the startup world?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:17 When you’re not relevant anymore</li><li>03:58 The startup muscle</li><li>05:54 Challenges in re-entering the game</li><li>08:27 The difference between taking a rest and quasi-retiring</li><li>10:08 Too soon or too late?</li><li>12:51 Relationships and relevancy</li><li>15:17 You lose relevance, relationships, and your mind</li><li>18:37 Pitfalls of taking a break</li><li>22:51 Don’t stay out of the game too long</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens when founders stay out of the game for too long. Startup founders can't afford lengthy breaks from the game because the skills and mindset crucial for entrepreneurship can weaken over time. Startups demand ongoing learning and adaptability due to their rapid evolution. But here's the burning question: Can you still come back strong after a break, ready to tackle the dynamic challenges of the startup world?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:17 When you’re not relevant anymore</li><li>03:58 The startup muscle</li><li>05:54 Challenges in re-entering the game</li><li>08:27 The difference between taking a rest and quasi-retiring</li><li>10:08 Too soon or too late?</li><li>12:51 Relationships and relevancy</li><li>15:17 You lose relevance, relationships, and your mind</li><li>18:37 Pitfalls of taking a break</li><li>22:51 Don’t stay out of the game too long</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Aug 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5e40573e/29746020.mp3" length="62080295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1509</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens when founders stay out of the game for too long. Startup founders can't afford lengthy breaks from the game because the skills and mindset crucial for entrepreneurship can weaken over time. Startups demand ongoing learning and adaptability due to their rapid evolution. But here's the burning question: Can you still come back strong after a break, ready to tackle the dynamic challenges of the startup world?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:17 When you’re not relevant anymore</li><li>03:58 The startup muscle</li><li>05:54 Challenges in re-entering the game</li><li>08:27 The difference between taking a rest and quasi-retiring</li><li>10:08 Too soon or too late?</li><li>12:51 Relationships and relevancy</li><li>15:17 You lose relevance, relationships, and your mind</li><li>18:37 Pitfalls of taking a break</li><li>22:51 Don’t stay out of the game too long</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if our Dreams are an Illusion?</title>
      <itunes:episode>221</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>221</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if our Dreams are an Illusion?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e680b1f6-5d91-4b2a-92dc-3f3feaf28eb4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ff964feb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if your dreams as a founder is an illusion. The dream seems so valuable because it's something you don't have right now. But it's essential to play test your goals and ask yourself if you'd truly enjoy it once you achieve them. Sometimes, the journey and the process of pursuing a startup are more important than the final outcome, so it's crucial to think about whether the sacrifices are really worth it for your long-term happiness and sense of purpose.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:08 What if your startup dream is bullsh*t?</li><li>03:11 Investing in something uncertain</li><li>07:59 Did you test-drive it?</li><li>09:45 The cost of being wrong</li><li>19:33 Assessing risk in a startup</li><li>25:53 It’s valuable now because you don’t have it</li><li>27:48 Recalibrate your goals</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if your dreams as a founder is an illusion. The dream seems so valuable because it's something you don't have right now. But it's essential to play test your goals and ask yourself if you'd truly enjoy it once you achieve them. Sometimes, the journey and the process of pursuing a startup are more important than the final outcome, so it's crucial to think about whether the sacrifices are really worth it for your long-term happiness and sense of purpose.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:08 What if your startup dream is bullsh*t?</li><li>03:11 Investing in something uncertain</li><li>07:59 Did you test-drive it?</li><li>09:45 The cost of being wrong</li><li>19:33 Assessing risk in a startup</li><li>25:53 It’s valuable now because you don’t have it</li><li>27:48 Recalibrate your goals</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Jul 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ff964feb/d7edc52f.mp3" length="79505384" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1965</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if your dreams as a founder is an illusion. The dream seems so valuable because it's something you don't have right now. But it's essential to play test your goals and ask yourself if you'd truly enjoy it once you achieve them. Sometimes, the journey and the process of pursuing a startup are more important than the final outcome, so it's crucial to think about whether the sacrifices are really worth it for your long-term happiness and sense of purpose.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:08 What if your startup dream is bullsh*t?</li><li>03:11 Investing in something uncertain</li><li>07:59 Did you test-drive it?</li><li>09:45 The cost of being wrong</li><li>19:33 Assessing risk in a startup</li><li>25:53 It’s valuable now because you don’t have it</li><li>27:48 Recalibrate your goals</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if this isn't a "Big Business"?</title>
      <itunes:episode>220</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>220</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if this isn't a "Big Business"?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">34dd0836-ab1f-4de0-a868-b6ce0941f0f5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a17bd55c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic of building a “big business”. Scaling rapidly can lead to market dominance and attract investors, but it also involves higher resource demands and potential pitfalls. On the other hand, building a profitable and sustainable business may allow for steady growth, reduced risks, and long-term viability. By reevaluating goals and priorities, founders may discover the benefits of a steady and enduring approach that aligns with their vision and values. So what’s it going to be? Are you going to go big or go home? Or are you going to go steady and go long?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 You don’t need to make a “big business”</li><li>06:13 Who is this big enough business for?</li><li>09:51 Building a profitable business is much easier to achieve</li><li>13:01 Focus on your actual goal</li><li>15:35 The path to freedom</li><li>19:23 When people belittle more money</li><li>24:02 Think about sustainability instead</li><li>26:23 The probability to build a big business is insanely small</li><li>28:23 Dimes vs. Dollars businesses</li><li>31:46 The dangers of aiming too high</li><li>34:01 Goals and metrics when it comes to scaling a business</li><li>40:13 Problem-solving and resource efficiency in startups</li><li>43:02 Stop pleasing investors</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic of building a “big business”. Scaling rapidly can lead to market dominance and attract investors, but it also involves higher resource demands and potential pitfalls. On the other hand, building a profitable and sustainable business may allow for steady growth, reduced risks, and long-term viability. By reevaluating goals and priorities, founders may discover the benefits of a steady and enduring approach that aligns with their vision and values. So what’s it going to be? Are you going to go big or go home? Or are you going to go steady and go long?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 You don’t need to make a “big business”</li><li>06:13 Who is this big enough business for?</li><li>09:51 Building a profitable business is much easier to achieve</li><li>13:01 Focus on your actual goal</li><li>15:35 The path to freedom</li><li>19:23 When people belittle more money</li><li>24:02 Think about sustainability instead</li><li>26:23 The probability to build a big business is insanely small</li><li>28:23 Dimes vs. Dollars businesses</li><li>31:46 The dangers of aiming too high</li><li>34:01 Goals and metrics when it comes to scaling a business</li><li>40:13 Problem-solving and resource efficiency in startups</li><li>43:02 Stop pleasing investors</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jul 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a17bd55c/b820b544.mp3" length="71216835" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2923</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the topic of building a “big business”. Scaling rapidly can lead to market dominance and attract investors, but it also involves higher resource demands and potential pitfalls. On the other hand, building a profitable and sustainable business may allow for steady growth, reduced risks, and long-term viability. By reevaluating goals and priorities, founders may discover the benefits of a steady and enduring approach that aligns with their vision and values. So what’s it going to be? Are you going to go big or go home? Or are you going to go steady and go long?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 You don’t need to make a “big business”</li><li>06:13 Who is this big enough business for?</li><li>09:51 Building a profitable business is much easier to achieve</li><li>13:01 Focus on your actual goal</li><li>15:35 The path to freedom</li><li>19:23 When people belittle more money</li><li>24:02 Think about sustainability instead</li><li>26:23 The probability to build a big business is insanely small</li><li>28:23 Dimes vs. Dollars businesses</li><li>31:46 The dangers of aiming too high</li><li>34:01 Goals and metrics when it comes to scaling a business</li><li>40:13 Problem-solving and resource efficiency in startups</li><li>43:02 Stop pleasing investors</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Not All Problems Are Apocalyptic</title>
      <itunes:episode>219</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>219</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Not All Problems Are Apocalyptic</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a9d67ce3-c626-4503-8e1d-8418e9033e95</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ba383806</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how all problems are not the end of the world for founders. While running a startup can be challenging and bring various obstacles, not every problem leads to failure or signifies the end. Startup founders often encounter a range of difficulties, including financial setbacks, operational hurdles, or competition. However, with resilience, adaptability, and problem-solving skills, founders can navigate these challenges, learn from them, and continue to grow their businesses. It's important for founders to maintain a positive mindset, seek support from mentors and networks, and view problems as opportunities for growth and improvement.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:38 Not all problems are apocalyptic</li><li>03:12 Startup problem vs. True “end of the world” problem</li><li>11:33 Externalizing the problem normalizes it</li><li>12:34 Why categorize your problems by levels?</li><li>15:53 Don’t overprioritize one problem and ignore the others</li><li>16:53 Stop making everything a level 10</li><li>20:40 You will never run out of problems</li><li>27:30 Time will come problems won’t even faze you</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how all problems are not the end of the world for founders. While running a startup can be challenging and bring various obstacles, not every problem leads to failure or signifies the end. Startup founders often encounter a range of difficulties, including financial setbacks, operational hurdles, or competition. However, with resilience, adaptability, and problem-solving skills, founders can navigate these challenges, learn from them, and continue to grow their businesses. It's important for founders to maintain a positive mindset, seek support from mentors and networks, and view problems as opportunities for growth and improvement.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:38 Not all problems are apocalyptic</li><li>03:12 Startup problem vs. True “end of the world” problem</li><li>11:33 Externalizing the problem normalizes it</li><li>12:34 Why categorize your problems by levels?</li><li>15:53 Don’t overprioritize one problem and ignore the others</li><li>16:53 Stop making everything a level 10</li><li>20:40 You will never run out of problems</li><li>27:30 Time will come problems won’t even faze you</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ba383806/a345db7d.mp3" length="43702310" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1782</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how all problems are not the end of the world for founders. While running a startup can be challenging and bring various obstacles, not every problem leads to failure or signifies the end. Startup founders often encounter a range of difficulties, including financial setbacks, operational hurdles, or competition. However, with resilience, adaptability, and problem-solving skills, founders can navigate these challenges, learn from them, and continue to grow their businesses. It's important for founders to maintain a positive mindset, seek support from mentors and networks, and view problems as opportunities for growth and improvement.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:38 Not all problems are apocalyptic</li><li>03:12 Startup problem vs. True “end of the world” problem</li><li>11:33 Externalizing the problem normalizes it</li><li>12:34 Why categorize your problems by levels?</li><li>15:53 Don’t overprioritize one problem and ignore the others</li><li>16:53 Stop making everything a level 10</li><li>20:40 You will never run out of problems</li><li>27:30 Time will come problems won’t even faze you</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Listening to Investors</title>
      <itunes:episode>218</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>218</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Listening to Investors</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dca948a9-2075-470e-9eb2-687f085f911d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/28a4dff8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you should stop listening to investors. While investors can provide valuable insights and expertise, founders should exercise caution when relying too heavily on their advice. Investors often prioritize financial returns and short-term gains, whereas founders have a deep understanding of their vision and long-term goals. Over-reliance on investor advice may compromise the original vision and unique value proposition of the business, hindering its potential for growth and innovation. Founders should carefully evaluate and consider investor advice while staying true to their own vision and strategic direction.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:19 Investors are not fortune tellers</li><li>06:42 They just speculate everything</li><li>08:11 What one investor says doesn’t represent all the investors</li><li>09:13 Investing in a certain industry doesn’t make them an expert</li><li>10:31 Match their advice with their experience</li><li>12:45 If you want advice, go to experts</li><li>15:35 A well-intended advice can still derail you</li><li>16:27 Even if it’s a strong opinion, it doesn’t mean it’s right</li><li>21:20 Get a lot of feedback but consider the source</li><li>23:04 Checkbooks = writing checks, not giving advice</li><li>24:22 Investors can give bad assumptions, so don’t treat them like gospel</li><li>28:33 A positive feedback might actually mean “no”</li><li>30:09 Nobody can turn the wheel other than you</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you should stop listening to investors. While investors can provide valuable insights and expertise, founders should exercise caution when relying too heavily on their advice. Investors often prioritize financial returns and short-term gains, whereas founders have a deep understanding of their vision and long-term goals. Over-reliance on investor advice may compromise the original vision and unique value proposition of the business, hindering its potential for growth and innovation. Founders should carefully evaluate and consider investor advice while staying true to their own vision and strategic direction.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:19 Investors are not fortune tellers</li><li>06:42 They just speculate everything</li><li>08:11 What one investor says doesn’t represent all the investors</li><li>09:13 Investing in a certain industry doesn’t make them an expert</li><li>10:31 Match their advice with their experience</li><li>12:45 If you want advice, go to experts</li><li>15:35 A well-intended advice can still derail you</li><li>16:27 Even if it’s a strong opinion, it doesn’t mean it’s right</li><li>21:20 Get a lot of feedback but consider the source</li><li>23:04 Checkbooks = writing checks, not giving advice</li><li>24:22 Investors can give bad assumptions, so don’t treat them like gospel</li><li>28:33 A positive feedback might actually mean “no”</li><li>30:09 Nobody can turn the wheel other than you</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jul 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/28a4dff8/dc85c21a.mp3" length="75634187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1869</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why you should stop listening to investors. While investors can provide valuable insights and expertise, founders should exercise caution when relying too heavily on their advice. Investors often prioritize financial returns and short-term gains, whereas founders have a deep understanding of their vision and long-term goals. Over-reliance on investor advice may compromise the original vision and unique value proposition of the business, hindering its potential for growth and innovation. Founders should carefully evaluate and consider investor advice while staying true to their own vision and strategic direction.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:19 Investors are not fortune tellers</li><li>06:42 They just speculate everything</li><li>08:11 What one investor says doesn’t represent all the investors</li><li>09:13 Investing in a certain industry doesn’t make them an expert</li><li>10:31 Match their advice with their experience</li><li>12:45 If you want advice, go to experts</li><li>15:35 A well-intended advice can still derail you</li><li>16:27 Even if it’s a strong opinion, it doesn’t mean it’s right</li><li>21:20 Get a lot of feedback but consider the source</li><li>23:04 Checkbooks = writing checks, not giving advice</li><li>24:22 Investors can give bad assumptions, so don’t treat them like gospel</li><li>28:33 A positive feedback might actually mean “no”</li><li>30:09 Nobody can turn the wheel other than you</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can You Build a Startup in Less Than 40 Hours a Week?</title>
      <itunes:episode>217</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>217</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can You Build a Startup in Less Than 40 Hours a Week?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c148ce70-0373-4d61-846f-66e30eb6cd6a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/eaf9422c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can actually build a startup in less than 40 hours a week. Building a successful startup typically requires a significant investment of time and effort. While it's theoretically possible to work on a startup for less than 40 hours a week, it may significantly impact the chances of success. Building a startup is not just one job; it involves planning, research, product development, marketing, and networking. By committing more hours initially, founders can accelerate the growth and development of their startup, potentially leading to a point where they can work fewer hours in the future. Ultimately, the time invested in the early stages can significantly influence the trajectory and potential success of a startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:16 Time is the only resource you got</li><li>05:05 It’s now survival mode</li><li>06:21 Why would you start this if you don’t want to put yourself in completely?</li><li>08:15 Focus all your energy on one thing</li><li>09:25 In a startup, 40 hours is not enough</li><li>10:27 You can work less in the future if you work more now</li><li>13:43 Time commitment to the business</li><li>15:52 When things need to get done, they need to be done</li><li>18:43 It depends on how many people will get affected</li><li>20:03 It just needs to take time in the beginning</li><li>25:07 For startups, everything is variable</li><li>27:22 Experience is not a formula for success</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can actually build a startup in less than 40 hours a week. Building a successful startup typically requires a significant investment of time and effort. While it's theoretically possible to work on a startup for less than 40 hours a week, it may significantly impact the chances of success. Building a startup is not just one job; it involves planning, research, product development, marketing, and networking. By committing more hours initially, founders can accelerate the growth and development of their startup, potentially leading to a point where they can work fewer hours in the future. Ultimately, the time invested in the early stages can significantly influence the trajectory and potential success of a startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:16 Time is the only resource you got</li><li>05:05 It’s now survival mode</li><li>06:21 Why would you start this if you don’t want to put yourself in completely?</li><li>08:15 Focus all your energy on one thing</li><li>09:25 In a startup, 40 hours is not enough</li><li>10:27 You can work less in the future if you work more now</li><li>13:43 Time commitment to the business</li><li>15:52 When things need to get done, they need to be done</li><li>18:43 It depends on how many people will get affected</li><li>20:03 It just needs to take time in the beginning</li><li>25:07 For startups, everything is variable</li><li>27:22 Experience is not a formula for success</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jun 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/eaf9422c/bbf6be01.mp3" length="73119970" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1808</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if you can actually build a startup in less than 40 hours a week. Building a successful startup typically requires a significant investment of time and effort. While it's theoretically possible to work on a startup for less than 40 hours a week, it may significantly impact the chances of success. Building a startup is not just one job; it involves planning, research, product development, marketing, and networking. By committing more hours initially, founders can accelerate the growth and development of their startup, potentially leading to a point where they can work fewer hours in the future. Ultimately, the time invested in the early stages can significantly influence the trajectory and potential success of a startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:16 Time is the only resource you got</li><li>05:05 It’s now survival mode</li><li>06:21 Why would you start this if you don’t want to put yourself in completely?</li><li>08:15 Focus all your energy on one thing</li><li>09:25 In a startup, 40 hours is not enough</li><li>10:27 You can work less in the future if you work more now</li><li>13:43 Time commitment to the business</li><li>15:52 When things need to get done, they need to be done</li><li>18:43 It depends on how many people will get affected</li><li>20:03 It just needs to take time in the beginning</li><li>25:07 For startups, everything is variable</li><li>27:22 Experience is not a formula for success</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Bootstrapped Startups Less Valuable Than Venture-Funded Startups?</title>
      <itunes:episode>216</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>216</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Bootstrapped Startups Less Valuable Than Venture-Funded Startups?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">23f3be0d-106a-4431-a33a-379b43ce6228</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1ad41d01</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether bootstrapped startups are less valuable than venture-funded startups. The value of a startup isn't only determined by its funding source. While venture-funded startups may have more money and support initially, bootstrapped startups can still be valuable and successful. Bootstrapping often leads to efficient operations, as founders have to focus on making money and becoming profitable without relying on outside investments. In the end, the value of a startup depends on things like its potential in the market, how much it's growing, how well its product fits the market, and the skills of its team, regardless of how it's funded.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:44 What do founders feel when they are not funded?</li><li>03:47 There are only a few companies that get venture funded</li><li>06:44 If you don’t raise VC, who cares?</li><li>08:52 What happens after you get the funding?</li><li>13:32 Getting funded = smaller options</li><li>17:39 Who are you creating value for?</li><li>22:32 Bootstrapping is okay </li><li>25:53 The optionality of bootstrapping</li><li>27:34 Creativity and resourcefulness from bootstrapping</li><li>28:49 Don’t let your startup be valuable to someone other than you</li><li>29:54 Bootstrapping a business that won’t generate profit right away</li><li>35:08 Patience is an incredible asset</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether bootstrapped startups are less valuable than venture-funded startups. The value of a startup isn't only determined by its funding source. While venture-funded startups may have more money and support initially, bootstrapped startups can still be valuable and successful. Bootstrapping often leads to efficient operations, as founders have to focus on making money and becoming profitable without relying on outside investments. In the end, the value of a startup depends on things like its potential in the market, how much it's growing, how well its product fits the market, and the skills of its team, regardless of how it's funded.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:44 What do founders feel when they are not funded?</li><li>03:47 There are only a few companies that get venture funded</li><li>06:44 If you don’t raise VC, who cares?</li><li>08:52 What happens after you get the funding?</li><li>13:32 Getting funded = smaller options</li><li>17:39 Who are you creating value for?</li><li>22:32 Bootstrapping is okay </li><li>25:53 The optionality of bootstrapping</li><li>27:34 Creativity and resourcefulness from bootstrapping</li><li>28:49 Don’t let your startup be valuable to someone other than you</li><li>29:54 Bootstrapping a business that won’t generate profit right away</li><li>35:08 Patience is an incredible asset</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jun 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1ad41d01/13a27324.mp3" length="111133542" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2735</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether bootstrapped startups are less valuable than venture-funded startups. The value of a startup isn't only determined by its funding source. While venture-funded startups may have more money and support initially, bootstrapped startups can still be valuable and successful. Bootstrapping often leads to efficient operations, as founders have to focus on making money and becoming profitable without relying on outside investments. In the end, the value of a startup depends on things like its potential in the market, how much it's growing, how well its product fits the market, and the skills of its team, regardless of how it's funded.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:44 What do founders feel when they are not funded?</li><li>03:47 There are only a few companies that get venture funded</li><li>06:44 If you don’t raise VC, who cares?</li><li>08:52 What happens after you get the funding?</li><li>13:32 Getting funded = smaller options</li><li>17:39 Who are you creating value for?</li><li>22:32 Bootstrapping is okay </li><li>25:53 The optionality of bootstrapping</li><li>27:34 Creativity and resourcefulness from bootstrapping</li><li>28:49 Don’t let your startup be valuable to someone other than you</li><li>29:54 Bootstrapping a business that won’t generate profit right away</li><li>35:08 Patience is an incredible asset</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Founders Don't Ask For Help</title>
      <itunes:episode>215</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>215</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Founders Don't Ask For Help</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">03fb1b02-054a-47cd-ba53-07c70d7e1146</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2c7739e2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders don’t like to ask for help. Founders sometimes hold back from asking for help because they worry about losing control, looking weak, burdening others, or feeling like they have to do everything themselves. However, it's actually really important for founders to push past these concerns and ask for help. Getting guidance and support from experienced folks can give them awesome insights, expertise, and connections that can speed up their growth and success. It lets founders tap into different perspectives, learn from other people's experiences, and access resources that can help them tackle challenges and make smarter choices.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:58 You could learn something if you just ask for help</li><li>06:32 Why founders find it hard to ask for help</li><li>08:57 When there’s literally no one else but you</li><li>10:32 Unique problem vs. a problem other founders experienced already</li><li>15:15 How do you know it’s good advice?</li><li>20:31 Asking for help is not a weakness</li><li>22:40 Difference between getting advice and experience feedback</li><li>24:43 When you’re “too busy” to ask for help</li><li>29:10 The advice should be timely</li><li>30:23 Ask someone who knows the topic for a long time</li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders don’t like to ask for help. Founders sometimes hold back from asking for help because they worry about losing control, looking weak, burdening others, or feeling like they have to do everything themselves. However, it's actually really important for founders to push past these concerns and ask for help. Getting guidance and support from experienced folks can give them awesome insights, expertise, and connections that can speed up their growth and success. It lets founders tap into different perspectives, learn from other people's experiences, and access resources that can help them tackle challenges and make smarter choices.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:58 You could learn something if you just ask for help</li><li>06:32 Why founders find it hard to ask for help</li><li>08:57 When there’s literally no one else but you</li><li>10:32 Unique problem vs. a problem other founders experienced already</li><li>15:15 How do you know it’s good advice?</li><li>20:31 Asking for help is not a weakness</li><li>22:40 Difference between getting advice and experience feedback</li><li>24:43 When you’re “too busy” to ask for help</li><li>29:10 The advice should be timely</li><li>30:23 Ask someone who knows the topic for a long time</li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jun 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2c7739e2/c310da91.mp3" length="81389640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2015</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders don’t like to ask for help. Founders sometimes hold back from asking for help because they worry about losing control, looking weak, burdening others, or feeling like they have to do everything themselves. However, it's actually really important for founders to push past these concerns and ask for help. Getting guidance and support from experienced folks can give them awesome insights, expertise, and connections that can speed up their growth and success. It lets founders tap into different perspectives, learn from other people's experiences, and access resources that can help them tackle challenges and make smarter choices.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:58 You could learn something if you just ask for help</li><li>06:32 Why founders find it hard to ask for help</li><li>08:57 When there’s literally no one else but you</li><li>10:32 Unique problem vs. a problem other founders experienced already</li><li>15:15 How do you know it’s good advice?</li><li>20:31 Asking for help is not a weakness</li><li>22:40 Difference between getting advice and experience feedback</li><li>24:43 When you’re “too busy” to ask for help</li><li>29:10 The advice should be timely</li><li>30:23 Ask someone who knows the topic for a long time</li></ul><p><br></p>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Design My Startup Around My Life?</title>
      <itunes:episode>214</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>214</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Design My Startup Around My Life?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">127ad57b-b615-4017-a010-3b3f33aae9ad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0765d995</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders can design their startups around their life. Should your life adjust to your startup or could you design your startup to fit your lifestyle? It's all about making intentional choices and taking small steps to align your business with your desired lifestyle. By carefully planning, testing things out, and being open to adjustments, you can create a startup that fits seamlessly into your personal life instead of consuming it. It's all about finding that sweet spot where work and life complement each other.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:26 Beyond binary thinking</li><li>02:08 What was your lifestyle 10 years ago?</li><li>05:46 Baby steps to improve your life</li><li>07:09 Starting a work-from-home setup</li><li>09:30 Remote work and personal health</li><li>11:22 The challenges and rewards of incremental changes in work and life</li><li>15:20 Stop seeking certainty</li><li>17:09 Make this your corporate goal and externalize it</li><li>22:20 Share your personal goals with your team</li><li>26:38 Take one step toward your goals</li><li>30:26 As founders, you can do anything</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders can design their startups around their life. Should your life adjust to your startup or could you design your startup to fit your lifestyle? It's all about making intentional choices and taking small steps to align your business with your desired lifestyle. By carefully planning, testing things out, and being open to adjustments, you can create a startup that fits seamlessly into your personal life instead of consuming it. It's all about finding that sweet spot where work and life complement each other.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:26 Beyond binary thinking</li><li>02:08 What was your lifestyle 10 years ago?</li><li>05:46 Baby steps to improve your life</li><li>07:09 Starting a work-from-home setup</li><li>09:30 Remote work and personal health</li><li>11:22 The challenges and rewards of incremental changes in work and life</li><li>15:20 Stop seeking certainty</li><li>17:09 Make this your corporate goal and externalize it</li><li>22:20 Share your personal goals with your team</li><li>26:38 Take one step toward your goals</li><li>30:26 As founders, you can do anything</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0765d995/04c2748e.mp3" length="48756020" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2030</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders can design their startups around their life. Should your life adjust to your startup or could you design your startup to fit your lifestyle? It's all about making intentional choices and taking small steps to align your business with your desired lifestyle. By carefully planning, testing things out, and being open to adjustments, you can create a startup that fits seamlessly into your personal life instead of consuming it. It's all about finding that sweet spot where work and life complement each other.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:26 Beyond binary thinking</li><li>02:08 What was your lifestyle 10 years ago?</li><li>05:46 Baby steps to improve your life</li><li>07:09 Starting a work-from-home setup</li><li>09:30 Remote work and personal health</li><li>11:22 The challenges and rewards of incremental changes in work and life</li><li>15:20 Stop seeking certainty</li><li>17:09 Make this your corporate goal and externalize it</li><li>22:20 Share your personal goals with your team</li><li>26:38 Take one step toward your goals</li><li>30:26 As founders, you can do anything</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Time is Your Greatest Asset</title>
      <itunes:episode>213</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>213</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Time is Your Greatest Asset</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7da1bc6d-799d-475b-b859-4ad565ccf984</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f984f967</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can stay in the game longer. Most founders want the result faster without thinking about longevity and sustainability. In the fast-paced world of startups, thinking long-term is a total game-changer. It's like stepping back and getting the big picture, setting up a rock-solid foundation, and planning for sustainable growth. When founders shift their focus from quick wins to the long haul, they become masters at spotting obstacles, riding market waves, and making smart choices that match their ultimate vision. Thinking long-term not only toughens you up, but it also attracts investors and partners who are in it for the long run, boosting your chances of scoring lasting success in the crazy world of startups.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Creating a startup that will last in the long run</li><li>04:06 Focusing on longevity</li><li>06:11 Make a bet</li><li>10:40 Hiring as a bad bet</li><li>14:32 Put survivability first</li><li>16:17 It’s like the same playbook</li><li>19:13 Try to make it past year 3</li><li>20:51 Think about longterm</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can stay in the game longer. Most founders want the result faster without thinking about longevity and sustainability. In the fast-paced world of startups, thinking long-term is a total game-changer. It's like stepping back and getting the big picture, setting up a rock-solid foundation, and planning for sustainable growth. When founders shift their focus from quick wins to the long haul, they become masters at spotting obstacles, riding market waves, and making smart choices that match their ultimate vision. Thinking long-term not only toughens you up, but it also attracts investors and partners who are in it for the long run, boosting your chances of scoring lasting success in the crazy world of startups.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Creating a startup that will last in the long run</li><li>04:06 Focusing on longevity</li><li>06:11 Make a bet</li><li>10:40 Hiring as a bad bet</li><li>14:32 Put survivability first</li><li>16:17 It’s like the same playbook</li><li>19:13 Try to make it past year 3</li><li>20:51 Think about longterm</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 May 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f984f967/3ca6a1dd.mp3" length="66806259" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1648</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can stay in the game longer. Most founders want the result faster without thinking about longevity and sustainability. In the fast-paced world of startups, thinking long-term is a total game-changer. It's like stepping back and getting the big picture, setting up a rock-solid foundation, and planning for sustainable growth. When founders shift their focus from quick wins to the long haul, they become masters at spotting obstacles, riding market waves, and making smart choices that match their ultimate vision. Thinking long-term not only toughens you up, but it also attracts investors and partners who are in it for the long run, boosting your chances of scoring lasting success in the crazy world of startups.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Creating a startup that will last in the long run</li><li>04:06 Focusing on longevity</li><li>06:11 Make a bet</li><li>10:40 Hiring as a bad bet</li><li>14:32 Put survivability first</li><li>16:17 It’s like the same playbook</li><li>19:13 Try to make it past year 3</li><li>20:51 Think about longterm</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Toll on Everyone Around a Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>212</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>212</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Toll on Everyone Around a Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b39d063-0e3d-4a98-99c5-adc488dd72d8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3cb065e3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the toll on everyone around a founder. This topic is close to every founder's heart: the ripple effect their journey has on everyone around them. Let’s deep dive into the nitty-gritty of how being a founder impacts family, friends, and relationships. Being a founder can take a toll on everyone around you in different ways. Your family might feel the strain of your demanding schedule and the ups and downs of the startup rollercoaster. Friends might sense a disconnect as your focus shifts. It's all about finding that delicate balance and keeping the lines of communication open, so you can navigate the challenges together and maintain those important relationships along the way.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:00 The toll on everyone around you</li><li>04:47 Why founders can’t empathize with the people around them?</li><li>06:42 Marriage </li><li>09:21 “This is not our spouse’s dream…”</li><li>14:26 Asking about the best thing that’s happened to each other’s day</li><li>17:46 What happens to the kids?</li><li>26:20 There’s no interest earned on happiness deferred</li><li>27:45 Friendships</li><li>30:05 The bank of friendship</li><li>33:24 Balancing success and relationships</li><li>37:19 It has a compounding effect</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the toll on everyone around a founder. This topic is close to every founder's heart: the ripple effect their journey has on everyone around them. Let’s deep dive into the nitty-gritty of how being a founder impacts family, friends, and relationships. Being a founder can take a toll on everyone around you in different ways. Your family might feel the strain of your demanding schedule and the ups and downs of the startup rollercoaster. Friends might sense a disconnect as your focus shifts. It's all about finding that delicate balance and keeping the lines of communication open, so you can navigate the challenges together and maintain those important relationships along the way.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:00 The toll on everyone around you</li><li>04:47 Why founders can’t empathize with the people around them?</li><li>06:42 Marriage </li><li>09:21 “This is not our spouse’s dream…”</li><li>14:26 Asking about the best thing that’s happened to each other’s day</li><li>17:46 What happens to the kids?</li><li>26:20 There’s no interest earned on happiness deferred</li><li>27:45 Friendships</li><li>30:05 The bank of friendship</li><li>33:24 Balancing success and relationships</li><li>37:19 It has a compounding effect</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 May 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3cb065e3/04969506.mp3" length="57956783" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2369</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the toll on everyone around a founder. This topic is close to every founder's heart: the ripple effect their journey has on everyone around them. Let’s deep dive into the nitty-gritty of how being a founder impacts family, friends, and relationships. Being a founder can take a toll on everyone around you in different ways. Your family might feel the strain of your demanding schedule and the ups and downs of the startup rollercoaster. Friends might sense a disconnect as your focus shifts. It's all about finding that delicate balance and keeping the lines of communication open, so you can navigate the challenges together and maintain those important relationships along the way.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:00 The toll on everyone around you</li><li>04:47 Why founders can’t empathize with the people around them?</li><li>06:42 Marriage </li><li>09:21 “This is not our spouse’s dream…”</li><li>14:26 Asking about the best thing that’s happened to each other’s day</li><li>17:46 What happens to the kids?</li><li>26:20 There’s no interest earned on happiness deferred</li><li>27:45 Friendships</li><li>30:05 The bank of friendship</li><li>33:24 Balancing success and relationships</li><li>37:19 It has a compounding effect</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Big Starts Breed False Victories</title>
      <itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>211</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Big Starts Breed False Victories</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e39235a0-4da8-4c80-9b3e-e6cc2e6313c9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6f6e9c94</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem with early praise and big hypes at the beginning of a startup, with no assurance of success. We've all seen the flashy headlines and big promises of new startups, but does the hype actually translate to success? Join us as we dive into why early praise can be a double-edged sword for any budding entrepreneur.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:57 Can the startup live up to the hype?</li><li>02:10 Getting scared of competitors because of the hype they’re getting</li><li>05:38 The start is not the finish</li><li>07:19 The hype cycle in tech industry</li><li>10:43 False positives in the funding round</li><li>14:09 Marketing and hiring hype</li><li>14:48 Sometimes the companies with no big announcements become successful</li><li>19:30 The hype of crypto and blockchain</li><li>22:23 Transformative is not equal to success</li><li>25:12 It takes a long time to make big changes</li><li>27:24 The problem with early praise</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem with early praise and big hypes at the beginning of a startup, with no assurance of success. We've all seen the flashy headlines and big promises of new startups, but does the hype actually translate to success? Join us as we dive into why early praise can be a double-edged sword for any budding entrepreneur.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:57 Can the startup live up to the hype?</li><li>02:10 Getting scared of competitors because of the hype they’re getting</li><li>05:38 The start is not the finish</li><li>07:19 The hype cycle in tech industry</li><li>10:43 False positives in the funding round</li><li>14:09 Marketing and hiring hype</li><li>14:48 Sometimes the companies with no big announcements become successful</li><li>19:30 The hype of crypto and blockchain</li><li>22:23 Transformative is not equal to success</li><li>25:12 It takes a long time to make big changes</li><li>27:24 The problem with early praise</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 May 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6f6e9c94/61c2f61a.mp3" length="51518441" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2145</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem with early praise and big hypes at the beginning of a startup, with no assurance of success. We've all seen the flashy headlines and big promises of new startups, but does the hype actually translate to success? Join us as we dive into why early praise can be a double-edged sword for any budding entrepreneur.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:57 Can the startup live up to the hype?</li><li>02:10 Getting scared of competitors because of the hype they’re getting</li><li>05:38 The start is not the finish</li><li>07:19 The hype cycle in tech industry</li><li>10:43 False positives in the funding round</li><li>14:09 Marketing and hiring hype</li><li>14:48 Sometimes the companies with no big announcements become successful</li><li>19:30 The hype of crypto and blockchain</li><li>22:23 Transformative is not equal to success</li><li>25:12 It takes a long time to make big changes</li><li>27:24 The problem with early praise</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Once a Founder, Always a Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>210</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Once a Founder, Always a Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b889a9ae-4d1f-4725-b49f-80e19beff18f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5dd329c6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a founder is an integral part of your identity, and setbacks with one startup shouldn't make you doubt your ability to succeed in the role. So even if your current venture doesn't work out, you're likely to keep pursuing new startup opportunities because it's simply part of who you are. After all, being a founder isn't just a job – it's a deeply ingrained part of your DNA.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:24 You’re still a founder even if your startups end</li><li>03:11 Success is not a determining factor</li><li>05:59 Being a founder is not a job title</li><li>08:08 Founder DNA</li><li>12:06 What if and why not?</li><li>13:36 The founder mentality as employees</li><li>18:28 This feeling of failing won’t last forever</li><li>20:16 You will always be a founder</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a founder is an integral part of your identity, and setbacks with one startup shouldn't make you doubt your ability to succeed in the role. So even if your current venture doesn't work out, you're likely to keep pursuing new startup opportunities because it's simply part of who you are. After all, being a founder isn't just a job – it's a deeply ingrained part of your DNA.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:24 You’re still a founder even if your startups end</li><li>03:11 Success is not a determining factor</li><li>05:59 Being a founder is not a job title</li><li>08:08 Founder DNA</li><li>12:06 What if and why not?</li><li>13:36 The founder mentality as employees</li><li>18:28 This feeling of failing won’t last forever</li><li>20:16 You will always be a founder</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 May 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5dd329c6/19de752b.mp3" length="56307815" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1395</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a founder is an integral part of your identity, and setbacks with one startup shouldn't make you doubt your ability to succeed in the role. So even if your current venture doesn't work out, you're likely to keep pursuing new startup opportunities because it's simply part of who you are. After all, being a founder isn't just a job – it's a deeply ingrained part of your DNA.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:24 You’re still a founder even if your startups end</li><li>03:11 Success is not a determining factor</li><li>05:59 Being a founder is not a job title</li><li>08:08 Founder DNA</li><li>12:06 What if and why not?</li><li>13:36 The founder mentality as employees</li><li>18:28 This feeling of failing won’t last forever</li><li>20:16 You will always be a founder</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Invention of the 20-Something-Year-Old Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>209</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>209</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Invention of the 20-Something-Year-Old Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c460e0a6-3c0f-4560-aaf9-6668aaaff471</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bdb48fd4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore the history behind the invention of the 20-something-year-old founder phenomenon. With the changing landscape of technology and business, more and more young people are starting successful companies. The episode discusses the opportunities available to young people today, and how starting a business has evolved over the years. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Being a young founder</li><li>09:23 An opportunity for young people</li><li>10:55 How to start a business before vs. now</li><li>20:02 There was no other people to talk to</li><li>25:59 When the youth started to take over</li><li>31:42 You can stand on the shoulders of giants</li><li>35:12 What else can a 20-something-year-old do?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore the history behind the invention of the 20-something-year-old founder phenomenon. With the changing landscape of technology and business, more and more young people are starting successful companies. The episode discusses the opportunities available to young people today, and how starting a business has evolved over the years. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Being a young founder</li><li>09:23 An opportunity for young people</li><li>10:55 How to start a business before vs. now</li><li>20:02 There was no other people to talk to</li><li>25:59 When the youth started to take over</li><li>31:42 You can stand on the shoulders of giants</li><li>35:12 What else can a 20-something-year-old do?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 May 2023 05:25:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bdb48fd4/59a3ad7c.mp3" length="54659090" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2218</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan explore the history behind the invention of the 20-something-year-old founder phenomenon. With the changing landscape of technology and business, more and more young people are starting successful companies. The episode discusses the opportunities available to young people today, and how starting a business has evolved over the years. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:09 Being a young founder</li><li>09:23 An opportunity for young people</li><li>10:55 How to start a business before vs. now</li><li>20:02 There was no other people to talk to</li><li>25:59 When the youth started to take over</li><li>31:42 You can stand on the shoulders of giants</li><li>35:12 What else can a 20-something-year-old do?</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When is Founder Ego Too Much?</title>
      <itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>208</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When is Founder Ego Too Much?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c41231d5-3232-42a2-b20f-c65c2fe13a61</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ebfa49eb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the founder's ego and when is it too much. We all know that confidence is key when you're starting a business, but sometimes it can be hard to tell when that confidence has turned into full-on arrogance. This can hold you back from trying new things and making the best decisions for your company. So how do you avoid this trap? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:39 Confidence vs. Arrogance</li><li>05:30 Question everything you think you know</li><li>06:31 Be comfortable with being wrong</li><li>10:32 It’s preventing you from trying new things</li><li>13:34 The “Everything is wrong except for me” mindset</li><li>15:35 When ego clouds your decision</li><li>17:06 Make every problem your fault</li><li>19:50 The blame game</li><li>23:34 Not accepting defeat</li><li>25:39 How to manage your ego</li><li>27:14 Ego is a massive liability</li><li>29:19 Permission to be wrong</li><li>30:23 Choose the people who will surround you</li><li>33:40 Psychological safety</li><li>36:27 Challenge your ego to grow</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the founder's ego and when is it too much. We all know that confidence is key when you're starting a business, but sometimes it can be hard to tell when that confidence has turned into full-on arrogance. This can hold you back from trying new things and making the best decisions for your company. So how do you avoid this trap? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:39 Confidence vs. Arrogance</li><li>05:30 Question everything you think you know</li><li>06:31 Be comfortable with being wrong</li><li>10:32 It’s preventing you from trying new things</li><li>13:34 The “Everything is wrong except for me” mindset</li><li>15:35 When ego clouds your decision</li><li>17:06 Make every problem your fault</li><li>19:50 The blame game</li><li>23:34 Not accepting defeat</li><li>25:39 How to manage your ego</li><li>27:14 Ego is a massive liability</li><li>29:19 Permission to be wrong</li><li>30:23 Choose the people who will surround you</li><li>33:40 Psychological safety</li><li>36:27 Challenge your ego to grow</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ebfa49eb/462f65d6.mp3" length="55552858" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2271</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the founder's ego and when is it too much. We all know that confidence is key when you're starting a business, but sometimes it can be hard to tell when that confidence has turned into full-on arrogance. This can hold you back from trying new things and making the best decisions for your company. So how do you avoid this trap? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:39 Confidence vs. Arrogance</li><li>05:30 Question everything you think you know</li><li>06:31 Be comfortable with being wrong</li><li>10:32 It’s preventing you from trying new things</li><li>13:34 The “Everything is wrong except for me” mindset</li><li>15:35 When ego clouds your decision</li><li>17:06 Make every problem your fault</li><li>19:50 The blame game</li><li>23:34 Not accepting defeat</li><li>25:39 How to manage your ego</li><li>27:14 Ego is a massive liability</li><li>29:19 Permission to be wrong</li><li>30:23 Choose the people who will surround you</li><li>33:40 Psychological safety</li><li>36:27 Challenge your ego to grow</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Imposter Syndrome Never Goes Away</title>
      <itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>207</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Imposter Syndrome Never Goes Away</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7236be9a-8887-46bb-9bec-68471f60d2a1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6aa60210</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder imposter syndrome. As a startup founder, it's common to feel like you don't have all the answers, especially in the early days. But even after years of experience, do you still struggle with feeling like a fraud or pretending to know more than you do? Imposter syndrome can be tough, whether you're a seasoned startup pro or just starting out. But with the right mindset and tools, you can learn to recognize and overcome those nagging self-doubts.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 When does imposter syndrome go away?</li><li>03:03 Moments where you don’t know what you’re doing</li><li>09:31 Jumping into variables</li><li>15:09 ‘Fake it till you make it’ mindset</li><li>17:21 The more you know, the more you don’t know</li><li>20:50 Dangers of comparison</li><li>25:27 Know what you need to know</li><li>26:26 Be around long enough</li><li>30:46 Nobody really masters it all</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder imposter syndrome. As a startup founder, it's common to feel like you don't have all the answers, especially in the early days. But even after years of experience, do you still struggle with feeling like a fraud or pretending to know more than you do? Imposter syndrome can be tough, whether you're a seasoned startup pro or just starting out. But with the right mindset and tools, you can learn to recognize and overcome those nagging self-doubts.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 When does imposter syndrome go away?</li><li>03:03 Moments where you don’t know what you’re doing</li><li>09:31 Jumping into variables</li><li>15:09 ‘Fake it till you make it’ mindset</li><li>17:21 The more you know, the more you don’t know</li><li>20:50 Dangers of comparison</li><li>25:27 Know what you need to know</li><li>26:26 Be around long enough</li><li>30:46 Nobody really masters it all</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6aa60210/772a680b.mp3" length="77684642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1921</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder imposter syndrome. As a startup founder, it's common to feel like you don't have all the answers, especially in the early days. But even after years of experience, do you still struggle with feeling like a fraud or pretending to know more than you do? Imposter syndrome can be tough, whether you're a seasoned startup pro or just starting out. But with the right mindset and tools, you can learn to recognize and overcome those nagging self-doubts.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 When does imposter syndrome go away?</li><li>03:03 Moments where you don’t know what you’re doing</li><li>09:31 Jumping into variables</li><li>15:09 ‘Fake it till you make it’ mindset</li><li>17:21 The more you know, the more you don’t know</li><li>20:50 Dangers of comparison</li><li>25:27 Know what you need to know</li><li>26:26 Be around long enough</li><li>30:46 Nobody really masters it all</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Long is a Founder Lifetime?</title>
      <itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>206</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Long is a Founder Lifetime?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2ba5d724-ca56-474a-b03c-1839733b3464</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/782a7644</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how long is a founder's lifetime. In a startup cycle as well as the founder’s lifetime, a lot of things could happen. You will get to try different things and experience different highlights in your career. Having more chances to try something different can be a great advantage for founders in their career journey. With each new venture and experience, founders gain valuable skills and knowledge that can help them succeed in their future endeavors. Additionally, trying new things can also lead to personal growth and self-discovery, which is important for maintaining a healthy work-life balance.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 Startup Lifecycle</li><li>03:19 A lot of things can happen</li><li>04:54 Distinctive lifetime</li><li>07:36 You have many more games to play</li><li>10:59 This might not be the highlight of your career yet</li><li>13:30 You have more chances to try something different</li><li>15:39 The next chapter can be a new chapter</li><li>17:32 Just say yes to everything</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how long is a founder's lifetime. In a startup cycle as well as the founder’s lifetime, a lot of things could happen. You will get to try different things and experience different highlights in your career. Having more chances to try something different can be a great advantage for founders in their career journey. With each new venture and experience, founders gain valuable skills and knowledge that can help them succeed in their future endeavors. Additionally, trying new things can also lead to personal growth and self-discovery, which is important for maintaining a healthy work-life balance.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 Startup Lifecycle</li><li>03:19 A lot of things can happen</li><li>04:54 Distinctive lifetime</li><li>07:36 You have many more games to play</li><li>10:59 This might not be the highlight of your career yet</li><li>13:30 You have more chances to try something different</li><li>15:39 The next chapter can be a new chapter</li><li>17:32 Just say yes to everything</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 Apr 2023 21:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/782a7644/92f8f387.mp3" length="27613568" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1125</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how long is a founder's lifetime. In a startup cycle as well as the founder’s lifetime, a lot of things could happen. You will get to try different things and experience different highlights in your career. Having more chances to try something different can be a great advantage for founders in their career journey. With each new venture and experience, founders gain valuable skills and knowledge that can help them succeed in their future endeavors. Additionally, trying new things can also lead to personal growth and self-discovery, which is important for maintaining a healthy work-life balance.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 Startup Lifecycle</li><li>03:19 A lot of things can happen</li><li>04:54 Distinctive lifetime</li><li>07:36 You have many more games to play</li><li>10:59 This might not be the highlight of your career yet</li><li>13:30 You have more chances to try something different</li><li>15:39 The next chapter can be a new chapter</li><li>17:32 Just say yes to everything</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Always Take Money Off The Table</title>
      <itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>205</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Always Take Money Off The Table</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">eb0ea512-5d00-4854-994f-08636b6ffbe8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1937629b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders often miss out on paying themselves and why it's essential to grab the chance when it happens. You know how some founders think, "I don't deserve this yet" or "I should put this money back into the business"? Rather than risking a missed chance, it's best to take advantage of the opportunity while it's available. You might not get this chance again, o seize the moment and take that money off the table now.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:27 The “I don’t deserve this yet” mindset</li><li>05:18 Slowly taking chips off the table</li><li>08:51 Think of it as your money </li><li>15:01 Take that shot right now</li><li>17:33 Belief in exponentially as a certainty</li><li>22:56 The probability of that greater future is low</li><li>26:18 You’re digging a hole for yourself</li><li>28:03 Take it and just give it back</li><li>29:08 How to think of losing when you’re in the process of winning</li><li>33:46 The opportunity might never happen again, so just grab it</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders often miss out on paying themselves and why it's essential to grab the chance when it happens. You know how some founders think, "I don't deserve this yet" or "I should put this money back into the business"? Rather than risking a missed chance, it's best to take advantage of the opportunity while it's available. You might not get this chance again, o seize the moment and take that money off the table now.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:27 The “I don’t deserve this yet” mindset</li><li>05:18 Slowly taking chips off the table</li><li>08:51 Think of it as your money </li><li>15:01 Take that shot right now</li><li>17:33 Belief in exponentially as a certainty</li><li>22:56 The probability of that greater future is low</li><li>26:18 You’re digging a hole for yourself</li><li>28:03 Take it and just give it back</li><li>29:08 How to think of losing when you’re in the process of winning</li><li>33:46 The opportunity might never happen again, so just grab it</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Apr 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1937629b/0e864363.mp3" length="34316163" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2142</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders often miss out on paying themselves and why it's essential to grab the chance when it happens. You know how some founders think, "I don't deserve this yet" or "I should put this money back into the business"? Rather than risking a missed chance, it's best to take advantage of the opportunity while it's available. You might not get this chance again, o seize the moment and take that money off the table now.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:27 The “I don’t deserve this yet” mindset</li><li>05:18 Slowly taking chips off the table</li><li>08:51 Think of it as your money </li><li>15:01 Take that shot right now</li><li>17:33 Belief in exponentially as a certainty</li><li>22:56 The probability of that greater future is low</li><li>26:18 You’re digging a hole for yourself</li><li>28:03 Take it and just give it back</li><li>29:08 How to think of losing when you’re in the process of winning</li><li>33:46 The opportunity might never happen again, so just grab it</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should I Feel Guilty For Failing?</title>
      <itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>204</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should I Feel Guilty For Failing?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3276e41-acdf-438e-8e47-d442f71dfc9e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d2c5587b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder guilt in the wake of a failed startup. While it's perfectly natural to feel disappointed when a startup fails, it's not cool to let guilt eat away at you. It's important to recognize that success in the startup world is never a guarantee and that failures are an inevitable part of the process. The key is to bounce back from setbacks and keep pushing forward, no matter how tough things get.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 The people you feel guilty to</li><li>04:50 Disappointment vs. guilt</li><li>06:52 Guilt brings out liability</li><li>08:07 Failures in startups </li><li>10:04 Why do we sentence ourselves to an imaginary prison of guilt</li><li>13:21 Learn how to handle failure</li><li>15:23 You have to keep going</li><li>17:19 Transfer the negative energy to a positive one</li><li>21:37 Have a north star</li><li>22:53 This is not your only chance</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder guilt in the wake of a failed startup. While it's perfectly natural to feel disappointed when a startup fails, it's not cool to let guilt eat away at you. It's important to recognize that success in the startup world is never a guarantee and that failures are an inevitable part of the process. The key is to bounce back from setbacks and keep pushing forward, no matter how tough things get.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 The people you feel guilty to</li><li>04:50 Disappointment vs. guilt</li><li>06:52 Guilt brings out liability</li><li>08:07 Failures in startups </li><li>10:04 Why do we sentence ourselves to an imaginary prison of guilt</li><li>13:21 Learn how to handle failure</li><li>15:23 You have to keep going</li><li>17:19 Transfer the negative energy to a positive one</li><li>21:37 Have a north star</li><li>22:53 This is not your only chance</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d2c5587b/c1a9d208.mp3" length="60163802" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1482</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss founder guilt in the wake of a failed startup. While it's perfectly natural to feel disappointed when a startup fails, it's not cool to let guilt eat away at you. It's important to recognize that success in the startup world is never a guarantee and that failures are an inevitable part of the process. The key is to bounce back from setbacks and keep pushing forward, no matter how tough things get.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 The people you feel guilty to</li><li>04:50 Disappointment vs. guilt</li><li>06:52 Guilt brings out liability</li><li>08:07 Failures in startups </li><li>10:04 Why do we sentence ourselves to an imaginary prison of guilt</li><li>13:21 Learn how to handle failure</li><li>15:23 You have to keep going</li><li>17:19 Transfer the negative energy to a positive one</li><li>21:37 Have a north star</li><li>22:53 This is not your only chance</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Case Against Full Transparency</title>
      <itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>203</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Case Against Full Transparency</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">766bde91-1cff-4807-8e25-a6ca78af3770</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/dde9705f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss transparency in startup companies. Being honest with your customers and clients will help you attract more people to your company, but excessive sharing of information and transparency could also create some problems. In today’s episode, we’ll find out: how much transparency is too much and do you really need to be transparent about everything?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 We come from environments that lack transparency</li><li>03:13 Every news is good news</li><li>04:46 Why do we embrace transparency?</li><li>05:59 When things fail, transparency suddenly doesn’t matter</li><li>09:49 The difference between transparency and honesty</li><li>16:15 Transparency is good when you’re certain of the outcome</li><li>20:29 The consequences of transparency</li><li>25:01 It’s the founder’s job to make it work</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss transparency in startup companies. Being honest with your customers and clients will help you attract more people to your company, but excessive sharing of information and transparency could also create some problems. In today’s episode, we’ll find out: how much transparency is too much and do you really need to be transparent about everything?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 We come from environments that lack transparency</li><li>03:13 Every news is good news</li><li>04:46 Why do we embrace transparency?</li><li>05:59 When things fail, transparency suddenly doesn’t matter</li><li>09:49 The difference between transparency and honesty</li><li>16:15 Transparency is good when you’re certain of the outcome</li><li>20:29 The consequences of transparency</li><li>25:01 It’s the founder’s job to make it work</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/dde9705f/f07a4cc1.mp3" length="69550901" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1704</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss transparency in startup companies. Being honest with your customers and clients will help you attract more people to your company, but excessive sharing of information and transparency could also create some problems. In today’s episode, we’ll find out: how much transparency is too much and do you really need to be transparent about everything?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:22 We come from environments that lack transparency</li><li>03:13 Every news is good news</li><li>04:46 Why do we embrace transparency?</li><li>05:59 When things fail, transparency suddenly doesn’t matter</li><li>09:49 The difference between transparency and honesty</li><li>16:15 Transparency is good when you’re certain of the outcome</li><li>20:29 The consequences of transparency</li><li>25:01 It’s the founder’s job to make it work</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does My Startup Really Need Full Time Employees?</title>
      <itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>202</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Does My Startup Really Need Full Time Employees?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37fce419-0e09-4f51-9dd9-37c83db97d92</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9b4490cc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether your startup really needs full time employees. One of the common mistakes made by startup companies is that they hire a bunch of people full time for a job that can be done by one or they hire one person and make them do multiple things. In this episode, let’s really find out what is full time employment and how do you really make the most out of it?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:08 History on paying full time and per hour</li><li>04:55 Raising funds to pay for a team</li><li>07:02 What is full time employment?</li><li>09:20 Buying someone’s hours</li><li>12:52 Hiring people you don’t need</li><li>15:35 Full time contribution</li><li>19:01 The high performing people</li><li>22:30 Hiring one person for multiple jobs </li><li>26:53 Full time will be a thing of the past</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether your startup really needs full time employees. One of the common mistakes made by startup companies is that they hire a bunch of people full time for a job that can be done by one or they hire one person and make them do multiple things. In this episode, let’s really find out what is full time employment and how do you really make the most out of it?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:08 History on paying full time and per hour</li><li>04:55 Raising funds to pay for a team</li><li>07:02 What is full time employment?</li><li>09:20 Buying someone’s hours</li><li>12:52 Hiring people you don’t need</li><li>15:35 Full time contribution</li><li>19:01 The high performing people</li><li>22:30 Hiring one person for multiple jobs </li><li>26:53 Full time will be a thing of the past</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9b4490cc/b539d1b6.mp3" length="71528597" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1764</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether your startup really needs full time employees. One of the common mistakes made by startup companies is that they hire a bunch of people full time for a job that can be done by one or they hire one person and make them do multiple things. In this episode, let’s really find out what is full time employment and how do you really make the most out of it?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:08 History on paying full time and per hour</li><li>04:55 Raising funds to pay for a team</li><li>07:02 What is full time employment?</li><li>09:20 Buying someone’s hours</li><li>12:52 Hiring people you don’t need</li><li>15:35 Full time contribution</li><li>19:01 The high performing people</li><li>22:30 Hiring one person for multiple jobs </li><li>26:53 Full time will be a thing of the past</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This is Probably Your Last Success</title>
      <itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>201</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>This is Probably Your Last Success</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d85b22d3-16a9-4ea0-b956-91b6f38d889e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1dbee8d7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss getting your first success and how you can treat it as if it’s your last. You’re there, you finally made it – so you think you can replicate that success? The probability of remaking that success is probably low and you can’t base your future success on something that you’ve done before, so what can you do to change this mindset?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:43 What if this is your last success?</li><li>05:16 Future success is not equal to past success</li><li>07:05 Your mindset probably needs to change</li><li>09:06 What would you tell your younger self?</li><li>12:35 Mentality of older founders</li><li>14:49 Bet of future success</li><li>17:07 Compounding probabilities</li><li>20:22 Stay in certainty</li><li>23:31 How much would be a lot?</li><li>26:35 Treat this as if it’s your last</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss getting your first success and how you can treat it as if it’s your last. You’re there, you finally made it – so you think you can replicate that success? The probability of remaking that success is probably low and you can’t base your future success on something that you’ve done before, so what can you do to change this mindset?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:43 What if this is your last success?</li><li>05:16 Future success is not equal to past success</li><li>07:05 Your mindset probably needs to change</li><li>09:06 What would you tell your younger self?</li><li>12:35 Mentality of older founders</li><li>14:49 Bet of future success</li><li>17:07 Compounding probabilities</li><li>20:22 Stay in certainty</li><li>23:31 How much would be a lot?</li><li>26:35 Treat this as if it’s your last</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Mar 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1dbee8d7/a57b79d6.mp3" length="69069375" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:image href="https://img.transistorcdn.com/nrcCcGC0Ghep5C_wNXfTT9Zjxg48xg5LwgjpipO_6d8/rs:fill:0:0:1/w:1400/h:1400/q:60/mb:500000/aHR0cHM6Ly9pbWct/dXBsb2FkLXByb2R1/Y3Rpb24udHJhbnNp/c3Rvci5mbS9lcGlz/b2RlLzEyMzQ3NTQv/MTY3ODM4MzU3Mi1h/cnR3b3JrLmpwZw.jpg"/>
      <itunes:duration>1706</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss getting your first success and how you can treat it as if it’s your last. You’re there, you finally made it – so you think you can replicate that success? The probability of remaking that success is probably low and you can’t base your future success on something that you’ve done before, so what can you do to change this mindset?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:43 What if this is your last success?</li><li>05:16 Future success is not equal to past success</li><li>07:05 Your mindset probably needs to change</li><li>09:06 What would you tell your younger self?</li><li>12:35 Mentality of older founders</li><li>14:49 Bet of future success</li><li>17:07 Compounding probabilities</li><li>20:22 Stay in certainty</li><li>23:31 How much would be a lot?</li><li>26:35 Treat this as if it’s your last</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Many Times Can My Startup Die?</title>
      <itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>200</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Many Times Can My Startup Die?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a946e42f-e8a1-40b7-8ec1-9a94c84faf76</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/253178d0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the deaths of your startup and how many times do you come back from the grave? Starting a business is actually just a series of recovering from deaths, and that’s okay – but when does it actually start getting better and when would be the time where you realize that you should stop?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:31 It’s a series of recovering from deaths</li><li>04:24 We assume it’s supposed to work</li><li>05:27 Momentum to move forward</li><li>06:23 The walking dead</li><li>08:36 Hearing “no’s”</li><li>13:16 You’ll never know if this is the end </li><li>15:15 Are you doing this because you’re afraid of failure?</li><li>17:57 You have more downside than upside</li><li>21:57 Success is not in short increments</li><li>23:25 The world is in defense mode right now</li><li>26:12 Try to not die </li><li>30:04 Signals for when to stay or leave</li><li>32:24 How do you know if you actually died</li><li>37:34 This is just how business works</li><li>42:54 Is this a hurdle or a real wall?</li><li>46:02 Running out of cash and having to lay off staff</li><li>50:00 Everything is impossible until somebody does it</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the deaths of your startup and how many times do you come back from the grave? Starting a business is actually just a series of recovering from deaths, and that’s okay – but when does it actually start getting better and when would be the time where you realize that you should stop?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:31 It’s a series of recovering from deaths</li><li>04:24 We assume it’s supposed to work</li><li>05:27 Momentum to move forward</li><li>06:23 The walking dead</li><li>08:36 Hearing “no’s”</li><li>13:16 You’ll never know if this is the end </li><li>15:15 Are you doing this because you’re afraid of failure?</li><li>17:57 You have more downside than upside</li><li>21:57 Success is not in short increments</li><li>23:25 The world is in defense mode right now</li><li>26:12 Try to not die </li><li>30:04 Signals for when to stay or leave</li><li>32:24 How do you know if you actually died</li><li>37:34 This is just how business works</li><li>42:54 Is this a hurdle or a real wall?</li><li>46:02 Running out of cash and having to lay off staff</li><li>50:00 Everything is impossible until somebody does it</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/253178d0/7df930e0.mp3" length="126626838" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3114</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss about the deaths of your startup and how many times do you come back from the grave? Starting a business is actually just a series of recovering from deaths, and that’s okay – but when does it actually start getting better and when would be the time where you realize that you should stop?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:31 It’s a series of recovering from deaths</li><li>04:24 We assume it’s supposed to work</li><li>05:27 Momentum to move forward</li><li>06:23 The walking dead</li><li>08:36 Hearing “no’s”</li><li>13:16 You’ll never know if this is the end </li><li>15:15 Are you doing this because you’re afraid of failure?</li><li>17:57 You have more downside than upside</li><li>21:57 Success is not in short increments</li><li>23:25 The world is in defense mode right now</li><li>26:12 Try to not die </li><li>30:04 Signals for when to stay or leave</li><li>32:24 How do you know if you actually died</li><li>37:34 This is just how business works</li><li>42:54 Is this a hurdle or a real wall?</li><li>46:02 Running out of cash and having to lay off staff</li><li>50:00 Everything is impossible until somebody does it</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Should I Share My Wealth with Family?</title>
      <itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>199</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Should I Share My Wealth with Family?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">bfb8b1ee-d62a-4fb6-a97f-7e926c0df1c4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5a58c0e4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you should share your wealth with family members? Are you the type of person who’s always one call away to your family or friends whenever they need money? They always say it’s going to be a “loan” but have they already paid you back? FInd out in today’s episode how you can actually build a financial relationship with your family!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:50 We want to share our success</li><li>06:40 You don’t owe anyone anything</li><li>09:46 It never ends</li><li>16:12 People can get manipulative when they need something</li><li>18:15 Suddenly you’re an A-hole</li><li>20:40 It’s never a loan</li><li>30:00 “I don’t want to have a financial relationship with you…”</li><li>33:18 It’s a personal decision</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you should share your wealth with family members? Are you the type of person who’s always one call away to your family or friends whenever they need money? They always say it’s going to be a “loan” but have they already paid you back? FInd out in today’s episode how you can actually build a financial relationship with your family!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:50 We want to share our success</li><li>06:40 You don’t owe anyone anything</li><li>09:46 It never ends</li><li>16:12 People can get manipulative when they need something</li><li>18:15 Suddenly you’re an A-hole</li><li>20:40 It’s never a loan</li><li>30:00 “I don’t want to have a financial relationship with you…”</li><li>33:18 It’s a personal decision</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5a58c0e4/6a8902a2.mp3" length="84478846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2080</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how you should share your wealth with family members? Are you the type of person who’s always one call away to your family or friends whenever they need money? They always say it’s going to be a “loan” but have they already paid you back? FInd out in today’s episode how you can actually build a financial relationship with your family!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:50 We want to share our success</li><li>06:40 You don’t owe anyone anything</li><li>09:46 It never ends</li><li>16:12 People can get manipulative when they need something</li><li>18:15 Suddenly you’re an A-hole</li><li>20:40 It’s never a loan</li><li>30:00 “I don’t want to have a financial relationship with you…”</li><li>33:18 It’s a personal decision</li></ul>]]>
      </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do VC Funded Startups Love "Fake Growth?"</title>
      <itunes:episode>198</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>198</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Do VC Funded Startups Love "Fake Growth?"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">75360898-1e26-409e-a779-1d14a58174f7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c52b313</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why some founders tend to go on the “fake growth” route. Some Startup companies may look like they are soaring and scaling real fast but in reality, these Startups are spending more than they are getting back from revenue. So how can you identify if you, as a founder, are going the real growth route or the fake growth route?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 Fake Growth vs. Revenue</li><li>05:20 Some people are raising the same money as you, but in a different story</li><li>06:54 Why momentum is attractive to investors?</li><li>08:18 Staffing </li><li>11:45 If your fake growth becomes successful, you’re a hero</li><li>17:48 When everything was going the right direction until it wasn’t</li><li>19:24 It’s like a Ponzi scheme</li><li>24:09 The employee and the stockholders</li><li>27:50 Founders who experienced this shows contrition</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why some founders tend to go on the “fake growth” route. Some Startup companies may look like they are soaring and scaling real fast but in reality, these Startups are spending more than they are getting back from revenue. So how can you identify if you, as a founder, are going the real growth route or the fake growth route?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 Fake Growth vs. Revenue</li><li>05:20 Some people are raising the same money as you, but in a different story</li><li>06:54 Why momentum is attractive to investors?</li><li>08:18 Staffing </li><li>11:45 If your fake growth becomes successful, you’re a hero</li><li>17:48 When everything was going the right direction until it wasn’t</li><li>19:24 It’s like a Ponzi scheme</li><li>24:09 The employee and the stockholders</li><li>27:50 Founders who experienced this shows contrition</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Feb 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3c52b313/169b0c09.mp3" length="72800995" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1799</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why some founders tend to go on the “fake growth” route. Some Startup companies may look like they are soaring and scaling real fast but in reality, these Startups are spending more than they are getting back from revenue. So how can you identify if you, as a founder, are going the real growth route or the fake growth route?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why some founders tend to go on the “fake growth” route. Some Startup companies may look like they are soaring and scaling real fast but in reality, these Startups are spending more than they are ge</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Legends Are Less Fun When You Are Living Them</title>
      <itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>197</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Legends Are Less Fun When You Are Living Them</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b173b8dc-fc6c-4e16-9bc1-26548bf3ab66</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/49bbf362</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the myths behind founder’s success stories. Whenever we hear a story of somebody else’s win most likely we find it inspiring, right? And after hearing this zero to hero story we then decide that we want to be like them someday. But are you sure about that? And are you really willing to go through the pain that they had to live through just to be where they are now?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>04:00 The myths of success stories</li><li>08:27 It’s not a fun story if you were to live it</li><li>10:40 “We didn’t see it coming, it just happened!”</li><li>12:09 You don’t know where you are in the arc</li><li>13:50 Is your story really contiguous?</li><li>15:01 The misses gets ignored just because it became a success</li><li>17:11 Stop comparing</li><li>19:26 We don’t acknowledge the pain</li><li>23:49 You can’t recreate these stories</li><li>25:22 Understand the pain, not just the success</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the myths behind founder’s success stories. Whenever we hear a story of somebody else’s win most likely we find it inspiring, right? And after hearing this zero to hero story we then decide that we want to be like them someday. But are you sure about that? And are you really willing to go through the pain that they had to live through just to be where they are now?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>04:00 The myths of success stories</li><li>08:27 It’s not a fun story if you were to live it</li><li>10:40 “We didn’t see it coming, it just happened!”</li><li>12:09 You don’t know where you are in the arc</li><li>13:50 Is your story really contiguous?</li><li>15:01 The misses gets ignored just because it became a success</li><li>17:11 Stop comparing</li><li>19:26 We don’t acknowledge the pain</li><li>23:49 You can’t recreate these stories</li><li>25:22 Understand the pain, not just the success</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/49bbf362/24244266.mp3" length="69396368" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1711</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the myths behind founder’s success stories. Whenever we hear a story of somebody else’s win most likely we find it inspiring, right? And after hearing this zero to hero story we then decide that we want to be like them someday. But are you sure about that? And are you really willing to go through the pain that they had to live through just to be where they are now?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the myths behind founder’s success stories. Whenever we hear a story of somebody else’s win most likely we find it inspiring, right? And after hearing this zero to hero story we then decide that we </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Middle Schoolers be Founders?</title>
      <itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>196</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Middle Schoolers be Founders?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5d7e560c-6e25-490f-a7f1-ba42b193d0e8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/236c23b9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of teaching entrepreneurship to middle school students. There are tons of benefits when you teach young children about entrepreneurship. Kids are naturally curious and creative, and you can nurture these skills through entrepreneurship. Not only do you raise children with better critical thinking skills, but you’ll also raise problem solvers. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:31 Teaching entrepreneurship in middle school</li><li>06:43 Think more like a child</li><li>10:20 Ask why and what if</li><li>14:01 Kids are taught to view failure as failure</li><li>16:01 Building a pitch deck</li><li>18:22 Kids running their own meetings with less barriers</li><li>22:25 Ownership of their product and idea</li><li>26:02 If no one wants to join your idea, do it alone</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of teaching entrepreneurship to middle school students. There are tons of benefits when you teach young children about entrepreneurship. Kids are naturally curious and creative, and you can nurture these skills through entrepreneurship. Not only do you raise children with better critical thinking skills, but you’ll also raise problem solvers. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:31 Teaching entrepreneurship in middle school</li><li>06:43 Think more like a child</li><li>10:20 Ask why and what if</li><li>14:01 Kids are taught to view failure as failure</li><li>16:01 Building a pitch deck</li><li>18:22 Kids running their own meetings with less barriers</li><li>22:25 Ownership of their product and idea</li><li>26:02 If no one wants to join your idea, do it alone</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/236c23b9/dfb29246.mp3" length="73857308" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1817</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of teaching entrepreneurship to middle school students. There are tons of benefits when you teach young children about entrepreneurship. Kids are naturally curious and creative, and you can nurture these skills through entrepreneurship. Not only do you raise children with better critical thinking skills, but you’ll also raise problem solvers. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of teaching entrepreneurship to middle school students. There are tons of benefits when you teach young children about entrepreneurship. Kids are naturally curious and creative, and y</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, At What Point Have We Sacrificed Too Much?</title>
      <itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>195</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, At What Point Have We Sacrificed Too Much?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">21c7f182-4753-4060-a624-1757dac8cab8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/807ca703</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how much sacrifice as a founder is too much? How much are you willing to give up in your life just to become a successful founder? You might think now that the return on investment of all the time you spent working instead of doing the things you will never get back will be worth it in the long run but think again – are you willing to pay that price?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:32 Why are we scared to talk about the downsides?</li><li>06:37 Don’t sacrifice the moments that you’ll never get back</li><li>08:10 The first casualty is your health</li><li>10:53 Young founders don’t even know how the adult life looked like</li><li>13:31 How much is too much?</li><li>15:23 It will cost you a lot</li><li>19:57 Everytime you sacrifice something, you don’t get them back</li><li>21:55 Limit switch</li><li>24:18 Financial sacrifice</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how much sacrifice as a founder is too much? How much are you willing to give up in your life just to become a successful founder? You might think now that the return on investment of all the time you spent working instead of doing the things you will never get back will be worth it in the long run but think again – are you willing to pay that price?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:32 Why are we scared to talk about the downsides?</li><li>06:37 Don’t sacrifice the moments that you’ll never get back</li><li>08:10 The first casualty is your health</li><li>10:53 Young founders don’t even know how the adult life looked like</li><li>13:31 How much is too much?</li><li>15:23 It will cost you a lot</li><li>19:57 Everytime you sacrifice something, you don’t get them back</li><li>21:55 Limit switch</li><li>24:18 Financial sacrifice</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/807ca703/0ddbf1ab.mp3" length="84635938" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2084</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how much sacrifice as a founder is too much? How much are you willing to give up in your life just to become a successful founder? You might think now that the return on investment of all the time you spent working instead of doing the things you will never get back will be worth it in the long run but think again – are you willing to pay that price?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how much sacrifice as a founder is too much? How much are you willing to give up in your life just to become a successful founder? You might think now that the return on investment of all the time y</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, How to Tell the Board "I Need a New Deal"</title>
      <itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>194</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, How to Tell the Board "I Need a New Deal"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">aa20180c-270f-4664-b320-dac70bc815dd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bbbb1f50</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can talk with the board about their compensation. If you’re a founder and your company is earning a lot of money but you can’t even touch the profit – then maybe it’s time to have that conversation with the board. But how can you even do this without being turned down?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:47 How to have this conversation?</li><li>04:50 Situations when you need to change the deal</li><li>08:54 Reset expectations</li><li>10:29 Make it a binary decision</li><li>12:28 When there’s still a glimmer of hope</li><li>15:07 The business will become what it needs to be</li><li>17:04 When you can’t touch your profit</li><li>19:45 Figure out where you’re going to take your binary decision to</li><li>23:30 The levers that we need to pull</li><li>29:43 The board meeting should be nothing but a formality</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can talk with the board about their compensation. If you’re a founder and your company is earning a lot of money but you can’t even touch the profit – then maybe it’s time to have that conversation with the board. But how can you even do this without being turned down?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:47 How to have this conversation?</li><li>04:50 Situations when you need to change the deal</li><li>08:54 Reset expectations</li><li>10:29 Make it a binary decision</li><li>12:28 When there’s still a glimmer of hope</li><li>15:07 The business will become what it needs to be</li><li>17:04 When you can’t touch your profit</li><li>19:45 Figure out where you’re going to take your binary decision to</li><li>23:30 The levers that we need to pull</li><li>29:43 The board meeting should be nothing but a formality</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Jan 2023 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bbbb1f50/7dfb33ce.mp3" length="77138647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1904</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can talk with the board about their compensation. If you’re a founder and your company is earning a lot of money but you can’t even touch the profit – then maybe it’s time to have that conversation with the board. But how can you even do this without being turned down?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can talk with the board about their compensation. If you’re a founder and your company is earning a lot of money but you can’t even touch the profit – then maybe it’s time to have that </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Failure is Just One Chapter in Life</title>
      <itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>193</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Failure is Just One Chapter in Life</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">183c7edf-d6be-4272-be6f-50f1d0207f33</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/525a536c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should stop thinking that failure is forever. Sometimes, when we experience hard times in our lives, we feel like this will never get better again – but that’s not true. Your whole life is a book with different chapters and each has its own challenges and you will get over them. Once you finish a bad chapter, just quickly get started on to the next one, because remember, failure is just one chapter in your life.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:38 We keep projecting bad things into the future</li><li>02:27 Things can only fail at a finite number of times</li><li>04:05 Lay-offs</li><li>05:50 This pain won’t last forever</li><li>07:54 It’s just one chapter</li><li>11:22 You will barely even remember it</li><li>13:09 Start the next chapter as fast as possible</li><li>16:16 A startup is a chapter but our life is the book</li><li>17:40 Don’t get lost in the feeling</li><li>20:01 Nobody will remember it</li><li>21:32 There’s lot and lot of chapters</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should stop thinking that failure is forever. Sometimes, when we experience hard times in our lives, we feel like this will never get better again – but that’s not true. Your whole life is a book with different chapters and each has its own challenges and you will get over them. Once you finish a bad chapter, just quickly get started on to the next one, because remember, failure is just one chapter in your life.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:38 We keep projecting bad things into the future</li><li>02:27 Things can only fail at a finite number of times</li><li>04:05 Lay-offs</li><li>05:50 This pain won’t last forever</li><li>07:54 It’s just one chapter</li><li>11:22 You will barely even remember it</li><li>13:09 Start the next chapter as fast as possible</li><li>16:16 A startup is a chapter but our life is the book</li><li>17:40 Don’t get lost in the feeling</li><li>20:01 Nobody will remember it</li><li>21:32 There’s lot and lot of chapters</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/525a536c/7aaee0ae.mp3" length="58247332" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1441</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should stop thinking that failure is forever. Sometimes, when we experience hard times in our lives, we feel like this will never get better again – but that’s not true. Your whole life is a book with different chapters and each has its own challenges and you will get over them. Once you finish a bad chapter, just quickly get started on to the next one, because remember, failure is just one chapter in your life.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should stop thinking that failure is forever. Sometimes, when we experience hard times in our lives, we feel like this will never get better again – but that’s not true. Your whole life</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What If I Want To Work Forever?</title>
      <itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>192</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What If I Want To Work Forever?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c960cdd2-029f-4cab-980c-fa400c94813a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8fc3de50</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what it would be like if you want to work forever. For founders, a lot of us might wonder if this would be something you’d like to do for a long time. But here’s a thought – is your Startup a work you love doing or does it feel like a work that you feel forced to do every day? If your answer to the last question is yes, then you might have to rethink if you’re willing to do it forever or find something that you would want to do for the rest of your life.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:51 How long should you be working?</li><li>03:17 Founders can create their destiny</li><li>05:26 You need a break</li><li>08:54 Loving what you do</li><li>11:09 Alignment of what you love to do and what you actually do</li><li>12:58 Chip off things you don't want to do</li><li>14:30 Figure out what you want to do forever</li><li>15:55 Stepping back</li><li>19:12 The longer you do something, the higher of knowledge and experience you get</li><li>23:12 You have more years to grow</li><li>25:03 The older ones are still relevant</li><li>26:58 How do you stay relevant</li><li>31:34 This a perpetual journey</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what it would be like if you want to work forever. For founders, a lot of us might wonder if this would be something you’d like to do for a long time. But here’s a thought – is your Startup a work you love doing or does it feel like a work that you feel forced to do every day? If your answer to the last question is yes, then you might have to rethink if you’re willing to do it forever or find something that you would want to do for the rest of your life.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:51 How long should you be working?</li><li>03:17 Founders can create their destiny</li><li>05:26 You need a break</li><li>08:54 Loving what you do</li><li>11:09 Alignment of what you love to do and what you actually do</li><li>12:58 Chip off things you don't want to do</li><li>14:30 Figure out what you want to do forever</li><li>15:55 Stepping back</li><li>19:12 The longer you do something, the higher of knowledge and experience you get</li><li>23:12 You have more years to grow</li><li>25:03 The older ones are still relevant</li><li>26:58 How do you stay relevant</li><li>31:34 This a perpetual journey</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8fc3de50/55433042.mp3" length="86678612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2136</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what it would be like if you want to work forever. For founders, a lot of us might wonder if this would be something you’d like to do for a long time. But here’s a thought – is your Startup a work you love doing or does it feel like a work that you feel forced to do every day? If your answer to the last question is yes, then you might have to rethink if you’re willing to do it forever or find something that you would want to do for the rest of your life.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what it would be like if you want to work forever. For founders, a lot of us might wonder if this would be something you’d like to do for a long time. But here’s a thought – is your Startup a work y</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should Founders Worry About Quiet Quitting?</title>
      <itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>191</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should Founders Worry About Quiet Quitting?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b8df4312-c046-4583-bba0-a9bc9db7ad70</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/aa07bb0d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders should worry about quiet quitting. This may sound like a new term to a lot of founders BUT this has been around for many ages now and we should be alarmed about it. So how can you see if your team is actually checked in or out of work?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:17 When did this start?</li><li>01:50 What is quiet quitting?</li><li>02:55 How working from home changed how we operate</li><li>04:14 This is nothing new</li><li>05:56 Internet in an office is a distraction</li><li>10:56 How to know if your team is checked in or checked out</li><li>13:40 Good players never shut up</li><li>17:23 There’s a pattern of behavior</li><li>19:50 Micro KPIs</li><li>22:41 Everything is measurable</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders should worry about quiet quitting. This may sound like a new term to a lot of founders BUT this has been around for many ages now and we should be alarmed about it. So how can you see if your team is actually checked in or out of work?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:17 When did this start?</li><li>01:50 What is quiet quitting?</li><li>02:55 How working from home changed how we operate</li><li>04:14 This is nothing new</li><li>05:56 Internet in an office is a distraction</li><li>10:56 How to know if your team is checked in or checked out</li><li>13:40 Good players never shut up</li><li>17:23 There’s a pattern of behavior</li><li>19:50 Micro KPIs</li><li>22:41 Everything is measurable</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/aa07bb0d/68631c52.mp3" length="64004706" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1574</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders should worry about quiet quitting. This may sound like a new term to a lot of founders BUT this has been around for many ages now and we should be alarmed about it. So how can you see if your team is actually checked in or out of work?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders should worry about quiet quitting. This may sound like a new term to a lot of founders BUT this has been around for many ages now and we should be alarmed about it. So how can you see if</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If a Startup Sinks, Founders Go Down With It</title>
      <itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>190</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If a Startup Sinks, Founders Go Down With It</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">19adf951-944e-4a4d-ae13-44ea06f25744</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ebe0d74</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what will happen to the founder when the Startup company goes down. When a company starts to wind down, you might be shocked how everything maps back to the founder, from office leases to subscriptions, and now all of a sudden these company liabilities become your personal liabilities. How can you avoid this from happening to you?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:50 You’re stuck with the liabilities</li><li>08:27 Who pays the wind-down entity?</li><li>10:58 Filing for personal bankruptcy</li><li>14:14 Everything maps back to you</li><li>16:48 Adding more liabilities</li><li>19:37 Creditors will follow you </li><li>21:18 Can you sign under the company’s name?</li><li>23:59 How safe are you inside the corporate veil?</li><li>28:52 Buying the good stuff only </li><li>32:15 Typical timeframe for winding down a company</li><li>33:42 The personal liability is the scariest part</li><li>36:32 Be mindful of what you sign and don’t keep adding liabilities</li><li>38:09 Treat those liabilities as your own</li><li>40:05 You can renegotiate</li><li>41:36 No long term agreements</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what will happen to the founder when the Startup company goes down. When a company starts to wind down, you might be shocked how everything maps back to the founder, from office leases to subscriptions, and now all of a sudden these company liabilities become your personal liabilities. How can you avoid this from happening to you?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:50 You’re stuck with the liabilities</li><li>08:27 Who pays the wind-down entity?</li><li>10:58 Filing for personal bankruptcy</li><li>14:14 Everything maps back to you</li><li>16:48 Adding more liabilities</li><li>19:37 Creditors will follow you </li><li>21:18 Can you sign under the company’s name?</li><li>23:59 How safe are you inside the corporate veil?</li><li>28:52 Buying the good stuff only </li><li>32:15 Typical timeframe for winding down a company</li><li>33:42 The personal liability is the scariest part</li><li>36:32 Be mindful of what you sign and don’t keep adding liabilities</li><li>38:09 Treat those liabilities as your own</li><li>40:05 You can renegotiate</li><li>41:36 No long term agreements</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8ebe0d74/5a553685.mp3" length="113105663" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2769</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what will happen to the founder when the Startup company goes down. When a company starts to wind down, you might be shocked how everything maps back to the founder, from office leases to subscriptions, and now all of a sudden these company liabilities become your personal liabilities. How can you avoid this from happening to you?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what will happen to the founder when the Startup company goes down. When a company starts to wind down, you might be shocked how everything maps back to the founder, from office leases to subscripti</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Downfall of Becoming Internally Focused as Founders</title>
      <itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>189</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Downfall of Becoming Internally Focused as Founders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a49e4301-2436-45e8-b5b7-75102af2cb7c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6d295942</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when a founder’s focus starts to shift from managing externally to managing internally. When a company grows, there’s a huge possibility that as a founder your focus might change from managing customers and shipping products to hiring staff and doing reports – which could lead to a stall in your skills and growth as a founder. So as you motivate your people, keep motivating yourself as well!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 From leading externally to managing internally</li><li>02:39 Offense vs. defense</li><li>04:35 When focus shift internally</li><li>07:00 Staying safe in a growing company</li><li>08:35 Measurement of performance is important</li><li>11:24 Being okay with not focusing externally</li><li>14:00 Leaders providing incentives</li><li>16:39 How to avoid having unmotivated staff</li><li>18:50 Leadership vs. management</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when a founder’s focus starts to shift from managing externally to managing internally. When a company grows, there’s a huge possibility that as a founder your focus might change from managing customers and shipping products to hiring staff and doing reports – which could lead to a stall in your skills and growth as a founder. So as you motivate your people, keep motivating yourself as well!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 From leading externally to managing internally</li><li>02:39 Offense vs. defense</li><li>04:35 When focus shift internally</li><li>07:00 Staying safe in a growing company</li><li>08:35 Measurement of performance is important</li><li>11:24 Being okay with not focusing externally</li><li>14:00 Leaders providing incentives</li><li>16:39 How to avoid having unmotivated staff</li><li>18:50 Leadership vs. management</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6d295942/4bc564b8.mp3" length="54088221" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1334</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when a founder’s focus starts to shift from managing externally to managing internally. When a company grows, there’s a huge possibility that as a founder your focus might change from managing customers and shipping products to hiring staff and doing reports – which could lead to a stall in your skills and growth as a founder. So as you motivate your people, keep motivating yourself as well!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss when a founder’s focus starts to shift from managing externally to managing internally. When a company grows, there’s a huge possibility that as a founder your focus might change from managing custo</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, we earn our wins. This isn't the Powerball.</title>
      <itunes:episode>188</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>188</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, we earn our wins. This isn't the Powerball.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">81d1a27f-0fa5-4c2f-8dd1-689a770c4a89</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8ab1a795</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders deserved their wins and successes or did they just get lucky? Sometimes, founders feel guilty of their own success to the point that they don’t want to reward themselves and enjoy their hard-earned money. Most of the time, these founders hear people say “You’re just lucky!” disregarding the years and years of their hard work. But always remember that for you every win you earned and deserved your wins. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:14 Good luck vs. good fortune</li><li>08:16 The process doesn’t really feel lucky</li><li>09:48 You should share your luck</li><li>12:11 Guilt investments</li><li>16:50 Enjoy your money</li><li>20:36 No one will share in your losses</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders deserved their wins and successes or did they just get lucky? Sometimes, founders feel guilty of their own success to the point that they don’t want to reward themselves and enjoy their hard-earned money. Most of the time, these founders hear people say “You’re just lucky!” disregarding the years and years of their hard work. But always remember that for you every win you earned and deserved your wins. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:14 Good luck vs. good fortune</li><li>08:16 The process doesn’t really feel lucky</li><li>09:48 You should share your luck</li><li>12:11 Guilt investments</li><li>16:50 Enjoy your money</li><li>20:36 No one will share in your losses</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Nov 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8ab1a795/a5ec4e17.mp3" length="59680647" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1470</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders deserved their wins and successes or did they just get lucky? Sometimes, founders feel guilty of their own success to the point that they don’t want to reward themselves and enjoy their hard-earned money. Most of the time, these founders hear people say “You’re just lucky!” disregarding the years and years of their hard work. But always remember that for you every win you earned and deserved your wins. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if founders deserved their wins and successes or did they just get lucky? Sometimes, founders feel guilty of their own success to the point that they don’t want to reward themselves and enjoy their </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>All Founders are Beloved In Good Times</title>
      <itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>187</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>All Founders are Beloved In Good Times</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3cfd7f3b-8fff-4ff7-bc3e-35a165b90c6e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d54a396a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens to founders during the tough times. When things are going well, when you just got funded, and when you’re finally getting that high revenue, everybody loves you. But when things go south, no one is around. Sure, you feel emotionally betrayed at this point because you trusted them right? But is there a way you can avoid this in the beginning?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:51 No one will love you during the bad times</li><li>03:59 Raising capital is like the first date</li><li>05:43 Creating more liabilities</li><li>07:25 You haven’t proven anything yet</li><li>09:45 People will surround you because you have money</li><li>13:49 Staffing up is your most ignorant time</li><li>22:44 Feeling emotionally betrayed</li><li>23:35 Fake metrics &amp; early projections</li><li>27:11 We get fooled during the good times</li><li>29:32 Nobody wants to lead when things get tough</li><li>30:51 Your team’s values get measured during bad times</li><li>34:45 The character of a founder</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens to founders during the tough times. When things are going well, when you just got funded, and when you’re finally getting that high revenue, everybody loves you. But when things go south, no one is around. Sure, you feel emotionally betrayed at this point because you trusted them right? But is there a way you can avoid this in the beginning?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:51 No one will love you during the bad times</li><li>03:59 Raising capital is like the first date</li><li>05:43 Creating more liabilities</li><li>07:25 You haven’t proven anything yet</li><li>09:45 People will surround you because you have money</li><li>13:49 Staffing up is your most ignorant time</li><li>22:44 Feeling emotionally betrayed</li><li>23:35 Fake metrics &amp; early projections</li><li>27:11 We get fooled during the good times</li><li>29:32 Nobody wants to lead when things get tough</li><li>30:51 Your team’s values get measured during bad times</li><li>34:45 The character of a founder</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d54a396a/ad0c7d51.mp3" length="90766894" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2239</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens to founders during the tough times. When things are going well, when you just got funded, and when you’re finally getting that high revenue, everybody loves you. But when things go south, no one is around. Sure, you feel emotionally betrayed at this point because you trusted them right? But is there a way you can avoid this in the beginning?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what happens to founders during the tough times. When things are going well, when you just got funded, and when you’re finally getting that high revenue, everybody loves you. But when things go sout</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Startup Culture of Entitlement</title>
      <itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>186</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Our Startup Culture of Entitlement</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">46eed634-7cc9-41c9-8b22-108975583fd8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d4e622ed</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what founders are entitled to when their business takes off. There is danger in expecting too much from our Startup, when we think we should get additional funding because the business is growing, when we think that business growth will merit us more opportunities. Reality check: things don't work this way. Things take time to grow and every growth is exponentially different. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 You’re entitled to nothing</li><li>02:29 From being optimistic to being hubris</li><li>06:19 Why did I not get funded?</li><li>08:07 The path outside of funding</li><li>09:33 Success doesn’t happen quickly</li><li>12:25 The short-term mentality</li><li>14:45 Providing value first</li><li>16:19 Create realistic expectations</li><li>18:40 Enabling or accelerative?</li><li>21:13 Startup exit</li><li>23:46 What are you &amp; not entitled to?</li><li>26:28 We’re conditioned to getting a reward after work</li><li>27:34 Maintain an appropriate level of optimism</li><li>29:53 Believe in yourself but have humility</li><li>34:17 Startups are built on beliefs and blind optimism</li><li>37:20 We use other founders as a baseline</li><li>40:26 Do I need additional funding?</li><li>44:53 We’re too focused on crossing the finish line</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what founders are entitled to when their business takes off. There is danger in expecting too much from our Startup, when we think we should get additional funding because the business is growing, when we think that business growth will merit us more opportunities. Reality check: things don't work this way. Things take time to grow and every growth is exponentially different. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 You’re entitled to nothing</li><li>02:29 From being optimistic to being hubris</li><li>06:19 Why did I not get funded?</li><li>08:07 The path outside of funding</li><li>09:33 Success doesn’t happen quickly</li><li>12:25 The short-term mentality</li><li>14:45 Providing value first</li><li>16:19 Create realistic expectations</li><li>18:40 Enabling or accelerative?</li><li>21:13 Startup exit</li><li>23:46 What are you &amp; not entitled to?</li><li>26:28 We’re conditioned to getting a reward after work</li><li>27:34 Maintain an appropriate level of optimism</li><li>29:53 Believe in yourself but have humility</li><li>34:17 Startups are built on beliefs and blind optimism</li><li>37:20 We use other founders as a baseline</li><li>40:26 Do I need additional funding?</li><li>44:53 We’re too focused on crossing the finish line</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Oct 2022 02:35:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d4e622ed/ca5e5283.mp3" length="116591993" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2867</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what founders are entitled to when their business takes off. There is danger in expecting too much from our Startup, when we think we should get additional funding because the business is growing, when we think that business growth will merit us more opportunities. Reality check: things don't work this way. Things take time to grow and every growth is exponentially different. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what founders are entitled to when their business takes off. There is danger in expecting too much from our Startup, when we think we should get additional funding because the business is growing, w</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Bulls#!t Case for Raising Capital</title>
      <itunes:episode>185</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>185</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Bulls#!t Case for Raising Capital</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a271cc7-0c4b-4b13-926f-d9621ffd6ddc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/195fc720</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you need to raise a huge capital in order to have a successful Startup. How much money do you actually need to scale your business? Do you need to raise money quickly in order to scale up quickly? The thing is, having lots of capital does not mean success right away. There are some cases where Startups raised a lot of money in the beginning but ended up getting bankrupt. You see, it’s not all about having a lot of financial resources. You gotta have skills, connection, and the right amount of luck too!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:56 The best companies raised capital</li><li>07:32 Where does scaling quickly come from?</li><li>10:40 Lots of capital is not equal to sure success</li><li>15:32 You can’t create artificial growth</li><li>18:15 Betting someone else’s money</li><li>20:58 The walking dead of the funded</li><li>28:06 Seeing things from the bootstrap side to the funded side</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you need to raise a huge capital in order to have a successful Startup. How much money do you actually need to scale your business? Do you need to raise money quickly in order to scale up quickly? The thing is, having lots of capital does not mean success right away. There are some cases where Startups raised a lot of money in the beginning but ended up getting bankrupt. You see, it’s not all about having a lot of financial resources. You gotta have skills, connection, and the right amount of luck too!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:56 The best companies raised capital</li><li>07:32 Where does scaling quickly come from?</li><li>10:40 Lots of capital is not equal to sure success</li><li>15:32 You can’t create artificial growth</li><li>18:15 Betting someone else’s money</li><li>20:58 The walking dead of the funded</li><li>28:06 Seeing things from the bootstrap side to the funded side</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/195fc720/fa561999.mp3" length="73401722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1814</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you need to raise a huge capital in order to have a successful Startup. How much money do you actually need to scale your business? Do you need to raise money quickly in order to scale up quickly? The thing is, having lots of capital does not mean success right away. There are some cases where Startups raised a lot of money in the beginning but ended up getting bankrupt. You see, it’s not all about having a lot of financial resources. You gotta have skills, connection, and the right amount of luck too!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss whether you need to raise a huge capital in order to have a successful Startup. How much money do you actually need to scale your business? Do you need to raise money quickly in order to scale up qu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, We Only Have To Be Right Once</title>
      <itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>184</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, We Only Have To Be Right Once</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77e95a1c-c114-4bfd-b0d1-d907e18c03b2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/84c7e876</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders sometimes think that they’ve reached that billion dollar moment in their Startup and then end up being disappointed by the result. Now, the billion dollar question is - how many shots do we actually have? The thing is, we really won’t know when that moment happens so we just have to keep going and continue trying, gathering information as we move forward, because if we can only be right once, at least we are fully equipped once we get to that point. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 That one hockey stick moment</li><li>01:40 When it doesn’t change the way you expected it to happen</li><li>03:36 How many shots do you have?</li><li>07:56 Every shot comes with information</li><li>09:42 You’ll never see that moment coming</li><li>12:36 Just stay and keep trying</li><li>14:32 You have a decade</li><li>17:39 What if you're only right once?</li><li>22:16 It doesn’t have to be a mega hit</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders sometimes think that they’ve reached that billion dollar moment in their Startup and then end up being disappointed by the result. Now, the billion dollar question is - how many shots do we actually have? The thing is, we really won’t know when that moment happens so we just have to keep going and continue trying, gathering information as we move forward, because if we can only be right once, at least we are fully equipped once we get to that point. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 That one hockey stick moment</li><li>01:40 When it doesn’t change the way you expected it to happen</li><li>03:36 How many shots do you have?</li><li>07:56 Every shot comes with information</li><li>09:42 You’ll never see that moment coming</li><li>12:36 Just stay and keep trying</li><li>14:32 You have a decade</li><li>17:39 What if you're only right once?</li><li>22:16 It doesn’t have to be a mega hit</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/84c7e876/1ae71eaa.mp3" length="73242967" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1811</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders sometimes think that they’ve reached that billion dollar moment in their Startup and then end up being disappointed by the result. Now, the billion dollar question is - how many shots do we actually have? The thing is, we really won’t know when that moment happens so we just have to keep going and continue trying, gathering information as we move forward, because if we can only be right once, at least we are fully equipped once we get to that point. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders sometimes think that they’ve reached that billion dollar moment in their Startup and then end up being disappointed by the result. Now, the billion dollar question is - how many shots d</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Every Kid Should Be a Startup Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>183</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Every Kid Should Be a Startup Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">117b461c-e91c-484a-9156-9dc61db5b92f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8d97d078</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why it’s important to teach kids about entrepreneurship. You know what they say - better to start them young. Teaching about how to become a founder to kids as young as 10 years old will be an eye-opening experience. At this age, kids still have that pure mindset where they think they can do anything, and it’s important to nurture that. Planting the seed early on will bear fruit that will also be able to teach the future generations.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 What if we teach kids to be founders?</li><li>02:20 10 year olds are like a relatively complete processor</li><li>04:17 Kids have a business idea</li><li>05:36 They don’t know they can’t do it yet</li><li>07:59 Explore your interests</li><li>11:51 There’s a hundred different path</li><li>16:29 Opening the pandora’s box of entrepreneurship</li><li>18:28 We have one shot in life</li><li>21:05 Agency and ownership</li><li>24:04 Early experience is important</li><li>26:23 Planting the seed on the next generation</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why it’s important to teach kids about entrepreneurship. You know what they say - better to start them young. Teaching about how to become a founder to kids as young as 10 years old will be an eye-opening experience. At this age, kids still have that pure mindset where they think they can do anything, and it’s important to nurture that. Planting the seed early on will bear fruit that will also be able to teach the future generations.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 What if we teach kids to be founders?</li><li>02:20 10 year olds are like a relatively complete processor</li><li>04:17 Kids have a business idea</li><li>05:36 They don’t know they can’t do it yet</li><li>07:59 Explore your interests</li><li>11:51 There’s a hundred different path</li><li>16:29 Opening the pandora’s box of entrepreneurship</li><li>18:28 We have one shot in life</li><li>21:05 Agency and ownership</li><li>24:04 Early experience is important</li><li>26:23 Planting the seed on the next generation</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Oct 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8d97d078/3d5498ea.mp3" length="70215315" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1736</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why it’s important to teach kids about entrepreneurship. You know what they say - better to start them young. Teaching about how to become a founder to kids as young as 10 years old will be an eye-opening experience. At this age, kids still have that pure mindset where they think they can do anything, and it’s important to nurture that. Planting the seed early on will bear fruit that will also be able to teach the future generations.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why it’s important to teach kids about entrepreneurship. You know what they say - better to start them young. Teaching about how to become a founder to kids as young as 10 years old will be an eye-o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Big of a Failure Can I Survive as a Founder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>182</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Big of a Failure Can I Survive as a Founder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">75a17cfe-1a28-41af-9734-3a16dcb8ee67</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5d1823be</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can survive a failed Startup. For some founders, when they experience failure, they immediately think that it’s the end, that it’s a complete failure. But one thing's for sure though – we will all get over it. Failure has always been a part of the process and it will teach us valuable lessons along the way. And it also gives us the most important ammunition: a chance to start again.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 What happens to the founder after a startup fails?</li><li>03:00 No one cares your startup failed</li><li>05:05 Everyone is going through the same thing</li><li>06:06 And then what?</li><li>09:53 You won’t even remember it</li><li>13:22 You can just try again</li><li>14:56 Losses are momentary</li><li>16:59 Your failures can be anecdotes to teach people</li><li>18:17 You get a clean slate</li><li>21:39 This is not your only chance</li><li>23:09 You’re not starting from zero</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can survive a failed Startup. For some founders, when they experience failure, they immediately think that it’s the end, that it’s a complete failure. But one thing's for sure though – we will all get over it. Failure has always been a part of the process and it will teach us valuable lessons along the way. And it also gives us the most important ammunition: a chance to start again.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 What happens to the founder after a startup fails?</li><li>03:00 No one cares your startup failed</li><li>05:05 Everyone is going through the same thing</li><li>06:06 And then what?</li><li>09:53 You won’t even remember it</li><li>13:22 You can just try again</li><li>14:56 Losses are momentary</li><li>16:59 Your failures can be anecdotes to teach people</li><li>18:17 You get a clean slate</li><li>21:39 This is not your only chance</li><li>23:09 You’re not starting from zero</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5d1823be/121186ba.mp3" length="66242044" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1641</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can survive a failed Startup. For some founders, when they experience failure, they immediately think that it’s the end, that it’s a complete failure. But one thing's for sure though – we will all get over it. Failure has always been a part of the process and it will teach us valuable lessons along the way. And it also gives us the most important ammunition: a chance to start again.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders can survive a failed Startup. For some founders, when they experience failure, they immediately think that it’s the end, that it’s a complete failure. But one thing's for sure though – </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Are All My Founder Friends Ahead of Me?</title>
      <itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>181</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Are All My Founder Friends Ahead of Me?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9c5d372f-c423-4aa5-8c47-d0be23a37eb9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/413bd909</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem of comparing yourself with other founders. Sometimes, we look at the success of others and immediately think we’re falling behind. We always compare ourselves to others without even realizing that we all had a different head start and were influenced by varied outside factors. Remember, success is a process, and we go through it in different phases. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 How to level up</li><li>02:51 Stop comparing yourself with other founders</li><li>05:43 The milestones doesn’t end</li><li>08:24 We all grow differently</li><li>11:20 It might look similar – but it’s totally different</li><li>12:47 Sometimes the right decision is not the right direction</li><li>14:31 Comparison kills progress</li><li>17:30 Even the most successful people still fails</li><li>21:04 Stay around for a long time</li><li>23:41 You’re only entitled to your own outcome</li><li>25:06 All accomplishments are fleeting</li><li>28:16 The benchmark paradigm shift</li><li>30:33 Focusing on the money</li><li>33:58 Comparing your startup with another startup with the same services</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem of comparing yourself with other founders. Sometimes, we look at the success of others and immediately think we’re falling behind. We always compare ourselves to others without even realizing that we all had a different head start and were influenced by varied outside factors. Remember, success is a process, and we go through it in different phases. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 How to level up</li><li>02:51 Stop comparing yourself with other founders</li><li>05:43 The milestones doesn’t end</li><li>08:24 We all grow differently</li><li>11:20 It might look similar – but it’s totally different</li><li>12:47 Sometimes the right decision is not the right direction</li><li>14:31 Comparison kills progress</li><li>17:30 Even the most successful people still fails</li><li>21:04 Stay around for a long time</li><li>23:41 You’re only entitled to your own outcome</li><li>25:06 All accomplishments are fleeting</li><li>28:16 The benchmark paradigm shift</li><li>30:33 Focusing on the money</li><li>33:58 Comparing your startup with another startup with the same services</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/413bd909/08bd517b.mp3" length="97654328" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2413</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem of comparing yourself with other founders. Sometimes, we look at the success of others and immediately think we’re falling behind. We always compare ourselves to others without even realizing that we all had a different head start and were influenced by varied outside factors. Remember, success is a process, and we go through it in different phases. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the problem of comparing yourself with other founders. Sometimes, we look at the success of others and immediately think we’re falling behind. We always compare ourselves to others without even real</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Startup CEOs Really CEOs?</title>
      <itunes:episode>180</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>180</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Startup CEOs Really CEOs?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">627d2bc3-8226-4bb2-8311-32916e628a2d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3ba85e12</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if startup CEOs can really be considered as CEOs. The CEO title bears a lot of responsibility – it’s a nice title to have alongside your name but the question is, are you qualified to have it? It’s easy to get the title, in fact, anyone can become one but do you have the right qualifications and enough experience to be called a CEO?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:16 Just because you have the title, it doesn’t mean you’re qualified</li><li>06:12 CEOs need to manage people</li><li>09:01 CEOs have experience</li><li>13:27 Start-up CEOs can’t be corporate CEOs and vice versa</li><li>18:42 There are different types of growth</li><li>20:27 Your focus will change when you reach 80 people inflection point</li><li>23:34 The CEO job can get dreadful</li><li>25:38 The problem with hiring overqualified people than the CEO</li><li>27:16 Don’t let other people replace your CEO role entirely</li><li>30:00 Anyone can get the title, but you have to earn the job</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if startup CEOs can really be considered as CEOs. The CEO title bears a lot of responsibility – it’s a nice title to have alongside your name but the question is, are you qualified to have it? It’s easy to get the title, in fact, anyone can become one but do you have the right qualifications and enough experience to be called a CEO?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:16 Just because you have the title, it doesn’t mean you’re qualified</li><li>06:12 CEOs need to manage people</li><li>09:01 CEOs have experience</li><li>13:27 Start-up CEOs can’t be corporate CEOs and vice versa</li><li>18:42 There are different types of growth</li><li>20:27 Your focus will change when you reach 80 people inflection point</li><li>23:34 The CEO job can get dreadful</li><li>25:38 The problem with hiring overqualified people than the CEO</li><li>27:16 Don’t let other people replace your CEO role entirely</li><li>30:00 Anyone can get the title, but you have to earn the job</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3ba85e12/c0f3f41b.mp3" length="93595372" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2317</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if startup CEOs can really be considered as CEOs. The CEO title bears a lot of responsibility – it’s a nice title to have alongside your name but the question is, are you qualified to have it? It’s easy to get the title, in fact, anyone can become one but do you have the right qualifications and enough experience to be called a CEO?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss if startup CEOs can really be considered as CEOs. The CEO title bears a lot of responsibility – it’s a nice title to have alongside your name but the question is, are you qualified to have it? It’s </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, We Have SO Much Time Left In Our Careers</title>
      <itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>179</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, We Have SO Much Time Left In Our Careers</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c552c9a0-986c-432b-9f76-a4ff1d988697</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/61500eb2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders should not feel like they are running out of time – because they’re not. Most young entrepreneurs feel that they should rush things just because others seem to be doing well in life already and they’re feeling left behind. Everyone has their own timeframes and maybe this year is just not your year, and that’s okay, because you still have a lot of time left in your career. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:07 You have so much time in your career</li><li>03:12 Be reasonable about given timeframes</li><li>05:01 Look at the long view</li><li>07:26 The most powerful companies were built over decades</li><li>09:01 Don’t allow external opinions to tell you where you should be now</li><li>10:48 What you can actually accomplish</li><li>12:44 This might not be your decade yet</li><li>13:59 Some resources will not be available now but will be in the future</li><li>17:02 You have to pace yourself</li><li>22:11 Build your pyramid</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders should not feel like they are running out of time – because they’re not. Most young entrepreneurs feel that they should rush things just because others seem to be doing well in life already and they’re feeling left behind. Everyone has their own timeframes and maybe this year is just not your year, and that’s okay, because you still have a lot of time left in your career. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:07 You have so much time in your career</li><li>03:12 Be reasonable about given timeframes</li><li>05:01 Look at the long view</li><li>07:26 The most powerful companies were built over decades</li><li>09:01 Don’t allow external opinions to tell you where you should be now</li><li>10:48 What you can actually accomplish</li><li>12:44 This might not be your decade yet</li><li>13:59 Some resources will not be available now but will be in the future</li><li>17:02 You have to pace yourself</li><li>22:11 Build your pyramid</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/61500eb2/9254b0d5.mp3" length="63201346" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1562</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders should not feel like they are running out of time – because they’re not. Most young entrepreneurs feel that they should rush things just because others seem to be doing well in life already and they’re feeling left behind. Everyone has their own timeframes and maybe this year is just not your year, and that’s okay, because you still have a lot of time left in your career. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how founders should not feel like they are running out of time – because they’re not. Most young entrepreneurs feel that they should rush things just because others seem to be doing well in life alr</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders, Let's Live to Fight Another Day</title>
      <itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>178</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders, Let's Live to Fight Another Day</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">acb823a8-1fb7-4b40-bcd1-b8676207e15b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1c43e578</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance for founders to identify problems early on and why they should do something about it. Survival is the strategy in Startups so founders should be aware of the early signs of problems  so that they can find solutions to last longer in this game. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 Living to fight another day</li><li>02:41 Lying with the full intention of making it true</li><li>04:29 Survival is the strategy</li><li>08:36 Founders should realize the situation first</li><li>12:44 Changes can make stay in the game longer</li><li>14:39 Down round</li><li>19:27 Invest in the reality of a business</li><li>22:06 Double up on your winners, and cut pay on your losers</li><li>24:24 Doing nothing is death</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance for founders to identify problems early on and why they should do something about it. Survival is the strategy in Startups so founders should be aware of the early signs of problems  so that they can find solutions to last longer in this game. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:24 Living to fight another day</li><li>02:41 Lying with the full intention of making it true</li><li>04:29 Survival is the strategy</li><li>08:36 Founders should realize the situation first</li><li>12:44 Changes can make stay in the game longer</li><li>14:39 Down round</li><li>19:27 Invest in the reality of a business</li><li>22:06 Double up on your winners, and cut pay on your losers</li><li>24:24 Doing nothing is death</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1c43e578/48ce1472.mp3" length="28847540" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1799</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance for founders to identify problems early on and why they should do something about it. Survival is the strategy in Startups so founders should be aware of the early signs of problems  so that they can find solutions to last longer in this game. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance for founders to identify problems early on and why they should do something about it. Survival is the strategy in Startups so founders should be aware of the early signs of problems  </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Being a Founder Made Me a Better Parent, and Vice Versa.</title>
      <itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>177</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Being a Founder Made Me a Better Parent, and Vice Versa.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7afc3a2f-ff58-469d-8ac3-4e4a2303e2ae</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/dfe87fe4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a parent made them better founders, and vice versa. There are things that we won’t understand until we experience them ourselves, and in a Startup, there are similar things that we can compare when it comes to leading and being a parent. Once you start teaching your kids good values you can apply those to your company, because as they say, “being a founder is like being a parent, you always stay involved.”<br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:23 Does being a parent make you a better founder?</li><li>04:50 Teaching your kids to question everything </li><li>10:18 Leading with humility</li><li>11:36 The answers can change when we ask questions</li><li>14:03 Start with what makes you happy</li><li>20:08 Just because you have talent, you don’t have to do it</li><li>24:27 Give your kids permission to do something else</li><li>25:26 Having empathy</li><li>29:11 Stay curious</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a parent made them better founders, and vice versa. There are things that we won’t understand until we experience them ourselves, and in a Startup, there are similar things that we can compare when it comes to leading and being a parent. Once you start teaching your kids good values you can apply those to your company, because as they say, “being a founder is like being a parent, you always stay involved.”<br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:23 Does being a parent make you a better founder?</li><li>04:50 Teaching your kids to question everything </li><li>10:18 Leading with humility</li><li>11:36 The answers can change when we ask questions</li><li>14:03 Start with what makes you happy</li><li>20:08 Just because you have talent, you don’t have to do it</li><li>24:27 Give your kids permission to do something else</li><li>25:26 Having empathy</li><li>29:11 Stay curious</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/dfe87fe4/0716bf1c.mp3" length="49198149" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2014</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a parent made them better founders, and vice versa. There are things that we won’t understand until we experience them ourselves, and in a Startup, there are similar things that we can compare when it comes to leading and being a parent. Once you start teaching your kids good values you can apply those to your company, because as they say, “being a founder is like being a parent, you always stay involved.”</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss how being a parent made them better founders, and vice versa. There are things that we won’t understand until we experience them ourselves, and in a Startup, there are similar things that we can com</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Need To Build A Culture of “I’m Wrong”</title>
      <itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>176</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Need To Build A Culture of “I’m Wrong”</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9e73ca97-5112-4372-9169-4430a5ab7d16</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/82374b9d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss one of the most common problems with new businesses - they are afraid to do the wrong thing. In Startup you can’t always be right and have a smooth sailing path in the beginning, you will always have to be wrong and do the wrong things first before knowing what is right. Normalizing a culture of admitting and allowing mistakes will help companies know how they can perform better in the future.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:01 Don’t get hung up on a business idea</li><li>06:03 It’s alright to admit that you have no idea</li><li>07:49 Getting wrong advice from the wrong people</li><li>09:02 Push yourself harder to become wrong</li><li>11:23 You have to be wrong first to know what right actually looks like</li><li>12:29 Stop hiring the wrong people</li><li>16:00 People can change because of variable reasons</li><li>18:51 Hiring someone according to your own variable</li><li>23:39 How to get marketing right?</li><li>25:53 Learn to test to be less wrong</li><li>27:16 Allow people to fail and be wrong</li><li>28:59 There is a difference between being wrong and being negligent</li><li>29:55 Humility is the key to good leadership</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss one of the most common problems with new businesses - they are afraid to do the wrong thing. In Startup you can’t always be right and have a smooth sailing path in the beginning, you will always have to be wrong and do the wrong things first before knowing what is right. Normalizing a culture of admitting and allowing mistakes will help companies know how they can perform better in the future.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:01 Don’t get hung up on a business idea</li><li>06:03 It’s alright to admit that you have no idea</li><li>07:49 Getting wrong advice from the wrong people</li><li>09:02 Push yourself harder to become wrong</li><li>11:23 You have to be wrong first to know what right actually looks like</li><li>12:29 Stop hiring the wrong people</li><li>16:00 People can change because of variable reasons</li><li>18:51 Hiring someone according to your own variable</li><li>23:39 How to get marketing right?</li><li>25:53 Learn to test to be less wrong</li><li>27:16 Allow people to fail and be wrong</li><li>28:59 There is a difference between being wrong and being negligent</li><li>29:55 Humility is the key to good leadership</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/82374b9d/3e0d089e.mp3" length="49406566" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2052</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss one of the most common problems with new businesses - they are afraid to do the wrong thing. In Startup you can’t always be right and have a smooth sailing path in the beginning, you will always have to be wrong and do the wrong things first before knowing what is right. Normalizing a culture of admitting and allowing mistakes will help companies know how they can perform better in the future.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss one of the most common problems with new businesses - they are afraid to do the wrong thing. In Startup you can’t always be right and have a smooth sailing path in the beginning, you will always hav</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Where There's Smoke - There's Fire</title>
      <itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>175</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Where There's Smoke - There's Fire</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">edf7b099-7f83-4dbc-b3cc-5b9eff8efa54</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/78737258</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why managers and founders need to pay more attention to small details. Sometimes companies have employees who suddenly start performing poorly. What could be the reason? Whenever there are small problems, there must be a root cause of why it’s happening, so it’s up to the founders to identify what’s causing it. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:13 Sometimes there is a bigger problem behind any small issue</li><li>04:27 When things look off, it’s because it’s off</li><li>07:29 People don’t make excuses when they’re on their game</li><li>10:11 Pay attention to the details</li><li>18:36 Everyone is not going to be a top performer</li><li>19:19 The organization will slowly regress to its slowest mover</li><li>23:25 Ask the question, “what do you want to get done?”</li><li>25:28 Opening the conversation with “how can I help?”</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why managers and founders need to pay more attention to small details. Sometimes companies have employees who suddenly start performing poorly. What could be the reason? Whenever there are small problems, there must be a root cause of why it’s happening, so it’s up to the founders to identify what’s causing it. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>03:13 Sometimes there is a bigger problem behind any small issue</li><li>04:27 When things look off, it’s because it’s off</li><li>07:29 People don’t make excuses when they’re on their game</li><li>10:11 Pay attention to the details</li><li>18:36 Everyone is not going to be a top performer</li><li>19:19 The organization will slowly regress to its slowest mover</li><li>23:25 Ask the question, “what do you want to get done?”</li><li>25:28 Opening the conversation with “how can I help?”</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/78737258/798fb3a3.mp3" length="40239697" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1669</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why managers and founders need to pay more attention to small details. Sometimes companies have employees who suddenly start performing poorly. What could be the reason? Whenever there are small problems, there must be a root cause of why it’s happening, so it’s up to the founders to identify what’s causing it. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why managers and founders need to pay more attention to small details. Sometimes companies have employees who suddenly start performing poorly. What could be the reason? Whenever there are small pro</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Would I Tell My Former Founder Self?</title>
      <itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>174</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Would I Tell My Former Founder Self?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">41c3394c-5649-4bf0-a287-859ca591ce0f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/55f00dcd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss some of the advice that they would tell their younger founder selves. If you could go back in time, what would you tell your past self? Now that you’re wiser and more experienced, there are many things that you wished you would’ve done differently, but those mistakes and lessons that you had along the way is what also made you become the person you are today. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:39 Don’t feel rushed and have more patience</li><li>05:07 You can do a lot of transformative things in just a few years</li><li>07:02 It’s okay to fail</li><li>07:58 Cultivating relationships</li><li>10:14 Find people who wants you to become a better person</li><li>12:00 The “give &amp; get” in relationships</li><li>14:10 How relationships ends is how you get remembered</li><li>15:56 Just be kind to yourself</li><li>16:54 You have the ability to say no</li><li>20:14 Learn how to zoom in and out in life</li><li>22:22 It’s okay to let go of toxic relationships</li><li>24:52 Will your younger self follow this advice?</li><li>29:19 The big moments will be a series of big moments</li><li>31:29 Success is not final, failure is not fail, it’s the courage to continue that counts</li><li>34:37 Focus more on acting like the person you want to be vs. the person others want you to be</li><li>38:53 Getting older gives us all the more perspective to offer to others</li><li>42:34 Do it your own way</li><li>46:26 The most valuable part of the process is learning </li><li>49:53 Be in the room</li><li>54:09 You don’t have to figure out everything on your own</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss some of the advice that they would tell their younger founder selves. If you could go back in time, what would you tell your past self? Now that you’re wiser and more experienced, there are many things that you wished you would’ve done differently, but those mistakes and lessons that you had along the way is what also made you become the person you are today. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:39 Don’t feel rushed and have more patience</li><li>05:07 You can do a lot of transformative things in just a few years</li><li>07:02 It’s okay to fail</li><li>07:58 Cultivating relationships</li><li>10:14 Find people who wants you to become a better person</li><li>12:00 The “give &amp; get” in relationships</li><li>14:10 How relationships ends is how you get remembered</li><li>15:56 Just be kind to yourself</li><li>16:54 You have the ability to say no</li><li>20:14 Learn how to zoom in and out in life</li><li>22:22 It’s okay to let go of toxic relationships</li><li>24:52 Will your younger self follow this advice?</li><li>29:19 The big moments will be a series of big moments</li><li>31:29 Success is not final, failure is not fail, it’s the courage to continue that counts</li><li>34:37 Focus more on acting like the person you want to be vs. the person others want you to be</li><li>38:53 Getting older gives us all the more perspective to offer to others</li><li>42:34 Do it your own way</li><li>46:26 The most valuable part of the process is learning </li><li>49:53 Be in the room</li><li>54:09 You don’t have to figure out everything on your own</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/55f00dcd/865b64cf.mp3" length="138250823" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3421</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss some of the advice that they would tell their younger founder selves. If you could go back in time, what would you tell your past self? Now that you’re wiser and more experienced, there are many things that you wished you would’ve done differently, but those mistakes and lessons that you had along the way is what also made you become the person you are today. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss some of the advice that they would tell their younger founder selves. If you could go back in time, what would you tell your past self? Now that you’re wiser and more experienced, there are many thi</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Need a Culture of Accountability</title>
      <itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>173</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Need a Culture of Accountability</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">814d282d-986d-4c3a-81c0-311b0d07e43b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3d2b3145</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of accountability in a company. A founder should be able to know how to instill accountability in their employees. The two main components to get accountability are ownership and consequences - having these things can make a huge difference in a company’s overall success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Nobody else wants to be accountable</li><li>02:01 Founders always have the higher stakes</li><li>04:36 The challenge founders face is to get everyone accountable</li><li>06:53 Consequences affect accountability</li><li>09:31 Not being accountable does not mean safety</li><li>11:25 What happens to a company with no accountability</li><li>14:45 Two components to get accountability</li><li>18:18 Owning the outcome </li><li>19:46 Effects of reward and recognition</li><li>23:28 Visibility in a company</li><li>26:15 Changing up plans where everyone can adjust</li><li>28:55 When founders don’t understand the importance of their accountability</li><li>31:05 Excuses are the most powerful solvent that dissolves accountability</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of accountability in a company. A founder should be able to know how to instill accountability in their employees. The two main components to get accountability are ownership and consequences - having these things can make a huge difference in a company’s overall success.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Nobody else wants to be accountable</li><li>02:01 Founders always have the higher stakes</li><li>04:36 The challenge founders face is to get everyone accountable</li><li>06:53 Consequences affect accountability</li><li>09:31 Not being accountable does not mean safety</li><li>11:25 What happens to a company with no accountability</li><li>14:45 Two components to get accountability</li><li>18:18 Owning the outcome </li><li>19:46 Effects of reward and recognition</li><li>23:28 Visibility in a company</li><li>26:15 Changing up plans where everyone can adjust</li><li>28:55 When founders don’t understand the importance of their accountability</li><li>31:05 Excuses are the most powerful solvent that dissolves accountability</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3d2b3145/6496a5e0.mp3" length="52193912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2144</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of accountability in a company. A founder should be able to know how to instill accountability in their employees. The two main components to get accountability are ownership and consequences - having these things can make a huge difference in a company’s overall success.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss the importance of accountability in a company. A founder should be able to know how to instill accountability in their employees. The two main components to get accountability are ownership and cons</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Am I a Good Manager?</title>
      <itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>172</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Am I a Good Manager?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">54806efa-2b20-424a-806a-d85ed8d10161</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/47e509c7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what makes a good manager. What does it take to become a good manager? Is it a manager that consistently hits the targets and can keep up with the demands of the business? It is someone who showcases good leadership skills and the right mindset? The truth is, one becomes a good manager when they can push the entire team to transform themselves and become exponentially better at what they do. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:41 Most of us hadn’t led a team of managers</li><li>03:14 Are you a babysitter</li><li>07:03 This is what a good manager does</li><li>12:39 Growth versus stability</li><li>16:14 Managers should push teammates to transform themselves</li><li>19:34 Patience and tolerance</li><li>23:33 We want somebody that can make the team 10X better</li><li>29:10 How are you making the team exponentially better?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what makes a good manager. What does it take to become a good manager? Is it a manager that consistently hits the targets and can keep up with the demands of the business? It is someone who showcases good leadership skills and the right mindset? The truth is, one becomes a good manager when they can push the entire team to transform themselves and become exponentially better at what they do. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:41 Most of us hadn’t led a team of managers</li><li>03:14 Are you a babysitter</li><li>07:03 This is what a good manager does</li><li>12:39 Growth versus stability</li><li>16:14 Managers should push teammates to transform themselves</li><li>19:34 Patience and tolerance</li><li>23:33 We want somebody that can make the team 10X better</li><li>29:10 How are you making the team exponentially better?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jul 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/47e509c7/0b668f75.mp3" length="82374846" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2042</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what makes a good manager. What does it take to become a good manager? Is it a manager that consistently hits the targets and can keep up with the demands of the business? It is someone who showcases good leadership skills and the right mindset? The truth is, one becomes a good manager when they can push the entire team to transform themselves and become exponentially better at what they do.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss what makes a good manager. What does it take to become a good manager? Is it a manager that consistently hits the targets and can keep up with the demands of the business? It is someone who showcase</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sacrificing our Health for our Startup is NOT OK</title>
      <itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>171</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Sacrificing our Health for our Startup is NOT OK</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6c05cb5b-e31c-441d-a8c3-b90b1de2e923</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8f3bd0c1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why health is an important asset for founders. Sacrifices are often necessary for every business - less time with family, skipping meals, not taking breaks, constantly working overtime and not getting paid enough, etc. In the early stage of the business, these types of sacrifices are ‘deemed’ essential and expected. Years later, stress and anxiety will eat you up and you’ll probably be dealing with a failing body. Yes, sacrifices are necessary but not in exchange for your health.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:16 When do we stop destroying ourselves for our Startup?</li><li>07:52 Wearing yourself out without measurable return</li><li>16:40 When we feel like we have to make these sacrifices</li><li>22:45 Top performers take their health seriously</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why health is an important asset for founders. Sacrifices are often necessary for every business - less time with family, skipping meals, not taking breaks, constantly working overtime and not getting paid enough, etc. In the early stage of the business, these types of sacrifices are ‘deemed’ essential and expected. Years later, stress and anxiety will eat you up and you’ll probably be dealing with a failing body. Yes, sacrifices are necessary but not in exchange for your health.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:16 When do we stop destroying ourselves for our Startup?</li><li>07:52 Wearing yourself out without measurable return</li><li>16:40 When we feel like we have to make these sacrifices</li><li>22:45 Top performers take their health seriously</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8f3bd0c1/b7f13c5d.mp3" length="70677183" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1747</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why health is an important asset for founders. Sacrifices are often necessary for every business - less time with family, skipping meals, not taking breaks, constantly working overtime and not getting paid enough, etc. In the early stage of the business, these types of sacrifices are ‘deemed’ essential and expected. Years later, stress and anxiety will eat you up and you’ll probably be dealing with a failing body. Yes, sacrifices are necessary but not in exchange for your health.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why health is an important asset for founders. Sacrifices are often necessary for every business - less time with family, skipping meals, not taking breaks, constantly working overtime and not getti</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if Our Startup Founder Anxiety Never Quits</title>
      <itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>170</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if Our Startup Founder Anxiety Never Quits</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3dec911-0764-4c98-9783-7794e61da6ad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b77e4865</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the never ending anxiety we all have. One of the things that makes every founder feel on the edge most of the time is getting anxious over everything, this sense of urgency to get one thing done after another right away. What we don’t realize is instead of rushing through things, sometimes it can be beneficial to our mental health if we just let things take its course. And if we shift our focus on solving the problem and not get anxious about it.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 When does anxiety go away?</li><li>07:25 It started with a lot of anxiety, created more, and then just stayed</li><li>19:19 Fleeting moments without feeling anxious</li><li>24:54 Instead of saying, “I feel anxious about this problem…”</li><li>29:52 Sometimes, you don’t need to take action</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the never ending anxiety we all have. One of the things that makes every founder feel on the edge most of the time is getting anxious over everything, this sense of urgency to get one thing done after another right away. What we don’t realize is instead of rushing through things, sometimes it can be beneficial to our mental health if we just let things take its course. And if we shift our focus on solving the problem and not get anxious about it.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 When does anxiety go away?</li><li>07:25 It started with a lot of anxiety, created more, and then just stayed</li><li>19:19 Fleeting moments without feeling anxious</li><li>24:54 Instead of saying, “I feel anxious about this problem…”</li><li>29:52 Sometimes, you don’t need to take action</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b77e4865/a8f704fd.mp3" length="82391008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2044</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the never ending anxiety we all have. One of the things that makes every founder feel on the edge most of the time is getting anxious over everything, this sense of urgency to get one thing done after another right away. What we don’t realize is instead of rushing through things, sometimes it can be beneficial to our mental health if we just let things take its course. And if we shift our focus on solving the problem and not get anxious about it. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the never ending anxiety we all have. One of the things that makes every founder feel on the edge most of the time is getting anxious over everything, this sense of urgency to get one thing done </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This is Fun and All, But When Do I Get Rich??</title>
      <itunes:episode>169</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>169</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>This is Fun and All, But When Do I Get Rich??</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f9c1686-7b2d-436f-a505-cd941f886c54</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/478564b0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when founders actually get paid? In the Startups community, many founders expect immediate returns and instant success. This is because a lot of founders have shown potential and managed to grow their business exponentially in such a short period of time. New founders expect the same outcome to happen to them. The truth is, outside of the community, it takes several years, decades even, to reach significant growth in returns. Not everyone can get rich overnight.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 When do founders actually get paid?</li><li>05:28 The expectation of a linear path</li><li>12:53 Startups.com just celebrated its 10th year anniversary</li><li>13:49 We expect success in 18 months</li><li>18:45 Why do founders get paid last?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when founders actually get paid? In the Startups community, many founders expect immediate returns and instant success. This is because a lot of founders have shown potential and managed to grow their business exponentially in such a short period of time. New founders expect the same outcome to happen to them. The truth is, outside of the community, it takes several years, decades even, to reach significant growth in returns. Not everyone can get rich overnight.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 When do founders actually get paid?</li><li>05:28 The expectation of a linear path</li><li>12:53 Startups.com just celebrated its 10th year anniversary</li><li>13:49 We expect success in 18 months</li><li>18:45 Why do founders get paid last?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/478564b0/d95798ba.mp3" length="64488806" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1595</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when founders actually get paid? In the Startups community, many founders expect immediate returns and instant success. This is because a lot of founders have shown potential and managed to grow their business exponentially in such a short period of time. New founders expect the same outcome to happen to them. The truth is, outside of the community, it takes several years, decades even, to reach significant growth in returns. Not everyone can get rich overnight. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when founders actually get paid? In the Startups community, many founders expect immediate returns and instant success. This is because a lot of founders have shown potential and managed to grow </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We're All Afraid of Paper Demons</title>
      <itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>168</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We're All Afraid of Paper Demons</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fd303c96-bb59-4f8c-8f6e-17b4ab80fe0d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4e6e1216</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about overthinking. When you start to focus your attention on something that has not happened yet and it starts to affect your performance, decision-making, and growth, you end up getting anxious. And this growing anxiety will hinder what you are truly capable of achieving. So, stop worrying about the things that didn’t happen and start planning based on what’s happening now. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:41 We spend so much time thinking about what might go wrong</li><li>04:41 Investors do care for us in some ways</li><li>08:26 One failure won’t destroy you for life</li><li>14:45 Customers only care about what you’re doing</li><li>17:00 Focus on product quality instead of the competition</li><li>21:45 Anxiety in the workplace </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about overthinking. When you start to focus your attention on something that has not happened yet and it starts to affect your performance, decision-making, and growth, you end up getting anxious. And this growing anxiety will hinder what you are truly capable of achieving. So, stop worrying about the things that didn’t happen and start planning based on what’s happening now. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:41 We spend so much time thinking about what might go wrong</li><li>04:41 Investors do care for us in some ways</li><li>08:26 One failure won’t destroy you for life</li><li>14:45 Customers only care about what you’re doing</li><li>17:00 Focus on product quality instead of the competition</li><li>21:45 Anxiety in the workplace </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jun 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4e6e1216/04bb6971.mp3" length="61773320" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1530</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about overthinking. When you start to focus your attention on something that has not happened yet and it starts to affect your performance, decision-making, and growth, you end up getting anxious. And this growing anxiety will hinder what you are truly capable of achieving. So, stop worrying about the things that didn’t happen and start planning based on what’s happening now. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about overthinking. When you start to focus your attention on something that has not happened yet and it starts to affect your performance, decision-making, and growth, you end up getting anxious. And </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Letting People Go: Ego and Safety</title>
      <itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>167</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Letting People Go: Ego and Safety</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5e9fa55f-767e-49ce-82fe-6a6a7c8b8bc0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef892684</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about people losing their jobs. We’ve been talking about it and now it’s happening. People are losing their jobs fast and they are left with little to no option in these trying times. As a founder, what can you do to help? Are you supposed to do something somehow? People are losing their safety of a steady stream of income and the last thing they want to bring with them when they leave is uncertainty and heavy competition. If you still have the means, make it so that the transition is made easier for them. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 It’s a hard time for employees </li><li>03:58 Our ego is attached to this sense of ownership</li><li>09:14 People always remember what they felt during a transaction</li><li>13:19 How to properly handle demoting/letting go of people</li><li>23:40 A founder’s ego and safety is being threatened also </li><li>29:10 Moving employees from full time to part time</li><li>37:29 Should you hire more employees now?</li><li>41:10 Taking advantage of talents being let go</li><li>43:14 Deferred or partially deferred payment </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about people losing their jobs. We’ve been talking about it and now it’s happening. People are losing their jobs fast and they are left with little to no option in these trying times. As a founder, what can you do to help? Are you supposed to do something somehow? People are losing their safety of a steady stream of income and the last thing they want to bring with them when they leave is uncertainty and heavy competition. If you still have the means, make it so that the transition is made easier for them. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 It’s a hard time for employees </li><li>03:58 Our ego is attached to this sense of ownership</li><li>09:14 People always remember what they felt during a transaction</li><li>13:19 How to properly handle demoting/letting go of people</li><li>23:40 A founder’s ego and safety is being threatened also </li><li>29:10 Moving employees from full time to part time</li><li>37:29 Should you hire more employees now?</li><li>41:10 Taking advantage of talents being let go</li><li>43:14 Deferred or partially deferred payment </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 May 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ef892684/2ce6dae9.mp3" length="49019631" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3016</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about people losing their jobs. We’ve been talking about it and now it’s happening. People are losing their jobs fast and they are left with little to no option in these trying times. As a founder, what can you do to help? Are you supposed to do something somehow? People are losing their safety of a steady stream of income and the last thing they want to bring with them when they leave is uncertainty and heavy competition. If you still have the means, make it so that the transition is made easier for them. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about people losing their jobs. We’ve been talking about it and now it’s happening. People are losing their jobs fast and they are left with little to no option in these trying times. As a founder, wha</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What a Market Downturn Means for Startups</title>
      <itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>166</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What a Market Downturn Means for Startups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">85e3998c-09e2-4c14-be24-9a38cb33a975</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a1345ba9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting a freeze on your resources when returns take a downturn. When is it necessary to let go of some employees? When is it an urgent matter to get more funding? Can you possibly get more funding when the Startup isn’t hitting the target? Well, you can definitely weather the storm when you understand that a downturn is tough but it’s a good phase to start cleaning up unnecessary ties and expenditures.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Startup market crash</li><li>06:47 The reason investing got so crazy</li><li>14:59 We raise money to get to milestone</li><li>17:35 When you start seeing lay-offs</li><li>20:33 We have to switch to defense </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting a freeze on your resources when returns take a downturn. When is it necessary to let go of some employees? When is it an urgent matter to get more funding? Can you possibly get more funding when the Startup isn’t hitting the target? Well, you can definitely weather the storm when you understand that a downturn is tough but it’s a good phase to start cleaning up unnecessary ties and expenditures.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Startup market crash</li><li>06:47 The reason investing got so crazy</li><li>14:59 We raise money to get to milestone</li><li>17:35 When you start seeing lay-offs</li><li>20:33 We have to switch to defense </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 May 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a1345ba9/d05ce215.mp3" length="62480732" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1544</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting a freeze on your resources when returns take a downturn. When is it necessary to let go of some employees? When is it an urgent matter to get more funding? Can you possibly get more funding when the Startup isn’t hitting the target? Well, you can definitely weather the storm when you understand that a downturn is tough but it’s a good phase to start cleaning up unnecessary ties and expenditures.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting a freeze on your resources when returns take a downturn. When is it necessary to let go of some employees? When is it an urgent matter to get more funding? Can you possibly get more fundi</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>As a Founder, Should I Focus on Profit or Growth?</title>
      <itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>165</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>As a Founder, Should I Focus on Profit or Growth?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">82d02a79-7ad2-4fd3-a0f2-38b8c55eb797</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2e082998</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about where founders should put their focus on. Growth or profit? Can you focus on both? The true measure of a founding team is the success of every bet made and the ability to bounce back from the negative consequences of these bets. You can focus on returns and not see much growth or grow exponentially and invest in hiring more people. Either way, it’s always about achieving your ultimate goal.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Why profit should always be the motive</li><li>05:54 You can’t simply mimic successful Startups</li><li>12:39 Give yourself enough time to learn everything about the business</li><li>21:15 Growth can also be very distracting</li><li>26:12 They all look like great when they’re just ideas</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about where founders should put their focus on. Growth or profit? Can you focus on both? The true measure of a founding team is the success of every bet made and the ability to bounce back from the negative consequences of these bets. You can focus on returns and not see much growth or grow exponentially and invest in hiring more people. Either way, it’s always about achieving your ultimate goal.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Why profit should always be the motive</li><li>05:54 You can’t simply mimic successful Startups</li><li>12:39 Give yourself enough time to learn everything about the business</li><li>21:15 Growth can also be very distracting</li><li>26:12 They all look like great when they’re just ideas</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 May 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2e082998/386c9386.mp3" length="75380092" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1867</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about where founders should put their focus on. Growth or profit? Can you focus on both? The true measure of a founding team is the success of every bet made and the ability to bounce back from the negative consequences of these bets. You can focus on returns and not see much growth or grow exponentially and invest in hiring more people. Either way, it’s always about achieving your ultimate goal.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about where founders should put their focus on. Growth or profit? Can you focus on both? The true measure of a founding team is the success of every bet made and the ability to bounce back from the neg</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Funding is a One Way Street</title>
      <itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>164</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Funding is a One Way Street</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">47f7fc1b-16e4-49b2-91be-e916034e6529</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b2ddc51</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of raising a capital. Yes, additional funding is a good sign of progress, it’s a sign that the company has potential to grow because people invested money in it. Yes, it is a milestone most founders want to achieve. The downside, however, is that you are no longer alone when making decisions. You are no longer the owner. You become another ‘employee’. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 Challenging the common narrative of raising funds</li><li>03:32 What are you giving up when you raise funding?</li><li>08:57 When the founder doesn’t feel comfortable</li><li>13:02 Investors will defend their money first above anything else</li><li>17:10 It’s not our company anymore</li><li>23:09 The only positive side of raising capital</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of raising a capital. Yes, additional funding is a good sign of progress, it’s a sign that the company has potential to grow because people invested money in it. Yes, it is a milestone most founders want to achieve. The downside, however, is that you are no longer alone when making decisions. You are no longer the owner. You become another ‘employee’. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 Challenging the common narrative of raising funds</li><li>03:32 What are you giving up when you raise funding?</li><li>08:57 When the founder doesn’t feel comfortable</li><li>13:02 Investors will defend their money first above anything else</li><li>17:10 It’s not our company anymore</li><li>23:09 The only positive side of raising capital</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 May 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7b2ddc51/8ba8e76c.mp3" length="67048690" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1662</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of raising a capital. Yes, additional funding is a good sign of progress, it’s a sign that the company has potential to grow because people invested money in it. Yes, it is a milestone most founders want to achieve. The downside, however, is that you are no longer alone when making decisions. You are no longer the owner. You become another ‘employee’. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of raising a capital. Yes, additional funding is a good sign of progress, it’s a sign that the company has potential to grow because people invested money in it. Yes, it is a milestone m</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Startup Stalled - Now What?</title>
      <itunes:episode>163</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>163</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My Startup Stalled - Now What?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">95e725e7-2391-47b7-ab01-c7f72df9f80f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/93f23c39</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what it’s like for a Startup to stall. We are all so used to the idea that we need to keep creating a momentum for our business to reach goals, to hit target numbers, and possibly please our investors. Yet, many, if not all, Startups stall, growth slows down and revenue is almost non-existent. It’s normal and you gotta learn how to navigate out of these phases to achieve sustainable growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:34 How should we handle a stall?</li><li>06:02 We naturally stall for a bit</li><li>11:59 Investors just love new stats</li><li>18:00 Live by the hype, die by the hype</li><li>27:58 Companies that were founded as second acts</li><li>31:21 How do investors think about the ebbs and flows?</li><li>33:50 Once investors see real growth, their opinions change</li><li>35:19 When nothing is being expected of you at the moment</li><li>38:20 It’s not just growing for the sake of growth</li><li>43:57 Building a Startup is a rollercoaster journey</li><li>45:26 It depends on why you’re stalled</li><li>49:45 Any decision made to satisfy someone else is bad decision</li><li>52:24 Do you need funding right now?</li><li>55:36 Founders tend to be an expert on a lot of things</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what it’s like for a Startup to stall. We are all so used to the idea that we need to keep creating a momentum for our business to reach goals, to hit target numbers, and possibly please our investors. Yet, many, if not all, Startups stall, growth slows down and revenue is almost non-existent. It’s normal and you gotta learn how to navigate out of these phases to achieve sustainable growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:34 How should we handle a stall?</li><li>06:02 We naturally stall for a bit</li><li>11:59 Investors just love new stats</li><li>18:00 Live by the hype, die by the hype</li><li>27:58 Companies that were founded as second acts</li><li>31:21 How do investors think about the ebbs and flows?</li><li>33:50 Once investors see real growth, their opinions change</li><li>35:19 When nothing is being expected of you at the moment</li><li>38:20 It’s not just growing for the sake of growth</li><li>43:57 Building a Startup is a rollercoaster journey</li><li>45:26 It depends on why you’re stalled</li><li>49:45 Any decision made to satisfy someone else is bad decision</li><li>52:24 Do you need funding right now?</li><li>55:36 Founders tend to be an expert on a lot of things</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 May 2022 02:20:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/93f23c39/8319174a.mp3" length="142274102" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3532</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what it’s like for a Startup to stall. We are all so used to the idea that we need to keep creating a momentum for our business to reach goals, to hit target numbers, and possibly please our investors. Yet, many, if not all, Startups stall, growth slows down and revenue is almost non-existent. It’s normal and you gotta learn how to navigate out of these phases to achieve sustainable growth.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what it’s like for a Startup to stall. We are all so used to the idea that we need to keep creating a momentum for our business to reach goals, to hit target numbers, and possibly please our inve</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What if We Fired Everyone and Started Over?</title>
      <itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>162</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What if We Fired Everyone and Started Over?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31cf0f75-d1c4-4da7-bb7d-1e0b4ce4fa21</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b2d7fce2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the possibility of firing your employees for a restart? Let’s put it this way. The people in your team when you started may not be the right people now that your business is growing. The skills that they currently have may no longer fit the roles you need to continuously push your team forward. Everything changes, all things evolve, skills must upgrade. What about your people?    </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:19 Every founder has had a reset moment</li><li>04:37 The person you hired before may not be the best person now</li><li>09:31 What roles will not hire again?</li><li>13:18 Directional changes do happen</li><li>17:42 The compensation for every role</li><li>21:26 Managing is a very different job</li><li>24:56 Who should you rehire?</li><li>30:36 What roles are the best way to use your resources?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the possibility of firing your employees for a restart? Let’s put it this way. The people in your team when you started may not be the right people now that your business is growing. The skills that they currently have may no longer fit the roles you need to continuously push your team forward. Everything changes, all things evolve, skills must upgrade. What about your people?    </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:19 Every founder has had a reset moment</li><li>04:37 The person you hired before may not be the best person now</li><li>09:31 What roles will not hire again?</li><li>13:18 Directional changes do happen</li><li>17:42 The compensation for every role</li><li>21:26 Managing is a very different job</li><li>24:56 Who should you rehire?</li><li>30:36 What roles are the best way to use your resources?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b2d7fce2/1630f9b9.mp3" length="49377350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2039</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the possibility of firing your employees for a restart? Let’s put it this way. The people in your team when you started may not be the right people now that your business is growing. The skills that they currently have may no longer fit the roles you need to continuously push your team forward. Everything changes, all things evolve, skills must upgrade. What about your people?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the possibility of firing your employees for a restart? Let’s put it this way. The people in your team when you started may not be the right people now that your business is growing. The skills t</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>This Could be our Last Shot</title>
      <itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>161</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>This Could be our Last Shot</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b0fbbd68-5979-47a4-bdb5-447e72a3d310</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/412a0990</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being at the peak of our opportunity. In our early years, when we fail to succeed in growing our Startup, it’s okay. We can take a breather, regroup, and then start again. When we’re already in our mid 40’s and 50’s (or older), screwing up comes at a high price. A restart may no longer be possible. On a positive note though, with age, we get to stack up on experience, knowledge, and skills needed for business success. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>000:43 What if we are at the peak of our opportunity?</li><li>06:02 That moment when we strike lightning</li><li>10:42 Be pragmatic</li><li>14:44 Do not mess with your downside</li><li>20:54 In our 20s, we don’t consider risks like we would in our later years</li><li>25:43 In our older years, we can’t screw up</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being at the peak of our opportunity. In our early years, when we fail to succeed in growing our Startup, it’s okay. We can take a breather, regroup, and then start again. When we’re already in our mid 40’s and 50’s (or older), screwing up comes at a high price. A restart may no longer be possible. On a positive note though, with age, we get to stack up on experience, knowledge, and skills needed for business success. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>000:43 What if we are at the peak of our opportunity?</li><li>06:02 That moment when we strike lightning</li><li>10:42 Be pragmatic</li><li>14:44 Do not mess with your downside</li><li>20:54 In our 20s, we don’t consider risks like we would in our later years</li><li>25:43 In our older years, we can’t screw up</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/412a0990/139873a2.mp3" length="71364480" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1771</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being at the peak of our opportunity. In our early years, when we fail to succeed in growing our Startup, it’s okay. We can take a breather, regroup, and then start again. When we’re already in our mid 40’s and 50’s (or older), screwing up comes at a high price. A restart may no longer be possible. On a positive note though, with age, we get to stack up on experience, knowledge, and skills needed for business success. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being at the peak of our opportunity. In our early years, when we fail to succeed in growing our Startup, it’s okay. We can take a breather, regroup, and then start again. When we’re already in o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will Investors Let Me Take Money Off The Table?</title>
      <itunes:episode>160</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>160</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Will Investors Let Me Take Money Off The Table?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f24ad23-3539-4c29-99f9-36dac9faf83e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5be93372</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the likelihood of founders taking money off the table. Is it possible? Could be if the company has the potential of exponential growth in a short period of time. Is it doable? Most definitely if the means the company has the resources and manpower to get things done fast. But the possibility of being able to take money off the table is close to zero for most founders. You have to show proof that you can perform and you’re staying for the long run!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:07 There’s a lot of talk about founder liquidity</li><li>03:19 No discussion with investors about taking money off the table</li><li>08:37 The upside founders always wanted</li><li>15:09 It is not an easy ask</li><li>19:48 You should be able to have the conversation of who to ask</li><li>23:56 Let’s flip the roles here</li><li>26:32 What investors should be mindful of</li><li>31:05 Equity represents the future value of the company</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the likelihood of founders taking money off the table. Is it possible? Could be if the company has the potential of exponential growth in a short period of time. Is it doable? Most definitely if the means the company has the resources and manpower to get things done fast. But the possibility of being able to take money off the table is close to zero for most founders. You have to show proof that you can perform and you’re staying for the long run!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:07 There’s a lot of talk about founder liquidity</li><li>03:19 No discussion with investors about taking money off the table</li><li>08:37 The upside founders always wanted</li><li>15:09 It is not an easy ask</li><li>19:48 You should be able to have the conversation of who to ask</li><li>23:56 Let’s flip the roles here</li><li>26:32 What investors should be mindful of</li><li>31:05 Equity represents the future value of the company</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5be93372/8d13ca3f.mp3" length="82188576" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2037</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the likelihood of founders taking money off the table. Is it possible? Could be if the company has the potential of exponential growth in a short period of time. Is it doable? Most definitely if the means the company has the resources and manpower to get things done fast. But the possibility of being able to take money off the table is close to zero for most founders. You have to show proof that you can perform and you’re staying for the long run!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the likelihood of founders taking money off the table. Is it possible? Could be if the company has the potential of exponential growth in a short period of time. Is it doable? Most definitely if </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Being Leveraged Means Having Zero Choices</title>
      <itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>159</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Being Leveraged Means Having Zero Choices</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b9f7dd5-0c36-474e-8fdb-e027d25c8dd4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6db66bb5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being leveraged and how it affects Startup growth. Early on, founders tend to believe that choosing an investor is an option. Yes, this is possible for people in the top 5 percent or those that haven been in this route more than once. But if you belong in the other 95%, which most of us are, we don’t get to choose. We get lucky when someone takes interest in investing in our Startup. So wise up and ‘choose’ well!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 How much choice do we really have as founders?</li><li>02:37 It’s a privilege to be able to choose your investors</li><li>08:40 The real point of leverage</li><li>13:33 Sometimes time is what you need for leverage</li><li>18:21 Creating a healthy work-life balance isn’t simple for founders</li><li>25:31 You only get one or two options</li><li>27:21 When the money is not worth it</li><li>29:47 Are there other options to saying YES?</li><li>32:16 Getting investment is easier for second-timers</li><li>36:38 Putting your chips on one person</li><li>38:31 Have clear goals and expectations</li><li>40:50 How we are knowledge leveraged</li><li>44:19 Why did you feel the need to have a cofounder?</li><li>48:04 Is having a cofounder a necessary requirement?  </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being leveraged and how it affects Startup growth. Early on, founders tend to believe that choosing an investor is an option. Yes, this is possible for people in the top 5 percent or those that haven been in this route more than once. But if you belong in the other 95%, which most of us are, we don’t get to choose. We get lucky when someone takes interest in investing in our Startup. So wise up and ‘choose’ well!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 How much choice do we really have as founders?</li><li>02:37 It’s a privilege to be able to choose your investors</li><li>08:40 The real point of leverage</li><li>13:33 Sometimes time is what you need for leverage</li><li>18:21 Creating a healthy work-life balance isn’t simple for founders</li><li>25:31 You only get one or two options</li><li>27:21 When the money is not worth it</li><li>29:47 Are there other options to saying YES?</li><li>32:16 Getting investment is easier for second-timers</li><li>36:38 Putting your chips on one person</li><li>38:31 Have clear goals and expectations</li><li>40:50 How we are knowledge leveraged</li><li>44:19 Why did you feel the need to have a cofounder?</li><li>48:04 Is having a cofounder a necessary requirement?  </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Apr 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6db66bb5/e79494a2.mp3" length="50967933" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3127</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being leveraged and how it affects Startup growth. Early on, founders tend to believe that choosing an investor is an option. Yes, this is possible for people in the top 5 percent or those that haven been in this route more than once. But if you belong in the other 95%, which most of us are, we don’t get to choose. We get lucky when someone takes interest in investing in our Startup. So wise up and ‘choose’ well!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being leveraged and how it affects Startup growth. Early on, founders tend to believe that choosing an investor is an option. Yes, this is possible for people in the top 5 percent or those that h</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Failed. What Will People Think of Me?</title>
      <itunes:episode>158</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>158</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>I Failed. What Will People Think of Me?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4b4bbc4a-90fa-47ab-a58f-53f7965ab589</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a73f17cf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about not thinking too much about what other people think. Our emotions are always valid especially when our ideas aren’t appealing enough or when our Startup fails to gain any momentum. We always worry about what other people might think of us and how they will see our failure. But the truth is, no one will remember. No one will care. No one, but you. So, dust it off and start creating a new narrative!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:43 When we go through these moments of failure</li><li>05:00 Founders dwell too much on what others think</li><li>16:24 No one actually remembers</li><li>21:40 Over some time, people will barely remember</li><li>26:54 Always create a new narrative</li><li>29:52 There is always a way forward</li><li>32:57 2 steps at telling a better narrative </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about not thinking too much about what other people think. Our emotions are always valid especially when our ideas aren’t appealing enough or when our Startup fails to gain any momentum. We always worry about what other people might think of us and how they will see our failure. But the truth is, no one will remember. No one will care. No one, but you. So, dust it off and start creating a new narrative!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:43 When we go through these moments of failure</li><li>05:00 Founders dwell too much on what others think</li><li>16:24 No one actually remembers</li><li>21:40 Over some time, people will barely remember</li><li>26:54 Always create a new narrative</li><li>29:52 There is always a way forward</li><li>32:57 2 steps at telling a better narrative </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a73f17cf/2a34a96a.mp3" length="90424525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2239</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about not thinking too much about what other people think. Our emotions are always valid especially when our ideas aren’t appealing enough or when our Startup fails to gain any momentum. We always worry about what other people might think of us and how they will see our failure. But the truth is, no one will remember. No one will care. No one, but you. So, dust it off and start creating a new narrative!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about not thinking too much about what other people think. Our emotions are always valid especially when our ideas aren’t appealing enough or when our Startup fails to gain any momentum. We always worr</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don't Be Afraid to Take Big Swings</title>
      <itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>157</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don't Be Afraid to Take Big Swings</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5e5cde3-d441-4e73-8302-95e6a8166a74</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b7791cc0</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders not taking risks. When you get stuck in one place, getting comfortable at where you are at right now and not taking swings because of the fear of missing a hit, then growth becomes a long shot. Successful Startups did not succeed because they fear failure. Success comes when the founder keeps taking swings and managing failure as they come because they’re focused on getting a hit!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:17 Why are we afraid to take big swings?</li><li>03:38 Is it a lie when you have the intent to back it up?</li><li>09:48 Will you be able to back up your commitment?</li><li>13:40 Take a big swing and manage failure</li><li>21:03 Doing nothing will only lead to a slow demise</li><li>25:09 The other side is you swing and hit</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders not taking risks. When you get stuck in one place, getting comfortable at where you are at right now and not taking swings because of the fear of missing a hit, then growth becomes a long shot. Successful Startups did not succeed because they fear failure. Success comes when the founder keeps taking swings and managing failure as they come because they’re focused on getting a hit!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:17 Why are we afraid to take big swings?</li><li>03:38 Is it a lie when you have the intent to back it up?</li><li>09:48 Will you be able to back up your commitment?</li><li>13:40 Take a big swing and manage failure</li><li>21:03 Doing nothing will only lead to a slow demise</li><li>25:09 The other side is you swing and hit</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b7791cc0/075e71a6.mp3" length="74745141" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1856</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders not taking risks. When you get stuck in one place, getting comfortable at where you are at right now and not taking swings because of the fear of missing a hit, then growth becomes a long shot. Successful Startups did not succeed because they fear failure. Success comes when the founder keeps taking swings and managing failure as they come because they’re focused on getting a hit!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders not taking risks. When you get stuck in one place, getting comfortable at where you are at right now and not taking swings because of the fear of missing a hit, then growth becomes a lon</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Founders no Longer have Upside</title>
      <itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>156</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Founders no Longer have Upside</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dcbb6401-121c-4b40-b0b2-be4f794f2068</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/22d802e5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders with no more upside left. Having new investors is good. Stacking up more funds to expand the company is good. Although it can turn dreadful real quick when as a founder you are left with no more room to grow. You get stuck in one spot, doing the same rigorous task day by day without any promising gains at all. Wouldn’t it be better if you get enough funding and still have more control over the decision making and better incentives?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 The average founder surprisingly only earns a single digit</li><li>08:28 The two separate roles: the founder and the owner</li><li>12:24 We keep assuming we’ll get incentives externally</li><li>20:08 Politics 101 during board meetings</li><li>25:08 We have to rely on consequence  </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders with no more upside left. Having new investors is good. Stacking up more funds to expand the company is good. Although it can turn dreadful real quick when as a founder you are left with no more room to grow. You get stuck in one spot, doing the same rigorous task day by day without any promising gains at all. Wouldn’t it be better if you get enough funding and still have more control over the decision making and better incentives?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 The average founder surprisingly only earns a single digit</li><li>08:28 The two separate roles: the founder and the owner</li><li>12:24 We keep assuming we’ll get incentives externally</li><li>20:08 Politics 101 during board meetings</li><li>25:08 We have to rely on consequence  </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Mar 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/22d802e5/1e2b37a6.mp3" length="32364292" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2000</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders with no more upside left. Having new investors is good. Stacking up more funds to expand the company is good. Although it can turn dreadful real quick when as a founder you are left with no more room to grow. You get stuck in one spot, doing the same rigorous task day by day without any promising gains at all. Wouldn’t it be better if you get enough funding and still have more control over the decision making and better incentives?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders with no more upside left. Having new investors is good. Stacking up more funds to expand the company is good. Although it can turn dreadful real quick when as a founder you are left with</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Lies We Tell Ourselves About Retirement as Founders</title>
      <itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>155</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Lies We Tell Ourselves About Retirement as Founders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">64688d2e-316c-4401-8213-185a8087ea5b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b8382562</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real definition of retirement. Is it going on a vacation one after another in your 60s? Is it pursuing your love for woodwork and making a living out of it? Or perhaps starting another business using your retirement funds? Whatever it may be, what matters the most is you get to do what you love doing but this time with less stress, less pressure, and time isn’t measured.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Things you plan to do upon retirement</li><li>09:00 When you don't have something, having it is extra special</li><li>17:34 The only reason it becomes special is because you can't do it</li><li>23:38 "Responsibility is defined differently in retirement." - Donna</li><li>26:14 "I don't think we want to fully retire." Andreas</li><li>30:09 "You're never going to retire." Justin</li><li>30:50 "Removing that 'need' makes a difference." - Richard</li><li>33:09 "Independence to eliminate energy, time, and attention in the majority of things you want to do." - Jack</li><li>35:44 "Retirement should allow for a bit more free schedule." - Lindsey</li><li>39:57 "There is no real retirement." - Lou</li><li>43:00 "Do a little more of what you're doing with less pressure." - Kathryn</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real definition of retirement. Is it going on a vacation one after another in your 60s? Is it pursuing your love for woodwork and making a living out of it? Or perhaps starting another business using your retirement funds? Whatever it may be, what matters the most is you get to do what you love doing but this time with less stress, less pressure, and time isn’t measured.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Things you plan to do upon retirement</li><li>09:00 When you don't have something, having it is extra special</li><li>17:34 The only reason it becomes special is because you can't do it</li><li>23:38 "Responsibility is defined differently in retirement." - Donna</li><li>26:14 "I don't think we want to fully retire." Andreas</li><li>30:09 "You're never going to retire." Justin</li><li>30:50 "Removing that 'need' makes a difference." - Richard</li><li>33:09 "Independence to eliminate energy, time, and attention in the majority of things you want to do." - Jack</li><li>35:44 "Retirement should allow for a bit more free schedule." - Lindsey</li><li>39:57 "There is no real retirement." - Lou</li><li>43:00 "Do a little more of what you're doing with less pressure." - Kathryn</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Feb 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b8382562/75cf804a.mp3" length="117105787" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2916</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real definition of retirement. Is it going on a vacation one after another in your 60s? Is it pursuing your love for woodwork and making a living out of it? Or perhaps starting another business using your retirement funds? Whatever it may be, what matters the most is you get to do what you love doing but this time with less stress, less pressure, and time isn’t measured.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real definition of retirement. Is it going on a vacation one after another in your 60s? Is it pursuing your love for woodwork and making a living out of it? Or perhaps starting another busine</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Problem with Local Advice</title>
      <itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>154</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Problem with Local Advice</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9273c008-6108-47b5-b329-1260cdb3b6d6</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f2da35c2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right advisor. It’s natural for anyone to seek advice from people who we think know more than we do but it doesn’t necessarily mean that what they know is beneficial for founders. Well-meaning people will readily share their knowledge and expertise, and we can all learn from it. Sometimes, it isn’t enough to resolve the issues at hand. Don’t limit your Startup’s potential within your local circle.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 Who told you exactly?</li><li>09:13 Competitive investors vs. local investors</li><li>14:00 Basics in qualifying a local investor</li><li>19:02 The hometown hero founder</li><li>23:53 What do you expect from a piece of advice?</li><li>27:07 Super successful but totally irrelevant advisor</li><li>32:12 Go outside of your local circle</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right advisor. It’s natural for anyone to seek advice from people who we think know more than we do but it doesn’t necessarily mean that what they know is beneficial for founders. Well-meaning people will readily share their knowledge and expertise, and we can all learn from it. Sometimes, it isn’t enough to resolve the issues at hand. Don’t limit your Startup’s potential within your local circle.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 Who told you exactly?</li><li>09:13 Competitive investors vs. local investors</li><li>14:00 Basics in qualifying a local investor</li><li>19:02 The hometown hero founder</li><li>23:53 What do you expect from a piece of advice?</li><li>27:07 Super successful but totally irrelevant advisor</li><li>32:12 Go outside of your local circle</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Feb 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f2da35c2/fb096eb5.mp3" length="93649578" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2330</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right advisor. It’s natural for anyone to seek advice from people who we think know more than we do but it doesn’t necessarily mean that what they know is beneficial for founders. Well-meaning people will readily share their knowledge and expertise, and we can all learn from it. Sometimes, it isn’t enough to resolve the issues at hand. Don’t limit your Startup’s potential within your local circle.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right advisor. It’s natural for anyone to seek advice from people who we think know more than we do but it doesn’t necessarily mean that what they know is beneficial for founders. Wel</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Do I Feel Like Time is Running Out?</title>
      <itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>153</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Do I Feel Like Time is Running Out?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a95571d8-b33a-42e3-817e-b7f3b1914b85</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/79f010e8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real value of urgency. Yes, getting things done right away is good. Managing your time well and completing your tasks ahead of time and knowing the strategies to keep up with competition will help stir the business in the right direction are definitely commendable practices. But, when all of your efforts are countering your real goals and are only causing you anxiety and stress, maybe you should reconsider which priorities are urgent and which ones are pretending to be. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 How real is urgency in the Startups world?</li><li>05:33 Why false narrative around time becomes a problem</li><li>13:48 We always feel our peak performance is unreachable</li><li>18:52 If it’s urgent, play out the worst case scenario</li><li>21:10 Decisions made with “we have to do this based on that”</li><li>25:48 If we don’t success now, there's no opportunity to succeed in the future</li><li>29:34 Build the business you want to do all day</li><li>31:20 Building wealth isn’t constrained to one time capsule</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real value of urgency. Yes, getting things done right away is good. Managing your time well and completing your tasks ahead of time and knowing the strategies to keep up with competition will help stir the business in the right direction are definitely commendable practices. But, when all of your efforts are countering your real goals and are only causing you anxiety and stress, maybe you should reconsider which priorities are urgent and which ones are pretending to be. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li><li>Check in with us on <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/company/startups-co/">LinkedIn</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilschroter/">Wil Schroter</a> | <a href="https://www.linkedin.com/in/ryan-rutan/">Ryan Rutan</a></li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>02:20 How real is urgency in the Startups world?</li><li>05:33 Why false narrative around time becomes a problem</li><li>13:48 We always feel our peak performance is unreachable</li><li>18:52 If it’s urgent, play out the worst case scenario</li><li>21:10 Decisions made with “we have to do this based on that”</li><li>25:48 If we don’t success now, there's no opportunity to succeed in the future</li><li>29:34 Build the business you want to do all day</li><li>31:20 Building wealth isn’t constrained to one time capsule</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Feb 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/79f010e8/ec216ccc.mp3" length="82571614" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2056</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real value of urgency. Yes, getting things done right away is good. Managing your time well and completing your tasks ahead of time and knowing the strategies to keep up with competition will help stir the business in the right direction are definitely commendable practices. But, when all of your efforts are countering your real goals and are only causing you anxiety and stress, maybe you should reconsider which priorities are urgent and which ones are pretending to be. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the real value of urgency. Yes, getting things done right away is good. Managing your time well and completing your tasks ahead of time and knowing the strategies to keep up with competition will</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Value of Many Tiny Financial Wins</title>
      <itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>152</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Value of Many Tiny Financial Wins</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b1a3af6-24df-4eae-8d09-5c6ac0f46d14</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4743e8a9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about aiming for multiple tiny financial successes. This mentality that all your daily sacrifices, struggles, and losses will eventually lead to getting rich, sometimes, is a wishful thinking. Why not work on achieving small but steady financial wins, instead of staying broke for years in the hopes of getting rich all at once?   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:13 Can you go super liquid every year? </li><li>05:29 Digging a hole versus Building ladder concept</li><li>11:23 How VC’s actually work</li><li>15:54 The “Get rich all at once.” mentality</li><li>23:39 Instead of stacking debt, stack on wealth</li><li>27:24 What is your base hit approach?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about aiming for multiple tiny financial successes. This mentality that all your daily sacrifices, struggles, and losses will eventually lead to getting rich, sometimes, is a wishful thinking. Why not work on achieving small but steady financial wins, instead of staying broke for years in the hopes of getting rich all at once?   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:13 Can you go super liquid every year? </li><li>05:29 Digging a hole versus Building ladder concept</li><li>11:23 How VC’s actually work</li><li>15:54 The “Get rich all at once.” mentality</li><li>23:39 Instead of stacking debt, stack on wealth</li><li>27:24 What is your base hit approach?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Feb 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4743e8a9/749a9239.mp3" length="81142635" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2020</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about aiming for multiple tiny financial successes. This mentality that all your daily sacrifices, struggles, and losses will eventually lead to getting rich, sometimes, is a wishful thinking. Why not work on achieving small but steady financial wins, instead of staying broke for years in the hopes of getting rich all at once?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about aiming for multiple tiny financial successes. This mentality that all your daily sacrifices, struggles, and losses will eventually lead to getting rich, sometimes, is a wishful thinking. Why not </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We ALL Fake It Until We Make It</title>
      <itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>151</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We ALL Fake It Until We Make It</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">77b395b3-6b17-489a-92fe-f5306e3610a7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7cb8015c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about faking success. What? Is that even possible? NO, you can’t fake real success. But, YES, in the early stages of your Startup you can run it in a way wherein your success mindset is bent on believing you can make it until you’re finally there - succeeding and thriving.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:21 At the early stage, what about our Startup is real? </li><li>02:46 The fake office story</li><li>13:04 Don’t compare what you do with mature companies</li><li>17:19 Take pride and genuine interest in doing every job</li><li>21:53 This obsession with an organizational chart</li><li>28:15 Credibility has been changed into authenticity</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about faking success. What? Is that even possible? NO, you can’t fake real success. But, YES, in the early stages of your Startup you can run it in a way wherein your success mindset is bent on believing you can make it until you’re finally there - succeeding and thriving.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:21 At the early stage, what about our Startup is real? </li><li>02:46 The fake office story</li><li>13:04 Don’t compare what you do with mature companies</li><li>17:19 Take pride and genuine interest in doing every job</li><li>21:53 This obsession with an organizational chart</li><li>28:15 Credibility has been changed into authenticity</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 Jan 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7cb8015c/b2bec65c.mp3" length="81064477" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2017</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about faking success. What? Is that even possible? NO, you can’t fake real success. But, YES, in the early stages of your Startup you can run it in a way wherein your success mindset is bent on believing you can make it until you’re finally there - succeeding and thriving. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about faking success. What? Is that even possible? NO, you can’t fake real success. But, YES, in the early stages of your Startup you can run it in a way wherein your success mindset is bent on believi</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Consequences</title>
      <itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>150</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Consequences</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d41dbe4c-5ec8-4d7d-9d97-34dc173fdb68</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a704a680</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about consequences. When you started, your words didn’t weigh as much as they do now. Back then, your reach was just a few people. Now that you’ve become a founder, every single word, phrase, and statement you utter has consequences. When you speak, make sure you’re ready for the pros and cons, and eventually, how it will affect your Startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 Every single word we say has consequences</li><li>08:12 Your personal thoughts are not for public consumption</li><li>16:06 Also, your personal life matters</li><li>22:45 And now, the consequences are amplified</li><li>26:39 The different rooms where you freely express your thoughts</li><li>32:10 Your frustration pisses off, frustrates, distracts everyone else</li><li>35:50 Find a room where you can talk about things you don’t want to talk about openly </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about consequences. When you started, your words didn’t weigh as much as they do now. Back then, your reach was just a few people. Now that you’ve become a founder, every single word, phrase, and statement you utter has consequences. When you speak, make sure you’re ready for the pros and cons, and eventually, how it will affect your Startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 Every single word we say has consequences</li><li>08:12 Your personal thoughts are not for public consumption</li><li>16:06 Also, your personal life matters</li><li>22:45 And now, the consequences are amplified</li><li>26:39 The different rooms where you freely express your thoughts</li><li>32:10 Your frustration pisses off, frustrates, distracts everyone else</li><li>35:50 Find a room where you can talk about things you don’t want to talk about openly </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jan 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a704a680/8cb4a645.mp3" length="74464676" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2314</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about consequences. When you started, your words didn’t weigh as much as they do now. Back then, your reach was just a few people. Now that you’ve become a founder, every single word, phrase, and statement you utter has consequences. When you speak, make sure you’re ready for the pros and cons, and eventually, how it will affect your Startup.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about consequences. When you started, your words didn’t weigh as much as they do now. Back then, your reach was just a few people. Now that you’ve become a founder, every single word, phrase, and state</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Unhealthy Relationship with Work</title>
      <itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>149</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My Unhealthy Relationship with Work</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b2d4bf25-5457-44ee-961c-f6e722d245fe</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/56e06480</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about unhealthy relationships. Nope, this isn’t about love. This is about developing unhealthy relationships with family, friends, and anyone within your social circle because your toxic work life is making everything else toxic. And this is about why you can feel a little guilty for taking some time off but do it anyway.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 This very unhealthy relationship with work</li><li>09:21 You create this pressure that you gotta do better every time</li><li>15:31 Is a little bit of guilt a worthy trade for a better life?</li><li>25:07 No one actually cares if you spend too much time in the office</li><li>34:14 What drives you to overwork?</li><li>41:54 We all are dealing with unhealthy relationships</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about unhealthy relationships. Nope, this isn’t about love. This is about developing unhealthy relationships with family, friends, and anyone within your social circle because your toxic work life is making everything else toxic. And this is about why you can feel a little guilty for taking some time off but do it anyway.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 This very unhealthy relationship with work</li><li>09:21 You create this pressure that you gotta do better every time</li><li>15:31 Is a little bit of guilt a worthy trade for a better life?</li><li>25:07 No one actually cares if you spend too much time in the office</li><li>34:14 What drives you to overwork?</li><li>41:54 We all are dealing with unhealthy relationships</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jan 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/56e06480/ca6789f2.mp3" length="62226812" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2590</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about unhealthy relationships. Nope, this isn’t about love. This is about developing unhealthy relationships with family, friends, and anyone within your social circle because your toxic work life is making everything else toxic. And this is about why you can feel a little guilty for taking some time off but do it anyway.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about unhealthy relationships. Nope, this isn’t about love. This is about developing unhealthy relationships with family, friends, and anyone within your social circle because your toxic work life is m</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Goal is NOT to be a Startup</title>
      <itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>148</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Goal is NOT to be a Startup</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b2c47a4-4839-4580-8760-b02a3cd3aa65</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ffc853a1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why a business shouldn’t stay a Startup. Sure, Startups get more opportunities to grow and funding offers to expand. But you can’t stay in this phase forever. Grow your business into a company that can run on its own, have a monthly recurring revenue that pays its monthly bills, and produce products that customers want to buy. That’s when you graduate from being a Startup to being a real company!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 We can’t always be a “Startup”</li><li>05:40 The goal is to become a real money-making company</li><li>09:20 Why do we want to maintain the Startup facade?</li><li>16:57 You should graduate from being a freshman </li><li>22:12 It’s not the funding that we should be celebrating</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why a business shouldn’t stay a Startup. Sure, Startups get more opportunities to grow and funding offers to expand. But you can’t stay in this phase forever. Grow your business into a company that can run on its own, have a monthly recurring revenue that pays its monthly bills, and produce products that customers want to buy. That’s when you graduate from being a Startup to being a real company!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 We can’t always be a “Startup”</li><li>05:40 The goal is to become a real money-making company</li><li>09:20 Why do we want to maintain the Startup facade?</li><li>16:57 You should graduate from being a freshman </li><li>22:12 It’s not the funding that we should be celebrating</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jan 2022 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ffc853a1/8b9054a6.mp3" length="41859044" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1741</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why a business shouldn’t stay a Startup. Sure, Startups get more opportunities to grow and funding offers to expand. But you can’t stay in this phase forever. Grow your business into a company that can run on its own, have a monthly recurring revenue that pays its monthly bills, and produce products that customers want to buy. That’s when you graduate from being a Startup to being a real company!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why a business shouldn’t stay a Startup. Sure, Startups get more opportunities to grow and funding offers to expand. But you can’t stay in this phase forever. Grow your business into a company th</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Does Competition Really Matter?</title>
      <itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>147</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Does Competition Really Matter?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba935cbc-3e00-44ad-a869-1224dd92aaab</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/384ec6f6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How many times has your competition kept you up at night? A new feature here, seed funding there, maybe you’ve even lost a customer or two – but how much of a threat are they, really? In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan share examples of competitor flops, why you should be thankful if your niche has competitors, and why you need to stop being so distracted by what other businesses are doing &amp; focus on making your current customers even happier to work with you,</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 - How much of a threat is competition, really?</li><li>05:31 - Fear causes us to assume the worst, but the worst almost never happens</li><li>16:12 - The Fountain &amp; Zenefits examples &amp; why competitor’s time and investment never guarantees competitor success</li><li>21:54 - Competition is actually a great sign to start a healthy business &amp; improving upon what exists already is the easiest way to succeed</li><li>26:24 - Stop being distracted by competitors &amp; focus on serving your customers</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How many times has your competition kept you up at night? A new feature here, seed funding there, maybe you’ve even lost a customer or two – but how much of a threat are they, really? In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan share examples of competitor flops, why you should be thankful if your niche has competitors, and why you need to stop being so distracted by what other businesses are doing &amp; focus on making your current customers even happier to work with you,</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 - How much of a threat is competition, really?</li><li>05:31 - Fear causes us to assume the worst, but the worst almost never happens</li><li>16:12 - The Fountain &amp; Zenefits examples &amp; why competitor’s time and investment never guarantees competitor success</li><li>21:54 - Competition is actually a great sign to start a healthy business &amp; improving upon what exists already is the easiest way to succeed</li><li>26:24 - Stop being distracted by competitors &amp; focus on serving your customers</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Dec 2021 00:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/384ec6f6/04e3e143.mp3" length="45126050" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1877</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How many times has your competition kept you up at night? A new feature here, seed funding there, maybe you’ve even lost a customer or two – but how much of a threat are they, really? In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan share examples of competitor flops, why you should be thankful if your niche has competitors, and why you need to stop being so distracted by what other businesses are doing &amp;amp; focus on making your current customers even happier to work with you,

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How many times has your competition kept you up at night? A new feature here, seed funding there, maybe you’ve even lost a customer or two – but how much of a threat are they, really? In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan share examples of comp</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Can't Fight at Work and at Home</title>
      <itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>146</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Can't Fight at Work and at Home</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0433296f-b8a5-40f6-9967-d3ff0ec70ace</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4129a049</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dealing with issues at work and at home. As said many times, don’t bring your work problems home the same way you can’t let your personal issues affect your work performance. You can’t deal with issues from both ends because it's unhealthy. Find an outlet where you can express your worries and make sure you get some level of support from your family. It’s the only way not to exhaust yourself.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 We don’t want to talk about the battle at home</li><li>03:04 Figuring out how to deal with your family issues</li><li>06:44 Your health bar gets depleted not just at work</li><li>09:14 You assume everybody is doing fine</li><li>11:40 First, figure out stuff at home</li><li>16:30 Be deliberate in saying you got stuff to do at home</li><li>20:13 You can’t be all of anything</li><li>21:26 How important it is to have an outlet on both sides</li><li>23:44 When the level of support from family depreciates</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dealing with issues at work and at home. As said many times, don’t bring your work problems home the same way you can’t let your personal issues affect your work performance. You can’t deal with issues from both ends because it's unhealthy. Find an outlet where you can express your worries and make sure you get some level of support from your family. It’s the only way not to exhaust yourself.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 We don’t want to talk about the battle at home</li><li>03:04 Figuring out how to deal with your family issues</li><li>06:44 Your health bar gets depleted not just at work</li><li>09:14 You assume everybody is doing fine</li><li>11:40 First, figure out stuff at home</li><li>16:30 Be deliberate in saying you got stuff to do at home</li><li>20:13 You can’t be all of anything</li><li>21:26 How important it is to have an outlet on both sides</li><li>23:44 When the level of support from family depreciates</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Dec 2021 00:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4129a049/ada140d7.mp3" length="46736513" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1944</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dealing with issues at work and at home. As said many times, don’t bring your work problems home the same way you can’t let your personal issues affect your work performance. You can’t deal with issues from both ends because it's unhealthy. Find an outlet where you can express your worries and make sure you get some level of support from your family. It’s the only way not to exhaust yourself.

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dealing with issues at work and at home. As said many times, don’t bring your work problems home the same way you can’t let your personal issues affect your work performance. You can’t deal with </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does Founder Success "Feel" Like?</title>
      <itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>145</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What does Founder Success "Feel" Like?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">97bf6203-854e-451c-9e23-e8fe4c0f1e13</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e503bd29</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how comparison kills progress. Notice that you are often bound to fail when you start comparing your progress to your competition. What you can do to not fall into this trap is to go back to your goals. Recalibrate yourself, shut every possible distraction down, and focus on what you have envisioned to achieve. You can’t go astray when you know where you want to go.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Is it possible to get ahead with your Startup?</li><li>03:32 They’re just ideas </li><li>07:03 We are bound by the same progression scale</li><li>10:20 Calibrating toward broken measurements</li><li>14:20 We assume that the outcome is guaranteed if WE just performed</li><li>22:11 The comparison kills the progress</li><li>28:05 Go back to what your goals are</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how comparison kills progress. Notice that you are often bound to fail when you start comparing your progress to your competition. What you can do to not fall into this trap is to go back to your goals. Recalibrate yourself, shut every possible distraction down, and focus on what you have envisioned to achieve. You can’t go astray when you know where you want to go.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Is it possible to get ahead with your Startup?</li><li>03:32 They’re just ideas </li><li>07:03 We are bound by the same progression scale</li><li>10:20 Calibrating toward broken measurements</li><li>14:20 We assume that the outcome is guaranteed if WE just performed</li><li>22:11 The comparison kills the progress</li><li>28:05 Go back to what your goals are</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Dec 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e503bd29/ade834cc.mp3" length="47452285" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1974</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how comparison kills progress. Notice that you are often bound to fail when you start comparing your progress to your competition. What you can do to not fall into this trap is to go back to your goals. Recalibrate yourself, shut every possible distraction down, and focus on what you have envisioned to achieve. You can’t go astray when you know where you want to go.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how comparison kills progress. Notice that you are often bound to fail when you start comparing your progress to your competition. What you can do to not fall into this trap is to go back to your</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Let's Kill the 40 Hour Work Week</title>
      <itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>144</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Let's Kill the 40 Hour Work Week</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ed1c62e-394e-4b7d-82ca-44550a20c923</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/21374429</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about discarding the 40-hour work week. If you work for 30 hours each week, what would you worry you won’t get done? Now, if you won’t sit eight hours in the office, what will you be able to accomplish? Can you possibly do more somewhere more comfortable than in your office? The answer? YES! You can accomplish so much more without the time constraints.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 The 40-hour work week concept</li><li>05:19 It only works when you work less hours</li><li>09:56 Project costing is super complicated</li><li>16:41 Reliance on each other as part of the total outcome</li><li>20:03 Is 40-hours the standard work week?</li><li>25:25 What hours are we trying to pay for?</li><li>31:23 Productivity is treated as an individual effort</li><li>37:48 A 40-hour work week doesn’t align with everybody’s lifestyle</li><li>40:09 What you worried you won’t get done?</li><li>42:41 Take a fresh look at the ‘standard’ work week</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about discarding the 40-hour work week. If you work for 30 hours each week, what would you worry you won’t get done? Now, if you won’t sit eight hours in the office, what will you be able to accomplish? Can you possibly do more somewhere more comfortable than in your office? The answer? YES! You can accomplish so much more without the time constraints.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:08 The 40-hour work week concept</li><li>05:19 It only works when you work less hours</li><li>09:56 Project costing is super complicated</li><li>16:41 Reliance on each other as part of the total outcome</li><li>20:03 Is 40-hours the standard work week?</li><li>25:25 What hours are we trying to pay for?</li><li>31:23 Productivity is treated as an individual effort</li><li>37:48 A 40-hour work week doesn’t align with everybody’s lifestyle</li><li>40:09 What you worried you won’t get done?</li><li>42:41 Take a fresh look at the ‘standard’ work week</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Dec 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/21374429/0fda42f8.mp3" length="64742864" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2695</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about discarding the 40-hour work week. If you work for 30 hours each week, what would you worry you won’t get done? Now, if you won’t sit eight hours in the office, what will you be able to accomplish? Can you possibly do more somewhere more comfortable than in your office? The answer? YES! You can accomplish so much more without the time constraints.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about discarding the 40-hour work week. If you work for 30 hours each week, what would you worry you won’t get done? Now, if you won’t sit eight hours in the office, what will you be able to accomplish</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Minimum Viable Happiness</title>
      <itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>143</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Minimum Viable Happiness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e7605841-514c-49d6-bdb6-fddeb583a123</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ef0fc8f6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happiness means for a founder. In most cases, founders find happiness when they feel safe, when their efforts are validated, and when people appreciate their accomplishments. It doesn’t require much, yet the effort put forth to achieve happiness is basically blood, sweat, tears, and years of hard work.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 What does it take to be happy as a founder?</li><li>06:47 When you don’t feel safe, it’s hard to behave rationally</li><li>11:00 Safety is knowing that you can whether the next storm</li><li>15:19 Why do founders always seek validation?</li><li>22:22 The next struggle is the preamble to the next validation</li><li>25:24 Feeling proud of what you do</li><li>32:30 Appreciating people’s accomplishments  </li><li>36:22 When you feel safe, you can thrive</li><li>37:25 Can you use not feeling safe as a positive?</li><li>39:50 You learn more about things in the downtime</li><li>41:43 The most impactful validations</li><li>45:28 Just have fun and follow your happiness</li><li>46:43 When you’re juggling too many things all at once</li><li>51:00 The goal is what matters</li><li>56:14 We are the damn business so let’s take care of ourselves   </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happiness means for a founder. In most cases, founders find happiness when they feel safe, when their efforts are validated, and when people appreciate their accomplishments. It doesn’t require much, yet the effort put forth to achieve happiness is basically blood, sweat, tears, and years of hard work.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 What does it take to be happy as a founder?</li><li>06:47 When you don’t feel safe, it’s hard to behave rationally</li><li>11:00 Safety is knowing that you can whether the next storm</li><li>15:19 Why do founders always seek validation?</li><li>22:22 The next struggle is the preamble to the next validation</li><li>25:24 Feeling proud of what you do</li><li>32:30 Appreciating people’s accomplishments  </li><li>36:22 When you feel safe, you can thrive</li><li>37:25 Can you use not feeling safe as a positive?</li><li>39:50 You learn more about things in the downtime</li><li>41:43 The most impactful validations</li><li>45:28 Just have fun and follow your happiness</li><li>46:43 When you’re juggling too many things all at once</li><li>51:00 The goal is what matters</li><li>56:14 We are the damn business so let’s take care of ourselves   </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ef0fc8f6/36be0e24.mp3" length="88955496" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3704</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happiness means for a founder. In most cases, founders find happiness when they feel safe, when their efforts are validated, and when people appreciate their accomplishments. It doesn’t require much, yet the effort put forth to achieve happiness is basically blood, sweat, tears, and years of hard work.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happiness means for a founder. In most cases, founders find happiness when they feel safe, when their efforts are validated, and when people appreciate their accomplishments. It doesn’t requ</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Funding of "No Man's Land"</title>
      <itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>142</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Funding of "No Man's Land"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c9df721e-f164-49f8-b2a0-bcce855f518b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5dee754c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when funding is scarce. Will you seek another investor? Will you go on a fire sale? What other options do you have left? In the world of Startups and the struggles of keeping your business running, the fight is for you not to win. It’s more of a fight for you not to lose! </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 What do we do when no one wants to give us money</li><li>02:04 Is there a heads up when you’re not getting additional funding?</li><li>10:33 First, admit that you’re f*cked</li><li>16:00 Next, you go on a fire sale</li><li>22:13 Investors won’t get their money back but they wont lose more </li><li>25:51 What are your remaining options?</li><li>28:32 We’re playing not to win, but not to lose</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when funding is scarce. Will you seek another investor? Will you go on a fire sale? What other options do you have left? In the world of Startups and the struggles of keeping your business running, the fight is for you not to win. It’s more of a fight for you not to lose! </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 What do we do when no one wants to give us money</li><li>02:04 Is there a heads up when you’re not getting additional funding?</li><li>10:33 First, admit that you’re f*cked</li><li>16:00 Next, you go on a fire sale</li><li>22:13 Investors won’t get their money back but they wont lose more </li><li>25:51 What are your remaining options?</li><li>28:32 We’re playing not to win, but not to lose</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5dee754c/5081e98a.mp3" length="43041180" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1790</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when funding is scarce. Will you seek another investor? Will you go on a fire sale? What other options do you have left? In the world of Startups and the struggles of keeping your business running, the fight is for you not to win. It’s more of a fight for you not to lose! </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when funding is scarce. Will you seek another investor? Will you go on a fire sale? What other options do you have left? In the world of Startups and the struggles of keeping your bu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What does Founder "Success" Feel Like?</title>
      <itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>141</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What does Founder "Success" Feel Like?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">976c24ae-2390-483f-b5ba-102cb6f111e9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8af6e42e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about celebrating the little successes. Most people focus on hiring more people, settling in a bigger office, or getting additional funding as a form of success. But for most founders, at the early stages of their business, smaller things such as not having to worry about the payroll or how much you can spend using the company card, are a little form of success. It’s about taking away liabilities one at a time. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 Misconceptions about success</li><li>06:02 When you no longer worry about payrolls</li><li>10:01 Happiness and success comes from taking things away </li><li>16:28 At the early stage, it’s always close to the line</li><li>20:59 Chipping away the little liabilities over time</li><li>22:42 Focus on the moments of little success</li><li>27:11 We are rewarded for our effort in unexpected ways</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about celebrating the little successes. Most people focus on hiring more people, settling in a bigger office, or getting additional funding as a form of success. But for most founders, at the early stages of their business, smaller things such as not having to worry about the payroll or how much you can spend using the company card, are a little form of success. It’s about taking away liabilities one at a time. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 Misconceptions about success</li><li>06:02 When you no longer worry about payrolls</li><li>10:01 Happiness and success comes from taking things away </li><li>16:28 At the early stage, it’s always close to the line</li><li>20:59 Chipping away the little liabilities over time</li><li>22:42 Focus on the moments of little success</li><li>27:11 We are rewarded for our effort in unexpected ways</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8af6e42e/5be779c3.mp3" length="29052203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1800</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about celebrating the little successes. Most people focus on hiring more people, settling in a bigger office, or getting additional funding as a form of success. But for most founders, at the early stages of their business, smaller things such as not having to worry about the payroll or how much you can spend using the company card, are a little form of success. It’s about taking away liabilities one at a time.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about celebrating the little successes. Most people focus on hiring more people, settling in a bigger office, or getting additional funding as a form of success. But for most founders, at the early sta</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Risk of Trading Vulnerability for Opportunity</title>
      <itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>140</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Risk of Trading Vulnerability for Opportunity</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ff52deff-e4bd-4603-a0d1-112d715aba05</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/81f41bcf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to give up equity. At the early stages of a Startup, founders often seek to partner with a co-founder in the hopes of growing the company. But what founders don’t realize is that it may be too early to look for a partner or too risky to look for one. Selling the equity of your company, when it’s at its lowest value, will only nip down its potential growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 When is the wrong time to raise a capital?</li><li>04:02 The equity is future value of your company</li><li>09:29 Is giving up equity the only way?</li><li>17:27 The single most expensive investment: meeting your co-founder</li><li>20:24 The story of two founders</li><li>23:56 What if there’s a law that won’t allow a co-founder in the first year</li><li>25:02 Another founder story</li><li>29:30 We often blind ourselves to other solutions</li><li>31:08 You don’t have to do all in the same race</li><li>35:43 Things you can do that won’t make you less vulnerable </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to give up equity. At the early stages of a Startup, founders often seek to partner with a co-founder in the hopes of growing the company. But what founders don’t realize is that it may be too early to look for a partner or too risky to look for one. Selling the equity of your company, when it’s at its lowest value, will only nip down its potential growth.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:14 When is the wrong time to raise a capital?</li><li>04:02 The equity is future value of your company</li><li>09:29 Is giving up equity the only way?</li><li>17:27 The single most expensive investment: meeting your co-founder</li><li>20:24 The story of two founders</li><li>23:56 What if there’s a law that won’t allow a co-founder in the first year</li><li>25:02 Another founder story</li><li>29:30 We often blind ourselves to other solutions</li><li>31:08 You don’t have to do all in the same race</li><li>35:43 Things you can do that won’t make you less vulnerable </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/81f41bcf/6ad81442.mp3" length="58892855" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2451</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to give up equity. At the early stages of a Startup, founders often seek to partner with a co-founder in the hopes of growing the company. But what founders don’t realize is that it may be too early to look for a partner or too risky to look for one. Selling the equity of your company, when it’s at its lowest value, will only nip down its potential growth.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to give up equity. At the early stages of a Startup, founders often seek to partner with a co-founder in the hopes of growing the company. But what founders don’t realize is</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Failure in Startups is not Absolute</title>
      <itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>139</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Failure in Startups is not Absolute</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">203a799b-8011-48f6-87ad-259eb94872d2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/79a9a461</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about rising from a failure. Founders take it to heart when their business fails and often think that people will remember them for their failed business. Fact is, people easily move on and forget about the failed business. They won’t care. So, wallow on it as much as you want and then move on. A founder’s path is always open to more job opportunities. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:37 How paralyzing failure can be</li><li>04:39 Let’s talk about what losing it all feels like</li><li>09:14 When the business goes bankrupt, is your career completely over?</li><li>16:15 You’re still around, what do you do next?</li><li>20:22 When you think everyone will care all the time</li><li>24:01 Founder path lead to more job opportunities</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about rising from a failure. Founders take it to heart when their business fails and often think that people will remember them for their failed business. Fact is, people easily move on and forget about the failed business. They won’t care. So, wallow on it as much as you want and then move on. A founder’s path is always open to more job opportunities. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:37 How paralyzing failure can be</li><li>04:39 Let’s talk about what losing it all feels like</li><li>09:14 When the business goes bankrupt, is your career completely over?</li><li>16:15 You’re still around, what do you do next?</li><li>20:22 When you think everyone will care all the time</li><li>24:01 Founder path lead to more job opportunities</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Nov 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/79a9a461/ecbefac9.mp3" length="40975525" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1704</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about rising from a failure. Founders take it to heart when their business fails and often think that people will remember them for their failed business. Fact is, people easily move on and forget about the failed business. They won’t care. So, wallow on it as much as you want and then move on. A founder’s path is always open to more job opportunities. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about rising from a failure. Founders take it to heart when their business fails and often think that people will remember them for their failed business. Fact is, people easily move on and forget abou</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can a Founder take a Sabbatical?</title>
      <itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>138</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can a Founder take a Sabbatical?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6f7df23b-ae13-4706-978a-69edf4cf87a0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/139b73a2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking a break to restart. The biggest fear founders have is what happens to the business when they take a much needed break. The fear that things might go wrong, the right decisions aren’t being made, or there’s simply too much to do that taking a break may sound hilarious. But guess what, with the right people in place, more than half of a founder’s work can be done by someone else. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 We don’t believe we are allowed a sabbatical time off</li><li>05:25 You’re burned out but you can’t detach yourself from the business</li><li>09:37 Founder sabbatical is going away and doing something else entirely</li><li>14:09 You should be able to reset and come back with a fresh head</li><li>18:55 A sabbatical break has to happen</li><li>22:37 Setting the time period and expectations matters</li><li>24:30 How can a handful of people take over some of the workload?</li><li>27:32 75% of your job can be done by someone else</li><li>32:31 You can always come back when something goes wrong</li><li>36:50 A forced sabbatical isn’t going to work </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking a break to restart. The biggest fear founders have is what happens to the business when they take a much needed break. The fear that things might go wrong, the right decisions aren’t being made, or there’s simply too much to do that taking a break may sound hilarious. But guess what, with the right people in place, more than half of a founder’s work can be done by someone else. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 We don’t believe we are allowed a sabbatical time off</li><li>05:25 You’re burned out but you can’t detach yourself from the business</li><li>09:37 Founder sabbatical is going away and doing something else entirely</li><li>14:09 You should be able to reset and come back with a fresh head</li><li>18:55 A sabbatical break has to happen</li><li>22:37 Setting the time period and expectations matters</li><li>24:30 How can a handful of people take over some of the workload?</li><li>27:32 75% of your job can be done by someone else</li><li>32:31 You can always come back when something goes wrong</li><li>36:50 A forced sabbatical isn’t going to work </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Oct 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/139b73a2/7e7f2649.mp3" length="55218657" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2298</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking a break to restart. The biggest fear founders have is what happens to the business when they take a much needed break. The fear that things might go wrong, the right decisions aren’t being made, or there’s simply too much to do that taking a break may sound hilarious. But guess what, with the right people in place, more than half of a founder’s work can be done by someone else. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking a break to restart. The biggest fear founders have is what happens to the business when they take a much needed break. The fear that things might go wrong, the right decisions aren’t being</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Am I Lying or Just Being Optimistic?</title>
      <itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>137</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Am I Lying or Just Being Optimistic?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7e1be879-5844-4f22-bbd6-b75e548ad31c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ff3643c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about honest optimism. What if you have this strong conviction that what you’re building will lead to success? What if you have this strong sense of positivity and optimism? Will it be enough to gain people’s trust and continue to pour more money into your company? But what if it’s just blind optimism and you’re not really getting anywhere? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 Forward-looking optimism versus lying</li><li>03:28 Are we lying to ourselves when outcomes aren’t as predicted?  </li><li>06:42 What we’re pitching is potential outcome</li><li>09:56 Reasonable expectation and not blind optimism</li><li>12:08 Understanding the importance of optimism</li><li>18:44 Here’s where it becomes straight up lying</li><li>22:28 The consequence of going beyond optimism</li><li>26:43 Founders getting caught up in not presenting</li><li>28:38 There’s truth in optimism and there’s misaligned intention</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about honest optimism. What if you have this strong conviction that what you’re building will lead to success? What if you have this strong sense of positivity and optimism? Will it be enough to gain people’s trust and continue to pour more money into your company? But what if it’s just blind optimism and you’re not really getting anywhere? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 Forward-looking optimism versus lying</li><li>03:28 Are we lying to ourselves when outcomes aren’t as predicted?  </li><li>06:42 What we’re pitching is potential outcome</li><li>09:56 Reasonable expectation and not blind optimism</li><li>12:08 Understanding the importance of optimism</li><li>18:44 Here’s where it becomes straight up lying</li><li>22:28 The consequence of going beyond optimism</li><li>26:43 Founders getting caught up in not presenting</li><li>28:38 There’s truth in optimism and there’s misaligned intention</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Oct 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9ff3643c/7349c6f2.mp3" length="45780665" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1905</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about honest optimism. What if you have this strong conviction that what you’re building will lead to success? What if you have this strong sense of positivity and optimism? Will it be enough to gain people’s trust and continue to pour more money into your company? But what if it’s just blind optimism and you’re not really getting anywhere? </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about honest optimism. What if you have this strong conviction that what you’re building will lead to success? What if you have this strong sense of positivity and optimism? Will it be enough to gain p</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Glorifying "Hustle Porn"</title>
      <itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>136</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Glorifying "Hustle Porn"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31cda60e-8bee-4cef-8103-78739aff4cb5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1239e7bb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the 100-hour work week. The adrenaline to overexert and overwork yourself so you can get more things done is a hustle that no founder should be investing into. Here’s why. You can only get things done at your peak hours. No one gets productive a hundred hours a week. It’s an awful burnout.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:45 The Hustle Porn hype: The 100-hours work week</li><li>05:21 How many hours a day are your peak hours?</li><li>09:25 If you give yourself more hours, you spend more hours</li><li>13:15 Why are your work days loaded?</li><li>18:54 When you think you’re crushing it</li><li>22:30 Oh, you’re crushing it but at what cost?</li><li>28:02 The 30-second success story of a founder on social media</li><li>31:19 Get out of the habit of ‘how you’re crushing it’</li><li>32:28 Those who don’t brag about crushing it are actually the ones getting the work done</li><li>35:55 We need to put an end to the hustle porn</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the 100-hour work week. The adrenaline to overexert and overwork yourself so you can get more things done is a hustle that no founder should be investing into. Here’s why. You can only get things done at your peak hours. No one gets productive a hundred hours a week. It’s an awful burnout.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:45 The Hustle Porn hype: The 100-hours work week</li><li>05:21 How many hours a day are your peak hours?</li><li>09:25 If you give yourself more hours, you spend more hours</li><li>13:15 Why are your work days loaded?</li><li>18:54 When you think you’re crushing it</li><li>22:30 Oh, you’re crushing it but at what cost?</li><li>28:02 The 30-second success story of a founder on social media</li><li>31:19 Get out of the habit of ‘how you’re crushing it’</li><li>32:28 Those who don’t brag about crushing it are actually the ones getting the work done</li><li>35:55 We need to put an end to the hustle porn</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Oct 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1239e7bb/40e46447.mp3" length="53577563" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2229</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the 100-hour work week. The adrenaline to overexert and overwork yourself so you can get more things done is a hustle that no founder should be investing into. Here’s why. You can only get things done at your peak hours. No one gets productive a hundred hours a week. It’s an awful burnout.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the 100-hour work week. The adrenaline to overexert and overwork yourself so you can get more things done is a hustle that no founder should be investing into. Here’s why. You can only get things</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Startups Actually Amplify our Social Lives</title>
      <itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>135</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Startups Actually Amplify our Social Lives</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8af0af31-6123-40b5-ad16-7b1605228e63</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c624f5c1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about a founder’s social circle. Wherever you may be, you’ll always meet another founder. Surprisingly, your Startup is helping you build these connections, a space where you can meet and create relationships with people who share the same experience as you and probably have similar views as well. A founder’s space is just the right place to check how far your voice can influence and be heard.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 Startups are the social engines for most founders</li><li>03:07 Your social circle evaporates when you sell your company</li><li>07:37 Our relationships often have consequences</li><li>11:39 Understand which relationships are worth maintaining</li><li>15:12 Startups create a magnet for interesting people to join your circle</li><li>21:12 How far your voice can influence and carry</li><li>26:12 What we do creates a social gravity</li><li>29:41 Diversity in the founder’s space</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about a founder’s social circle. Wherever you may be, you’ll always meet another founder. Surprisingly, your Startup is helping you build these connections, a space where you can meet and create relationships with people who share the same experience as you and probably have similar views as well. A founder’s space is just the right place to check how far your voice can influence and be heard.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 Startups are the social engines for most founders</li><li>03:07 Your social circle evaporates when you sell your company</li><li>07:37 Our relationships often have consequences</li><li>11:39 Understand which relationships are worth maintaining</li><li>15:12 Startups create a magnet for interesting people to join your circle</li><li>21:12 How far your voice can influence and carry</li><li>26:12 What we do creates a social gravity</li><li>29:41 Diversity in the founder’s space</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Oct 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c624f5c1/74b15b7d.mp3" length="49912492" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2077</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about a founder’s social circle. Wherever you may be, you’ll always meet another founder. Surprisingly, your Startup is helping you build these connections, a space where you can meet and create relationships with people who share the same experience as you and probably have similar views as well. A founder’s space is just the right place to check how far your voice can influence and be heard.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about a founder’s social circle. Wherever you may be, you’ll always meet another founder. Surprisingly, your Startup is helping you build these connections, a space where you can meet and create relati</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Only Get to be Great at One Thing</title>
      <itunes:episode>134</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>134</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Only Get to be Great at One Thing</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5a7fdd17-1447-44a7-8cc6-1c8db38a9972</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3038364e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being the best at what you do. Oftentimes, founders are stuck in the idea that they need to add more features to make their product appealing and saleable. That it’s the added features that will reel in more customers without realizing that the focus should be on the core value of their product - to make sure that we’re doing the core product right and nothing else matters.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 We’re lucky if we’re really good at one thing</li><li>03:11 If you can’t solve the primary problem, you can’t fix anything else</li><li>06:10 What’s the one thing that you’ll have room to add features?</li><li>11:06 The cost of doing anything but the one thing</li><li>15:28 Nothing matters when you can’t get the core product right</li><li>19:26 If your mission is pizza, stick to it</li><li>24:01 We’re always going for a market we have to condition</li><li>30:59 Being the first to a market doesn’t make you the best</li><li>36:45 It’s difficult to beat the best when you’re new in the market</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being the best at what you do. Oftentimes, founders are stuck in the idea that they need to add more features to make their product appealing and saleable. That it’s the added features that will reel in more customers without realizing that the focus should be on the core value of their product - to make sure that we’re doing the core product right and nothing else matters.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 We’re lucky if we’re really good at one thing</li><li>03:11 If you can’t solve the primary problem, you can’t fix anything else</li><li>06:10 What’s the one thing that you’ll have room to add features?</li><li>11:06 The cost of doing anything but the one thing</li><li>15:28 Nothing matters when you can’t get the core product right</li><li>19:26 If your mission is pizza, stick to it</li><li>24:01 We’re always going for a market we have to condition</li><li>30:59 Being the first to a market doesn’t make you the best</li><li>36:45 It’s difficult to beat the best when you’re new in the market</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Sep 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3038364e/925d23e8.mp3" length="81279605" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2538</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being the best at what you do. Oftentimes, founders are stuck in the idea that they need to add more features to make their product appealing and saleable. That it’s the added features that will reel in more customers without realizing that the focus should be on the core value of their product - to make sure that we’re doing the core product right and nothing else matters.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about being the best at what you do. Oftentimes, founders are stuck in the idea that they need to add more features to make their product appealing and saleable. That it’s the added features that will </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Flee Your Overpriced City</title>
      <itunes:episode>133</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>133</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Flee Your Overpriced City</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">24620340-f742-48f7-8d32-36280a4428c3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf550381</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about moving to a major city. Years ago, when a business needed to expand, they often moved to a big city, brought key employees in, and raised funding to cope with a much higher cost of living. But times have changed. A lot of founders can now settle anywhere without the need to drag their employees and their families around. Remote setup is the new normal, and it’s giving Startups the advantage of growing without emptying the bank.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Everyone started leaving the mega cities</li><li>03:32 When you leave a major city and start your business somewhere else</li><li>06:16 An expensive city is a liability</li><li>12:14 You raise funds just so you can work within a geographic constraints</li><li>17:20 Hiring someone elsewhere for a much cheaper salary</li><li>23:37 Most people don’t necessarily want to live in an expensive city</li><li>28:19 Founders can move around and have the rest of the team settled anywhere else</li><li>31:46 Does your team need to be where you are at?</li><li>34:36 You can still show up in places when required</li><li>39:32 At this point, you don’t have to live in a major city </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about moving to a major city. Years ago, when a business needed to expand, they often moved to a big city, brought key employees in, and raised funding to cope with a much higher cost of living. But times have changed. A lot of founders can now settle anywhere without the need to drag their employees and their families around. Remote setup is the new normal, and it’s giving Startups the advantage of growing without emptying the bank.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Everyone started leaving the mega cities</li><li>03:32 When you leave a major city and start your business somewhere else</li><li>06:16 An expensive city is a liability</li><li>12:14 You raise funds just so you can work within a geographic constraints</li><li>17:20 Hiring someone elsewhere for a much cheaper salary</li><li>23:37 Most people don’t necessarily want to live in an expensive city</li><li>28:19 Founders can move around and have the rest of the team settled anywhere else</li><li>31:46 Does your team need to be where you are at?</li><li>34:36 You can still show up in places when required</li><li>39:32 At this point, you don’t have to live in a major city </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Sep 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bf550381/4013327b.mp3" length="58879910" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2450</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about moving to a major city. Years ago, when a business needed to expand, they often moved to a big city, brought key employees in, and raised funding to cope with a much higher cost of living. But times have changed. A lot of founders can now settle anywhere without the need to drag their employees and their families around. Remote setup is the new normal, and it’s giving Startups the advantage of growing without emptying the bank.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about moving to a major city. Years ago, when a business needed to expand, they often moved to a big city, brought key employees in, and raised funding to cope with a much higher cost of living. But ti</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>In Our Darkest Hour, Where Do We Find Hope?</title>
      <itunes:episode>132</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>132</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>In Our Darkest Hour, Where Do We Find Hope?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8a76ba0e-36b2-48e9-93d8-4967b708c2fc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3ed1019c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about optimism. An optimistic leader creates an optimistic environment. Despite the onslaught of negativities and failures, and success seemingly slipping away, when a Founder remains optimistic, he can always redirect his focus on what to do next.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Blinded optimism keeps founders running</li><li>04:49 Whatever you do will be reflected throughout the organization</li><li>08:19 Founders do not have the luxury to cry over spilled milk</li><li>10:01 Distraction keeps us away from being successful</li><li>12:37 You can’t find a customer or investor in one seating</li><li>15:51 Focus on small tiny wins that build success</li><li>19:16 Building a Startup through optimism</li><li>21:32 Optimism should be left in the hands of fate</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about optimism. An optimistic leader creates an optimistic environment. Despite the onslaught of negativities and failures, and success seemingly slipping away, when a Founder remains optimistic, he can always redirect his focus on what to do next.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Blinded optimism keeps founders running</li><li>04:49 Whatever you do will be reflected throughout the organization</li><li>08:19 Founders do not have the luxury to cry over spilled milk</li><li>10:01 Distraction keeps us away from being successful</li><li>12:37 You can’t find a customer or investor in one seating</li><li>15:51 Focus on small tiny wins that build success</li><li>19:16 Building a Startup through optimism</li><li>21:32 Optimism should be left in the hands of fate</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Sep 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3ed1019c/10b28888.mp3" length="33104428" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1376</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about optimism. An optimistic leader creates an optimistic environment. Despite the onslaught of negativities and failures, and success seemingly slipping away, when a Founder remains optimistic, he can always redirect his focus on what to do next.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about optimism. An optimistic leader creates an optimistic environment. Despite the onslaught of negativities and failures, and success seemingly slipping away, when a Founder remains optimistic, he ca</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Great Ideas Start as Dumb Ideas</title>
      <itunes:episode>131</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>131</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Great Ideas Start as Dumb Ideas</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6947bebf-68ee-4214-9241-d5ed61695fee</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/403869b9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dumb ideas. It’s no surprise that most of the successful Startups today started off as a completely bad idea. As it turns out, when given the time to evolve, the market to mature, and the target audience to be open about it, the dumbest idea can become the most profitable company.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 How many successful Startups started as a great idea?</li><li>04:26 Founders are stuck in “my idea needs to be better”</li><li>06:07 Ideas are a process and it can change a thousand times</li><li>09:24 Why is it called Netflix?</li><li>11:46 The market matures and the idea matures, we have to give it time</li><li>13:07 This concept that the development of an idea is a linear process</li><li>16:04 There aren’t a lot of people willing to invest in Startups</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dumb ideas. It’s no surprise that most of the successful Startups today started off as a completely bad idea. As it turns out, when given the time to evolve, the market to mature, and the target audience to be open about it, the dumbest idea can become the most profitable company.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 How many successful Startups started as a great idea?</li><li>04:26 Founders are stuck in “my idea needs to be better”</li><li>06:07 Ideas are a process and it can change a thousand times</li><li>09:24 Why is it called Netflix?</li><li>11:46 The market matures and the idea matures, we have to give it time</li><li>13:07 This concept that the development of an idea is a linear process</li><li>16:04 There aren’t a lot of people willing to invest in Startups</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/403869b9/63ffbb8a.mp3" length="29238959" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1215</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dumb ideas. It’s no surprise that most of the successful Startups today started off as a completely bad idea. As it turns out, when given the time to evolve, the market to mature, and the target audience to be open about it, the dumbest idea can become the most profitable company.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about dumb ideas. It’s no surprise that most of the successful Startups today started off as a completely bad idea. As it turns out, when given the time to evolve, the market to mature, and the target </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Is Everyone Counting My Money?</title>
      <itunes:episode>130</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>130</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Is Everyone Counting My Money?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd7fd88c-e351-4cea-b69d-1e2636a9c890</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8b70307d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how some founders can’t flaunt their money. Founders worked for it, sacrificed their health and time, and at some point, even settled for less compensation for the company to grow. They earned it, and yet some people find it appalling just because they don’t have it.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 Why is everybody counting our money?</li><li>06:09 The fact that they can’t have as much as you have pisses them off</li><li>09:17 The compensation gap will continue to increase</li><li>10:58 No one will appreciate your years of service</li><li>14:14 What people see and what the reality is are too different</li><li>19:22 You should not be ashamed of what you’ve earned</li><li>20:59 How you present your success can change the perception</li><li>25:15 Laylow in all of your personal stuff, don’t expose it</li><li>28:19 Is it an indication that things are doing better?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how some founders can’t flaunt their money. Founders worked for it, sacrificed their health and time, and at some point, even settled for less compensation for the company to grow. They earned it, and yet some people find it appalling just because they don’t have it.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:46 Why is everybody counting our money?</li><li>06:09 The fact that they can’t have as much as you have pisses them off</li><li>09:17 The compensation gap will continue to increase</li><li>10:58 No one will appreciate your years of service</li><li>14:14 What people see and what the reality is are too different</li><li>19:22 You should not be ashamed of what you’ve earned</li><li>20:59 How you present your success can change the perception</li><li>25:15 Laylow in all of your personal stuff, don’t expose it</li><li>28:19 Is it an indication that things are doing better?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 25 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8b70307d/af7e60f0.mp3" length="47211712" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1964</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how some founders can’t flaunt their money. Founders worked for it, sacrificed their health and time, and at some point, even settled for less compensation for the company to grow. They earned it and yet, some people find it appalling just because they don’t have it.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how some founders can’t flaunt their money. Founders worked for it, sacrificed their health and time, and at some point, even settled for less compensation for the company to grow. They earned it</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Beware of the Absentee Landlord in the Cap Table</title>
      <itunes:episode>129</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>129</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Beware of the Absentee Landlord in the Cap Table</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e2484ecf-8b5f-48a4-b42f-55cd0394ce8a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7253a8ea</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when you leave your Startup. You can’t simply assume that you’ll still be compensated for the equity without continuously providing value to the company’s growth. It’s a simplified Math problem. If you don’t work, you don’t get paid. If you’re not adding value, you won’t be compensated.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:49 People that are earning but aren't’ present</li><li>03:46 The absentee landlord</li><li>07:39 Founders didn’t realize they have an option</li><li>10:04 Doing the same work with less of an outcome</li><li>12:33 Equity is compensation</li><li>16:46 How can you get compensated for staying?</li><li>20:44 You continue to work to create value for the equity</li><li>23:57 You can’t be compensated for life if you leave</li><li>28:07 Can’t be compensated daily if you aren’t contributing daily</li><li>31:58 You’ve got two options</li><li>34:56 Typical when the company is raising money, it’s already running out of money</li><li>37:00 Your contribution depreciates as time passes</li><li>40:30 The compensation you get when you stay</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when you leave your Startup. You can’t simply assume that you’ll still be compensated for the equity without continuously providing value to the company’s growth. It’s a simplified Math problem. If you don’t work, you don’t get paid. If you’re not adding value, you won’t be compensated.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:49 People that are earning but aren't’ present</li><li>03:46 The absentee landlord</li><li>07:39 Founders didn’t realize they have an option</li><li>10:04 Doing the same work with less of an outcome</li><li>12:33 Equity is compensation</li><li>16:46 How can you get compensated for staying?</li><li>20:44 You continue to work to create value for the equity</li><li>23:57 You can’t be compensated for life if you leave</li><li>28:07 Can’t be compensated daily if you aren’t contributing daily</li><li>31:58 You’ve got two options</li><li>34:56 Typical when the company is raising money, it’s already running out of money</li><li>37:00 Your contribution depreciates as time passes</li><li>40:30 The compensation you get when you stay</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7253a8ea/f9fd534c.mp3" length="62253965" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2591</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when you leave your Startup. You can’t simply assume that you’ll still be compensated for the equity without continuously providing value to the company’s growth. It’s a simplified Math problem. If you don’t work, you don’t get paid. If you’re not adding value, you won’t be compensated.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when you leave your Startup. You can’t simply assume that you’ll still be compensated for the equity without continuously providing value to the company’s growth. It’s a simplified M</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Startup Culture is a Reflection of its Founders</title>
      <itunes:episode>128</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>128</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Startup Culture is a Reflection of its Founders</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae68a53e-a6b8-4fca-bb8c-5e0cfac6f1e2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/500a11fc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the kind of culture you as a founder can create within your own organization. Everything you do has implications and if you let instigators of negativity be, you’re allowing a nasty culture to spread. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:25 Where do cultural issues stem from?</li><li>04:48 Back channeling is worse in remote settings</li><li>08:15 This culture of talking ill about the client</li><li>11:13 When KPIs push the retention team to bash the clients</li><li>15:20 It all starts with one person, identify the ringleader</li><li>18:57 It’s easy to create a culture of overwork</li><li>23:35 A lack of maturity across the board</li><li>26:30 The spotlight is on you and anything you do has implications</li><li>28:50 But you still need to take care of your own well-being</li><li>30:52 What company culture meant years ago</li><li>33:13 You can admit you made a mistake and create a culture out of it</li><li>37:09 Founders can have so much impact, but it can be good or evil</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the kind of culture you as a founder can create within your own organization. Everything you do has implications and if you let instigators of negativity be, you’re allowing a nasty culture to spread. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>01:25 Where do cultural issues stem from?</li><li>04:48 Back channeling is worse in remote settings</li><li>08:15 This culture of talking ill about the client</li><li>11:13 When KPIs push the retention team to bash the clients</li><li>15:20 It all starts with one person, identify the ringleader</li><li>18:57 It’s easy to create a culture of overwork</li><li>23:35 A lack of maturity across the board</li><li>26:30 The spotlight is on you and anything you do has implications</li><li>28:50 But you still need to take care of your own well-being</li><li>30:52 What company culture meant years ago</li><li>33:13 You can admit you made a mistake and create a culture out of it</li><li>37:09 Founders can have so much impact, but it can be good or evil</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 18 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/500a11fc/0b11e3f2.mp3" length="55424241" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2306</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the kind of culture you as a founder can create within your own organization. Everything you do has implications and if you let instigators of negativity be, you’re allowing a nasty culture to spread.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the kind of culture you as a founder can create within your own organization. Everything you do has implications and if you let instigators of negativity be, you’re allowing a nasty culture to sp</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Cofounders Often Don't Last</title>
      <itunes:episode>127</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>127</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Cofounders Often Don't Last</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3b187e01-0318-49cb-8067-aaba77b23338</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0c978fd5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about cofounder breakup. Likened to marriage, having a cofounder requires commitment that comes with consequences when and if the Startup fails and coming up with an action plan when the business turns out to be a total flop. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 Cofounders often don’t last</li><li>02:07 Cofounders should talk about what to do when things doesn’t work out</li><li>05:36 We make a binding contract with someone when the Startup longevity is uncertain</li><li>06:57 Founders don’t consider what to do if and when cofounders leave</li><li>09:16 Making a commitment at a time we know least about the outcome</li><li>14:24 Assumptions you’re making about your cofounder</li><li>21:10 Be prepared to deal with fundamentally different decision making</li><li>25:48 Plan for divorce but hope for a successful marriage</li><li>26:54 Start with a vesting agreement</li><li>31:33 Sign a commitment that when not met has consequences</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about cofounder breakup. Likened to marriage, having a cofounder requires commitment that comes with consequences when and if the Startup fails and coming up with an action plan when the business turns out to be a total flop. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 Cofounders often don’t last</li><li>02:07 Cofounders should talk about what to do when things doesn’t work out</li><li>05:36 We make a binding contract with someone when the Startup longevity is uncertain</li><li>06:57 Founders don’t consider what to do if and when cofounders leave</li><li>09:16 Making a commitment at a time we know least about the outcome</li><li>14:24 Assumptions you’re making about your cofounder</li><li>21:10 Be prepared to deal with fundamentally different decision making</li><li>25:48 Plan for divorce but hope for a successful marriage</li><li>26:54 Start with a vesting agreement</li><li>31:33 Sign a commitment that when not met has consequences</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0c978fd5/5b2d4f24.mp3" length="49265163" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2050</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about cofounder breakup. Likened to marriage, having a cofounder requires commitment that comes with consequences when and if the Startup fails and coming up with an action plan when the business turns out to be a total flop.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about cofounder breakup. Likened to marriage, having a cofounder requires commitment that comes with consequences when and if the Startup fails and coming up with an action plan when the business turns</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Case for Growing Slowly</title>
      <itunes:episode>126</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>126</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Case for Growing Slowly</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">646b59bf-d892-4f59-a44d-d0afdb6154e2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0dc9ae6e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking the slow growth approach. Instead of going full force too fast early on, take the time to understand whether the bets you’re paying back or not and when it’s time to change direction. Don’t follow the narrative that you need to accelerate right away. Follow the circumstances and consequences, and move at the pace that you’re supposed to take.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:32 Dispel the myth about Startups should grow fast</li><li>01:57 Why do we feel we have to grow fast?</li><li>05:56 The car analogy: why early acceleration amplifies mistakes</li><li>08:34 The assumption we often miss is the factor of time </li><li>12:37 The best you do are the ones that you didn’t do</li><li>14:34 When you start to do too many things at the same time</li><li>17:30 Don’t mistake making bets into making good decisions</li><li>23:06 We get trapped in that repeatability phase</li><li>26:24 All the time we waste is a lot of money</li><li>29:59 The cost of accelerating the wrong people </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking the slow growth approach. Instead of going full force too fast early on, take the time to understand whether the bets you’re paying back or not and when it’s time to change direction. Don’t follow the narrative that you need to accelerate right away. Follow the circumstances and consequences, and move at the pace that you’re supposed to take.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:32 Dispel the myth about Startups should grow fast</li><li>01:57 Why do we feel we have to grow fast?</li><li>05:56 The car analogy: why early acceleration amplifies mistakes</li><li>08:34 The assumption we often miss is the factor of time </li><li>12:37 The best you do are the ones that you didn’t do</li><li>14:34 When you start to do too many things at the same time</li><li>17:30 Don’t mistake making bets into making good decisions</li><li>23:06 We get trapped in that repeatability phase</li><li>26:24 All the time we waste is a lot of money</li><li>29:59 The cost of accelerating the wrong people </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0dc9ae6e/10a7e9e1.mp3" length="48618606" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2023</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking the slow growth approach. Instead of going full force too fast early on, take the time to understand whether the bets you’re paying back or not and when it’s time to change direction. Don’t follow the narrative that you need to accelerate right away. Follow the circumstances and consequences, and move at the pace that you’re supposed to take.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about taking the slow growth approach. Instead of going full force too fast early on, take the time to understand whether the bets you’re paying back or not and when it’s time to change direction. Don’</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Don't Rush Into Your Second Act</title>
      <itunes:episode>125</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>125</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Don't Rush Into Your Second Act</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">078829de-bbf4-4fa5-98aa-f43522438aef</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/72efba2d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders rushing into building their next Startup. After a successful exit, most founders are overly eager to start their next big idea and land another win. They want to act upon it while they are in the momentum and prove that they aren’t a one-hit wonder.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 Is it healthy to jump to the next Startup after you sold the first?</li><li>05:06 At some point you’ve already won, don’t rush to the next thing</li><li>09:08 Give yourself time to morph into an idea</li><li>13:12 The best ideas doesn’t often spring from boredom </li><li>17:21 All the best ideas started off small and dumb, but founders don’t think like that</li><li>23:03 Stories of founders who succeeded on their second act</li><li>27:58 Give yourself time to understand the drive and identify the false motivators </li><li>31:11 Take a little time to know the new you post exit </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders rushing into building their next Startup. After a successful exit, most founders are overly eager to start their next big idea and land another win. They want to act upon it while they are in the momentum and prove that they aren’t a one-hit wonder.   </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:36 Is it healthy to jump to the next Startup after you sold the first?</li><li>05:06 At some point you’ve already won, don’t rush to the next thing</li><li>09:08 Give yourself time to morph into an idea</li><li>13:12 The best ideas doesn’t often spring from boredom </li><li>17:21 All the best ideas started off small and dumb, but founders don’t think like that</li><li>23:03 Stories of founders who succeeded on their second act</li><li>27:58 Give yourself time to understand the drive and identify the false motivators </li><li>31:11 Take a little time to know the new you post exit </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 04 Aug 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/72efba2d/32d9bfce.mp3" length="48393233" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2013</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders rushing into building their next Startup. After a successful exit, most founders are overly eager to start their next big idea and land another win. They want to act upon it while they are in the momentum and prove that they aren’t a one-hit wonder.   </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders rushing into building their next Startup. After a successful exit, most founders are overly eager to start their next big idea and land another win. They want to act upon it while they a</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's not What We Own - It's Whether It's Liquid</title>
      <itunes:episode>124</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>124</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's not What We Own - It's Whether It's Liquid</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dba9f117-eace-4edb-b707-d69f3d5e2390</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/1d2b1251</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about liquidation probability. Many Startup founders make the wrong decision to lose interest in what they currently have and start pursuing something else in the hopes of a much bigger outcome, completely skipping the part where they first have to gauge the probability of success.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:13 You should be more concerned about what you don’t own</li><li>05:40 The probability of liquidity is so low</li><li>09:06 The probability of your Startup getting liquidated and then liquidating the next</li><li>12:52 Important numbers: probability, equity that you own, and the value of equity  </li><li>17:30 When the money you sold for is sitting on a preference</li><li>20:02 Probability should change the likelihood that you would sell </li><li>22:55 Always go with probabilities over percentage</li><li>26:57 We give up what we have and latch onto something with low probability</li><li>32:56 You only have so many years of peak earning potential</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about liquidation probability. Many Startup founders make the wrong decision to lose interest in what they currently have and start pursuing something else in the hopes of a much bigger outcome, completely skipping the part where they first have to gauge the probability of success.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:13 You should be more concerned about what you don’t own</li><li>05:40 The probability of liquidity is so low</li><li>09:06 The probability of your Startup getting liquidated and then liquidating the next</li><li>12:52 Important numbers: probability, equity that you own, and the value of equity  </li><li>17:30 When the money you sold for is sitting on a preference</li><li>20:02 Probability should change the likelihood that you would sell </li><li>22:55 Always go with probabilities over percentage</li><li>26:57 We give up what we have and latch onto something with low probability</li><li>32:56 You only have so many years of peak earning potential</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/1d2b1251/0a1561b6.mp3" length="53361874" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2220</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about liquidation probability. Many Startup founders make the wrong decision to lose interest in what they currently have and start pursuing something else in the hopes of a much bigger outcome, completely skipping the part where they first have to gauge the probability of success.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about liquidation probability. Many Startup founders make the wrong decision to lose interest in what they currently have and start pursuing something else in the hopes of a much bigger outcome, comple</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>That Founder Sold for Too Little!</title>
      <itunes:episode>123</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>123</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>That Founder Sold for Too Little!</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d67b9f89-8162-4f0f-832b-b2a37bdb68a9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c4a19248</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about opinions that do not matter when a company sells. A lot of founders are stigmatized for selling their Startups for too little. Too little in a sense that these non-founders only think of the numbers and not the value and work put into building the business. And the glaring truth is that they have never had that much money in their entire life! So their opinions aren’t valid.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 To those who said, “That founder sold the company for too little.” </li><li>05:38 The lack of self-awareness of people making unnecessary comment</li><li>09:42 The unsolicited comment will constantly haunt the founder</li><li>13:46 Shooting back at the trolls just brings more trolls</li><li>17:49 $2M is $2M, how is that bad?</li><li>21:31 You can’t belittle $2M if you don’t have it</li><li>23:59 People are just chasing more without a clear objective</li><li>28:15 If the amount is relative to the founder’s needs, it’s a winning sale</li><li>30:00 Not all founders are able to sell their business</li><li>35:32 Founders shouldn’t lose sight of their accomplishment</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about opinions that do not matter when a company sells. A lot of founders are stigmatized for selling their Startups for too little. Too little in a sense that these non-founders only think of the numbers and not the value and work put into building the business. And the glaring truth is that they have never had that much money in their entire life! So their opinions aren’t valid.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:53 To those who said, “That founder sold the company for too little.” </li><li>05:38 The lack of self-awareness of people making unnecessary comment</li><li>09:42 The unsolicited comment will constantly haunt the founder</li><li>13:46 Shooting back at the trolls just brings more trolls</li><li>17:49 $2M is $2M, how is that bad?</li><li>21:31 You can’t belittle $2M if you don’t have it</li><li>23:59 People are just chasing more without a clear objective</li><li>28:15 If the amount is relative to the founder’s needs, it’s a winning sale</li><li>30:00 Not all founders are able to sell their business</li><li>35:32 Founders shouldn’t lose sight of their accomplishment</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 21 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c4a19248/46f4567a.mp3" length="51852471" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2158</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about opinions that do not matter when a company sells. A lot of founders are stigmatized for selling their Startups for too little. Too little in a sense that these non-founders only think of the numbers and not the value and work put into building the business. And the glaring truth is that they have never had that much money in their entire life! So their opinions aren’t valid. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about opinions that do not matter when a company sells. A lot of founders are stigmatized for selling their Startups for too little. Too little in a sense that these non-founders only think of the numb</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Can I Feel Good About Taking a Break as a Founder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>122</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>122</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Can I Feel Good About Taking a Break as a Founder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6ee2eb0e-bf2f-4e58-88ff-5c5f58b53588</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e9e4c44a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting every down for a much needed break. No, you can’t say, “I can’t take a break yet.” Or say, “Your hands are tied at the moment.” It’s critical that you take a break in between milestones, unless you want to get stuck on productivity and run dry on creativity.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 When will you take a break?</li><li>05:08 Find milestones to fit in long-term breaks</li><li>10:37 Founders excel at planning but terrible at taking a break</li><li>13:41 When your only milestone to take a break is getting sick</li><li>18:59 If you recharge, you can do more work</li><li>22:48 The golden periods of creativity and analytical productivity</li><li>24:10 Get off, reset, and get back on with maximum energy</li><li>28:40 Some people aren’t taking PTOs</li><li>32:20 The concept of multiplicity</li><li>33:52 You’re going to come back as a better version of yourself </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting every down for a much needed break. No, you can’t say, “I can’t take a break yet.” Or say, “Your hands are tied at the moment.” It’s critical that you take a break in between milestones, unless you want to get stuck on productivity and run dry on creativity.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 When will you take a break?</li><li>05:08 Find milestones to fit in long-term breaks</li><li>10:37 Founders excel at planning but terrible at taking a break</li><li>13:41 When your only milestone to take a break is getting sick</li><li>18:59 If you recharge, you can do more work</li><li>22:48 The golden periods of creativity and analytical productivity</li><li>24:10 Get off, reset, and get back on with maximum energy</li><li>28:40 Some people aren’t taking PTOs</li><li>32:20 The concept of multiplicity</li><li>33:52 You’re going to come back as a better version of yourself </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e9e4c44a/5a8fc751.mp3" length="36348065" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2192</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting every down for a much needed break. No, you can’t say, “I can’t take a break yet.” Or say, “Your hands are tied at the moment.” It’s critical that you take a break in between milestones, unless you want to get stuck on productivity and run dry on creativity. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about putting every down for a much needed break. No, you can’t say, “I can’t take a break yet.” Or say, “Your hands are tied at the moment.” It’s critical that you take a break in between milestones, </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forget Big Ideas - Start with Your North Star</title>
      <itunes:episode>121</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>121</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Forget Big Ideas - Start with Your North Star</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">29b48680-dd2d-4f83-a770-616600150273</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/8855ce53</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about focusing on what you are trying to achieve before taking action on any big ideas you might have. Some of these ideas don't necessarily lead you to where you want to go. Some, if pursued, just end up in failures and frustrations. Instead, focus on where you want to go and then figure out how you want to get there.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Getting stuck in looking or working on an idea</li><li>03:41 Your business idea should align with what you love to do</li><li>06:46 Aspirations change as we age</li><li>11:00 Making a business out of something you’re good at</li><li>17:59 Specific goals makes it easy to map things around it</li><li>23:05 Every founder knows what to avoid</li><li>27:21 Just stop doing things that make you unhappy</li><li>31:29 When you’re using the wrong yardstick to measure growth</li><li>35:24 How to get paid for what you enjoy doing </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about focusing on what you are trying to achieve before taking action on any big ideas you might have. Some of these ideas don't necessarily lead you to where you want to go. Some, if pursued, just end up in failures and frustrations. Instead, focus on where you want to go and then figure out how you want to get there.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 Getting stuck in looking or working on an idea</li><li>03:41 Your business idea should align with what you love to do</li><li>06:46 Aspirations change as we age</li><li>11:00 Making a business out of something you’re good at</li><li>17:59 Specific goals makes it easy to map things around it</li><li>23:05 Every founder knows what to avoid</li><li>27:21 Just stop doing things that make you unhappy</li><li>31:29 When you’re using the wrong yardstick to measure growth</li><li>35:24 How to get paid for what you enjoy doing </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 14 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/8855ce53/a92f0b7b.mp3" length="56485059" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2351</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about focusing on what you are trying to achieve before taking action on any big ideas you might have. Some of these ideas don't necessarily lead you to where you want to go. Some, if pursued, just end up in failures and frustrations. Instead, focus on where you want to go and then figure out how you want to get there.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about focusing on what you are trying to achieve before taking action on any big ideas you might have. Some of these ideas don't necessarily lead you to where you want to go. Some, if pursued, just end</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Adding Staff Isn't a Sign of Success, Adding Revenue Is</title>
      <itunes:episode>120</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>120</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Adding Staff Isn't a Sign of Success, Adding Revenue Is</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c116e27e-82da-477c-ab35-61cb5ccd11a2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/60aca950</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how increasing your staff does not necessarily mean growth, but a deliberate liability. Many people just focus on increasing the number of their employees and do not think about the cost of hiring more people. Yes, you need more people to get work done faster. Yes, you need additional minds to pitch in new ideas. But what if your revenue is lower than the liabilities? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:39 Some people use staff count as a measure of success</li><li>03:40 A growing staff is only seen as a progress</li><li>07:01 Management strain continues as you add more people</li><li>10:48 There’s a diminishing return in every additional hire</li><li>14:28 Each new person that comes in is a burden in some form</li><li>16:08 Why do we associate hiring people with growth?</li><li>20:11 Putting people on payroll is easy, paying the payroll isn’t</li><li>24:33 Look at every choice as a possible liability</li><li>26:30 What can we do to keep revenue and stay efficient with staffing? </li><li>28:32 Getting additional funding to add people and accelerate things</li><li>32:13 If the Startup doesn’t work, you’ll regret adding more people</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how increasing your staff does not necessarily mean growth, but a deliberate liability. Many people just focus on increasing the number of their employees and do not think about the cost of hiring more people. Yes, you need more people to get work done faster. Yes, you need additional minds to pitch in new ideas. But what if your revenue is lower than the liabilities? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:39 Some people use staff count as a measure of success</li><li>03:40 A growing staff is only seen as a progress</li><li>07:01 Management strain continues as you add more people</li><li>10:48 There’s a diminishing return in every additional hire</li><li>14:28 Each new person that comes in is a burden in some form</li><li>16:08 Why do we associate hiring people with growth?</li><li>20:11 Putting people on payroll is easy, paying the payroll isn’t</li><li>24:33 Look at every choice as a possible liability</li><li>26:30 What can we do to keep revenue and stay efficient with staffing? </li><li>28:32 Getting additional funding to add people and accelerate things</li><li>32:13 If the Startup doesn’t work, you’ll regret adding more people</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/60aca950/bf399f4a.mp3" length="49168093" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2046</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how increasing your staff does not necessarily mean growth, but a deliberate liability. Many people just focus on increasing the number of their employees and do not think about the cost of hiring more people. Yes, you need more people to get work done faster. Yes, you need additional minds to pitch in new ideas. But what if your revenue is lower than the liabilities? </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how increasing your staff does not necessarily mean growth, but a deliberate liability. Many people just focus on increasing the number of their employees and do not think about the cost of hirin</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Curse of the 37-Year Old Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>119</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>119</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Curse of the 37-Year Old Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2bcd7617-e7c7-4d53-9c32-10bd92ff1d11</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/09a7f4ee</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the dues founders pay for neglecting their health. Pushing yourself too much, putting your body through so much pressure, and then ignoring the warning signs as they come, you’re unconsciously trading your life for the success of your company. Don’t curse yourself in the process!  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:43 When you’re running your life too fast, you’re sacrificing your health</li><li>07:50 Processing all of life by not processing it</li><li>14:26 Because your body can adapt to anything, you shrug off any symptom</li><li>18:07 Early in our careers, we’re not aware of these problems</li><li>21:38 Founders rarely have a support structure</li><li>25:09 We're responsible for the conditions that created the liabilities</li><li>27:18 It’s difficult to admit you’re wrong when you made the bad decision</li><li>29:44 A lot of founders have had a massive panic attack at 37</li><li>32:28 When you’re deteriorating, why aren’t you doing something about it?</li><li>35:31 Your family can help spot the warning signs, but they won’t be </li><li>39:14 At your age, how much stamina do you still have?</li><li>40:53 How to avoid destroying yourself as your Startup grows</li><li>43:21 We assume that we’re the only ones going through it</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the dues founders pay for neglecting their health. Pushing yourself too much, putting your body through so much pressure, and then ignoring the warning signs as they come, you’re unconsciously trading your life for the success of your company. Don’t curse yourself in the process!  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a><strong> </strong></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:43 When you’re running your life too fast, you’re sacrificing your health</li><li>07:50 Processing all of life by not processing it</li><li>14:26 Because your body can adapt to anything, you shrug off any symptom</li><li>18:07 Early in our careers, we’re not aware of these problems</li><li>21:38 Founders rarely have a support structure</li><li>25:09 We're responsible for the conditions that created the liabilities</li><li>27:18 It’s difficult to admit you’re wrong when you made the bad decision</li><li>29:44 A lot of founders have had a massive panic attack at 37</li><li>32:28 When you’re deteriorating, why aren’t you doing something about it?</li><li>35:31 Your family can help spot the warning signs, but they won’t be </li><li>39:14 At your age, how much stamina do you still have?</li><li>40:53 How to avoid destroying yourself as your Startup grows</li><li>43:21 We assume that we’re the only ones going through it</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 07 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/09a7f4ee/a99b5f87.mp3" length="66330414" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2761</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the dues founders pay for neglecting their health. Pushing yourself too much, putting your body through so much pressure, and then ignoring the warning signs as they come, you’re unconsciously trading your life for the success of your company. Don’t curse yourself in the process!   </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the dues founders pay for neglecting their health. Pushing yourself too much, putting your body through so much pressure, and then ignoring the warning signs as they come, you’re unconsciously tr</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Our Startup Works for Everyone But Us</title>
      <itunes:episode>118</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>118</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Our Startup Works for Everyone But Us</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d1683884-3117-4861-875e-4732b0485b10</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0de06a18</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when things work for everyone else but not for you. The effort founders put into our Startup is a sacrifice in all forms and shapes, to the extent of spending less time with family, neglecting our health, or even getting a pay cut just to keep the business rolling. Yes, you are the founder but you’ve become a slave to your own business. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 Things are going great for everyone except for you</li><li>04:20 Concepts that led to you being a founder</li><li>07:17 We're essentially mortgaging our goals without realizing it</li><li>12:36 When we take an investor, the investor becomes our boss</li><li>15:32 You need to set goals that are unchangeable</li><li>21:24 There is a threshold where commitment becomes destructive</li><li>26:12 It’s disruptive when you pick up on things your employees didn’t do</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when things work for everyone else but not for you. The effort founders put into our Startup is a sacrifice in all forms and shapes, to the extent of spending less time with family, neglecting our health, or even getting a pay cut just to keep the business rolling. Yes, you are the founder but you’ve become a slave to your own business. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 Things are going great for everyone except for you</li><li>04:20 Concepts that led to you being a founder</li><li>07:17 We're essentially mortgaging our goals without realizing it</li><li>12:36 When we take an investor, the investor becomes our boss</li><li>15:32 You need to set goals that are unchangeable</li><li>21:24 There is a threshold where commitment becomes destructive</li><li>26:12 It’s disruptive when you pick up on things your employees didn’t do</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jul 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0de06a18/c3284765.mp3" length="47347399" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1970</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when things work for everyone else but not for you. The effort founders put into our Startup is a sacrifice in all forms and shapes, to the extent of spending less time with family, neglecting our health, or even getting a pay cut just to keep the business rolling. Yes, you are the founder but you’ve become a slave to your own business. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens when things work for everyone else but not for you. The effort founders put into our Startup is a sacrifice in all forms and shapes, to the extent of spending less time with family, </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can You Change People?</title>
      <itunes:episode>117</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>117</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can You Change People?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f0fd899c-bcc5-4e79-8301-7272ad0cf2da</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/47c88cb4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about changing a person’s personality (or the attempt to do so). It’s one of the factors founders cannot control and it’s silly to keep telling the same person what they should be doing more than once. It’s a waste of energy, a waste of time, and definitely a lost cause. Put your time and effort into someone else!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 Trying to enforce behavioral change in your people</li><li>04:32 Them being a jerk is just reflection of our bad leadership </li><li>08:40 Skills: the things you can do, Personality: the things you can’t do</li><li>11:59 We keep thinking that we are the solution to the problem</li><li>16:54 Set an environment with a healthy culture people can mimic</li><li>20:56 Do not allow performance to outweigh the emotional wellbeing of the business</li><li>23:03 What would the problem look like if the person isn’t making it worse?</li><li>27:49 You shouldn’t be telling people to work harder</li><li>33:39 Ask yourself: Am I parenting or managing?</li><li>36:35 Personality issues are some of the problems founders can’t control</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about changing a person’s personality (or the attempt to do so). It’s one of the factors founders cannot control and it’s silly to keep telling the same person what they should be doing more than once. It’s a waste of energy, a waste of time, and definitely a lost cause. Put your time and effort into someone else!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 Trying to enforce behavioral change in your people</li><li>04:32 Them being a jerk is just reflection of our bad leadership </li><li>08:40 Skills: the things you can do, Personality: the things you can’t do</li><li>11:59 We keep thinking that we are the solution to the problem</li><li>16:54 Set an environment with a healthy culture people can mimic</li><li>20:56 Do not allow performance to outweigh the emotional wellbeing of the business</li><li>23:03 What would the problem look like if the person isn’t making it worse?</li><li>27:49 You shouldn’t be telling people to work harder</li><li>33:39 Ask yourself: Am I parenting or managing?</li><li>36:35 Personality issues are some of the problems founders can’t control</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 30 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/47c88cb4/15ff8b0f.mp3" length="55192912" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2297</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about changing a person’s personality (or the attempt to do so). It’s one of the factors founders cannot control and it’s silly to keep telling the same person what they should be doing more than once. It’s a waste of energy, a waste of time, and definitely a lost cause. Put your time and effort into someone else!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about changing a person’s personality (or the attempt to do so). It’s one of the factors founders cannot control and it’s silly to keep telling the same person what they should be doing more than once.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Last Mile is the Most Important</title>
      <itunes:episode>116</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>116</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Last Mile is the Most Important</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0be8fd1f-b846-48c3-a4a9-384dd896b0ec</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/50a54423</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about burnout when you’re nearly at the end of your Startup journey. Every sacrifice and risk you’ve taken will become useless if you feel tired and decide to take a break at the most crucial time and that’s when you’re at the last step of closing the deal. The trick is to surround yourself with people who will help you get through this phase. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:55 What happens when we’re near the end of the deal?</li><li>05:53 Startup equity is the most expensive currency one can spend</li><li>09:31 When you just want to be done with it</li><li>11:56 What else can you do to motivate yourself?</li><li>17:54 Being vulnerable at this stage doesn’t allow for a second chance</li><li>20:21 What happens if you fall apart at the last moment?</li><li>24:53 Every hardship loses value if you drop everything now</li><li>28:10 There’s no version of a Startup that doesn’t have a burnout</li><li>32:01 Don’t go through this process alone </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about burnout when you’re nearly at the end of your Startup journey. Every sacrifice and risk you’ve taken will become useless if you feel tired and decide to take a break at the most crucial time and that’s when you’re at the last step of closing the deal. The trick is to surround yourself with people who will help you get through this phase. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:55 What happens when we’re near the end of the deal?</li><li>05:53 Startup equity is the most expensive currency one can spend</li><li>09:31 When you just want to be done with it</li><li>11:56 What else can you do to motivate yourself?</li><li>17:54 Being vulnerable at this stage doesn’t allow for a second chance</li><li>20:21 What happens if you fall apart at the last moment?</li><li>24:53 Every hardship loses value if you drop everything now</li><li>28:10 There’s no version of a Startup that doesn’t have a burnout</li><li>32:01 Don’t go through this process alone </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/50a54423/60f8b50e.mp3" length="51522640" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2144</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about burnout when you’re nearly at the end of your Startup journey. Every sacrifice and risk you’ve taken will become useless if you feel tired and decide to take a break at the most crucial time and that’s when you’re at the last step of closing the deal. The trick is to surround yourself with people who will help you get through this phase. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about burnout when you’re nearly at the end of your Startup journey. Every sacrifice and risk you’ve taken will become useless if you feel tired and decide to take a break at the most crucial time and </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How We Leave is How We're Remembered</title>
      <itunes:episode>115</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>115</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How We Leave is How We're Remembered</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">66e188ef-da35-4cdf-84a9-54216cadbd03</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7f108c3b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about avoiding unpleasant breakups. There always comes a time when you need to part ways with people, friends, staff, even investors. Every bad breakup can seriously damage your reputation in any means possible simply because some harbor vindictive emotions and speak negatively against you. What can you do then to avoid that? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 How many good stories do you remember of breakups throughout your career?</li><li>03:55 Your poor actions is what people remember the most</li><li>06:21 Letting go of people means having more than one conversation</li><li>12:42 Your reputation takes years to build and takes seconds to destroy</li><li>17:23 The damage a single blown relationship can do</li><li>22:41 How handle breakups that usually end well</li><li>25:10 The need to justify yourself and your actions</li><li>28:25 It matters if they don’t feel mistreated when the breakup happens</li><li>34:04 A little touch can change the tone and reignite a soured relationship</li><li>38:58 We have to be structured and strategic with our words</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about avoiding unpleasant breakups. There always comes a time when you need to part ways with people, friends, staff, even investors. Every bad breakup can seriously damage your reputation in any means possible simply because some harbor vindictive emotions and speak negatively against you. What can you do then to avoid that? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 How many good stories do you remember of breakups throughout your career?</li><li>03:55 Your poor actions is what people remember the most</li><li>06:21 Letting go of people means having more than one conversation</li><li>12:42 Your reputation takes years to build and takes seconds to destroy</li><li>17:23 The damage a single blown relationship can do</li><li>22:41 How handle breakups that usually end well</li><li>25:10 The need to justify yourself and your actions</li><li>28:25 It matters if they don’t feel mistreated when the breakup happens</li><li>34:04 A little touch can change the tone and reignite a soured relationship</li><li>38:58 We have to be structured and strategic with our words</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7f108c3b/636d1fb2.mp3" length="57863837" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2408</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about avoiding unpleasant breakups. There always comes a time when you need to part ways with people, friends, staff, even investors. Every bad breakup can seriously damage your reputation in any means possible simply because some harbor vindictive emotions and speak negatively against you. What can you do then to avoid that? </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about avoiding unpleasant breakups. There always comes a time when you need to part ways with people, friends, staff, even investors. Every bad breakup can seriously damage your reputation in any means</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Happens to My Startup After I Sell?</title>
      <itunes:episode>114</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>114</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Happens to My Startup After I Sell?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d5f3edff-6ba5-4c96-90a5-04e21196c362</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4f267fb6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens after you sell your Startup. Beyond the big paycheck that will certainly make your life better, is the lingering attachment you have for your company and what becomes of it after you give up ownership and control over it. And what about the employees you’re leaving behind? Will they be well taken care of?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:40 This fantasy of reaching this level when you want to sell your Startup</li><li>05:35 When you sell, how is everyone else in the organization affected?</li><li>08:59 From the one making the decisions to asking permission from someone else</li><li>14:01 Realizing that you have to step off the trail is a tough pill to swallow</li><li>17:51 It won’t be the same environment and a lot of people won’t stick around</li><li>23:26 This is about what to consider when you sell</li><li>26:02 Investors will only see you as a fall-in-line employee</li><li>32:08 If things were great, why do we want them to end?</li><li>39:17 It’s not just you, but the employees within the company </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens after you sell your Startup. Beyond the big paycheck that will certainly make your life better, is the lingering attachment you have for your company and what becomes of it after you give up ownership and control over it. And what about the employees you’re leaving behind? Will they be well taken care of?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:40 This fantasy of reaching this level when you want to sell your Startup</li><li>05:35 When you sell, how is everyone else in the organization affected?</li><li>08:59 From the one making the decisions to asking permission from someone else</li><li>14:01 Realizing that you have to step off the trail is a tough pill to swallow</li><li>17:51 It won’t be the same environment and a lot of people won’t stick around</li><li>23:26 This is about what to consider when you sell</li><li>26:02 Investors will only see you as a fall-in-line employee</li><li>32:08 If things were great, why do we want them to end?</li><li>39:17 It’s not just you, but the employees within the company </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4f267fb6/f18a2a93.mp3" length="55444980" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2307</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens after you sell your Startup. Beyond the big paycheck that will certainly make your life better, is the lingering attachment you have for your company and what becomes of it after you give up ownership and control over it. And what about the employees you’re leaving behind? Will they be well taken care of?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about what happens after you sell your Startup. Beyond the big paycheck that will certainly make your life better, is the lingering attachment you have for your company and what becomes of it after you</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>If We Want Power, We Create Power</title>
      <itunes:episode>113</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>113</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>If We Want Power, We Create Power</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d385ba49-75f1-466a-bb5d-c784dfbb1688</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/20e9a1ca</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about power struggle. A lot of us are used to hearing people telling us what we should and shouldn’t do, what we can and cannot achieve just because these people have tried it or have been in a similar situation. What they don’t realize though is the difference in capacity and skills. What works for them may not work for you, and what works for you didn’t work out for them.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:27 The value in having a level of power and control in an agency</li><li>02:45 When having somebody else determine your destiny wasn't going to work for you</li><li>11:01 Setting your own path and not allowing anyone to tell you what to do</li><li>16:36 Stop listening to what everybody else is telling you to do</li><li>23:31 If you can do it once, you can do it again</li><li>27:10 What if the investors investing in you aren't what you should be focused on?</li><li>28:36 Attaining power that wasn’t handed to you gives a sense of inner peace</li><li>33:43 Set your own terms so other people can set their own</li><li>37:34 Figure out how to create power for yourself and extend it to the world </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about power struggle. A lot of us are used to hearing people telling us what we should and shouldn’t do, what we can and cannot achieve just because these people have tried it or have been in a similar situation. What they don’t realize though is the difference in capacity and skills. What works for them may not work for you, and what works for you didn’t work out for them.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:27 The value in having a level of power and control in an agency</li><li>02:45 When having somebody else determine your destiny wasn't going to work for you</li><li>11:01 Setting your own path and not allowing anyone to tell you what to do</li><li>16:36 Stop listening to what everybody else is telling you to do</li><li>23:31 If you can do it once, you can do it again</li><li>27:10 What if the investors investing in you aren't what you should be focused on?</li><li>28:36 Attaining power that wasn’t handed to you gives a sense of inner peace</li><li>33:43 Set your own terms so other people can set their own</li><li>37:34 Figure out how to create power for yourself and extend it to the world </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/20e9a1ca/2a234cab.mp3" length="57156608" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2371</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about power struggle. A lot of us are used to hearing people telling us what we should and shouldn’t do, what we can and cannot achieve just because these people have tried it or have been in a similar situation. What they don’t realize though is the difference in capacity and skills. What works for them may not work for you, and what works for you didn’t work out for them.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about power struggle. A lot of us are used to hearing people telling us what we should and shouldn’t do, what we can and cannot achieve just because these people have tried it or have been in a similar</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What will We Regret Risking for Our Startups?</title>
      <itunes:episode>112</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>112</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What will We Regret Risking for Our Startups?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">38c9163b-f593-4429-8a6d-e1b52d8d6b6e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cbe96d8c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about regret. Founders are bound to make decisions all the time. These decisions can make or break the Startup, and this is why regret is inevitable. Not all decisions bring a positive outcome, and when the outcome is the opposite of what you had anticipated, it’s part of the risk you’re taking. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 Can you remember the first time you felt regret during a trade off?</li><li>05:15 The regret didn’t kick until later</li><li>07:43 Many of the risks that we’re putting up won’t return</li><li>11:39 We assume that we can make up for these risks</li><li>14:09 Don’t use the same pattern whenever you experience something new</li><li>17:28 When we form habits, we stop thinking about the different outcomes</li><li>21:32 Myth: No matter what the sacrifice is, you’ll be able to pay it back in the future</li><li>25:52 Going on a vacation but not really enjoying the vacation</li><li>27:25 We have to periodically reassess the sacrifices that we make</li><li>30:53 Founders are experts at manufacturing anxiety</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about regret. Founders are bound to make decisions all the time. These decisions can make or break the Startup, and this is why regret is inevitable. Not all decisions bring a positive outcome, and when the outcome is the opposite of what you had anticipated, it’s part of the risk you’re taking. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:33 Can you remember the first time you felt regret during a trade off?</li><li>05:15 The regret didn’t kick until later</li><li>07:43 Many of the risks that we’re putting up won’t return</li><li>11:39 We assume that we can make up for these risks</li><li>14:09 Don’t use the same pattern whenever you experience something new</li><li>17:28 When we form habits, we stop thinking about the different outcomes</li><li>21:32 Myth: No matter what the sacrifice is, you’ll be able to pay it back in the future</li><li>25:52 Going on a vacation but not really enjoying the vacation</li><li>27:25 We have to periodically reassess the sacrifices that we make</li><li>30:53 Founders are experts at manufacturing anxiety</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cbe96d8c/db049cfb.mp3" length="47988648" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1997</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about regret. Founders are bound to make decisions all the time. These decisions can make or break the Startup, and this is why regret is inevitable. Not all decisions bring a positive outcome, and when the outcome is the opposite of what you had anticipated, it’s part of the risk you’re taking. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about regret. Founders are bound to make decisions all the time. These decisions can make or break the Startup, and this is why regret is inevitable. Not all decisions bring a positive outcome, and whe</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Lessons from "Once Hot" Startups</title>
      <itunes:episode>111</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>111</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Lessons from "Once Hot" Startups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">31b8b4ba-8bc5-406f-a9fc-3ea47bf4a4be</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/52a56cd7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how we get blinded by the early signs of growth. When things go well, we tend to think it’s the golden moment and that your Startup is on it’s way to getting big, only to find out a week or a month later that you’re back at step one. Early stage successes become dangerous when we get blinded by them and start making the wrong decisions.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 Early signals that tend to blind us from what we actually should be doing</li><li>04:54 It becomes dangerous when we start making decisions based on sudden growth</li><li>08:41 When things go well, it increases our vulnerability to make the wrong decisions</li><li>14:23 Yes, it’s going well, but you aren’t making any profit</li><li>19:24 It’s a mentality problem when we get too excited at the early stages</li><li>23:43 External signals sometimes send the wrong message</li><li>27:08 Don’t get blinded how well your product is received after launch</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how we get blinded by the early signs of growth. When things go well, we tend to think it’s the golden moment and that your Startup is on it’s way to getting big, only to find out a week or a month later that you’re back at step one. Early stage successes become dangerous when we get blinded by them and start making the wrong decisions.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:20 Early signals that tend to blind us from what we actually should be doing</li><li>04:54 It becomes dangerous when we start making decisions based on sudden growth</li><li>08:41 When things go well, it increases our vulnerability to make the wrong decisions</li><li>14:23 Yes, it’s going well, but you aren’t making any profit</li><li>19:24 It’s a mentality problem when we get too excited at the early stages</li><li>23:43 External signals sometimes send the wrong message</li><li>27:08 Don’t get blinded how well your product is received after launch</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 09 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/52a56cd7/d11f3a1c.mp3" length="44559768" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1854</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how we get blinded by the early signs of growth. When things go well, we tend to think it’s the golden moment and that your Startup is on it’s way to getting big, only to find out a week or a month later that you’re back at step one. Early stage successes become dangerous when we get blinded by them and start making the wrong decisions.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about how we get blinded by the early signs of growth. When things go well, we tend to think it’s the golden moment and that your Startup is on it’s way to getting big, only to find out a week or a mon</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What If I Sell Too Early?</title>
      <itunes:episode>110</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>110</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What If I Sell Too Early?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">76035c56-9f15-43e5-bedd-1b52025d12fc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bb5a87ac</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to sell your Startup. It’s a tedious process so you shouldn’t just focus on what’s happening during the negotiations but also the pros and cons after the sale is made. And of course, how much you’re being paid for selling is as important as HOW you’re getting paid. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 “What happens if I sell too early?”</li><li>06:36 Buyers are often negotiating to pay for a company’s future value</li><li>10:17 Whatever cash you’re taking now might be the last cash you’ll ever get in the negotiations</li><li>15:10 It’s not about how much but HOW you’re getting paid</li><li>17:58 Myth: The maximum amount the company is worth is equal to how much the founder need</li><li>27:21 You have to be realistic that you might not be able to sell</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to sell your Startup. It’s a tedious process so you shouldn’t just focus on what’s happening during the negotiations but also the pros and cons after the sale is made. And of course, how much you’re being paid for selling is as important as HOW you’re getting paid. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:11 “What happens if I sell too early?”</li><li>06:36 Buyers are often negotiating to pay for a company’s future value</li><li>10:17 Whatever cash you’re taking now might be the last cash you’ll ever get in the negotiations</li><li>15:10 It’s not about how much but HOW you’re getting paid</li><li>17:58 Myth: The maximum amount the company is worth is equal to how much the founder need</li><li>27:21 You have to be realistic that you might not be able to sell</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bb5a87ac/b16df646.mp3" length="46857896" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1897</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to sell your Startup. It’s a tedious process so you shouldn’t just focus on what’s happening during the negotiations but also the pros and cons after the sale is made. And of course, how much you’re being paid for selling is as important as HOW you’re getting paid. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when is the best time to sell your Startup. It’s a tedious process so you shouldn’t just focus on what’s happening during the negotiations but also the pros and cons after the sale is made. And o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do We Need Offices Anymore?</title>
      <itunes:episode>109</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>109</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do We Need Offices Anymore?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dd35791e-e160-4de4-873e-6ad3394ff55c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c2cce394</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about going back to an office setting. The idea that more work gets done inside the office is no longer as effective as it used to be. An office setting may not be that substantial anymore for Startups. A lot of businesses are being run remotely and by far, they are progressing well.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 What happens when we return to our offices?</li><li>04:15 In current times, is an office really necessary?</li><li>08:47 Myth: We need an office to build culture</li><li>15:59 An office is the least likely way to build friendships</li><li>23:37 Myth: We need an office to get work done</li><li>27:20 Office equals work is no longer true</li><li>30:36 Slack and other project management tools can make collaborations happen</li><li>35:25 Collaboration versus coordination</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about going back to an office setting. The idea that more work gets done inside the office is no longer as effective as it used to be. An office setting may not be that substantial anymore for Startups. A lot of businesses are being run remotely and by far, they are progressing well.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 What happens when we return to our offices?</li><li>04:15 In current times, is an office really necessary?</li><li>08:47 Myth: We need an office to build culture</li><li>15:59 An office is the least likely way to build friendships</li><li>23:37 Myth: We need an office to get work done</li><li>27:20 Office equals work is no longer true</li><li>30:36 Slack and other project management tools can make collaborations happen</li><li>35:25 Collaboration versus coordination</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 02 Jun 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c2cce394/fdcb0762.mp3" length="55449567" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2307</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about going back to an office setting. The idea that more work gets done inside the office is no longer as effective as it used to be. An office setting may not be that substantial anymore for Startups. A lot of businesses are being run remotely and by far, they are progressing well.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about going back to an office setting. The idea that more work gets done inside the office is no longer as effective as it used to be. An office setting may not be that substantial anymore for Startups</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Our Latest Success Might Be Our Last</title>
      <itunes:episode>108</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>108</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Our Latest Success Might Be Our Last</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">cf47ad1b-36a9-4720-ac85-64d8bccc6ec2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/04044ef5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the notion that your current success will be the same for every Startup you build. While you’re in the momentum and when new ideas come in, you’re most likely tempted to venture into another Startup. Right? But, take a pause there and consider the odds of your success.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 The notion that your current success will be lifetime</li><li>04:59 We think about our startup success the way people tend to think about career success</li><li>08:05 Sometimes, founders are just done and want to sell fast</li><li>14:36 We optimize for cost and revenue over time but unwilling to invest time when it’s over</li><li>18:28 We love to assume the outcome in that next hand and just carry forward</li><li>22:56 Stick around and work on every angle to achieve exponential liftoff</li><li>26:41 Pay attention to what you have in your hand at the moment</li><li>30:07 Successful Startups achieve success due to a ton of factors lining up at the same time</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the notion that your current success will be the same for every Startup you build. While you’re in the momentum and when new ideas come in, you’re most likely tempted to venture into another Startup. Right? But, take a pause there and consider the odds of your success.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 The notion that your current success will be lifetime</li><li>04:59 We think about our startup success the way people tend to think about career success</li><li>08:05 Sometimes, founders are just done and want to sell fast</li><li>14:36 We optimize for cost and revenue over time but unwilling to invest time when it’s over</li><li>18:28 We love to assume the outcome in that next hand and just carry forward</li><li>22:56 Stick around and work on every angle to achieve exponential liftoff</li><li>26:41 Pay attention to what you have in your hand at the moment</li><li>30:07 Successful Startups achieve success due to a ton of factors lining up at the same time</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 31 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/04044ef5/f60451e3.mp3" length="48996248" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2039</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the notion that your current success will be the same for every Startup you build. While you’re in the momentum and when new ideas come in, you’re most likely tempted to venture into another Startup. Right? But, take a pause there and consider the odds of your success. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the notion that your current success will be the same for every Startup you build. While you’re in the momentum and when new ideas come in, you’re most likely tempted to venture into another Star</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Socio-Political Issues Belong at Work?</title>
      <itunes:episode>107</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>107</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do Socio-Political Issues Belong at Work?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b4966694-8be9-459c-bdb3-895ef7bd1d11</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c8db9b1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders allowing open discussion of socio-political issues inside the workplace. Over the years, societal and political issues are topics that can either encourage healthy discussions and debates within the team or instigate friction and divide within the company. The question is, HOW do we talk about these issues? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Socio-political issues in a workplace</li><li>03:02 It’s important how and where we talk about these issues</li><li>05:55 Areas where we can start to have more productive conversations</li><li>10:51 Focus has a cost and it’s not that simple</li><li>14:44 Some socio-political issues are directly impacting people’s focus 11:39</li><li>18:03 Not all founders really care about other people’s issues outside of work</li><li>20:28 There are a lot of people in power that just don't understand these issues</li><li>25:43 Why this idea of just oppressing everything is just a broken hammer</li><li>32:00 Issues aside, what are the employees trying to accomplish?</li><li>36:34 Not everyone wants to be pulled into these discussions</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders allowing open discussion of socio-political issues inside the workplace. Over the years, societal and political issues are topics that can either encourage healthy discussions and debates within the team or instigate friction and divide within the company. The question is, HOW do we talk about these issues? </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Socio-political issues in a workplace</li><li>03:02 It’s important how and where we talk about these issues</li><li>05:55 Areas where we can start to have more productive conversations</li><li>10:51 Focus has a cost and it’s not that simple</li><li>14:44 Some socio-political issues are directly impacting people’s focus 11:39</li><li>18:03 Not all founders really care about other people’s issues outside of work</li><li>20:28 There are a lot of people in power that just don't understand these issues</li><li>25:43 Why this idea of just oppressing everything is just a broken hammer</li><li>32:00 Issues aside, what are the employees trying to accomplish?</li><li>36:34 Not everyone wants to be pulled into these discussions</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 26 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3c8db9b1/5a2bac7e.mp3" length="56994790" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2372</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders allowing open discussion of socio-political issues inside the workplace. Over the years, societal and political issues are topics that can either encourage healthy discussions and debates within the team or instigate friction and divide within the company. The question is, HOW do we talk about these issues? </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about founders allowing open discussion of socio-political issues inside the workplace. Over the years, societal and political issues are topics that can either encourage healthy discussions and debate</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Superstar Advisor Sham</title>
      <itunes:episode>106</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>106</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Superstar Advisor Sham</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2dc75f22-45eb-4275-a1d6-f27d02b6b2b3</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5c18d9a1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask, is it too early to get an advisor? Many Startup companies invest in an advisor to tap into connections that can possibly help raise additional capital. Yet, this investment does not promise successful returns because some introductions don’t end with the results founders are hoping for. The anticipated business meetings are never set.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 How often were you asked to be a business advisor?</li><li>03:55 What's the guarantee that they want to know you?</li><li>07:08 If getting an advisor is just for raising the capital</li><li>09:31 One-sided conversations: what’s the biggest thing you can have getting an advisor</li><li>12:10 What if you make the introductions and nothing comes of it?</li><li>16:18 Ponder first if it’s the right time to invest in an investor</li><li>18:46 When people know more than you do, they just seem like geniuses</li><li>22:37 You can’t qualify an advice on a topic you’ve never understood</li><li>28:58 A good advisor will tell you what questions you should be asking</li><li>35:25 Advisors aren’t that bought in and won’t fully care</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask, is it too early to get an advisor? Many Startup companies invest in an advisor to tap into connections that can possibly help raise additional capital. Yet, this investment does not promise successful returns because some introductions don’t end with the results founders are hoping for. The anticipated business meetings are never set.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:28 How often were you asked to be a business advisor?</li><li>03:55 What's the guarantee that they want to know you?</li><li>07:08 If getting an advisor is just for raising the capital</li><li>09:31 One-sided conversations: what’s the biggest thing you can have getting an advisor</li><li>12:10 What if you make the introductions and nothing comes of it?</li><li>16:18 Ponder first if it’s the right time to invest in an investor</li><li>18:46 When people know more than you do, they just seem like geniuses</li><li>22:37 You can’t qualify an advice on a topic you’ve never understood</li><li>28:58 A good advisor will tell you what questions you should be asking</li><li>35:25 Advisors aren’t that bought in and won’t fully care</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5c18d9a1/36a94e62.mp3" length="57400079" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2389</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask, is it too early to get an advisor? Many Startup companies invest in an advisor to tap into connections that can possibly help raise additional capital. Yet, this investment does not promise successful returns because some introductions don’t end with the results founders are hoping for. The anticipated business meetings are never set.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask, is it too early to get an advisor? Many Startup companies invest in an advisor to tap into connections that can possibly help raise additional capital. Yet, this investment does not promise successful </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Startups are Built at the Expense of the Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>105</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>105</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Startups are Built at the Expense of the Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">65d890d5-818f-479f-b807-50a789b46b34</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a372474c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about at what cost Startups are built on. What people often see is it’s all about raising money and getting external financial support, that additional funds are more than enough to keep the business going. But what people don’t see is the physical, mental, and emotional health that are being spent alongside a bloating debt. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 The true currency spent when building a Startup</li><li>05:10 What are the personal costs for the founders?</li><li>09:05 Raising more money doesn’t make things any easier</li><li>19:31 Our Startups pull our health on different directions</li><li>23:58 Founders slowly lose connection with close relationships</li><li>29:00 Are you doing better than before you started your business?</li><li>33:13 If you’re well-being is failing, your Startup success won’t amount much</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about at what cost Startups are built on. What people often see is it’s all about raising money and getting external financial support, that additional funds are more than enough to keep the business going. But what people don’t see is the physical, mental, and emotional health that are being spent alongside a bloating debt. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:24 The true currency spent when building a Startup</li><li>05:10 What are the personal costs for the founders?</li><li>09:05 Raising more money doesn’t make things any easier</li><li>19:31 Our Startups pull our health on different directions</li><li>23:58 Founders slowly lose connection with close relationships</li><li>29:00 Are you doing better than before you started your business?</li><li>33:13 If you’re well-being is failing, your Startup success won’t amount much</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 19 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a372474c/5ff249ab.mp3" length="54485454" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2267</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about at what cost Startups are built on. What people often see is it’s all about raising money and getting external financial support, that additional funds are more than enough to keep the business going. But what people don’t see is the physical, mental, and emotional health that are being spent alongside a bloating debt. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about at what cost Startups are built on. What people often see is it’s all about raising money and getting external financial support, that additional funds are more than enough to keep the business g</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Nobody Returns Our Sacrifices?</title>
      <itunes:episode>104</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>104</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Nobody Returns Our Sacrifices?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">db7a453e-d666-4035-9bb4-9c7298748aab</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/70b5dc33</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about imaginary debt. A lot of founders are tied to this idea that employees will commit the same level of sacrifice as they would for the company. And that people will appreciate what they do and stick around no matter what happens. But it’s all an illusion. No one can actually match a founder’s willingness to sacrifice everything for the Startup. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:48 When you feel indebted to the people in your team</li><li>06:26 Your team’s sacrifice is exponentially different from yours</li><li>09:43 Everyone else is going to be looking out for themselves</li><li>13:23 Founders find it difficult to get out of unhealthy situations</li><li>17:26 There is a point at which feeling indebted has a limit</li><li>20:28 No one actually takes care of the founders</li><li>25:27 The endless “I can’t” that binds the founders </li><li>29:11 Creating your own phantom conversations</li><li>30:09 You have zero right to expect that your sacrifices will be appreciated</li><li>34:39 Massive loyalty dissolves when a better offer comes</li><li>38:31 How to break free from the imaginary shackles</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about imaginary debt. A lot of founders are tied to this idea that employees will commit the same level of sacrifice as they would for the company. And that people will appreciate what they do and stick around no matter what happens. But it’s all an illusion. No one can actually match a founder’s willingness to sacrifice everything for the Startup. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:48 When you feel indebted to the people in your team</li><li>06:26 Your team’s sacrifice is exponentially different from yours</li><li>09:43 Everyone else is going to be looking out for themselves</li><li>13:23 Founders find it difficult to get out of unhealthy situations</li><li>17:26 There is a point at which feeling indebted has a limit</li><li>20:28 No one actually takes care of the founders</li><li>25:27 The endless “I can’t” that binds the founders </li><li>29:11 Creating your own phantom conversations</li><li>30:09 You have zero right to expect that your sacrifices will be appreciated</li><li>34:39 Massive loyalty dissolves when a better offer comes</li><li>38:31 How to break free from the imaginary shackles</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/70b5dc33/fb347832.mp3" length="77486394" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2419</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about imaginary debt. A lot of founders are tied to this idea that employees will commit the same level of sacrifice as they would for the company. And that people will appreciate what they do and stick around no matter what happens. But it’s all an illusion. No one can actually match a founder’s willingness to sacrifice everything for the Startup. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about imaginary debt. A lot of founders are tied to this idea that employees will commit the same level of sacrifice as they would for the company. And that people will appreciate what they do and stic</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Even in Failure, Founders Deserve True Respect</title>
      <itunes:episode>103</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>103</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Even in Failure, Founders Deserve True Respect</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9b2fd05d-94bf-4f4e-ab4a-6603fb77c52c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/16987d27</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the most dreaded outcome - a failing Startup. When a business fails, founders often wallow over how people react and what they can say about the situation. The adverse reactions don’t matter. What should matter is who stays to help pull you out of the rubble.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:19 Understanding how founders feel when a Startup fails</li><li>05:44 When you can’t deal with how people will process the failure</li><li>10:22 The Steve Jobs interview and dealing with criticisms</li><li>12:05 Do the people you’re concerned about actually have a voice in the situation?</li><li>17:14 Only founders who failed can sympathize with you</li><li>21:47 Surround yourself with people who knows what you’re going through</li><li>25:45 As a founder, how do you reach out?</li><li>29:58 When one founder is down, other founders should empathize and help</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the most dreaded outcome - a failing Startup. When a business fails, founders often wallow over how people react and what they can say about the situation. The adverse reactions don’t matter. What should matter is who stays to help pull you out of the rubble.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:19 Understanding how founders feel when a Startup fails</li><li>05:44 When you can’t deal with how people will process the failure</li><li>10:22 The Steve Jobs interview and dealing with criticisms</li><li>12:05 Do the people you’re concerned about actually have a voice in the situation?</li><li>17:14 Only founders who failed can sympathize with you</li><li>21:47 Surround yourself with people who knows what you’re going through</li><li>25:45 As a founder, how do you reach out?</li><li>29:58 When one founder is down, other founders should empathize and help</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Wed, 12 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/16987d27/5b83dcb5.mp3" length="49215116" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2048</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the most dreaded outcome - a failing Startup. When a business fails, founders often wallow over how people react and what they can say about the situation. The adverse reactions don’t matter. What should matter is who stays to help pull you out of the rubble.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the most dreaded outcome - a failing Startup. When a business fails, founders often wallow over how people react and what they can say about the situation. The adverse reactions don’t matter. Wha</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Lead Without Being Liked?</title>
      <itunes:episode>102</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>102</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Lead Without Being Liked?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f2ef329e-ca44-4111-b793-a47bcec1d981</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/82809348</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the pressures of leading a Startup team. It’s a Founder’s job to make difficult and unpopular decisions, even unconventional ones, which may merit the team's unfavorable reactions. Over time, these unpopular decisions make a Founder less likable. So then, at what point will being likable still matter?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:30 As we lead, how important is it that we're liked?</li><li>05:29 Making fundamentally unpopular decisions to grow</li><li>11:56 When we’re starting, we build good relationships with people</li><li>16:00 You’re a cool boss but you aren’t invited in team lunches</li><li>19:23 The expectation for you to say ‘Yes’ all the time</li><li>21:47 What about when decisions don’t map back to you?</li><li>23:23 Even if you aren’t liked, you have to be respected</li><li>28:39 Everyone loves you, but you’re doing a bad job</li><li>32:43 Make difficult decisions but still empathize</li><li>37:22 As the organization grows, there will be more people not connected to you</li><li>39:39 Things you can do to seed some goodwill</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the pressures of leading a Startup team. It’s a Founder’s job to make difficult and unpopular decisions, even unconventional ones, which may merit the team's unfavorable reactions. Over time, these unpopular decisions make a Founder less likable. So then, at what point will being likable still matter?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:30 As we lead, how important is it that we're liked?</li><li>05:29 Making fundamentally unpopular decisions to grow</li><li>11:56 When we’re starting, we build good relationships with people</li><li>16:00 You’re a cool boss but you aren’t invited in team lunches</li><li>19:23 The expectation for you to say ‘Yes’ all the time</li><li>21:47 What about when decisions don’t map back to you?</li><li>23:23 Even if you aren’t liked, you have to be respected</li><li>28:39 Everyone loves you, but you’re doing a bad job</li><li>32:43 Make difficult decisions but still empathize</li><li>37:22 As the organization grows, there will be more people not connected to you</li><li>39:39 Things you can do to seed some goodwill</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/82809348/d488347e.mp3" length="62339187" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2594</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the pressures of leading a Startup team. It’s a Founder’s job to make difficult and unpopular decisions, even unconventional ones, which may merit the team's unfavorable reactions. Over time, these unpopular decisions make a Founder less likable. So then, at what point will being likable still matter?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the pressures of leading a Startup team. It’s a Founder’s job to make difficult and unpopular decisions, even unconventional ones, which may merit the team's unfavorable reactions. Over time, the</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When to Admit "I messed up."</title>
      <itunes:episode>101</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>101</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When to Admit "I messed up."</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">17640ffa-7860-4d82-8208-5b8843e37f71</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/880059db</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about admitting you made a mistake. Oftentimes, it becomes difficult for leaders, including founders to admit that they’ve made the wrong decision or chose the wrong option. It’s the kind of vulnerability that no one wants to show. But if leaders can’t admit that they are wrong, no one else in the organization will.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Founders fundamentally mess up and that’s okay</li><li>04:54 The longer you admit that something’s wrong, the worse it gets</li><li>10:32 COVID pushed organizations to strategically respond to the situation</li><li>16:26 Make people understand why you made a mistake</li><li>20:49 If founders can’t admit that “I messed up”, no one else will</li><li>23:25 When something goes wrong, it matters how you talk about it</li><li>28:23 Vulnerability comes with issues, but comes with benefits as well</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about admitting you made a mistake. Oftentimes, it becomes difficult for leaders, including founders to admit that they’ve made the wrong decision or chose the wrong option. It’s the kind of vulnerability that no one wants to show. But if leaders can’t admit that they are wrong, no one else in the organization will.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Founders fundamentally mess up and that’s okay</li><li>04:54 The longer you admit that something’s wrong, the worse it gets</li><li>10:32 COVID pushed organizations to strategically respond to the situation</li><li>16:26 Make people understand why you made a mistake</li><li>20:49 If founders can’t admit that “I messed up”, no one else will</li><li>23:25 When something goes wrong, it matters how you talk about it</li><li>28:23 Vulnerability comes with issues, but comes with benefits as well</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/880059db/aa890137.mp3" length="45553737" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1894</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about admitting you made a mistake. Oftentimes, it becomes difficult for leaders, including founders to admit that they’ve made the wrong decision or chose the wrong option. It’s the kind of vulnerability that no one wants to show. But if leaders can’t admit that they are wrong, no one else in the organization will. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about admitting you made a mistake. Oftentimes, it becomes difficult for leaders, including founders to admit that they’ve made the wrong decision or chose the wrong option. It’s the kind of vulnerabil</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Who is "Qualified to be a Founder"?</title>
      <itunes:episode>100</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>100</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Who is "Qualified to be a Founder"?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">519650ae-56cf-4849-9bf8-7f833fd312e7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7498c633</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the qualifications of becoming a founder. It turns out; anyone can become a founder. Having the idea and vision for your Startup is easy, but building a business out of nothing, dealing with potential issues and challenges, and getting started aren’t as easy. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:49 Congratulations on our 100th episode!</li><li>02:31 Recalling the early episodes</li><li>04:19 The topics are more focused on the Founders</li><li>08:43 Who is qualified to be a founder?</li><li>13:31 You have to be a guru when you start a business</li><li>16:50 Don’t be all things to your Startup</li><li>18:27 95% of all Startups is guesswork </li><li>22:57 Your expectations should include the iterative process</li><li>26:52 There’s just so much we haven’t seen</li><li>28:43 Unless you’ve been part of a fundraising process, you won’t understand how it works</li><li>33:25 Get third-party perspective</li><li>34:30 There's no parody in consequence </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the qualifications of becoming a founder. It turns out; anyone can become a founder. Having the idea and vision for your Startup is easy, but building a business out of nothing, dealing with potential issues and challenges, and getting started aren’t as easy. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li><li>Send an email to <a href="mailto:therapy@startups.com">therapy@startups.com</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:49 Congratulations on our 100th episode!</li><li>02:31 Recalling the early episodes</li><li>04:19 The topics are more focused on the Founders</li><li>08:43 Who is qualified to be a founder?</li><li>13:31 You have to be a guru when you start a business</li><li>16:50 Don’t be all things to your Startup</li><li>18:27 95% of all Startups is guesswork </li><li>22:57 Your expectations should include the iterative process</li><li>26:52 There’s just so much we haven’t seen</li><li>28:43 Unless you’ve been part of a fundraising process, you won’t understand how it works</li><li>33:25 Get third-party perspective</li><li>34:30 There's no parody in consequence </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 May 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7498c633/711b8f38.mp3" length="60757988" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2528</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the qualifications of becoming a founder. It turns out; anyone can become a founder. Having the idea and vision for your Startup is easy, but building a business out of nothing, dealing with potential issues and challenges, and getting started aren’t as easy. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the qualifications of becoming a founder. It turns out; anyone can become a founder. Having the idea and vision for your Startup is easy, but building a business out of nothing, dealing with pote</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Sell the Vision</title>
      <itunes:episode>99</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>99</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Sell the Vision</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">3b018ba1-220b-4e60-8349-f274b63f48f1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/40867450</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about selling a founder’s vision. The real struggle lies in convincing people that your vision, your idea can solve an existing problem. Startups often fail when the customers who are supposed to benefit from the product do not understand how it can serve their needs. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:51 Back at a time when people ask: “What the hell is an internet?”</li><li>06:15 It won’t matter what you’re selling if the approach isn’t relevant</li><li>08:50 Ask yourself: “What problem are you solving?”</li><li>14:57 Founders often fail to set the problem that could potentially solve itself</li><li>19:14 Looking back into a business proposal that addressed an unrelatable problem</li><li>22:53 It’s essential to consider who you’re talking to when presenting your vision</li><li>26:49 The people you bring in will have a major definition of the company’s future</li><li>28:46 Be ready to explain how your vision will benefit others</li><li>31:25 If you can’t clearly define the problem, you can’t move forward</li><li>36:26 Do not assume that people can easily connect the dots</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about selling a founder’s vision. The real struggle lies in convincing people that your vision, your idea can solve an existing problem. Startups often fail when the customers who are supposed to benefit from the product do not understand how it can serve their needs. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:51 Back at a time when people ask: “What the hell is an internet?”</li><li>06:15 It won’t matter what you’re selling if the approach isn’t relevant</li><li>08:50 Ask yourself: “What problem are you solving?”</li><li>14:57 Founders often fail to set the problem that could potentially solve itself</li><li>19:14 Looking back into a business proposal that addressed an unrelatable problem</li><li>22:53 It’s essential to consider who you’re talking to when presenting your vision</li><li>26:49 The people you bring in will have a major definition of the company’s future</li><li>28:46 Be ready to explain how your vision will benefit others</li><li>31:25 If you can’t clearly define the problem, you can’t move forward</li><li>36:26 Do not assume that people can easily connect the dots</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/40867450/f9e9c34c.mp3" length="58144514" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2420</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about selling a founder’s vision. The real struggle lies in convincing people that your vision, your idea can solve an existing problem. Startups often fail when the customers who are supposed to benefit from the product do not understand how it can serve their needs.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about selling a founder’s vision. The real struggle lies in convincing people that your vision, your idea can solve an existing problem. Startups often fail when the customers who are supposed to benef</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Manage Downside First - Big Opportunity Second</title>
      <itunes:episode>98</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>98</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Manage Downside First - Big Opportunity Second</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2b39214f-b39b-42e1-8b95-dc47be3841d9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9ea44a0a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about planning for a downside strategy. Having a downside strategy allows for open conversations to conclude effective upside plans and address issues level-headedly. It’s a clear and sound path for founders to clean up a failing Startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 Dealing with downsides forces difficult conversations</li><li>05:33 Downside strategies are a big part of any Startup</li><li>11:05 What is your tolerance for tough decisions?</li><li>18:14 Duration and severity of a downside</li><li>21:30 Know how to deal with a failing business</li><li>26:27 Establishing a threshold can make a difference</li><li>29:40 “When we worry about things, we tend to scale up to the biggest worry.” - Wil </li><li>32:10 Having a downside strategy allows for a powerful upside strategy</li><li>36:09 Build detailed downside strategies and be open to conversations</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about planning for a downside strategy. Having a downside strategy allows for open conversations to conclude effective upside plans and address issues level-headedly. It’s a clear and sound path for founders to clean up a failing Startup.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li><li>Join our <a href="https://www.startups.com/community/founder-groups">Network of Top Founders</a> </li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:29 Dealing with downsides forces difficult conversations</li><li>05:33 Downside strategies are a big part of any Startup</li><li>11:05 What is your tolerance for tough decisions?</li><li>18:14 Duration and severity of a downside</li><li>21:30 Know how to deal with a failing business</li><li>26:27 Establishing a threshold can make a difference</li><li>29:40 “When we worry about things, we tend to scale up to the biggest worry.” - Wil </li><li>32:10 Having a downside strategy allows for a powerful upside strategy</li><li>36:09 Build detailed downside strategies and be open to conversations</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9ea44a0a/3c8fd48f.mp3" length="90977144" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2272</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about planning for a downside strategy. Having a downside strategy allows for open conversations to conclude effective upside plans and address issues level-headedly. It’s a clear and sound path for founders to clean up a failing Startup.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about planning for a downside strategy. Having a downside strategy allows for open conversations to conclude effective upside plans and address issues level-headedly. It’s a clear and sound path for fo</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Money Can't Buy Happiness</title>
      <itunes:episode>97</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>97</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Money Can't Buy Happiness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e69e7dd5-11be-4276-a16a-c5bd5e9dc9fc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/be1e42ea</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the correlation between money and happiness. Being successful and having a lot of money doesn’t equate to genuine happiness. More often than not, it’s a fleeting distraction from other issues that require attention. Money can only give you exhilarating yet passing moments. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:10 Once you have money, are you truly happy?</li><li>04:15 With or without money, there’s always an issue to resolve</li><li>07:10 Wealth can only take care of the pain, but not buy real happiness</li><li>10:22 Money distracts you but can’t fix you</li><li>13:52 When the excitement fades, what else is left?</li><li>17:55 Spend time on your yourself, don’t get stuck on an outcome</li><li>21:48 At the end of the day, you’re still the same person</li><li>24:09 Analogy on the happiness of pursuit </li><li>27:10 Every milestone reached is often a fleeting moment</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the correlation between money and happiness. Being successful and having a lot of money doesn’t equate to genuine happiness. More often than not, it’s a fleeting distraction from other issues that require attention. Money can only give you exhilarating yet passing moments. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:10 Once you have money, are you truly happy?</li><li>04:15 With or without money, there’s always an issue to resolve</li><li>07:10 Wealth can only take care of the pain, but not buy real happiness</li><li>10:22 Money distracts you but can’t fix you</li><li>13:52 When the excitement fades, what else is left?</li><li>17:55 Spend time on your yourself, don’t get stuck on an outcome</li><li>21:48 At the end of the day, you’re still the same person</li><li>24:09 Analogy on the happiness of pursuit </li><li>27:10 Every milestone reached is often a fleeting moment</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/be1e42ea/e6d2099a.mp3" length="72797362" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1818</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the correlation between money and happiness. Being successful and having a lot of money doesn’t equate to genuine happiness. More often than not, it’s a fleeting distraction from other issues that require attention. Money can only give you exhilarating yet passing moments.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the correlation between money and happiness. Being successful and having a lot of money doesn’t equate to genuine happiness. More often than not, it’s a fleeting distraction from other issues tha</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is This the Right Cofounder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>96</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>96</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is This the Right Cofounder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6833e8b8-21e9-4c41-bae5-8df25b06a73f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e878a822</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right cofounder. It remains a challenge for Startup founders to find a business partner that doesn’t just have the best ideas, both should also see eye to eye when it comes to company growth and career goals.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Are you working with the right cofounder?</li><li>05:21 Not everyone is cut to be a founder</li><li>10:06 The consequences of committing to the wrong person</li><li>12:13 Signs that the partnership isn’t working</li><li>16:12 When there is friendship but lacking work partnership</li><li> 23:17 It’s not about perfection, there are shortcomings too</li><li>26:41 You can’t test your cofounder until sh*t happens</li><li>32:24 Questions to ask when looking for a cofounder</li><li>36:06 How to prepare for a new partnership</li><li>38:36 Getting into an amicable breakup through conversations</li><li>42:08 Present terms that are beneficial for both party</li><li>46:52 It doesn’t benefit you yo blowup on someone  </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right cofounder. It remains a challenge for Startup founders to find a business partner that doesn’t just have the best ideas, both should also see eye to eye when it comes to company growth and career goals.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:35 Are you working with the right cofounder?</li><li>05:21 Not everyone is cut to be a founder</li><li>10:06 The consequences of committing to the wrong person</li><li>12:13 Signs that the partnership isn’t working</li><li>16:12 When there is friendship but lacking work partnership</li><li> 23:17 It’s not about perfection, there are shortcomings too</li><li>26:41 You can’t test your cofounder until sh*t happens</li><li>32:24 Questions to ask when looking for a cofounder</li><li>36:06 How to prepare for a new partnership</li><li>38:36 Getting into an amicable breakup through conversations</li><li>42:08 Present terms that are beneficial for both party</li><li>46:52 It doesn’t benefit you yo blowup on someone  </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Apr 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e878a822/649d7413.mp3" length="71957873" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2982</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right cofounder. It remains a challenge for Startup founders to find a business partner that doesn’t just have the best ideas, both should also see eye to eye when it comes to company growth and career goals.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about finding the right cofounder. It remains a challenge for Startup founders to find a business partner that doesn’t just have the best ideas, both should also see eye to eye when it comes to company</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Transparent Should I Be With My Staff?</title>
      <itunes:episode>95</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>95</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Transparent Should I Be With My Staff?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">faa2fe29-39cf-4429-8a07-6a6441f56ef0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/06bcd7a3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask how much is too much when it comes to Founder transparency? Why many inner workings of your company should be on a need-to-know basis, how being a leader can mean holding your emotional cards close to your chest, and when being completely open can be too much.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In this Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask how much is too much when it comes to Founder transparency? Why many inner workings of your company should be on a need-to-know basis, how being a leader can mean holding your emotional cards close to your chest, and when being completely open can be too much.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/06bcd7a3/7987ea1b.mp3" length="46327031" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1925</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask how much is too much when it comes to Founder transparency? Why many inner workings of your company should be on a need-to-know basis, how being a leader can mean holding your emotional cards close to your chest, and when being completely open can be too much.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan ask how much is too much when it comes to Founder transparency? Why many inner workings of your company should be on a need-to-know basis, how being a leader can mean holding your emotional cards close to your</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Never Tell People How Much Money You Have</title>
      <itunes:episode>94</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>94</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Never Tell People How Much Money You Have</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7fc1c2a5-3662-4eea-8982-14a7ce691d46</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c0a53250</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the disadvantages of having wealth. People are drawn to Founders who are successful, who have money to spare. Most of the time, people, including family, expect you to settle their financial issues just because you have the money. It reaches a point where you’re expected to spend your money and not expect anything in return. The toxicity is just too much when it happens too often.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 Relationships and wealth</li><li>05:38 When people is all about wanting something from you</li><li>07:51 Some family members expect more from you</li><li>13:38 Founders are being judged by their wealth</li><li>16:41 Once you give something, you’re expected to give more</li><li>19:10 People tend to want to have your money too</li><li>23:24 Either way, you’ll be judged by how much cash you have</li><li>26:32 Assumptions are made when you have the means and resources</li><li>29:45 People with money can’t just give away what they have</li><li>33:29 The calls are now about financial matters, no more sincere connections</li><li>36:31 Everyone just wants to take from you but not willing to give back</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the disadvantages of having wealth. People are drawn to Founders who are successful, who have money to spare. Most of the time, people, including family, expect you to settle their financial issues just because you have the money. It reaches a point where you’re expected to spend your money and not expect anything in return. The toxicity is just too much when it happens too often.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 Relationships and wealth</li><li>05:38 When people is all about wanting something from you</li><li>07:51 Some family members expect more from you</li><li>13:38 Founders are being judged by their wealth</li><li>16:41 Once you give something, you’re expected to give more</li><li>19:10 People tend to want to have your money too</li><li>23:24 Either way, you’ll be judged by how much cash you have</li><li>26:32 Assumptions are made when you have the means and resources</li><li>29:45 People with money can’t just give away what they have</li><li>33:29 The calls are now about financial matters, no more sincere connections</li><li>36:31 Everyone just wants to take from you but not willing to give back</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c0a53250/677697d6.mp3" length="97531536" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2436</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the disadvantages of having wealth. People are drawn to Founders who are successful, who have money to spare. Most of the time, people, including family, expect you to settle their financial issues just because you have the money. It reaches a point where you’re expected to spend your money and not expect anything in return. The toxicity is just too much when it happens too often.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the disadvantages of having wealth. People are drawn to Founders who are successful, who have money to spare. Most of the time, people, including family, expect you to settle their financial issu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can Anyone Be as Committed as the Founder?</title>
      <itunes:episode>93</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>93</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can Anyone Be as Committed as the Founder?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6dfa0ca2-dd50-498e-81ab-ce78fc3efb46</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/33a83c7a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about commitment. There is a limit to the expectation you can set on others, and that your passion and commitment may not be as intense for the rest of your team. There are certain aspects of your Startup that you’ve got to shoulder on your own. After all, a founder’s superpower is the intensity of his commitment. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 What is founder commitment?</li><li>03:53 The insane level of expectation founders have</li><li>07:22 Startup downside: letting go of people</li><li>12:00 Even with commitment, some people aren’t willing to deal with the downside</li><li>15:15 Not everyone shares the same expectation within the organization</li><li>19:02 Don’t set high expectations for other people</li><li>24:58 You can’t manipulate people into sharing your dream</li><li>25:57 Commitment is a founder’s superpower </li><li>27:16 There are certain things only founders should worry about</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about commitment. There is a limit to the expectation you can set on others, and that your passion and commitment may not be as intense for the rest of your team. There are certain aspects of your Startup that you’ve got to shoulder on your own. After all, a founder’s superpower is the intensity of his commitment. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/community/startup-therapy">Startup Therapy Podcast</a></li><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:26 What is founder commitment?</li><li>03:53 The insane level of expectation founders have</li><li>07:22 Startup downside: letting go of people</li><li>12:00 Even with commitment, some people aren’t willing to deal with the downside</li><li>15:15 Not everyone shares the same expectation within the organization</li><li>19:02 Don’t set high expectations for other people</li><li>24:58 You can’t manipulate people into sharing your dream</li><li>25:57 Commitment is a founder’s superpower </li><li>27:16 There are certain things only founders should worry about</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/33a83c7a/d526219d.mp3" length="42125797" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1752</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about commitment. There is a limit to the expectation you can set on others, and that your passion and commitment may not be as intense for the rest of your team. There are certain aspects of your Startup that you’ve got to shoulder on your own. After all, a founder’s superpower is the intensity of his commitment. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about commitment. There is a limit to the expectation you can set on others, and that your passion and commitment may not be as intense for the rest of your team. There are certain aspects of your Star</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It Doesn't Matter Who Has the Bigger Startup</title>
      <itunes:episode>92</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>92</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It Doesn't Matter Who Has the Bigger Startup</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5b7fe067-a132-4c45-b8e2-f99108a0ebad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4a937346</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the ugly truth about comparing your success to other businesses. When founders meet, the first person to speak often sets the tone of the conversation; many don’t even want to dig deep into the hardships one must endure to attain success. And is money the only metric for growth?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Drawing comparisons against other founders</li><li>03:03 The focus is often on the negative instead of what’s working</li><li>06:58 Comparing your performance to others just doesn't’ make sense</li><li>11:11 We often see the outcome but not the amount of work done</li><li>13:50 How do you perceive where you need to go?</li><li>17:04 At what point can you say, “I’m good”?</li><li>20:36 When a company grows, the focus shifts internally</li><li>23:05 Growth just for the sake of growth isn’t always true</li><li>26:12 Doing well with the things you really care about</li><li>28:50 Quit glossing over to avoid tough conversations </li><li>31:22 When things go down, which parts will matter?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the ugly truth about comparing your success to other businesses. When founders meet, the first person to speak often sets the tone of the conversation; many don’t even want to dig deep into the hardships one must endure to attain success. And is money the only metric for growth?</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Drawing comparisons against other founders</li><li>03:03 The focus is often on the negative instead of what’s working</li><li>06:58 Comparing your performance to others just doesn't’ make sense</li><li>11:11 We often see the outcome but not the amount of work done</li><li>13:50 How do you perceive where you need to go?</li><li>17:04 At what point can you say, “I’m good”?</li><li>20:36 When a company grows, the focus shifts internally</li><li>23:05 Growth just for the sake of growth isn’t always true</li><li>26:12 Doing well with the things you really care about</li><li>28:50 Quit glossing over to avoid tough conversations </li><li>31:22 When things go down, which parts will matter?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4a937346/168645b4.mp3" length="48795757" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2030</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the ugly truth about comparing your success to other businesses. When founders meet, the first person to speak often sets the tone of the conversation; many don’t even want to dig deep into the hardships one must endure to attain success. And is money the only metric for growth?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the ugly truth about comparing your success to other businesses. When founders meet, the first person to speak often sets the tone of the conversation; many don’t even want to dig deep into the h</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Founders Get Rich Without An Exit</title>
      <itunes:episode>91</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>91</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Founders Get Rich Without An Exit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">954a4233-1748-4b14-a58a-cec2cc01afa0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0a9ba719</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting rich without selling your business. They discuss how getting too focused on getting rich causes missed opportunities, is selling your Startup necessary, the cash stacking effect, and spending money you haven’t earned yet. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Myth: Build big things to get rich</li><li>03:55 You miss other avenues for growth when you’re too focused on getting rich</li><li>05:31 The cash stacking effect</li><li>11:44 Getting regular pay versus never getting paid while running a startup</li><li>13:22 Planning to spend money you haven’t earned</li><li>16:52 “Aim for the likelihood of the outcome, not the size.” - Ryan Rutan</li><li>19:11 The broken idea of how to become rich</li><li>23:07 When did you start to feel rich?</li><li>28:26 Do you need to sell to get rich?</li><li>29:19 If there isn’t a need to, don’t sell</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting rich without selling your business. They discuss how getting too focused on getting rich causes missed opportunities, is selling your Startup necessary, the cash stacking effect, and spending money you haven’t earned yet. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:09 Myth: Build big things to get rich</li><li>03:55 You miss other avenues for growth when you’re too focused on getting rich</li><li>05:31 The cash stacking effect</li><li>11:44 Getting regular pay versus never getting paid while running a startup</li><li>13:22 Planning to spend money you haven’t earned</li><li>16:52 “Aim for the likelihood of the outcome, not the size.” - Ryan Rutan</li><li>19:11 The broken idea of how to become rich</li><li>23:07 When did you start to feel rich?</li><li>28:26 Do you need to sell to get rich?</li><li>29:19 If there isn’t a need to, don’t sell</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0a9ba719/ff3f13af.mp3" length="50591183" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2105</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting rich without selling your business. They discuss how getting too focused on getting rich causes missed opportunities, is selling your Startup necessary, the cash stacking effect, and spending money you haven’t earned yet.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting rich without selling your business. They discuss how getting too focused on getting rich causes missed opportunities, is selling your Startup necessary, the cash stacking effect, and spen</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Make Potential Failure Less Scary</title>
      <itunes:episode>90</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>90</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Make Potential Failure Less Scary</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fdc2848f-82a9-4e7d-b74e-e4617f726598</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d808a6fc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting through a Startup failure. While your mind can make it seem bigger than it is, most people won’t remember when a business shuts down, and that processing your emotions include assessing your failure to get back up! </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:10 What does failure really look like?</li><li>04:57 This is how people think about failure</li><li>09:21 When you’re focused on not failing instead of succeeding</li><li>11:19 Unpacking two filters of Startup failure</li><li>15:45 Your Startup failure isn’t as big as you think it is</li><li>20:58 What happens when you freak out</li><li>22:31 Over time, people forget about a company shutdown</li><li>26:34 Process the emotions, but get back up!</li><li>29:32 Unpack and assess your failure to manage it</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting through a Startup failure. While your mind can make it seem bigger than it is, most people won’t remember when a business shuts down, and that processing your emotions include assessing your failure to get back up! </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:10 What does failure really look like?</li><li>04:57 This is how people think about failure</li><li>09:21 When you’re focused on not failing instead of succeeding</li><li>11:19 Unpacking two filters of Startup failure</li><li>15:45 Your Startup failure isn’t as big as you think it is</li><li>20:58 What happens when you freak out</li><li>22:31 Over time, people forget about a company shutdown</li><li>26:34 Process the emotions, but get back up!</li><li>29:32 Unpack and assess your failure to manage it</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d808a6fc/1220d4af.mp3" length="47025653" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1956</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting through a Startup failure. While your mind can make it seem bigger than it is, most people won’t remember when a business shuts down, and that processing your emotions include assessing your failure to get back up! </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about getting through a Startup failure. While your mind can make it seem bigger than it is, most people won’t remember when a business shuts down, and that processing your emotions include assessing y</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Doesn't Anyone Understand What I'm Going Through?</title>
      <itunes:episode>89</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>89</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Doesn't Anyone Understand What I'm Going Through?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">222db807-fc80-4e02-ba5d-acf2b858ed9c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3753831a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the hard part of being a founder - nobody understands what you do. Founders need people they can talk to about their job, someone mentally and emotionally willing to support their journey, and why the lack of support can hold them back.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:12 Does anybody actually understand what founders do?</li><li>03:13 “Communication is the burden of the sender.”</li><li>04:52 Imagine being a founder is a job interview</li><li>08:25 Americans tend to ask people what they do</li><li>10:08 Only founders understand their fellow founders</li><li>13:23 It’s different when you cause everyone to lose their jobs</li><li>17:13 When you don’t get the support that you need</li><li>20:55 This is where founders are held up</li><li>25:12 Keep people who truly understand what you do</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the hard part of being a founder - nobody understands what you do. Founders need people they can talk to about their job, someone mentally and emotionally willing to support their journey, and why the lack of support can hold them back.  </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:12 Does anybody actually understand what founders do?</li><li>03:13 “Communication is the burden of the sender.”</li><li>04:52 Imagine being a founder is a job interview</li><li>08:25 Americans tend to ask people what they do</li><li>10:08 Only founders understand their fellow founders</li><li>13:23 It’s different when you cause everyone to lose their jobs</li><li>17:13 When you don’t get the support that you need</li><li>20:55 This is where founders are held up</li><li>25:12 Keep people who truly understand what you do</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3753831a/29869b60.mp3" length="41651716" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1731</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the hard part of being a founder - nobody understands what you do. Founders need people they can talk to about their job, someone mentally and emotionally willing to support their journey, and why the lack of support can hold them back.  </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the hard part of being a founder - nobody understands what you do. Founders need people they can talk to about their job, someone mentally and emotionally willing to support their journey, and wh</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I Can't Have That, And That's Okay</title>
      <itunes:episode>88</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>88</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>I Can't Have That, And That's Okay</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">568c4510-b11a-4401-b7f4-ce4a6a5a9a24</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9438bfa1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of ambition. They discuss the levels in which aspiration is achieved, how starting a business involves: a series of unique conditions, the three basic levers of ambitions, and the uncertainty of the returns a founder has to consider. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:21 There are things that you may not achieve at all</li><li>03:25 Not having something sometimes doesn’t matter</li><li>05:52 It’s not just ambitions, it involves a series of conditions to reach a certain threshold</li><li>11:44 “There are levels to which ambition alone can achieve.”</li><li>15:39 The cost of ambition becomes more than just our time</li><li>21:42 You know the cost, but what about the returns of your ambition?</li><li>26:45 Once you achieve something, how much are you willing to work for the next</li><li>32:17 The three basic levers of ambition </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of ambition. They discuss the levels in which aspiration is achieved, how starting a business involves: a series of unique conditions, the three basic levers of ambitions, and the uncertainty of the returns a founder has to consider. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:21 There are things that you may not achieve at all</li><li>03:25 Not having something sometimes doesn’t matter</li><li>05:52 It’s not just ambitions, it involves a series of conditions to reach a certain threshold</li><li>11:44 “There are levels to which ambition alone can achieve.”</li><li>15:39 The cost of ambition becomes more than just our time</li><li>21:42 You know the cost, but what about the returns of your ambition?</li><li>26:45 Once you achieve something, how much are you willing to work for the next</li><li>32:17 The three basic levers of ambition </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9438bfa1/9405fc08.mp3" length="52551722" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2187</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of ambition. They discuss the levels in which aspiration is achieved, how starting a business involves: a series of unique conditions, the three basic levers of ambitions, and the uncertainty of the returns a founder has to consider.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the cost of ambition. They discuss the levels in which aspiration is achieved, how starting a business involves: a series of unique conditions, the three basic levers of ambitions, and the uncert</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Many Startups Shutdown a Few Times Before They Succeed</title>
      <itunes:episode>87</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>87</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Many Startups Shutdown a Few Times Before They Succeed</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ddd31c18-f4cb-4a45-a213-8f373674ee61</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/16b20a88</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the truth about Startup shutdowns. Shutdown cycles always happen to Startup businesses, several bad decisions don’t mean a complete failure, and second chances can happen when you’ve asked the critical Why’s.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:59 Startup shutdown is always part of the process</li><li>07:05 Shutdowns had been happening even before COVID</li><li>12:15 When you assume you’re a failure because of several bad decisions</li><li>14:27 How bad was the mindset?</li><li>16:47 What was the turning point?</li><li>19:56 Rising back after a 48-hour downtime</li><li>24:59 Do-overs are what defines some of the great companies</li><li>28:46 Tips on how to restart a Startup</li><li>34:06 The looming danger when you can’t ask all the critical “Why?”</li><li>35:54 It starts with seeing a version 2 of the business to restart</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the truth about Startup shutdowns. Shutdown cycles always happen to Startup businesses, several bad decisions don’t mean a complete failure, and second chances can happen when you’ve asked the critical Why’s.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.startups.com/begin">https://www.startups.com/begin</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:59 Startup shutdown is always part of the process</li><li>07:05 Shutdowns had been happening even before COVID</li><li>12:15 When you assume you’re a failure because of several bad decisions</li><li>14:27 How bad was the mindset?</li><li>16:47 What was the turning point?</li><li>19:56 Rising back after a 48-hour downtime</li><li>24:59 Do-overs are what defines some of the great companies</li><li>28:46 Tips on how to restart a Startup</li><li>34:06 The looming danger when you can’t ask all the critical “Why?”</li><li>35:54 It starts with seeing a version 2 of the business to restart</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Feb 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/16b20a88/1adcf3d0.mp3" length="56496827" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2351</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the truth about Startup shutdowns. That shutdowns always happen to Startup businesses, several bad decisions don’t mean a complete failure, and second chances can happen when you’ve asked the critical Why’s.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the truth about Startup shutdowns. That shutdowns always happen to Startup businesses, several bad decisions don’t mean a complete failure, and second chances can happen when you’ve asked the cri</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When am I "too old" to Start a Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>86</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>86</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When am I "too old" to Start a Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fdd43636-1da9-4061-8b3c-d8aabdc5d567</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/42c220a4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when it’s too late to launch a Startup. How gained experience equips founders to get through Startup challenges, the liabilities and the stakes involved when founders start late, why our 20’s is the golden decade to test and fail.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 When is it too late to launch a Startup?</li><li>04:42 Deciding an end-point to your career</li><li>07:20 Our 20’s is a one-time get-out-of-jail free card</li><li>11:55 Gained experiences in building a Startup is the baseline of future endeavors</li><li>18:20 Missing important family moments</li><li>22:49 Mishaps will happen but the experience will get you through</li><li>25:09 Understanding the consequences of knowing the pattern from start to finish</li><li>28:45 You’re less employable at your peak age</li><li>31:47 Not all founders started at their 20’s</li><li>34:44 Starting in your 40’s is the most challenging times</li><li>37:00 50’s is the most expensive stage for founders</li><li>41:58 One of the challenges is, if not now, when?</li><li>43:09 Why young founders pivot so much</li><li>45:45 Passion and mastery produces different outcomes</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when it’s too late to launch a Startup. How gained experience equips founders to get through Startup challenges, the liabilities and the stakes involved when founders start late, why our 20’s is the golden decade to test and fail.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:22 When is it too late to launch a Startup?</li><li>04:42 Deciding an end-point to your career</li><li>07:20 Our 20’s is a one-time get-out-of-jail free card</li><li>11:55 Gained experiences in building a Startup is the baseline of future endeavors</li><li>18:20 Missing important family moments</li><li>22:49 Mishaps will happen but the experience will get you through</li><li>25:09 Understanding the consequences of knowing the pattern from start to finish</li><li>28:45 You’re less employable at your peak age</li><li>31:47 Not all founders started at their 20’s</li><li>34:44 Starting in your 40’s is the most challenging times</li><li>37:00 50’s is the most expensive stage for founders</li><li>41:58 One of the challenges is, if not now, when?</li><li>43:09 Why young founders pivot so much</li><li>45:45 Passion and mastery produces different outcomes</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/42c220a4/f94af74e.mp3" length="71396403" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2972</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when it’s too late to launch a Startup. How gained experience equips founders to get through Startup challenges, the liabilities and the stakes involved when founders start late, why our 20’s is the golden decade to test and fail.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about when it’s too late to launch a Startup. How gained experience equips founders to get through Startup challenges, the liabilities and the stakes involved when founders start late, why o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Do We Lose When We Sell Our Startups?</title>
      <itunes:episode>85</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>85</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Do We Lose When We Sell Our Startups?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a9aa9d14-74d1-413f-8de8-7c8d3d693092</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5fcf71c1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the emotional toll on Founders when they sell their business, how to spend time when the Startup is gone, losing authority and level of importance, if there’s a way to prepare to become an ‘exited’ Founder. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Some of the potential downsides when selling a Startup</li><li>03:38 How much our Startup is tied to our sense of purpose</li><li>09:18 Concentration of excitement and purpose</li><li>13:21 That feeling of being needed</li><li>17:30 The horrible feeling of never being able to do it again</li><li>20:20 When you become an “ex” or “former” CEO</li><li>26:23 Without a business, how will you spend 16 hours a day?</li><li>30:40 Equating work hours to family time</li><li>34:12 Preparing to become an ‘exited’ founder</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the emotional toll on Founders when they sell their business, how to spend time when the Startup is gone, losing authority and level of importance, if there’s a way to prepare to become an ‘exited’ Founder. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:25 Some of the potential downsides when selling a Startup</li><li>03:38 How much our Startup is tied to our sense of purpose</li><li>09:18 Concentration of excitement and purpose</li><li>13:21 That feeling of being needed</li><li>17:30 The horrible feeling of never being able to do it again</li><li>20:20 When you become an “ex” or “former” CEO</li><li>26:23 Without a business, how will you spend 16 hours a day?</li><li>30:40 Equating work hours to family time</li><li>34:12 Preparing to become an ‘exited’ founder</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5fcf71c1/e8918d73.mp3" length="54147946" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2253</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the emotional toll on Founders when they sell their business, how to spend time when the Startup is gone, losing authority and level of importance, if there’s a way to prepare to become an ‘exited’ Founder. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the emotional toll on Founders when they sell their business, how to spend time when the Startup is gone, losing authority and level of importance, if there’s a way to prepare to becom</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We Can't Keep Ignoring Founder Emotions</title>
      <itunes:episode>84</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>84</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We Can't Keep Ignoring Founder Emotions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">15ae0ccb-6ed3-414d-aa92-8610791343d5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/094f559a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the impact of Founders feeling uncomfortable about sharing their emotions, why you are being put in the wrong light, unpacking emotions to show vulnerability, and the difference between problems and emotions.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for more tips on being an approachable Founder!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:44 Founders not feeling comfortable sharing their emotions</li><li>04:41 The pride and ego tide into the business</li><li>09:55 Why focus on other aspects of your business</li><li>13:30 How to unpack emotions and do something about it</li><li>21:15 Our problems and emotions are two separate things</li><li>26:10 Most founders keep their vulnerabilities</li><li>28:14 How being open impacts founder-team relationship</li><li>32:19 When everyone around puts you in the wrong light</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the impact of Founders feeling uncomfortable about sharing their emotions, why you are being put in the wrong light, unpacking emotions to show vulnerability, and the difference between problems and emotions.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for more tips on being an approachable Founder!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>https://www.startups.com/begin</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:44 Founders not feeling comfortable sharing their emotions</li><li>04:41 The pride and ego tide into the business</li><li>09:55 Why focus on other aspects of your business</li><li>13:30 How to unpack emotions and do something about it</li><li>21:15 Our problems and emotions are two separate things</li><li>26:10 Most founders keep their vulnerabilities</li><li>28:14 How being open impacts founder-team relationship</li><li>32:19 When everyone around puts you in the wrong light</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/094f559a/f121e0da.mp3" length="51327483" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2135</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the impact of Founders feeling uncomfortable about sharing their emotions, why you are being put in the wrong light, unpacking emotions to show vulnerability, and the difference between problems and emotions.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about the impact of Founders feeling uncomfortable about sharing their emotions, why you are being put in the wrong light, unpacking emotions to show vulnerability, and the difference betwee</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founders: All We Make are Bad Decisions</title>
      <itunes:episode>83</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>83</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founders: All We Make are Bad Decisions</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1bdb92dd-8d83-47d0-a042-5195aa811f9d</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f8e11360</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about using passion to pursue a business, how to differentiate novelty from passion, why founder burnout is common, and why identifying your theme is important before starting a business. </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to test if you're passionate enough to start a business!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:59 What moment turned into a passion?</li><li>05:02 Mistaking novelty as passion</li><li>08:42 The problem with purpose we all run into</li><li>14:14 When there’s no curiosity and passion, your role changes</li><li>17:13 Strategic planning: when growth is the only business metric</li><li>22:58 Find a theme that you’re passionate about</li><li>31:54 The energy in the early days can fade</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about using passion to pursue a business, how to differentiate novelty from passion, why founder burnout is common, and why identifying your theme is important before starting a business. </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to test if you're passionate enough to start a business!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:59 What moment turned into a passion?</li><li>05:02 Mistaking novelty as passion</li><li>08:42 The problem with purpose we all run into</li><li>14:14 When there’s no curiosity and passion, your role changes</li><li>17:13 Strategic planning: when growth is the only business metric</li><li>22:58 Find a theme that you’re passionate about</li><li>31:54 The energy in the early days can fade</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Jan 2021 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f8e11360/005e949e.mp3" length="56356720" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2292</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about using passion to pursue a business, how to differentiate novelty from passion, why founder burnout is common, and why identifying your theme is important before starting a business. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about using passion to pursue a business, how to differentiate novelty from passion, why founder burnout is common, and why identifying your theme is important before starting a business. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Benefit of a Hard Reset</title>
      <itunes:episode>82</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>82</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Benefit of a Hard Reset</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e3e1a0d2-bafa-43a1-8efb-91d16ced61f9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/40924b2e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about the benefits of a hard reset for a Startup, letting go of liabilities in exchange for a fresh start, and identifying priorities when going through a hard reset.</p><p> </p><p>Listen in to know why a Startup reset can sometimes help save a business!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:47 Benefits of a Startup's hard reset</li><li>04:16 Outsourcing based on what may happen</li><li>08:19 Part of a hard reset is getting fresh talents to join the team</li><li>12:27 With a rest, what does the staff look like?</li><li>15:12 Take inventory of the stuff that didn't work</li><li>18:20 Businesses walking away from monthly liabilities</li><li>22:06 Shred expenses and cut old agreements to reset</li><li>25:51 Sometimes, a start over is best to be profitable</li><li>27:51 If you're thoughtful, can build a more nimble business</li><li>30:01 Some hard events push for a reset, for decisions to be made</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about the benefits of a hard reset for a Startup, letting go of liabilities in exchange for a fresh start, and identifying priorities when going through a hard reset.</p><p> </p><p>Listen in to know why a Startup reset can sometimes help save a business!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:47 Benefits of a Startup's hard reset</li><li>04:16 Outsourcing based on what may happen</li><li>08:19 Part of a hard reset is getting fresh talents to join the team</li><li>12:27 With a rest, what does the staff look like?</li><li>15:12 Take inventory of the stuff that didn't work</li><li>18:20 Businesses walking away from monthly liabilities</li><li>22:06 Shred expenses and cut old agreements to reset</li><li>25:51 Sometimes, a start over is best to be profitable</li><li>27:51 If you're thoughtful, can build a more nimble business</li><li>30:01 Some hard events push for a reset, for decisions to be made</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Nov 2020 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/40924b2e/20753931.mp3" length="48079482" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1984</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about the benefits of a hard reset for a Startup, letting go of liabilities in exchange for a fresh start, and identifying priorities when going through a hard reset.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about the benefits of a hard reset for a Startup, letting go of liabilities in exchange for a fresh start, and identifying priorities when going through a hard reset.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Every Founder Needs a Founder Group</title>
      <itunes:episode>81</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>81</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Every Founder Needs a Founder Group</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a84e3733-44c2-4621-9a5f-8aa9942d84cc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/665b6cbe</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why founders need to belong in a therapy group, the benefits of voicing out your worries as an individual, and setting goals for yourself, not just your Startup.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to know how founders can effectively unload personal struggles!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:58 How lonely are founders?</li><li>04:06 The things that founders can't share</li><li>10:22 Founders Group at Startups.com</li><li>14:37 How does trust develop within the founders group?</li><li>21:11 A group can't converse when they have differing ideas</li><li>28:35 Empathy for the members is equally important</li><li>33:03 The three questions to ask in every session</li><li>33:42 What keeps you up at night?</li><li>39:27 What do you need help with?</li><li>44:52 How can the community here support you?</li><li>47:51 Then, the founders talk about their goals</li><li>51:23 The point of a clarity call</li><li>52:35 Do you justify that every other goal is important, but yours?</li><li>54:43 When trust is established, the group can accomplish anything</li><li>56:06 Email us or visit groups.startups.com</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why founders need to belong in a therapy group, the benefits of voicing out your worries as an individual, and setting goals for yourself, not just your Startup.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to know how founders can effectively unload personal struggles!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:58 How lonely are founders?</li><li>04:06 The things that founders can't share</li><li>10:22 Founders Group at Startups.com</li><li>14:37 How does trust develop within the founders group?</li><li>21:11 A group can't converse when they have differing ideas</li><li>28:35 Empathy for the members is equally important</li><li>33:03 The three questions to ask in every session</li><li>33:42 What keeps you up at night?</li><li>39:27 What do you need help with?</li><li>44:52 How can the community here support you?</li><li>47:51 Then, the founders talk about their goals</li><li>51:23 The point of a clarity call</li><li>52:35 Do you justify that every other goal is important, but yours?</li><li>54:43 When trust is established, the group can accomplish anything</li><li>56:06 Email us or visit groups.startups.com</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Nov 2020 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/665b6cbe/782dcf9e.mp3" length="84304789" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3493</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why founders need to belong in a therapy group, the benefits of voicing out your worries as an individual, and setting goals for yourself, not just your Startup. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan talk about why founders need to belong in a therapy group, the benefits of voicing out your worries as an individual, and setting goals for yourself, not just your Startup. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Are Founders Just Employees?</title>
      <itunes:episode>80</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>80</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Are Founders Just Employees?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7eb402c0-e4da-4072-8bcc-b7d6e4dfc4f1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b73aaf93</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about how founders struggle to negotiate their compensation, what should happen in cap table discussions, and why founders should rethink how they get paid.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to get an idea how founders benefit more from their company!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:50 <strong>What's going through your head</strong>?</li><li>02:21 When it isn't worth it anymore</li><li>06:02 The <strong>cap table discussion</strong> </li><li>09:26 When the thing <strong>you're most excited about</strong> is gone</li><li>11:46 <strong>Don't disincentivize employees</strong> by cramming them down</li><li>18:00 <strong>Have a conversation with investors</strong> to set the process you need to adhere to</li><li>21:25 <strong>Negotiate comp packages</strong> based on milestones</li><li>23:27 Founders should <strong>rethink how they get paid</strong></li><li>25:12 What will make you <strong>keep working in the company</strong>?</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about how founders struggle to negotiate their compensation, what should happen in cap table discussions, and why founders should rethink how they get paid.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to get an idea how founders benefit more from their company!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Intro</li><li>00:50 <strong>What's going through your head</strong>?</li><li>02:21 When it isn't worth it anymore</li><li>06:02 The <strong>cap table discussion</strong> </li><li>09:26 When the thing <strong>you're most excited about</strong> is gone</li><li>11:46 <strong>Don't disincentivize employees</strong> by cramming them down</li><li>18:00 <strong>Have a conversation with investors</strong> to set the process you need to adhere to</li><li>21:25 <strong>Negotiate comp packages</strong> based on milestones</li><li>23:27 Founders should <strong>rethink how they get paid</strong></li><li>25:12 What will make you <strong>keep working in the company</strong>?</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Nov 2020 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b73aaf93/704c0a99.mp3" length="41402619" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1722</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about how founders struggle to negotiate their compensation, what should happen in cap table discussions, and why founders should rethink how they get paid. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about how founders struggle to negotiate their compensation, what should happen in cap table discussions, and why founders should rethink how they get paid. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>We get Paid in Finishes, not Starts</title>
      <itunes:episode>79</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>79</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>We get Paid in Finishes, not Starts</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">11638309-e6e4-494b-ba65-9c0c725974fb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/10926ead</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about spending a decade to build a business from scratch, how past success can’t dictate the next success, and why nothing matters until the end goal is reached.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn how founders grow an idea into a successful Startup!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Welcome back to the Startup Therapy Podcast!</li><li>00:55 <strong>How long does it take</strong> to reach success?</li><li>02:28 The incubator project in 2001</li><li>03:39 The<strong> split in focus</strong> with multiple projects</li><li>07:54 How long will it take to <strong>prove a good idea</strong>?</li><li>10:33 <strong>Commit time to grow</strong> your company</li><li>12:03 <strong>Every idea</strong> is a bad idea unless you <strong>act on it</strong></li><li>15:59 A <strong>problem you are willing to invest in</strong></li><li>17:42 The early <strong>high-five indicators</strong></li><li>18:55 <strong>What will a decade cost you</strong>?</li><li>22:03 "<em>Don't work on something you don't care about</em>." - Elliot Schneier</li><li>24:13 <strong>Focus</strong> and the <strong>right idea</strong> lead to <strong>success</strong></li><li>27:04 Past success <strong>doesn't guarantee the next success</strong></li><li>30:15 How do you <strong>explain commitment </strong>to new hires</li><li>31:22 Nothing matters until you reach <strong>the finish line</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about spending a decade to build a business from scratch, how past success can’t dictate the next success, and why nothing matters until the end goal is reached.    </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn how founders grow an idea into a successful Startup!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>00:00 Welcome back to the Startup Therapy Podcast!</li><li>00:55 <strong>How long does it take</strong> to reach success?</li><li>02:28 The incubator project in 2001</li><li>03:39 The<strong> split in focus</strong> with multiple projects</li><li>07:54 How long will it take to <strong>prove a good idea</strong>?</li><li>10:33 <strong>Commit time to grow</strong> your company</li><li>12:03 <strong>Every idea</strong> is a bad idea unless you <strong>act on it</strong></li><li>15:59 A <strong>problem you are willing to invest in</strong></li><li>17:42 The early <strong>high-five indicators</strong></li><li>18:55 <strong>What will a decade cost you</strong>?</li><li>22:03 "<em>Don't work on something you don't care about</em>." - Elliot Schneier</li><li>24:13 <strong>Focus</strong> and the <strong>right idea</strong> lead to <strong>success</strong></li><li>27:04 Past success <strong>doesn't guarantee the next success</strong></li><li>30:15 How do you <strong>explain commitment </strong>to new hires</li><li>31:22 Nothing matters until you reach <strong>the finish line</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Nov 2020 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/10926ead/dde13ee4.mp3" length="66618080" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2080</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about spending a decade to build a business from scratch, how past success can’t dictate the next success, and why nothing matters until the end goal is reached.    </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Elliot talk about spending a decade to build a business from scratch, how past success can’t dictate the next success, and why nothing matters until the end goal is reached.    </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>You Are NOT Your Startup</title>
      <itunes:episode>78</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>78</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>You Are NOT Your Startup</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6112ae76-e3d7-4cba-89ce-ac61b2e2b2a4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f008e3d5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should separate themselves from their Startups, the lack of predecessors to guide young founders, what else to focus on besides building the business, and maintaining individuality.  </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn about individuality and separation from your Startup!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:32] Are we a <strong>separate entity</strong> from our Startup?</li><li>[00:05:58] For founders, everything should have been right</li><li>[00:10:04] There's <strong>a pattern to follow</strong>, young founders don't have that</li><li>[00:11:24] There's a company that you do,<strong> it's not who you are</strong></li><li>[00:16:01] It actually isn't validation, <strong>it's a relief </strong></li><li>[00:18:14] Self-inflicted prison: <strong>you get stuck in your Startup</strong></li><li>[00:20:06] It's <strong>not always about how your Startup is doin</strong>g</li><li>[00:23:30] What do you do <strong>when you're not building your Startup</strong>?</li><li>[00:23:30] What can we do for other founders? </li><li>[00:26:33] Why is it affecting you <strong>at a personal level</strong>?</li><li>[00:29:14] Your Startup is <strong>not who you are</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should separate themselves from their Startups, the lack of predecessors to guide young founders, what else to focus on besides building the business, and maintaining individuality.  </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn about individuality and separation from your Startup!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:32] Are we a <strong>separate entity</strong> from our Startup?</li><li>[00:05:58] For founders, everything should have been right</li><li>[00:10:04] There's <strong>a pattern to follow</strong>, young founders don't have that</li><li>[00:11:24] There's a company that you do,<strong> it's not who you are</strong></li><li>[00:16:01] It actually isn't validation, <strong>it's a relief </strong></li><li>[00:18:14] Self-inflicted prison: <strong>you get stuck in your Startup</strong></li><li>[00:20:06] It's <strong>not always about how your Startup is doin</strong>g</li><li>[00:23:30] What do you do <strong>when you're not building your Startup</strong>?</li><li>[00:23:30] What can we do for other founders? </li><li>[00:26:33] Why is it affecting you <strong>at a personal level</strong>?</li><li>[00:29:14] Your Startup is <strong>not who you are</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Oct 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f008e3d5/f480b8f9.mp3" length="46310499" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1927</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should separate themselves from their Startups, the lack of predecessors to guide young founders, what else to focus on besides building the business, and maintaining individuality.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today’s episode of Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil and Ryan discuss why founders should separate themselves from their Startups, the lack of predecessors to guide young founders, what else to focus on besides building the business, and maintaining individ</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Translate What Investors Tell Us</title>
      <itunes:episode>77</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>77</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Translate What Investors Tell Us</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">846b1993-641b-4eec-a835-66226381dc68</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6dadb689</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is listening to what investors are actually saying. Wil and Elliot discuss the direct and indirect ways investors say ‘No’, the passive-aggressive questions, when founders become annoying, and how investors should behave. </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn how to translate what your investor is saying!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:40] Why founders can't understand their investors? </li><li>[00:02:24] The NO's that sound 'Yes'</li><li>[00:06:18] Venture Community vs Angel Investors</li><li>[00:07:11] From an analyst to a partner</li><li>[00:09:38] Is it a yes or a no?</li><li>[00:10:35] Understanding the user pipeline and deal flow</li><li>[00:12:27] What happens when you press on investors</li><li>[00:15:45] When investors are interested, they'll blow you up </li><li>[00:17:55] Time kills deals</li><li>[00:19:34] If it's not a resounding Yes, it's probably a No</li><li>[00:22:04] The tendency to annoy investors when you can't take the hint</li><li>[00:25:12] Show investors a drastic demand in the product  </li><li>[00:28:08] How should investors behave?</li><li>[00:34:28] Always make a statement in a question</li><li>[00:36:47] Education on a fairly complicated space</li><li>[00:38:20] The passive-aggressive questions</li><li>[00:42:00] Investors saying 'maybe'</li><li>[00:45:10] Investors should be definitive in saying 'No'</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is listening to what investors are actually saying. Wil and Elliot discuss the direct and indirect ways investors say ‘No’, the passive-aggressive questions, when founders become annoying, and how investors should behave. </p><p> </p><p>Listen in to learn how to translate what your investor is saying!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:40] Why founders can't understand their investors? </li><li>[00:02:24] The NO's that sound 'Yes'</li><li>[00:06:18] Venture Community vs Angel Investors</li><li>[00:07:11] From an analyst to a partner</li><li>[00:09:38] Is it a yes or a no?</li><li>[00:10:35] Understanding the user pipeline and deal flow</li><li>[00:12:27] What happens when you press on investors</li><li>[00:15:45] When investors are interested, they'll blow you up </li><li>[00:17:55] Time kills deals</li><li>[00:19:34] If it's not a resounding Yes, it's probably a No</li><li>[00:22:04] The tendency to annoy investors when you can't take the hint</li><li>[00:25:12] Show investors a drastic demand in the product  </li><li>[00:28:08] How should investors behave?</li><li>[00:34:28] Always make a statement in a question</li><li>[00:36:47] Education on a fairly complicated space</li><li>[00:38:20] The passive-aggressive questions</li><li>[00:42:00] Investors saying 'maybe'</li><li>[00:45:10] Investors should be definitive in saying 'No'</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Oct 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6dadb689/21975449.mp3" length="65968526" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2729</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Our focus in today’s episode is listening to what investors are actually saying. Wil and Elliot discuss the direct and indirect ways investors say ‘No’, the passive-aggressive questions, when founders become annoying, and how investors should behave. </itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Our focus in today’s episode is listening to what investors are actually saying. Wil and Elliot discuss the direct and indirect ways investors say ‘No’, the passive-aggressive questions, when founders become annoying, and how investors should behave. </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Don't We Feel Like We've Made It</title>
      <itunes:episode>76</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>76</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Don't We Feel Like We've Made It</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ffc2236d-0c02-4d56-8e8d-b51699081de9</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ab486564</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is how to get a hit on your business. Wil converses with Sam Parr, Co-Founder and CEO of The Hustle, a massively successful email newsletter to help entrepreneurs make smart business decisions fast by providing information in an easy to consume format. </p><p><br></p><p>Wil and Sam look back at the early stages of their Startups, how to gauge financial security, why an early start is an accelerant, tough conversations with investors, and incredible stories of successful Startup businesses.</p><p> </p><p>Listen and learn how to get your first million!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:07] Welcome to the show, Sam Parr!</li><li>[00:01:18] The early days of the Hustle</li><li>[00:03:35] The gap between expectations and reality</li><li>[00:05:57] When you get your first million dollars</li><li>[00:07:37] The perks of balling out</li><li>[00:09:41] Business impacts the capitalist society</li><li>[00:12:31] Doing things that aren't just about safety</li><li>[00:13:42] Emotional instability, compounding level of anxiety</li><li>[00:15:07] Possibilities changes your worldview</li><li>[00:17:42] Success doesn't often equate to happiness</li><li>[00:19:21] What are the goals?</li><li>[00:22:27] What was your number for security?</li><li>[00:25:16] How agency and non-funded businesses grow</li><li>[00:28:24] Genuine appreciation for the hustle, for the grind  </li><li>[00:31:54] A Man's Search for Meaning by Viktor Frankl</li><li>[00:35:22] We're built to get stuff done</li><li>[00:36:33] Remove the timeframe, fulfill your obligations</li><li>[00:38:59] Tough conversations with investors</li><li>[00:41:13] Victim mentality to get out of a bad deal</li><li>[00:42:06] The untold hustle stories</li><li>[00:44:32] Massive capital gains versus annual cash flow</li><li>[00:46:09] Stories of small operations minting profits</li><li>[00:50:28] What can you make that can last 50 years?</li><li>[00:53:31] When early success becomes an accelerant</li><li>[00:56:41] Four years from now, a 50 million net worth?</li><li>[00:58:55] If you're good at setting up a startup</li><li>[01:01:00] Hiring a person to stir the business </li><li>[01:04:00] The perks of financial stability</li><li>[01:06:45] What to focus on to get a hit</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is how to get a hit on your business. Wil converses with Sam Parr, Co-Founder and CEO of The Hustle, a massively successful email newsletter to help entrepreneurs make smart business decisions fast by providing information in an easy to consume format. </p><p><br></p><p>Wil and Sam look back at the early stages of their Startups, how to gauge financial security, why an early start is an accelerant, tough conversations with investors, and incredible stories of successful Startup businesses.</p><p> </p><p>Listen and learn how to get your first million!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Focus on to Get a Hit</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:07] Welcome to the show, Sam Parr!</li><li>[00:01:18] The early days of the Hustle</li><li>[00:03:35] The gap between expectations and reality</li><li>[00:05:57] When you get your first million dollars</li><li>[00:07:37] The perks of balling out</li><li>[00:09:41] Business impacts the capitalist society</li><li>[00:12:31] Doing things that aren't just about safety</li><li>[00:13:42] Emotional instability, compounding level of anxiety</li><li>[00:15:07] Possibilities changes your worldview</li><li>[00:17:42] Success doesn't often equate to happiness</li><li>[00:19:21] What are the goals?</li><li>[00:22:27] What was your number for security?</li><li>[00:25:16] How agency and non-funded businesses grow</li><li>[00:28:24] Genuine appreciation for the hustle, for the grind  </li><li>[00:31:54] A Man's Search for Meaning by Viktor Frankl</li><li>[00:35:22] We're built to get stuff done</li><li>[00:36:33] Remove the timeframe, fulfill your obligations</li><li>[00:38:59] Tough conversations with investors</li><li>[00:41:13] Victim mentality to get out of a bad deal</li><li>[00:42:06] The untold hustle stories</li><li>[00:44:32] Massive capital gains versus annual cash flow</li><li>[00:46:09] Stories of small operations minting profits</li><li>[00:50:28] What can you make that can last 50 years?</li><li>[00:53:31] When early success becomes an accelerant</li><li>[00:56:41] Four years from now, a 50 million net worth?</li><li>[00:58:55] If you're good at setting up a startup</li><li>[01:01:00] Hiring a person to stir the business </li><li>[01:04:00] The perks of financial stability</li><li>[01:06:45] What to focus on to get a hit</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Oct 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ab486564/94232308.mp3" length="69949494" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>4294</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Wil and Sam look back at the early stages of their Startups, how to gauge financial security, why an early start is an accelerant, tough conversations with investors, and incredible stories of successful Startup businesses.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Wil and Sam look back at the early stages of their Startups, how to gauge financial security, why an early start is an accelerant, tough conversations with investors, and incredible stories of successful Startup businesses.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why aren't Founders more Transparent?</title>
      <itunes:episode>75</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>75</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why aren't Founders more Transparent?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a8d15c3b-ce3c-45f1-8f52-d424e970a4a5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/be4fd407</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is transparency of founders about their startups. Wil converses with Andrew Warner, an internet, startup entrepreneur and founder of Mixergy.com. On Mixergy, proven entrepreneurs are invited to teach how they built their startups. </p><p><br></p><p>Wil and Andrew define the lines between genuine curiosity and transactional conversations in building relationships, how topics and answers have consequences, and getting people to open up about themselves by sharing a little bit of yours.</p><p> </p><p>Listen to how transparency can affect business relationships.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://mixergy.com/">Mixergy.com</a> - “Learn from Proven Entrepreneurs”</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:12] Who is <strong>Andrew Warner</strong>?</li><li>[00:02:02] Why aren't <strong>founders more transparent</strong> about their startups? </li><li>[00:02:48] Why do I have to talk about the loser stuff? </li><li>[00:05:23] A little bit of a personal backstory.</li><li>[00:08:15] Being open to others about <strong>your vulnerability</strong>. </li><li>[00:12:24] Everything has always worked <strong>until you fail</strong>. </li><li>[00:14:07] <strong>Nobody wants to hear</strong> how well you are doing.</li><li>[00:15:08] If you do not have the tools of <strong>being vulnerable</strong>. </li><li>[00:16:16] People are always<strong> craving to be transparent</strong> of some things and hide others.  </li><li>[00:19:01] The moment you're vulnerable, <strong>you become less defensive</strong>.</li><li>[00:20:45] What are some areas you don't feel talking about publicly?</li><li>[00:23:09] When one openly becomes <strong>honest and vulnerable</strong>, everyone becomes honest and vulnerable.  </li><li>[00:26:48] <strong>Be</strong> <strong>genuinely curious</strong> to get people to open up. </li><li>[00:28:34] Do you need to share a little bit to get some during interviews?</li><li>[00:30:38] Ask a <strong>double-barrel question</strong> to give some room for sensitivity. </li><li>[00:32:00] Being vulnerable makes <strong>building relationships faster</strong>.</li><li>[00:34:52] <strong>Transactional relationships</strong> won't help build real connections.</li><li>[00:38:33] Actually listen and give <strong>leading questions</strong> to actually connect. </li><li>[00:39:44] When people sit with you more and more, they <strong>value your time</strong>. </li><li>[00:44:34] <strong>Incapability of small talk</strong>, possibly a fatal flaw.</li><li>[00:46:49] How to disarm someone so full of himself.  </li><li>[00:52:32] Ask very personal questions to further relationships. </li><li>[00:57:51] The topics and answers that have <strong>consequences</strong>.</li><li>[00:59:16] Look for topics that people do not need to defend. </li><li>[01:01:46] Be prepared for <strong>backfires</strong>. </li><li>[01:04:18] Do you wish you can take back what you've overshared? </li><li>[01:08:30] Tell people <strong>if you're uncomfortable</strong> sharing something. </li><li>[01:09:20] We connect with people with their flaws, it <strong>makes us human</strong>.</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Our focus in today’s episode is transparency of founders about their startups. Wil converses with Andrew Warner, an internet, startup entrepreneur and founder of Mixergy.com. On Mixergy, proven entrepreneurs are invited to teach how they built their startups. </p><p><br></p><p>Wil and Andrew define the lines between genuine curiosity and transactional conversations in building relationships, how topics and answers have consequences, and getting people to open up about themselves by sharing a little bit of yours.</p><p> </p><p>Listen to how transparency can affect business relationships.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://mixergy.com/">Mixergy.com</a> - “Learn from Proven Entrepreneurs”</li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What to Listen For</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:12] Who is <strong>Andrew Warner</strong>?</li><li>[00:02:02] Why aren't <strong>founders more transparent</strong> about their startups? </li><li>[00:02:48] Why do I have to talk about the loser stuff? </li><li>[00:05:23] A little bit of a personal backstory.</li><li>[00:08:15] Being open to others about <strong>your vulnerability</strong>. </li><li>[00:12:24] Everything has always worked <strong>until you fail</strong>. </li><li>[00:14:07] <strong>Nobody wants to hear</strong> how well you are doing.</li><li>[00:15:08] If you do not have the tools of <strong>being vulnerable</strong>. </li><li>[00:16:16] People are always<strong> craving to be transparent</strong> of some things and hide others.  </li><li>[00:19:01] The moment you're vulnerable, <strong>you become less defensive</strong>.</li><li>[00:20:45] What are some areas you don't feel talking about publicly?</li><li>[00:23:09] When one openly becomes <strong>honest and vulnerable</strong>, everyone becomes honest and vulnerable.  </li><li>[00:26:48] <strong>Be</strong> <strong>genuinely curious</strong> to get people to open up. </li><li>[00:28:34] Do you need to share a little bit to get some during interviews?</li><li>[00:30:38] Ask a <strong>double-barrel question</strong> to give some room for sensitivity. </li><li>[00:32:00] Being vulnerable makes <strong>building relationships faster</strong>.</li><li>[00:34:52] <strong>Transactional relationships</strong> won't help build real connections.</li><li>[00:38:33] Actually listen and give <strong>leading questions</strong> to actually connect. </li><li>[00:39:44] When people sit with you more and more, they <strong>value your time</strong>. </li><li>[00:44:34] <strong>Incapability of small talk</strong>, possibly a fatal flaw.</li><li>[00:46:49] How to disarm someone so full of himself.  </li><li>[00:52:32] Ask very personal questions to further relationships. </li><li>[00:57:51] The topics and answers that have <strong>consequences</strong>.</li><li>[00:59:16] Look for topics that people do not need to defend. </li><li>[01:01:46] Be prepared for <strong>backfires</strong>. </li><li>[01:04:18] Do you wish you can take back what you've overshared? </li><li>[01:08:30] Tell people <strong>if you're uncomfortable</strong> sharing something. </li><li>[01:09:20] We connect with people with their flaws, it <strong>makes us human</strong>.</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/be4fd407/f418bf7e.mp3" length="95742006" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3967</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Wil and Andrew define the lines between genuine curiosity and transactional conversations in building relationships, how topics and answers have consequences, and getting people to open up about themselves by sharing a little bit of yours.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Wil and Andrew define the lines between genuine curiosity and transactional conversations in building relationships, how topics and answers have consequences, and getting people to open up about themselves by sharing a little bit of yours.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Do We Owe Our Employees?</title>
      <itunes:episode>74</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>74</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Do We Owe Our Employees?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d29c82b8-6fe8-4d40-bea0-f1525dc2b203</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c4e6f7b6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>For Startups, what exactly do we owe our employees and to what extent?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp; Elliot Schneier redefines the unwritten social contract between employers and employees, the problems that arise when issues remain unheard, and how transparency has changed the leadership approach of Startups. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear why transparent leadership builds valuable trust!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Send us your questions - <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>Email <a href="mailto:coaching@startups.com">coaching@startups.com</a> for Startups Coaching sessions </li></ul><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:01:14] There's a lot that employees rightfully feel they are owed.</li><li>[00:03:03] Some employee journeys are their first journey and founders should at least explain to them what they don't know.   </li><li>[00:07:00] Most major problems are always mapped back to someone who wasn't heard. </li><li>[00:10:23] It's easier to just tell people what to do when a problem arises, but taking time to listen to employees builds so much trust both ways.</li><li>[00:13:05] The paranoia about the concept of communicating in a transparent way. </li><li>[00:17:43] Transparency and honesty can be an adequate form of compensation.</li><li>[00:19:07] Bringing the staff into conversations, makes them feel like teammates instead of cogs.</li><li>[00:24:03] If you can't attach humility to your leadership, you really start to lose credibility.</li><li>[00:27:47] Old school draconian type of work environment isn't getting you the top talents anymore.</li><li>[00:31:43] Listening style of leadership is more natural than the learned-style approach.</li><li>[00:35:02] Now, people feel comfortable enough to converse organizationally with leaders.  </li><li>[00:37:33] "Do it because I said so," is a very weak argument. </li><li>[00:38:42] That social contract that we owe has created more human relationships, a metric of happiness.  </li><li>[00:40:49] The more opportunity to have less problems amongst everyone, it's easier to lead a company.</li></ul><p>[00:43:30] Don't hesitate to reach out to us at <a href="mailto:coaching@startups.com">coaching@startups.com</a>. </p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>For Startups, what exactly do we owe our employees and to what extent?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp; Elliot Schneier redefines the unwritten social contract between employers and employees, the problems that arise when issues remain unheard, and how transparency has changed the leadership approach of Startups. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear why transparent leadership builds valuable trust!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Send us your questions - <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>Email <a href="mailto:coaching@startups.com">coaching@startups.com</a> for Startups Coaching sessions </li></ul><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:01:14] There's a lot that employees rightfully feel they are owed.</li><li>[00:03:03] Some employee journeys are their first journey and founders should at least explain to them what they don't know.   </li><li>[00:07:00] Most major problems are always mapped back to someone who wasn't heard. </li><li>[00:10:23] It's easier to just tell people what to do when a problem arises, but taking time to listen to employees builds so much trust both ways.</li><li>[00:13:05] The paranoia about the concept of communicating in a transparent way. </li><li>[00:17:43] Transparency and honesty can be an adequate form of compensation.</li><li>[00:19:07] Bringing the staff into conversations, makes them feel like teammates instead of cogs.</li><li>[00:24:03] If you can't attach humility to your leadership, you really start to lose credibility.</li><li>[00:27:47] Old school draconian type of work environment isn't getting you the top talents anymore.</li><li>[00:31:43] Listening style of leadership is more natural than the learned-style approach.</li><li>[00:35:02] Now, people feel comfortable enough to converse organizationally with leaders.  </li><li>[00:37:33] "Do it because I said so," is a very weak argument. </li><li>[00:38:42] That social contract that we owe has created more human relationships, a metric of happiness.  </li><li>[00:40:49] The more opportunity to have less problems amongst everyone, it's easier to lead a company.</li></ul><p>[00:43:30] Don't hesitate to reach out to us at <a href="mailto:coaching@startups.com">coaching@startups.com</a>. </p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Sep 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c4e6f7b6/cf373fb3.mp3" length="62902045" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2617</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Elliot Schneier redefines the unwritten social contract between employers and employees, the problems that arise when issues remain unheard, and how transparency has changed the leadership approach of Startups.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Elliot Schneier redefines the unwritten social contract between employers and employees, the problems that arise when issues remain unheard, and how transparency has changed the leadership</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why No One Tells Founders, It's Over, Move On</title>
      <itunes:episode>73</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>73</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why No One Tells Founders, It's Over, Move On</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7b23b0ed-28e0-431f-ae93-3859aeae6854</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/167deab5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you working yourself into the ground without making much progress, if any?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp; Elliot Schneier break down the failure of their company AffordIt, what actually happens when you run out of VC money, and when you should drop the ego &amp; focus on doing what’s best for your mental health instead.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear what our VC’s did when we ran out of money!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Send us your questions - <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter - <a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:12] - Welcome Elliot!</li><li>[00:01:12] - The failure of AffordIt</li><li>[00:02:42] - What happens when you run out of money from your captial raise?</li><li>[00:05:19] - Obtaining VC in hard economic times</li><li>[00:07:35] - What happens if you take on investors and don't become a unicorn?</li><li>[00:10:12] - How to fail gracefully &amp; maintain relationships</li><li>[00:11:12] - Is it the investor's job to call when to fold the business?</li><li>[00:13:08] - What we wished our investors would have done</li><li>[00:15:35] - The importance of mental health in leadership and why no one cared at the time</li><li>[00:18:04] - If investors won't advise you in critical moments, who will?</li><li>[00:22:34] - The group that shatters your ego as a Founder the most</li><li>[00:28:12] - AffordIt's breaking point</li><li>[00:31:10] - The perfect person to tell you you're done</li><li>[00:32:32] - Not sure if it's time for you to fold the tents or have a question? Email us at <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>[00:36:57] - You don't have to run out of money to fold the tent</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you working yourself into the ground without making much progress, if any?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp; Elliot Schneier break down the failure of their company AffordIt, what actually happens when you run out of VC money, and when you should drop the ego &amp; focus on doing what’s best for your mental health instead.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear what our VC’s did when we ran out of money!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Episode Resources:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>Send us your questions - <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter - <a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></li></ul><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:12] - Welcome Elliot!</li><li>[00:01:12] - The failure of AffordIt</li><li>[00:02:42] - What happens when you run out of money from your captial raise?</li><li>[00:05:19] - Obtaining VC in hard economic times</li><li>[00:07:35] - What happens if you take on investors and don't become a unicorn?</li><li>[00:10:12] - How to fail gracefully &amp; maintain relationships</li><li>[00:11:12] - Is it the investor's job to call when to fold the business?</li><li>[00:13:08] - What we wished our investors would have done</li><li>[00:15:35] - The importance of mental health in leadership and why no one cared at the time</li><li>[00:18:04] - If investors won't advise you in critical moments, who will?</li><li>[00:22:34] - The group that shatters your ego as a Founder the most</li><li>[00:28:12] - AffordIt's breaking point</li><li>[00:31:10] - The perfect person to tell you you're done</li><li>[00:32:32] - Not sure if it's time for you to fold the tents or have a question? Email us at <a href="mailto:Therapy@Startups.com">Therapy@Startups.com</a></li><li>[00:36:57] - You don't have to run out of money to fold the tent</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/167deab5/2581d8fe.mp3" length="59265572" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2433</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Are you working yourself into the ground without making much progress, if any?

In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Elliot Schneier break down the failure of their company AffordIt, what actually happens when you run out of VC money, and when you should drop the ego &amp;amp; focus on doing what’s best for your mental health instead.

Listen in to hear what our VC’s did when we ran out of money!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you working yourself into the ground without making much progress, if any?

In this episode of the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Elliot Schneier break down the failure of their company AffordIt, what actually happens when you run out o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Advisory Board</title>
      <itunes:episode>72</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>72</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Advisory Board</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0365fdfa-b03a-476f-bbd7-c20128f481f2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2cf1d890</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you really need an advisory board?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about why an advisory board is important, how to build your own board of advisors, and creating connections that will lead you to endless opportunities.  </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for tips on getting advisors to expand your Startup network. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:58] The Advisory Board </li><li>[00:02:03] Why is an Advisory Board important?</li><li>[00:06:02] How do you decide who joins the Advisory Board?</li><li>[00:07:44] The Board members are interchangeable.</li><li>[00:13:03] Advisers aren't that hard to get.</li><li>[00:15:06] How to ask someone to be in the Advisory Board?</li><li>[00:18:53] Don't get worked up on the number, get worked up on the quality.</li><li>[00:21:17] These people must have perennial advice.</li><li>[00:24:40] Connect to people who might be helpful to you and the business. Build a network.</li><li>[00:25:53] Even if you lack credibility, connections can get you where you need to be. </li><li>[00:27:16] One person can give you the answer and fast forward everything.</li><li>[00:31:08] "If you want to get advice, raise capital. And if you want to, raise capital, try to get advice."</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you really need an advisory board?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about why an advisory board is important, how to build your own board of advisors, and creating connections that will lead you to endless opportunities.  </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for tips on getting advisors to expand your Startup network. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:58] The Advisory Board </li><li>[00:02:03] Why is an Advisory Board important?</li><li>[00:06:02] How do you decide who joins the Advisory Board?</li><li>[00:07:44] The Board members are interchangeable.</li><li>[00:13:03] Advisers aren't that hard to get.</li><li>[00:15:06] How to ask someone to be in the Advisory Board?</li><li>[00:18:53] Don't get worked up on the number, get worked up on the quality.</li><li>[00:21:17] These people must have perennial advice.</li><li>[00:24:40] Connect to people who might be helpful to you and the business. Build a network.</li><li>[00:25:53] Even if you lack credibility, connections can get you where you need to be. </li><li>[00:27:16] One person can give you the answer and fast forward everything.</li><li>[00:31:08] "If you want to get advice, raise capital. And if you want to, raise capital, try to get advice."</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Aug 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2cf1d890/5dcf1666.mp3" length="28944784" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1728</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you really need an advisory board?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about why an advisory board is important, how to build your own board of advisors, and creating connections that will lead you to endless opportunities.  

Listen in for tips on getting advisors to expand your Startup network. 

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you really need an advisory board?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about why an advisory board is important, how to build your own board of advisors, and creating connections that will lead you to endless opportu</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do We Create Career Paths Within Startups?</title>
      <itunes:episode>71</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>71</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Do We Create Career Paths Within Startups?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d6df7149-d0a7-4cce-b514-0450c7856d0a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/655f27b9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to get your best employees to stick around?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how contribution outweighs years of service, capabilities dictate career progression, and why Startups enable accelerated career growth.   </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for tips on expanding careers without the hierarchy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:02:20] Hierarchy isn't necessary for people on the team to grow. </li><li>[00:06:34] We want as flat of an organization as possible.  </li><li>[00:10:05] What happens when you move to another company </li><li>[00:11:50] Growth essentially needs to be unpacked.</li><li>[00:15:31] Cash needs to align with contribution.</li><li>[00:20:09] Opportunity wherein you can't go to another company because you pay the most in your current position.</li><li>[00:22:54] Understand what's motivating folks to stay.</li><li>[00:28:28] The reflection of your progression is through your capabilities. </li><li>[00:30:27] Position progression shouldn't have anything to do with managing people. </li><li>[00:33:33] Don't look at the years of experience, anyone can level up.</li><li>[00:36:19] Measure employee value by contributions, not by time employed.</li><li>[00:39:26] In smaller companies you can get your hands on stuff you couldn't touch before.</li><li>[00:42:45] People can outgrow the company, or grow faster than the company's growth. </li><li>[00:44:55] Title progression is not bound by who's ahead of you.</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Want to get your best employees to stick around?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how contribution outweighs years of service, capabilities dictate career progression, and why Startups enable accelerated career growth.   </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in for tips on expanding careers without the hierarchy.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:02:20] Hierarchy isn't necessary for people on the team to grow. </li><li>[00:06:34] We want as flat of an organization as possible.  </li><li>[00:10:05] What happens when you move to another company </li><li>[00:11:50] Growth essentially needs to be unpacked.</li><li>[00:15:31] Cash needs to align with contribution.</li><li>[00:20:09] Opportunity wherein you can't go to another company because you pay the most in your current position.</li><li>[00:22:54] Understand what's motivating folks to stay.</li><li>[00:28:28] The reflection of your progression is through your capabilities. </li><li>[00:30:27] Position progression shouldn't have anything to do with managing people. </li><li>[00:33:33] Don't look at the years of experience, anyone can level up.</li><li>[00:36:19] Measure employee value by contributions, not by time employed.</li><li>[00:39:26] In smaller companies you can get your hands on stuff you couldn't touch before.</li><li>[00:42:45] People can outgrow the company, or grow faster than the company's growth. </li><li>[00:44:55] Title progression is not bound by who's ahead of you.</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Aug 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/655f27b9/bc6236e2.mp3" length="65922754" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2691</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Want to get your best employees to stick around?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how contribution outweighs years of service, capabilities dictate career progression, and why Startups enable accelerated career growth.   

Listen in for tips on expanding careers without the hierarchy.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Want to get your best employees to stick around?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how contribution outweighs years of service, capabilities dictate career progression, and why Startups enable accelerated career</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Early Retirement Is a Broken Concept</title>
      <itunes:episode>70</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>70</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Early Retirement Is a Broken Concept</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">640aaf71-3792-4b66-a07a-806147bff16f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f125c270</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you planned your retirement?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why retirement goals should start now, how early testing changes your plans, and what objectives to set immediately.   </p><p><br></p><p>Tune in for more retirement opportunities in your Startup game. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:01:06] Retirement is this day and age isn't what it used to be.  </li><li>[00:03:00] This concept of retirement. The work many of us do just doesn't have the same kind of drudgery that it used that retirement is the safety net from pain. </li><li>[00:05:00] It's about spending some more time doing things that you are already doing. </li><li>[00:07:56] Our startups should be helping us to get to our goals without necessarily having to sell. </li><li>[00:09:11] Deferred living: You can work on a startup for decades and not have it sell, and if you didn't design it towards that every day enjoyment.</li><li>[00:11:00] Retirement should be the things that you want to do. And the question is, how much of it can I do right now? </li><li>[00:12:50] Ease into it, figure out that one thing you want to do. </li><li>[00:18:30] It's like popping a bubble. If you just pop the bubble on whatever that dream is and it's still interesting, okay there's something there worth stressing for.   </li><li>[00:22:05] With retirement, we would have endless choices of what to. But can you spend 16 hours a day with something that isn't a job. </li><li>[00:25:00] For any major life event transition, you should be testing, you should be preparing yourself.</li><li>[00:26:20] Retirement should be something that you're constantly chipping away at, by creating more opportunities to spend the time the way you want it.</li><li>[00:28:00] If we look at retirement as a gateway, we can't retire. The ability to play tests is there, there's no reason you can't be doing these things.</li><li>[00:30:18] I don't think there are a lot of hobbies that activate us the way our jobs do.</li><li>[00:32:34] Do you really think that top performing professional athletes were still playing because they need the money? It wasn't retirement because they achieved financial success, they had satisfied themselves.</li><li>[00:34:14] There's a huge difference between wanting to retire and wanting to not do something you're already doing. </li><li>[00:34:55] The ultimate goal of retirement is that nothing changes, because all along we deliberately planned to get more and more time to do things we want to do.</li><li>[00:37:00] Instead of waiting for this amazing moment that can change it all, change a number of things year end, year out, eventually the things you want to do during retirement are already in place. </li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you planned your retirement?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why retirement goals should start now, how early testing changes your plans, and what objectives to set immediately.   </p><p><br></p><p>Tune in for more retirement opportunities in your Startup game. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:01:06] Retirement is this day and age isn't what it used to be.  </li><li>[00:03:00] This concept of retirement. The work many of us do just doesn't have the same kind of drudgery that it used that retirement is the safety net from pain. </li><li>[00:05:00] It's about spending some more time doing things that you are already doing. </li><li>[00:07:56] Our startups should be helping us to get to our goals without necessarily having to sell. </li><li>[00:09:11] Deferred living: You can work on a startup for decades and not have it sell, and if you didn't design it towards that every day enjoyment.</li><li>[00:11:00] Retirement should be the things that you want to do. And the question is, how much of it can I do right now? </li><li>[00:12:50] Ease into it, figure out that one thing you want to do. </li><li>[00:18:30] It's like popping a bubble. If you just pop the bubble on whatever that dream is and it's still interesting, okay there's something there worth stressing for.   </li><li>[00:22:05] With retirement, we would have endless choices of what to. But can you spend 16 hours a day with something that isn't a job. </li><li>[00:25:00] For any major life event transition, you should be testing, you should be preparing yourself.</li><li>[00:26:20] Retirement should be something that you're constantly chipping away at, by creating more opportunities to spend the time the way you want it.</li><li>[00:28:00] If we look at retirement as a gateway, we can't retire. The ability to play tests is there, there's no reason you can't be doing these things.</li><li>[00:30:18] I don't think there are a lot of hobbies that activate us the way our jobs do.</li><li>[00:32:34] Do you really think that top performing professional athletes were still playing because they need the money? It wasn't retirement because they achieved financial success, they had satisfied themselves.</li><li>[00:34:14] There's a huge difference between wanting to retire and wanting to not do something you're already doing. </li><li>[00:34:55] The ultimate goal of retirement is that nothing changes, because all along we deliberately planned to get more and more time to do things we want to do.</li><li>[00:37:00] Instead of waiting for this amazing moment that can change it all, change a number of things year end, year out, eventually the things you want to do during retirement are already in place. </li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f125c270/a5272eb8.mp3" length="36712609" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2212</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Have you planned your retirement?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why retirement goals should start now, how early testing changes your plans, and what objectives to set immediately.   

Tune in for more retirement opportunities in your Startup game. 

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you planned your retirement?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why retirement goals should start now, how early testing changes your plans, and what objectives to set immediately.   

Tune in for more retire</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why We Say "No"</title>
      <itunes:episode>69</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>69</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why We Say "No"</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6b66ab51-38c6-4a7b-9de2-58aec2f39706</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a60ea128</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does "No" mean never? Not exactly.</p><p>Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil &amp; Ryan discuss why saying "No" is just as much discipline as it is a luxury, how to build your confidence in saying "No", and when saying "No" can actually grow your business.</p><p>Whatever you do, don't say "No" to this episode!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does "No" mean never? Not exactly.</p><p>Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil &amp; Ryan discuss why saying "No" is just as much discipline as it is a luxury, how to build your confidence in saying "No", and when saying "No" can actually grow your business.</p><p>Whatever you do, don't say "No" to this episode!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a60ea128/3be63b66.mp3" length="55705872" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2266</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does "No" mean never? Not exactly.

Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil &amp;amp; Ryan discuss why saying "No" is just as much discipline as it is a luxury, how to build your confidence in saying "No", and when saying "No" can actually grow your business.

Whatever you do, don't say "No" to this episode!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does "No" mean never? Not exactly.

Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast, Wil &amp;amp; Ryan discuss why saying "No" is just as much discipline as it is a luxury, how to build your confidence in saying "No", and when saying "No" can actually grow your busin</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Much Money Does it Take to Be Rich?</title>
      <itunes:episode>68</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>68</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Much Money Does it Take to Be Rich?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dc1ae1ca-ed27-4012-a865-86768425bec1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9271fe56</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have safety assets for your next milestone bet?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the difference between personal and business safety, an optimized approach to running a Startup, and creating a safety net for every milestone.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how base-level stability can fundamentally change a business. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:33] How can I feel safe from Startup scam?</li><li>[00:02:10] Safety can be achieved at a much lower threshold. Now that I am safe, how do I become rich?</li><li>[00:06:22] Personal safety vs Business safety</li><li>[00:09:40] Optimizing approach to building a Startup</li><li>[00:12:06] What safety looks like as a milestone?</li><li>[00:13:40] Safety means you can weather a storm. What is a storm to you?</li><li>[00:17:03] Startup narrative: What safety really is and how important is it for businesses?</li><li>[00:19:31] Having a safety net allows you to do things you couldn't do.</li><li>[00:21:11] Establish real, specific milestones </li><li>[00:23:45] The safety that businesses should be looking for.</li><li>[00:25:49] Isolate your milestones, put your bet on something that doesn't impact your safety.</li><li>[00:27:00] Create base-level stability for the business.</li><li>[00:29:17] How focusing on getting to that safe point can fundamentally change the business.</li><li>[00:32:43] Once you're safe, becoming rich becomes a luxury goal.</li><li>[00:34:00] What do you need to be safe enough to make really big bets?</li><li>[00:36:18] Figure out exactly what safety looks like.</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have safety assets for your next milestone bet?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the difference between personal and business safety, an optimized approach to running a Startup, and creating a safety net for every milestone.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how base-level stability can fundamentally change a business. </p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:33] How can I feel safe from Startup scam?</li><li>[00:02:10] Safety can be achieved at a much lower threshold. Now that I am safe, how do I become rich?</li><li>[00:06:22] Personal safety vs Business safety</li><li>[00:09:40] Optimizing approach to building a Startup</li><li>[00:12:06] What safety looks like as a milestone?</li><li>[00:13:40] Safety means you can weather a storm. What is a storm to you?</li><li>[00:17:03] Startup narrative: What safety really is and how important is it for businesses?</li><li>[00:19:31] Having a safety net allows you to do things you couldn't do.</li><li>[00:21:11] Establish real, specific milestones </li><li>[00:23:45] The safety that businesses should be looking for.</li><li>[00:25:49] Isolate your milestones, put your bet on something that doesn't impact your safety.</li><li>[00:27:00] Create base-level stability for the business.</li><li>[00:29:17] How focusing on getting to that safe point can fundamentally change the business.</li><li>[00:32:43] Once you're safe, becoming rich becomes a luxury goal.</li><li>[00:34:00] What do you need to be safe enough to make really big bets?</li><li>[00:36:18] Figure out exactly what safety looks like.</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9271fe56/5d9833ac.mp3" length="35131104" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2188</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you have safety assets for your next milestone bet?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the difference between personal and business safety, an optimized approach to running a Startup, and creating a safety net for every milestone.

Listen in and learn how base-level stability can fundamentally change a business. 

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you have safety assets for your next milestone bet?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the difference between personal and business safety, an optimized approach to running a Startup, and creating a safety net fo</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimize for the Probability of an Outcome, Not the Size</title>
      <itunes:episode>67</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>67</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Optimize for the Probability of an Outcome, Not the Size</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">934a45d4-b757-4af1-a65e-f37c2f38ede0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/42673ee4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eager to prove that your business idea is the next big thing?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how to get more out of short-term goals, finding validation for Startup growth, and why funding doesn’t equal success. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to optimize probability for the best possible outcome!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:36] At what point was not aiming big enough the problem?</li><li>[00:03:01] Trying to hypothesize how big it could possibly be when you don't even know if it works when it's still small?</li><li>[00:07:49] You could start with one broken argument that says, well, it's going to take the same amount of time to build…</li><li>[00:13:37] You don't just set one goal and you kind of hang out until you hit that one goal. </li><li>[00:21:15] It now has to be a giant business to somehow have some sense for validation.</li><li>[00:22:08] You probably also don't need the funding to do a good job in that market.</li><li>[00:29:26] Make it work in a microcosm and then make it work somewhere else.</li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Eager to prove that your business idea is the next big thing?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how to get more out of short-term goals, finding validation for Startup growth, and why funding doesn’t equal success. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to optimize probability for the best possible outcome!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p><strong>What To Listen For:</strong></p><ul><li>[00:00:36] At what point was not aiming big enough the problem?</li><li>[00:03:01] Trying to hypothesize how big it could possibly be when you don't even know if it works when it's still small?</li><li>[00:07:49] You could start with one broken argument that says, well, it's going to take the same amount of time to build…</li><li>[00:13:37] You don't just set one goal and you kind of hang out until you hit that one goal. </li><li>[00:21:15] It now has to be a giant business to somehow have some sense for validation.</li><li>[00:22:08] You probably also don't need the funding to do a good job in that market.</li><li>[00:29:26] Make it work in a microcosm and then make it work somewhere else.</li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Jul 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/42673ee4/4b299c20.mp3" length="77950016" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1915</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Eager to prove that your business idea is the next big thing?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how to get more out of short-term goals, finding validation for Startup growth, and why funding doesn’t equal success. 

Listen in and learn how to optimize probability for the best possible outcome!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Eager to prove that your business idea is the next big thing?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how to get more out of short-term goals, finding validation for Startup growth, and why funding doesn’t equal success.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Reputation</title>
      <itunes:episode>66</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>66</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Reputation</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c33cfd22-205b-48eb-a2a6-aea6c30f82cc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/220d68d1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Reputation: we all have an understanding of the long term &amp; lasting impacts it has on your standing as a Founder, but how do we cultivate our reputation?</p><p>Today we discuss why reputation is so important, how your resume &amp; reputation are two very different things, and what the cost incurred if we don't take our reputations seriously.</p><p>Remember, your reputation is very hard to build &amp; very easy to destroy - so listen up!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Reputation: we all have an understanding of the long term &amp; lasting impacts it has on your standing as a Founder, but how do we cultivate our reputation?</p><p>Today we discuss why reputation is so important, how your resume &amp; reputation are two very different things, and what the cost incurred if we don't take our reputations seriously.</p><p>Remember, your reputation is very hard to build &amp; very easy to destroy - so listen up!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/220d68d1/56258aa4.mp3" length="66996272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2735</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Reputation: we all have an understanding of the long term &amp;amp; lasting impacts it has on your standing as a Founder, but how do we cultivate our reputation?

Today we discuss why reputation is so important, how your resume &amp;amp; reputation are two very different things, and what the cost incurred if we don't take our reputations seriously.

Remember, your reputation is very hard to build &amp;amp; very easy to destroy - so listen up!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Reputation: we all have an understanding of the long term &amp;amp; lasting impacts it has on your standing as a Founder, but how do we cultivate our reputation?

Today we discuss why reputation is so important, how your resume &amp;amp; reputation are two very</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do I Leave My Startup Stress at Work?</title>
      <itunes:episode>65</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>65</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Do I Leave My Startup Stress at Work?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">26d5ad41-4c98-490b-a269-87452f0bca06</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/37072f4b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, running a Startup is inherently stressful, right? Wrong!</p><p>Today we discuss why self-imposed stress is often unproductive and imagined, a few tactics to try that will help you leave Startup stress at work, and how to be more present when you are home.</p><p>Listen in to learn how to relax!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, running a Startup is inherently stressful, right? Wrong!</p><p>Today we discuss why self-imposed stress is often unproductive and imagined, a few tactics to try that will help you leave Startup stress at work, and how to be more present when you are home.</p><p>Listen in to learn how to relax!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/37072f4b/855b1ccb.mp3" length="42196112" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2552</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, running a Startup is inherently stressful, right? Wrong!

Today we discuss why self-imposed stress is often unproductive and imagined, a few tactics to try that will help you leave Startup stress at work, and how to be more present when you are home.

Listen in to learn how to relax!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, running a Startup is inherently stressful, right? Wrong!

Today we discuss why self-imposed stress is often unproductive and imagined, a few tactics to try that will help you leave Startup stress at work, and how to be more present when yo</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Can't I Be Happy Where I Am?</title>
      <itunes:episode>64</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>64</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Can't I Be Happy Where I Am?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2c550974-c20d-4d29-9271-a724ad654ed8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a94d92bf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why is it that as Founders, we feel like we must constantly be chasing something - otherwise we don't feel satisfied?</p><p>But sometimes happiness isn't just about reaching milestones &amp; crossing finish lines, so today we talk about why you're probably running from your fears, unpack our own flawed logic behind not taking a moment to celebrate our own successes, and you can take that much needed moment to breathe for yourself.</p><p>Listen in to find peace within Startup chaos!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why is it that as Founders, we feel like we must constantly be chasing something - otherwise we don't feel satisfied?</p><p>But sometimes happiness isn't just about reaching milestones &amp; crossing finish lines, so today we talk about why you're probably running from your fears, unpack our own flawed logic behind not taking a moment to celebrate our own successes, and you can take that much needed moment to breathe for yourself.</p><p>Listen in to find peace within Startup chaos!</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a94d92bf/bd421d65.mp3" length="37105572" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2309</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Why is it that as Founders, we feel like we must constantly be chasing something - otherwise we don't feel satisfied?

But sometimes happiness isn't just about reaching milestones &amp;amp; crossing finish lines, so today we talk about why you're probably running from your fears, unpack our own flawed logic behind not taking a moment to celebrate our own successes, and you can take that much needed moment to breathe for yourself.

Listen in to find peace within Startup chaos!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Why is it that as Founders, we feel like we must constantly be chasing something - otherwise we don't feel satisfied?

But sometimes happiness isn't just about reaching milestones &amp;amp; crossing finish lines, so today we talk about why you're probably r</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Are Big Cities Better For Startups?</title>
      <itunes:episode>63</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>63</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Are Big Cities Better For Startups?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">794017dd-b65b-4702-b104-cbfa7ad5b9da</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/01898faa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is it better to live as a Startup Founder in a major city?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss working from home, where to locate a company, and their experiences living in different areas.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to hear the benefits and setbacks of being in a major city.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p>What To Listen For:</p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:33] What are the <strong>pros and cons</strong> of being in a <strong>big city</strong> at this point?<ul><li>The pros are things like networking locally and easily socializing, the cons are lack of space and the costs are higher.</li></ul></li><li>[00:17:52] How has <strong>working from home</strong> currently changing how people live and work.<ul><li>People will see how easy it is to move and live in different locations.</li></ul></li><li>[00:21:39] What’s the benefit of moving to a place with<strong> cheaper housing</strong>?<ul><li>You can get a palace with is much nicer than cramped city living.</li></ul></li><li>[00:32:26] What about the<strong> importance of socialization</strong>?<ul><li>Socialization is done outside of working together.</li></ul></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is it better to live as a Startup Founder in a major city?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss working from home, where to locate a company, and their experiences living in different areas.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to hear the benefits and setbacks of being in a major city.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p>What To Listen For:</p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:33] What are the <strong>pros and cons</strong> of being in a <strong>big city</strong> at this point?<ul><li>The pros are things like networking locally and easily socializing, the cons are lack of space and the costs are higher.</li></ul></li><li>[00:17:52] How has <strong>working from home</strong> currently changing how people live and work.<ul><li>People will see how easy it is to move and live in different locations.</li></ul></li><li>[00:21:39] What’s the benefit of moving to a place with<strong> cheaper housing</strong>?<ul><li>You can get a palace with is much nicer than cramped city living.</li></ul></li><li>[00:32:26] What about the<strong> importance of socialization</strong>?<ul><li>Socialization is done outside of working together.</li></ul></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jun 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/01898faa/082b1c0f.mp3" length="88559265" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2210</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Is it better to live as a Startup Founder in a major city?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss working from home, where to locate a company, and their experiences living in different areas.

Tune in to hear the benefits and setbacks of being in a major city.

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Is it better to live as a Startup Founder in a major city?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss working from home, where to locate a company, and their experiences living in different areas.

Tune in to hear the ben</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Sometimes Shrinking is the Right Move</title>
      <itunes:episode>62</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>62</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Sometimes Shrinking is the Right Move</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4d597089-f763-43f6-9da4-fdbc9772e227</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/010dcffa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can downsizing your Startup be the right move for you?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter speak on the appropriate sizing of businesses, understanding the health of a business, and the importance of communicating these changes with your team.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to foster the longevity of your business.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Can downsizing your Startup be the right move for you?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter speak on the appropriate sizing of businesses, understanding the health of a business, and the importance of communicating these changes with your team.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to foster the longevity of your business.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/010dcffa/fa3ccafa.mp3" length="45788654" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1905</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Can downsizing your Startup be the right move for you?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter speak on the appropriate sizing of businesses, understanding the health of a business, and the importance of communicating these changes with your team.

Listen in to foster the longevity of your business.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Can downsizing your Startup be the right move for you?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter speak on the appropriate sizing of businesses, understanding the health of a business, and the importance of communicating these chan</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title> How Founders Should Communicate in a Crisis</title>
      <itunes:episode>61</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>61</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title> How Founders Should Communicate in a Crisis</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ecfc6da1-8812-4826-8343-64d80b81fc2b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c6f71ecf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have tactics that can be deployed to help manage during a crisis?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer talk on the crisis’ they’ve dealt with in the past, what works in managing during those instances, and beneficial communication tactics.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in learn how to best communicate amidst chaos!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p>What To Listen For:</p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:19] Their <strong>experience</strong> with going through <strong>crisis’</strong></li><li>[00:08:00] What happens <strong>after a crisis</strong> </li><li>[00:10:23] How they dealt with the 2000 - 2008 financial crisis</li><li>[00:12:25] Zirtual <strong>financial mismanagement</strong> </li><li>[00:15:10] Lessons learned from <strong>handling crisis’</strong></li><li>[00:30:22] On <strong>problematic communication </strong>during a crisis</li><li>[00:35:25] Get <strong>everybody</strong> on the <strong>same side of the table</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you have tactics that can be deployed to help manage during a crisis?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer talk on the crisis’ they’ve dealt with in the past, what works in managing during those instances, and beneficial communication tactics.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in learn how to best communicate amidst chaos!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p><p><br></p><p>What To Listen For:</p><p><br></p><ul><li>[00:00:19] Their <strong>experience</strong> with going through <strong>crisis’</strong></li><li>[00:08:00] What happens <strong>after a crisis</strong> </li><li>[00:10:23] How they dealt with the 2000 - 2008 financial crisis</li><li>[00:12:25] Zirtual <strong>financial mismanagement</strong> </li><li>[00:15:10] Lessons learned from <strong>handling crisis’</strong></li><li>[00:30:22] On <strong>problematic communication </strong>during a crisis</li><li>[00:35:25] Get <strong>everybody</strong> on the <strong>same side of the table</strong></li></ul>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c6f71ecf/4a62a9d3.mp3" length="89753089" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2762</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you have tactics that can be deployed to help manage during a crisis?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer talk on the crisis’ they’ve dealt with in the past, what works in managing during those instances, and beneficial communication tactics.

Tune in learn how to best communicate amidst chaos!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you have tactics that can be deployed to help manage during a crisis?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer talk on the crisis’ they’ve dealt with in the past, what works in managing during those instances, and beneficial co</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Opportunities In a Recession</title>
      <itunes:episode>60</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>60</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Opportunities In a Recession</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5ca472eb-9acd-42a6-8e86-789a1cad4323</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/eeccf06f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you feel like the recession is bringing your Startup to a standstill?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer discuss how to make this recession beneficial for your business, how to delegate and refocus, and why you should buy-in during the recession.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to optimize and weather the storm!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you feel like the recession is bringing your Startup to a standstill?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer discuss how to make this recession beneficial for your business, how to delegate and refocus, and why you should buy-in during the recession.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to optimize and weather the storm!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 May 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/eeccf06f/36601927.mp3" length="58861731" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2435</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you feel like the recession is bringing your Startup to a standstill?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer discuss how to make this recession beneficial for your business, how to delegate and refocus, and why you should buy-in during the recession.

Listen in and learn how to optimize and weather the storm!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you feel like the recession is bringing your Startup to a standstill?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroer discuss how to make this recession beneficial for your business, how to delegate and refocus, and why you should buy</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bringing On An Investor Means Hiring Your Boss</title>
      <itunes:episode>59</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>59</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bringing On An Investor Means Hiring Your Boss</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fa3932af-7289-4ad2-8d5c-e3c1faaf0492</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/325b3330</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does bringing on an investor mean you’re hiring you’re own boss?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss, what happens once we close the deal with investors, the nature of the relationship between the investors and the Founders, and the decision of hiring your own boss.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to understand how having investors could alter your business mode.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does bringing on an investor mean you’re hiring you’re own boss?</p><p><br></p><p>In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss, what happens once we close the deal with investors, the nature of the relationship between the investors and the Founders, and the decision of hiring your own boss.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to understand how having investors could alter your business mode.</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 May 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/325b3330/b476908e.mp3" length="36359132" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2262</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does bringing on an investor mean you’re hiring you’re own boss?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss, what happens once we close the deal with investors, the nature of the relationship between the investors and the Founders, and the decision of hiring your own boss.

Tune in to understand how having investors could alter your business mode.

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does bringing on an investor mean you’re hiring you’re own boss?

In this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss, what happens once we close the deal with investors, the nature of the relationship between the investors and the F</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Treat Departing Employees Like Future Employees</title>
      <itunes:episode>58</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>58</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Treat Departing Employees Like Future Employees</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e7b1cdc-1d5d-4afc-aed4-ae7e9725bc07</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f41d365b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you thought about the inevitability of an employee leaving your Startup?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how former employees can be either an asset or a liability, learning to not take an employee leaving personally, and extending yourself to help them in their career path even after they leave. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to encourage a happy send-off culture!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you thought about the inevitability of an employee leaving your Startup?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how former employees can be either an asset or a liability, learning to not take an employee leaving personally, and extending yourself to help them in their career path even after they leave. </p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn how to encourage a happy send-off culture!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 May 2020 03:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f41d365b/9607011d.mp3" length="61149107" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2511</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Have you thought about the inevitability of an employee leaving your Startup?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how former employees can be either an asset or a liability, learning to not take an employee leaving personally, and extending yourself to help them in their career path even after they leave. 

Listen in and learn how to encourage a happy send-off culture!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you thought about the inevitability of an employee leaving your Startup?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss how former employees can be either an asset or a liability, learning to not take an employee leaving p</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Forget Compensation, Let's Talk About Quality of Life</title>
      <itunes:episode>57</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>57</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Forget Compensation, Let's Talk About Quality of Life</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">9d7d0a9a-34f6-47e7-934f-cb6c387f4ace</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7a0fed66</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shouldn’t we still have health, happiness, and comfort while trying to grow a Startup?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why it’s important to focus on quality of life as a Founder, giving yourself permission to enjoy and take care of yourself, and the power of quality of life as a form of compensation. </p><p><br></p><p>Tune in and learn to take quality of life seriously!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Shouldn’t we still have health, happiness, and comfort while trying to grow a Startup?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why it’s important to focus on quality of life as a Founder, giving yourself permission to enjoy and take care of yourself, and the power of quality of life as a form of compensation. </p><p><br></p><p>Tune in and learn to take quality of life seriously!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7a0fed66/44f7ae59.mp3" length="52393103" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2141</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Shouldn’t we still have health, happiness, and comfort while trying to grow a Startup?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why it’s important to focus on quality of life as 
a Founder, giving yourself permission to enjoy and take care of yourself, and the power of quality of life as a form of compensation. 

Tune in and learn to take quality of life seriously!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Shouldn’t we still have health, happiness, and comfort while trying to grow a Startup?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss why it’s important to focus on quality of life as 
a Founder, giving yourself permission to </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What If This Was Our Last Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>56</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>56</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What If This Was Our Last Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">37214225-8ced-48e6-a29e-aada9d060925</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/0304ecdb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if we determined that what we're doing now is the thing we want to be doing for the rest of our lives?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the fulfillment of finishing, the dynamic of passion within mastery, and the habit of deferred living.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn to take advantage of the moment!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if we determined that what we're doing now is the thing we want to be doing for the rest of our lives?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the fulfillment of finishing, the dynamic of passion within mastery, and the habit of deferred living.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in and learn to take advantage of the moment!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2020 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/0304ecdb/938db1a6.mp3" length="56855913" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2330</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What if we determined that what we're doing now is the thing we want to be doing for the rest of our lives?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the fulfillment of finishing, the dynamic of passion within mastery, and the habit of deferred living.

Listen in and learn to take advantage of the moment!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What if we determined that what we're doing now is the thing we want to be doing for the rest of our lives?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss the fulfillment of finishing, the dynamic of passion within mastery, and</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What If the Founder Personality is a Liability For the Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>55</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>55</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What If the Founder Personality is a Liability For the Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2dbafe51-4446-4fcb-b5e4-3c6f2be0df79</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7e19f01c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you aware that how you respond to difficult situations affects whether or not the best solutions will be created?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss emotional intelligence, how your EQ affects business health, and why it’s important as a Founder to be self-aware that your personality influences the organization.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to learn why emotional intelligence is important!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Are you aware that how you respond to difficult situations affects whether or not the best solutions will be created?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss emotional intelligence, how your EQ affects business health, and why it’s important as a Founder to be self-aware that your personality influences the organization.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to learn why emotional intelligence is important!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7e19f01c/b145a735.mp3" length="42664612" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1741</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Are you aware that how you respond to difficult situations affects whether or not the best solutions will be created?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss emotional intelligence, how your EQ affects business health, and why it’s important as a Founder to be self-aware that your personality influences the organization.

Listen in to learn why emotional intelligence is important!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Are you aware that how you respond to difficult situations affects whether or not the best solutions will be created?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter discuss emotional intelligence, how your EQ affects business health, a</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>It's a Marathon - Not a Sprint</title>
      <itunes:episode>54</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>54</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>It's a Marathon - Not a Sprint</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">2d188bf8-0bad-4e97-ab6c-08d3bf3d4dfb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/99480081</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you know what it looks like to pace yourself for the long run as a Founder?</p><p><br></p><p>On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how to set your pace, how sprinting is an easy trap to fall into, and what happens when you push yourself too hard.</p><p><br></p><p>Remember, it’s a marathon - not a sprint!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Do you know what it looks like to pace yourself for the long run as a Founder?</p><p><br></p><p>On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how to set your pace, how sprinting is an easy trap to fall into, and what happens when you push yourself too hard.</p><p><br></p><p>Remember, it’s a marathon - not a sprint!</p><p><br></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</strong></p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2020 03:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/99480081/b319b67a.mp3" length="50318002" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2065</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Do you know what it looks like to pace yourself for the long run as a Founder?

On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how to set your pace, how sprinting is an easy trap to fall into, and what happens when you push yourself too hard.

Remember, it’s a marathon - not a sprint!</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Do you know what it looks like to pace yourself for the long run as a Founder?

On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how to set your pace, how sprinting is an easy trap to fall into, and what happens when you pus</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Should We Teach Kids About Entrepreneurship?</title>
      <itunes:episode>53</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>53</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Should We Teach Kids About Entrepreneurship?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">60c81e5e-e69a-46bf-9f80-11d031afff53</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5c8bcdf1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As parents and potential parents, what should we be teaching kids about Startup companies?</p><p><br></p><p>On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how entrepreneurship is not taught formally, the benefit of teaching it at a young age, and how ownership of ideas is important to a child’s intellectual growth.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to learn what can be done to nurture the entrepreneurial spirit in children.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As parents and potential parents, what should we be teaching kids about Startup companies?</p><p><br></p><p>On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how entrepreneurship is not taught formally, the benefit of teaching it at a young age, and how ownership of ideas is important to a child’s intellectual growth.</p><p><br></p><p>Tune in to learn what can be done to nurture the entrepreneurial spirit in children.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 29 Mar 2020 20:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5c8bcdf1/4cbb34d6.mp3" length="45142589" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1875</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As parents and potential parents, what should we be teaching kids about Startup companies?

On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how entrepreneurship is not taught formally, the benefit of teaching it at a young age, and how ownership of ideas is important to a child’s intellectual growth.

Tune in to learn what can be done to nurture the entrepreneurial spirit in children.

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As parents and potential parents, what should we be teaching kids about Startup companies?

On today’s episode of Startup Therapy, Ryan Rutan and Wil Schroter talk about how entrepreneurship is not taught formally, the benefit of teaching it at a young </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is it Okay to Show My Flaws?</title>
      <itunes:episode>52</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>52</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is it Okay to Show My Flaws?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7deccb29-c4c5-4871-9093-83d95308c6cc</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/41a5f17b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When is it okay for a Founder to be open with their team and business partners about their personal problems?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Wil Schroter &amp; Ryan Rutan open up about their past &amp; current struggles with anxiety, health issues, and being overly critical with themselves and their Startups.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear how we’ve come to learn to deal with our flaws in a healthy and productive manner, it can be done!</p><p><br></p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When is it okay for a Founder to be open with their team and business partners about their personal problems?</p><p><br></p><p>On this episode of Startup Therapy, Wil Schroter &amp; Ryan Rutan open up about their past &amp; current struggles with anxiety, health issues, and being overly critical with themselves and their Startups.</p><p><br></p><p>Listen in to hear how we’ve come to learn to deal with our flaws in a healthy and productive manner, it can be done!</p><p><br></p><p>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter</p><p><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter">https://www.startups.com/newsletter</a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Mar 2020 20:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/41a5f17b/e252bc61.mp3" length="55044260" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2279</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When is it okay for a Founder to be open with their team and business partners about their personal problems?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Ryan Rutan open up about their past &amp;amp; current struggles with anxiety, health issues, and being overly critical with themselves and their Startups.

Listen in to hear how we’ve come to learn to deal with our flaws in a healthy and productive manner, it can be done!

Sign up for the Startups Newsletter
https://www.startups.com/newsletter</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When is it okay for a Founder to be open with their team and business partners about their personal problems?

On this episode of Startup Therapy, Wil Schroter &amp;amp; Ryan Rutan open up about their past &amp;amp; current struggles with anxiety, health issues</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Celebrate Tiny Wins Like Super Bowls</title>
      <itunes:episode>51</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>51</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Celebrate Tiny Wins Like Super Bowls</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">74c55e3f-aa50-4511-a306-4c2369d95442</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7842b6dc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting a company is hard, growing a Startup is slow, and frankly there aren't many Super Bowl type moments. Don't get discouraged, instead celebrate the small wins because the small wins daily lead to success over time.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting a company is hard, growing a Startup is slow, and frankly there aren't many Super Bowl type moments. Don't get discouraged, instead celebrate the small wins because the small wins daily lead to success over time.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Mar 2020 20:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7842b6dc/f7912877.mp3" length="50534203" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2103</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Starting a company is hard, growing a Startup is slow, and frankly there aren't many Super Bowl type moments. Don't get discouraged, instead celebrate the small wins because the small wins daily lead to success over time.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Starting a company is hard, growing a Startup is slow, and frankly there aren't many Super Bowl type moments. Don't get discouraged, instead celebrate the small wins because the small wins daily lead to success over time.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Will Somebody Try to Steal My Startup Idea?</title>
      <itunes:episode>50</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>50</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Will Somebody Try to Steal My Startup Idea?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b9aedf5-300d-4e88-8f92-515c0cb18367</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e219c54f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Surely by now we've all seen The Social Network, but how much of a concern is it really if someone tries to steal our idea?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Surely by now we've all seen The Social Network, but how much of a concern is it really if someone tries to steal our idea?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 08 Mar 2020 20:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e219c54f/bbc78c24.mp3" length="44441179" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1849</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Surely by now we've all seen The Social Network, but how much of a concern is it really if someone tries to steal our Startup idea?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Surely by now we've all seen The Social Network, but how much of a concern is it really if someone tries to steal our Startup idea?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Problems Go Away With Time?</title>
      <itunes:episode>49</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>49</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Problems Go Away With Time?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">55d2bc4c-4950-497d-8fb3-305df1b0ef0a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6fe89091</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Running a Startup can be chaotic, we know this, but is it true that problems will go away with time? Not necessarily. Some do, some don't, listen in to learn how &amp; when to align your expectations for the unexpected.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Running a Startup can be chaotic, we know this, but is it true that problems will go away with time? Not necessarily. Some do, some don't, listen in to learn how &amp; when to align your expectations for the unexpected.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 01 Mar 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6fe89091/24bbb3af.mp3" length="40319115" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1677</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Running a Startup can be chaotic, we know this, but is it true that problems will go away with time? Not necessarily. Some do, some don't, listen in to learn how &amp;amp; when to align your expectations for the unexpected.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Running a Startup can be chaotic, we know this, but is it true that problems will go away with time? Not necessarily. Some do, some don't, listen in to learn how &amp;amp; when to align your expectations for the unexpected.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Will My Startup Make Me Happier?</title>
      <itunes:episode>48</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>48</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Will My Startup Make Me Happier?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dfa5e770-1c32-4ed4-afa8-a791e87176b8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bad0ead1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting a Startup is brutal, hard work - at what point do our companies finally start to pay us back?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Starting a Startup is brutal, hard work - at what point do our companies finally start to pay us back?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 23 Feb 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bad0ead1/ba6c49da.mp3" length="49425823" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2043</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Starting a Startup is brutal, hard work - at what point do our companies finally start to pay us back?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Starting a Startup is brutal, hard work - at what point do our companies finally start to pay us back?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is a $0 Salary a Badge of Honor?</title>
      <itunes:episode>47</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>47</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is a $0 Salary a Badge of Honor?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ba65e06a-f2f5-4633-a2f6-db0ecbd0b14a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5c7d3cb3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The $0 salary, is it the cool &amp; honorable thing to do, or is it completely &amp; utterly ridiculous? We'll find out today on this episode of Startup Therapy.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The $0 salary, is it the cool &amp; honorable thing to do, or is it completely &amp; utterly ridiculous? We'll find out today on this episode of Startup Therapy.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 16 Feb 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5c7d3cb3/ee25ab91.mp3" length="41971538" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1737</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The $0 salary, is it the cool &amp;amp; honorable thing to do, or is it completely &amp;amp; utterly ridiculous? We'll find out today on this episode of Startup Therapy.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The $0 salary, is it the cool &amp;amp; honorable thing to do, or is it completely &amp;amp; utterly ridiculous? We'll find out today on this episode of Startup Therapy.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What Happens After I'm Successful?</title>
      <itunes:episode>46</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>46</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What Happens After I'm Successful?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d69a3e36-ea6a-4f85-bf3c-6a16c9e7d62c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/583ce1a6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we answer the question: what happens after we achieve the success we've worked so hard to get?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we answer the question: what happens after we achieve the success we've worked so hard to get?</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 09 Feb 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/583ce1a6/3cc8e8ab.mp3" length="57244216" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2370</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we answer the question: what happens after we achieve the success we've worked so hard to get?</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we answer the question: what happens after we achieve the success we've worked so hard to get?</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Is Doing Non-Startup Stuff Good For My Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>45</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>45</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Is Doing Non-Startup Stuff Good For My Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c4cab5d3-0692-416c-a02e-2aa1484e3b22</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e2dc3faa</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We talk a lot about how much time we spend on our Startups, but what about doing stuff that's not Startup related? On today's episode of Startup Therapy we discuss why this important - not only for your own sanity, but for the growth of your company.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We talk a lot about how much time we spend on our Startups, but what about doing stuff that's not Startup related? On today's episode of Startup Therapy we discuss why this important - not only for your own sanity, but for the growth of your company.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 02 Feb 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e2dc3faa/5256c858.mp3" length="45675898" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1888</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>We talk a lot about how much time we spend on our Startups, but what about doing stuff that's not Startup related? On today's episode of Startup Therapy we discuss why this important - not only for your own sanity, but for the growth of your company.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>We talk a lot about how much time we spend on our Startups, but what about doing stuff that's not Startup related? On today's episode of Startup Therapy we discuss why this important - not only for your own sanity, but for the growth of your company.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Side Hustle</title>
      <itunes:episode>44</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>44</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Side Hustle</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d54dc3ac-3a37-487d-ba9b-5d601502f252</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f5d6355b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we're going to talk about the often misunderstood "Side Hustle" - why it's important, where it fits into Startup Life, and how to survive it... or when it's time to quit.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we're going to talk about the often misunderstood "Side Hustle" - why it's important, where it fits into Startup Life, and how to survive it... or when it's time to quit.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 26 Jan 2020 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f5d6355b/0ab5242e.mp3" length="55276066" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2286</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we're going to talk about the often misunderstood "Side Hustle" - why it's important, where it fits into Startup Life, and how to survive it... or when it's time to quit.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On today's episode of Startup Therapy we're going to talk about the often misunderstood "Side Hustle" - why it's important, where it fits into Startup Life, and how to survive it... or when it's time to quit.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Do Founders Need to be Good Managers?</title>
      <itunes:episode>43</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>43</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Do Founders Need to be Good Managers?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">8d229a7b-8548-415b-ad6f-0718898a7b00</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/56d3e9d4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, the day you incorporate your company you become a manager. Today on Startup Therapy we talk about why management is important, how no one's truly qualified for this role, and if you, as a Founder, even need to be your own manager.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, the day you incorporate your company you become a manager. Today on Startup Therapy we talk about why management is important, how no one's truly qualified for this role, and if you, as a Founder, even need to be your own manager.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sun, 15 Dec 2019 19:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/56d3e9d4/2440a6e0.mp3" length="57776873" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2404</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders, the day you incorporate your company you become a manager. Today on Startup Therapy we talk about why management is important, how no one's truly qualified for this role, and if you, as a Founder, even need to be your own manager.</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders, the day you incorporate your company you become a manager. Today on Startup Therapy we talk about why management is important, how no one's truly qualified for this role, and if you, as a Founder, even need to be your own manager.</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Fat, Sick, and Nearly Startup</title>
      <itunes:episode>42</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>42</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Fat, Sick, and Nearly Startup</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">263e51b2-1a23-11ea-a4ea-7772a30d9643</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/97f6cbdf</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, how can we deal with personal hardships that are often a result of our own Startups - while we're still running them? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we share very personal stories of our own struggles with health and well-being as we built Startups.com<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a><a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, how can we deal with personal hardships that are often a result of our own Startups - while we're still running them? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we share very personal stories of our own struggles with health and well-being as we built Startups.com<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a><a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Dec 2019 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/97f6cbdf/c5d78c89.mp3" length="80602452" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3347</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders, how can we deal with personal hardships that are often a result of our own Startups - while we're still running them? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we share very personal stories of our own struggles with health and well-being as we built Startups.com
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders, how can we deal with personal hardships that are often a result of our own Startups - while we're still running them? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we share very personal stories of our own struggles with health and well-being as we </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>I've Lost Interest In My Startup - Now What?</title>
      <itunes:episode>41</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>41</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>I've Lost Interest In My Startup - Now What?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4adf05f2-0f0b-11ea-8108-63b10894e9f4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/41e4fb36</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever caught yourself thinking - I don't love my Startup like I used to? Today we talk about similarities between relationships and Startups, why it's okay if the passion really has faded away, and a few actionable things you can do about it to help move on.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Ever caught yourself thinking - I don't love my Startup like I used to? Today we talk about similarities between relationships and Startups, why it's okay if the passion really has faded away, and a few actionable things you can do about it to help move on.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 Nov 2019 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/41e4fb36/12ca325d.mp3" length="54953694" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2278</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Ever caught yourself thinking - I don't love my Startup like I used to? Today we talk about similarities between relationships and Startups, why it's okay if the passion really has faded away, and a few actionable things you can do about it to help move on.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Ever caught yourself thinking - I don't love my Startup like I used to? Today we talk about similarities between relationships and Startups, why it's okay if the passion really has faded away, and a few actionable things you can do about it to help move o</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Bouncing Back from Failure</title>
      <itunes:episode>40</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>40</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Bouncing Back from Failure</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">f682a5aa-0969-11ea-9e45-f727a04cc18e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bd02eac5</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's a fact, most Startups fail...but we never actually think that could happen to ours, right? In today's episode of Startup Therapy we talk about how to bounce back from failure, why it's not as bad as it sounds, and we share our own stories of past failures.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>It's a fact, most Startups fail...but we never actually think that could happen to ours, right? In today's episode of Startup Therapy we talk about how to bounce back from failure, why it's not as bad as it sounds, and we share our own stories of past failures.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Nov 2019 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bd02eac5/9fbaccc9.mp3" length="47260488" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1967</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>It's a fact, most Startups fail...but we never actually think that could happen to ours, right? In today's episode of Startup Therapy we talk about how to bounce back from failure, why it's not as bad as it sounds, and we share our own stories of past failures.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>It's a fact, most Startups fail...but we never actually think that could happen to ours, right? In today's episode of Startup Therapy we talk about how to bounce back from failure, why it's not as bad as it sounds, and we share our own stories of past fai</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Founder Groups</title>
      <itunes:episode>39</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>39</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Founder Groups</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">086ba5ce-0400-11ea-a397-3f349347ee29</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bc3e2744</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Founder's journey can be a lonely one, but it doesn't have to be. In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we talk about why you should consider hosting Founder Groups, how they're helpful, and how they've helped us with our Startups.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>The Founder's journey can be a lonely one, but it doesn't have to be. In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we talk about why you should consider hosting Founder Groups, how they're helpful, and how they've helped us with our Startups.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Nov 2019 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bc3e2744/a79251a2.mp3" length="72831892" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3032</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>The Founder's journey can be a lonely one, but it doesn't have to be. In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we talk about why you should consider hosting Founder Groups, how they're helpful, and how they've helped us with our Startups.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>The Founder's journey can be a lonely one, but it doesn't have to be. In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we talk about why you should consider hosting Founder Groups, how they're helpful, and how they've helped us with our Startups.
Learn more about </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>What to Expect in the First Year</title>
      <itunes:episode>38</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>38</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>What to Expect in the First Year</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1e9abb90-fe93-11e9-8e23-ab4480791215</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/9cefaa6e</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we think we know how our products and businesses will look and function for years to come, but as with time it's nearly impossible to expect the unexpected. In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we discuss what our Startups looked like in year 1, so you might have a better idea of what to expect in your first year too.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we think we know how our products and businesses will look and function for years to come, but as with time it's nearly impossible to expect the unexpected. In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we discuss what our Startups looked like in year 1, so you might have a better idea of what to expect in your first year too.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 04 Nov 2019 02:00:00 -0800</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/9cefaa6e/28416ec8.mp3" length="53834463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2241</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders, we think we know how our products and businesses will look and function for years to come, but as with time it's nearly impossible to expect the unexpected. In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we discuss what our Startups looked like in year 1, so you might have a better idea of what to expect in your first year too.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders, we think we know how our products and businesses will look and function for years to come, but as with time it's nearly impossible to expect the unexpected. In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we discuss what our Startups looke</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Overwhelmed.</title>
      <itunes:episode>37</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>37</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Overwhelmed.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7f067652-f913-11e9-8de8-9b133dffe528</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e6ac0a02</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, do you find yourself overwhelmed...and frustrated that things aren't moving forward as fast as you like? Startups are often portrayed as a go big or go home affair, and as Founders it's easy to get caught up chasing monumental goals and forget about the daily actions that will actually get us there.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a><a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, do you find yourself overwhelmed...and frustrated that things aren't moving forward as fast as you like? Startups are often portrayed as a go big or go home affair, and as Founders it's easy to get caught up chasing monumental goals and forget about the daily actions that will actually get us there.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"></a></p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a><a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 28 Oct 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e6ac0a02/5c74f74b.mp3" length="54611008" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2273</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, do you find yourself overwhelmed...and frustrated that things aren't moving forward as fast as you like? Startups are often portrayed as a go big or go home affair, and as Founders it's easy to get caught up chasing monumental goals and forget about the daily actions that will actually get us there.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, do you find yourself overwhelmed...and frustrated that things aren't moving forward as fast as you like? Startups are often portrayed as a go big or go home affair, and as Founders it's easy to get caught up chasing monumental goals and forg</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Why Am I So Lonely?</title>
      <itunes:episode>36</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>36</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Why Am I So Lonely?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0158a272-eeb2-11e9-af7d-c3e9c3157b6f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b2e0f2d</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, do you find yourself feeling isolated, anxious, or alone? We've all heard the phrase, "it's lonely at the top", but as Founders we do far more than hear it...we live it. On today's Startup Therapy, we're going to talk about why loneliness is part of the Founder journey and what we can do to minimize the negative impacts it has on our lives, our families, and our Startups.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, do you find yourself feeling isolated, anxious, or alone? We've all heard the phrase, "it's lonely at the top", but as Founders we do far more than hear it...we live it. On today's Startup Therapy, we're going to talk about why loneliness is part of the Founder journey and what we can do to minimize the negative impacts it has on our lives, our families, and our Startups.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Oct 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7b2e0f2d/59eb34ce.mp3" length="64437463" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2683</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, do you find yourself feeling isolated, anxious, or alone? We've all heard the phrase, "it's lonely at the top", but as Founders we do far more than hear it...we live it. On today's Startup Therapy, we're going to talk about why loneliness is part of the Founder journey and what we can do to minimize the negative impacts it has on our lives, our families, and our Startups.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, do you find yourself feeling isolated, anxious, or alone? We've all heard the phrase, "it's lonely at the top", but as Founders we do far more than hear it...we live it. On today's Startup Therapy, we're going to talk about why loneliness is</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do I Get People to Take Me Seriously?</title>
      <itunes:episode>35</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>35</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Do I Get People to Take Me Seriously?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a5b94520-edee-11e9-b126-bb3ca13a948f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/f1e7d3e7</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, does it feel like every time you walk into a room you're being judged before a single word comes out of your mouth? Do you feel like it's always an uphill battle to be taken seriously? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll look at why it takes so much work to be taken seriously and what we can do to thumb the scales in our favor.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, does it feel like every time you walk into a room you're being judged before a single word comes out of your mouth? Do you feel like it's always an uphill battle to be taken seriously? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll look at why it takes so much work to be taken seriously and what we can do to thumb the scales in our favor.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/f1e7d3e7/5920b150.mp3" length="54462629" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2267</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, does it feel like every time you walk into a room you're being judged before a single word comes out of your mouth? Do you feel like it's always an uphill battle to be taken seriously? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll look at why it takes so much work to be taken seriously and what we can do to thumb the scales in our favor.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, does it feel like every time you walk into a room you're being judged before a single word comes out of your mouth? Do you feel like it's always an uphill battle to be taken seriously? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll look at why it takes s</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Much Is Our Freedom Worth?</title>
      <itunes:episode>34</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>34</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Much Is Our Freedom Worth?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a76c182c-e6fd-11e9-bff0-87a9a7d08bc0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7559930a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders we value our freedom, but how much? When was the last time you considered the value, and the cost, of your freedom as a Founder? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll discuss both sides of the Founder Freedom coin - the costs and the benefits.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders we value our freedom, but how much? When was the last time you considered the value, and the cost, of your freedom as a Founder? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll discuss both sides of the Founder Freedom coin - the costs and the benefits.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Oct 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7559930a/8612bab0.mp3" length="53333017" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2220</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders we value our freedom, but how much? When was the last time you considered the value, and the cost, of your freedom as a Founder? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll discuss both sides of the Founder Freedom coin - the costs and the benefits.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders we value our freedom, but how much? When was the last time you considered the value, and the cost, of your freedom as a Founder? On today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll discuss both sides of the Founder Freedom coin - the costs and the be</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Do I Quit My Own Startup?</title>
      <itunes:episode>33</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>33</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Do I Quit My Own Startup?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">b5e92b10-da64-11e9-b501-d7714333983b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/d6377fe1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we know that Startups fail, and we end up moving on, but what happens when a Startup's doing really well but we want to move on anyway? On today's episode we discuss the reasons you may be compelled to quit your own Startup, how to fill the role you leave empty, and what life after quitting might look like.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we know that Startups fail, and we end up moving on, but what happens when a Startup's doing really well but we want to move on anyway? On today's episode we discuss the reasons you may be compelled to quit your own Startup, how to fill the role you leave empty, and what life after quitting might look like.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Sep 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/d6377fe1/8f0eced9.mp3" length="59956350" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2496</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders, we know that Startups fail, and we end up moving on, but what happens when a Startup's doing really well but we want to move on anyway? On today's episode we discuss the reasons you may be compelled to quit your own Startup, how to fill the role you leave empty, and what life after quitting might look like.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders, we know that Startups fail, and we end up moving on, but what happens when a Startup's doing really well but we want to move on anyway? On today's episode we discuss the reasons you may be compelled to quit your own Startup, how to fill the r</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Can I Have a Boss Again?</title>
      <itunes:episode>32</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>32</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Can I Have a Boss Again?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d0afcdda-da4d-11e9-b827-07d957ba1b2b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b1c4f8bd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, I've asked myself...can I ever be an employee again? What happens if I'm forced into reporting to someone else now that I've tasted the freedom of Founderhood. Maybe you have too? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll discuss what happens when you have to stop being a boss and start having one.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, I've asked myself...can I ever be an employee again? What happens if I'm forced into reporting to someone else now that I've tasted the freedom of Founderhood. Maybe you have too? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll discuss what happens when you have to stop being a boss and start having one.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 23 Sep 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b1c4f8bd/edf10e7d.mp3" length="58831516" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2449</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, I've asked myself...can I ever be an employee again? What happens if I'm forced into reporting to someone else now that I've tasted the freedom of Founderhood. Maybe you have too? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll discuss what happens when you have to stop being a boss and start having one.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, I've asked myself...can I ever be an employee again? What happens if I'm forced into reporting to someone else now that I've tasted the freedom of Founderhood. Maybe you have too? On today's Startup Therapy, we'll discuss what happens when y</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Am I Safe?</title>
      <itunes:episode>31</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>31</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Am I Safe?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4772883c-d4c1-11e9-ac76-43ea9878b019</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c5a431a2</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, when the business is struggling it can feel that that struggle is linked to your personal life, your personal safety, and you could suffer greatly as a result. On today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about how important it is to isolate feelings of startup peril from those of personal safety, for your good and that of the business.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, when the business is struggling it can feel that that struggle is linked to your personal life, your personal safety, and you could suffer greatly as a result. On today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about how important it is to isolate feelings of startup peril from those of personal safety, for your good and that of the business.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Sep 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c5a431a2/a39d5bab.mp3" length="60669960" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2526</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, when the business is struggling it can feel that that struggle is linked to your personal life, your personal safety, and you could suffer greatly as a result. On today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about how important it is to isolate feelings of startup peril from those of personal safety, for your good and that of the business.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, when the business is struggling it can feel that that struggle is linked to your personal life, your personal safety, and you could suffer greatly as a result. On today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about how important it is to isolat</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Things We Don't Want To Do</title>
      <itunes:episode>30</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>30</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Things We Don't Want To Do</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">03bc9544-d276-11e9-9d73-67d507c2dd07</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3c71ab7f</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders we spend a lot of time thinking about what we want to accomplish, but have you ever sat down and really given thought to using the freedom that comes with being a Founder to say, "Here's some things I NEVER want to do again"? On today's episode, we talk about the power of reducing stress by building a Startup we love, in an environment intentionally designed to avoid the things we loathe.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders we spend a lot of time thinking about what we want to accomplish, but have you ever sat down and really given thought to using the freedom that comes with being a Founder to say, "Here's some things I NEVER want to do again"? On today's episode, we talk about the power of reducing stress by building a Startup we love, in an environment intentionally designed to avoid the things we loathe.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3c71ab7f/09c470e5.mp3" length="65866361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2742</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders we spend a lot of time thinking about what we want to accomplish, but have you ever sat down and really given thought to using the freedom that comes with being a Founder to say, "Here's some things I NEVER want to do again"? On today's episode, we talk about the power of reducing stress by building a Startup we love, in an environment intentionally designed to avoid the things we loathe.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders we spend a lot of time thinking about what we want to accomplish, but have you ever sat down and really given thought to using the freedom that comes with being a Founder to say, "Here's some things I NEVER want to do again"? On today's episod</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Work From Home</title>
      <itunes:episode>29</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>29</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Work From Home</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">6d888572-cb51-11e9-9f23-3f4de92bcf70</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/b69e4d4a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is remote work bullshit? In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast were going to talk about when and how remote work &amp; work-from-home policies can really have a positive impact on a Startup.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Is remote work bullshit? In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast were going to talk about when and how remote work &amp; work-from-home policies can really have a positive impact on a Startup.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 02 Sep 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/b69e4d4a/88c67a31.mp3" length="43066068" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2688</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Is remote work bullshit? In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast were going to talk about when and how remote work &amp;amp; work-from-home policies can really have a positive impact on a Startup.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Is remote work bullshit? In today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast were going to talk about when and how remote work &amp;amp; work-from-home policies can really have a positive impact on a Startup.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.f</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>My Company is Worth Millions...Why Am I Broke?</title>
      <itunes:episode>28</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>28</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>My Company is Worth Millions...Why Am I Broke?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ebf86a02-c797-11e9-981b-e34773f6e321</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/5e04477b</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does the idea of building a business worth millions that leaves you, as the Founder, broke seem unfair? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast we'll explore why building something of great value doesn't directly or immediately turn into value for us, as Founders.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does the idea of building a business worth millions that leaves you, as the Founder, broke seem unfair? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast we'll explore why building something of great value doesn't directly or immediately turn into value for us, as Founders.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 26 Aug 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/5e04477b/1c88fd3e.mp3" length="56943661" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2370</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does the idea of building a business worth millions that leaves you, as the Founder, broke seem unfair? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast we'll explore why building something of great value doesn't directly or immediately turn into value for us, as Founders.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does the idea of building a business worth millions that leaves you, as the Founder, broke seem unfair? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast we'll explore why building something of great value doesn't directly or immediately turn into value f</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should I Pay People With Equity?</title>
      <itunes:episode>27</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>27</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should I Pay People With Equity?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">daa0120e-c04f-11e9-875d-57b0afac9412</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/759dadeb</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Paying people with equity is a time-honored tradition in cash-starved startup land, however, have you ever stopped to consider the real cost? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about the real cost of treating equity like cash when it represents 100%  of the future return on your efforts.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Paying people with equity is a time-honored tradition in cash-starved startup land, however, have you ever stopped to consider the real cost? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about the real cost of treating equity like cash when it represents 100%  of the future return on your efforts.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 19 Aug 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/759dadeb/3a0fea6f.mp3" length="55429109" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2307</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Paying people with equity is a time-honored tradition in cash-starved startup land, however, have you ever stopped to consider the real cost? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about the real cost of treating equity like cash when it represents 100%  of the future return on your efforts.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Paying people with equity is a time-honored tradition in cash-starved startup land, however, have you ever stopped to consider the real cost? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we'll talk about the real cost of treating equity like cash when it represents</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When Should Someone Else Run My Company?</title>
      <itunes:episode>26</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>26</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When Should Someone Else Run My Company?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">449cea6e-bb01-11e9-8197-c7b8b6189a9c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7b5b2b49</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to discuss why superior managerial skills don't necessarily trump a Founder's passion and knowledge as a company scales, and how to decide what to let go of...and when.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>On today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to discuss why superior managerial skills don't necessarily trump a Founder's passion and knowledge as a company scales, and how to decide what to let go of...and when.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7b5b2b49/884a189f.mp3" length="55425476" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2307</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>On today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to discuss why superior managerial skills don't necessarily trump a Founder's passion and knowledge as a company scales, and how to decide what to let go of...and when.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>On today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to discuss why superior managerial skills don't necessarily trump a Founder's passion and knowledge as a company scales, and how to decide what to let go of...and when.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visi</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Cost of Toxic Employees</title>
      <itunes:episode>25</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>25</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Cost of Toxic Employees</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ae003288-b221-11e9-9400-e72d2ac2bd84</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e5ef27a4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>We all know the value of having a star player on our team or an amazing co-Founder, but what about the opposite? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we'll discuss how to handle, identify, and handle toxic teammates before their impact spreads across the organization.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>We all know the value of having a star player on our team or an amazing co-Founder, but what about the opposite? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we'll discuss how to handle, identify, and handle toxic teammates before their impact spreads across the organization.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 05 Aug 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e5ef27a4/0deba418.mp3" length="62235435" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2591</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>We all know the value of having a star player on our team or an amazing co-Founder, but what about the opposite? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we'll discuss how to handle, identify, and handle toxic teammates before their impact spreads across the organization.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>We all know the value of having a star player on our team or an amazing co-Founder, but what about the opposite? On today's episode of the Startup Therapy podcast, we'll discuss how to handle, identify, and handle toxic teammates before their impact sprea</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>An Exit Plan</title>
      <itunes:episode>24</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>24</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>An Exit Plan</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">64578f0e-b1be-11e9-a37f-4fa885c80786</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/05b7c640</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we're all familiar with the concept of an exit plan. In today's Startup Therapy podcast we discuss what you actually CAN plan for,  what happens if you don't plan at all, or if you don't actually want to sell.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As Founders, we're all familiar with the concept of an exit plan. In today's Startup Therapy podcast we discuss what you actually CAN plan for,  what happens if you don't plan at all, or if you don't actually want to sell.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/05b7c640/46d1ab9d.mp3" length="67799858" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2823</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As Founders, we're all familiar with the concept of an exit plan. In today's Startup Therapy podcast we discuss what you actually CAN plan for,  what happens if you don't plan at all, or if you don't actually want to sell.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As Founders, we're all familiar with the concept of an exit plan. In today's Startup Therapy podcast we discuss what you actually CAN plan for,  what happens if you don't plan at all, or if you don't actually want to sell.
Learn more about your ad choice</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Much Should I Be Working?</title>
      <itunes:episode>23</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>23</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Much Should I Be Working?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">ce60843a-aa77-11e9-983a-ab6c18c08021</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/7a8482e1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When was the last time you asked yourself - "How much should I actually be working?" Probably never because the answer is obvious, 24/7 right? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to dig into the notion that more hours equal more growth. While there's truth to that assumption, we'll explore how to think quality and not quantity when it comes to your weekly punch card.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When was the last time you asked yourself - "How much should I actually be working?" Probably never because the answer is obvious, 24/7 right? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to dig into the notion that more hours equal more growth. While there's truth to that assumption, we'll explore how to think quality and not quantity when it comes to your weekly punch card.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/7a8482e1/4d8149f4.mp3" length="55597312" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2314</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When was the last time you asked yourself - "How much should I actually be working?" Probably never because the answer is obvious, 24/7 right? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to dig into the notion that more hours equal more growth. While there's truth to that assumption, we'll explore how to think quality and not quantity when it comes to your weekly punch card.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When was the last time you asked yourself - "How much should I actually be working?" Probably never because the answer is obvious, 24/7 right? In today's Startup Therapy podcast we're going to dig into the notion that more hours equal more growth. While t</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Should I Regret Not Raising Capital?</title>
      <itunes:episode>22</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>22</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Should I Regret Not Raising Capital?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">7ac0e50e-a6a8-11e9-a9ea-2f80604c6eb1</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/e98e0be1</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever asked yourself, do I need to raise capital to be successful? In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll talk about you why probably don't need to regret NOT raising capital, at least not yet. <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Have you ever asked yourself, do I need to raise capital to be successful? In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll talk about you why probably don't need to regret NOT raising capital, at least not yet. <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/e98e0be1/c29ba5f7.mp3" length="57926295" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2411</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Have you ever asked yourself, do I need to raise capital to be successful? In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll talk about you why probably don't need to regret NOT raising capital, at least not yet. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Have you ever asked yourself, do I need to raise capital to be successful? In today's episode of Startup Therapy, we'll talk about you why probably don't need to regret NOT raising capital, at least not yet. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megap</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Burnt. Out.</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Burnt. Out.</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">d7e10bfe-9151-11e9-b256-0b8c6d066d8e</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ae389bb6</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>How are you feeling today? Chances are, as a Founder - some version of tired, worn out, mentally foggy, or stressed part of the answer. Today, we're going to dive into burn out. How to see it coming, how to avoid it, and how to recharge when you've gone too far.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>How are you feeling today? Chances are, as a Founder - some version of tired, worn out, mentally foggy, or stressed part of the answer. Today, we're going to dive into burn out. How to see it coming, how to avoid it, and how to recharge when you've gone too far.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ae389bb6/768bad9d.mp3" length="68129361" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2836</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>How are you feeling today? Chances are, as a Founder - some version of tired, worn out, mentally foggy, or stressed part of the answer. Today, we're going to dive into burn out. How to see it coming, how to avoid it, and how to recharge when you've gone too far.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>How are you feeling today? Chances are, as a Founder - some version of tired, worn out, mentally foggy, or stressed part of the answer. Today, we're going to dive into burn out. How to see it coming, how to avoid it, and how to recharge when you've gone t</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Steve Blank - When Startups Shed Their Skin</title>
      <itunes:episode>21</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>21</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Steve Blank - When Startups Shed Their Skin</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>bonus</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">a9666432-9f38-11e9-95b2-97733130b5a7</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ed5cc9fc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's bonus episode, we talk to Steve Blank - the godfather of Silicon Valley</p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices">megaphone.fm/adchoices<br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In today's bonus episode, we talk to Steve Blank - the godfather of Silicon Valley</p><p>Learn more about your ad choices. Visit <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices">megaphone.fm/adchoices<br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ed5cc9fc/7bbc138c.mp3" length="69392880" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2889</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In today's bonus episode, we talk to Steve Blank - the godfather of Silicon Valley
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In today's bonus episode, we talk to Steve Blank - the godfather of Silicon Valley
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Am I a Fraud?</title>
      <itunes:episode>20</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>20</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Am I a Fraud?</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">fede7a86-914f-11e9-8479-23efd4f643eb</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/89e6679a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, when was the last time you felt like you had no idea what you were doing? Today we talk about why feeling like a fraud is actually a very normal part of Founder life.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, when was the last time you felt like you had no idea what you were doing? Today we talk about why feeling like a fraud is actually a very normal part of Founder life.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jul 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/89e6679a/3608f0b4.mp3" length="49618505" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2065</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, when was the last time you felt like you had no idea what you were doing? Today we talk about why feeling like a fraud is actually a very normal part of Founder life.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, when was the last time you felt like you had no idea what you were doing? Today we talk about why feeling like a fraud is actually a very normal part of Founder life.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Work Life Balance</title>
      <itunes:episode>19</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>19</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Work Life Balance</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">87a83e1c-914e-11e9-8969-ff53d6d19f50</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/93e84af3</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Stay longer. Work harder. Sleep less...as startup Founders we've all gone through periods where this felt necessary. Today we'll talk about what you can do to balance life and startup, and why it's actually beneficial for you and your startup to do so.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Stay longer. Work harder. Sleep less...as startup Founders we've all gone through periods where this felt necessary. Today we'll talk about what you can do to balance life and startup, and why it's actually beneficial for you and your startup to do so.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 24 Jun 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/93e84af3/159b6717.mp3" length="53293433" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2218</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Stay longer. Work harder. Sleep less...as startup Founders we've all gone through periods where this felt necessary. Today we'll talk about what you can do to balance life and startup, and why it's actually beneficial for you and your startup to do so.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Stay longer. Work harder. Sleep less...as startup Founders we've all gone through periods where this felt necessary. Today we'll talk about what you can do to balance life and startup, and why it's actually beneficial for you and your startup to do so.
L</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Preparing Your Spouse For a Startup</title>
      <itunes:episode>18</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>18</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Preparing Your Spouse For a Startup</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0f7d56b6-84e7-11e9-b86d-1b034d3333b0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/6fbeb8b4</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, you've likely spent years in the build-up to actually starting your company, but how much time did you dedicate to preparing your spouse for the leap into entrepreneurship?</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, you've likely spent years in the build-up to actually starting your company, but how much time did you dedicate to preparing your spouse for the leap into entrepreneurship?</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Jun 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/6fbeb8b4/0964c9cc.mp3" length="77360626" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3221</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, you've likely spent years in the build-up to actually starting your company, but how much time did you dedicate to preparing your spouse for the leap into entrepreneurship?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, you've likely spent years in the build-up to actually starting your company, but how much time did you dedicate to preparing your spouse for the leap into entrepreneurship?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Equity Doesn't Mean Equal</title>
      <itunes:episode>17</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>17</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Equity Doesn't Mean Equal</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c69a72d0-8487-11e9-abae-7731425750a2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/ec5fd594</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>50-50, even-Steven, when splitting equity equal is best, right? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we discuss why cutting things right down the middle is rarely fair to start and only gets further out of balance as time goes on.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>50-50, even-Steven, when splitting equity equal is best, right? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we discuss why cutting things right down the middle is rarely fair to start and only gets further out of balance as time goes on.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 10 Jun 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/ec5fd594/089e7c76.mp3" length="47928895" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1995</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>50-50, even-Steven, when splitting equity equal is best, right? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we discuss why cutting things right down the middle is rarely fair to start and only gets further out of balance as time goes on.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>50-50, even-Steven, when splitting equity equal is best, right? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we discuss why cutting things right down the middle is rarely fair to start and only gets further out of balance as time goes on.
Learn more about your a</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How to Shut Down Gracefully</title>
      <itunes:episode>16</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>16</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How to Shut Down Gracefully</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">4ce980fc-8487-11e9-b403-4b9ebdfb934c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/282074cd</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why is it everyone talks about starting companies, but nobody ever tells us how to shut them down? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we'll cover how to wind down a startup with as much grace as possible.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Why is it everyone talks about starting companies, but nobody ever tells us how to shut them down? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we'll cover how to wind down a startup with as much grace as possible.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 03 Jun 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/282074cd/610bcd8b.mp3" length="88115022" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3669</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Why is it everyone talks about starting companies, but nobody ever tells us how to shut them down? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we'll cover how to wind down a startup with as much grace as possible.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Why is it everyone talks about starting companies, but nobody ever tells us how to shut them down? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we'll cover how to wind down a startup with as much grace as possible.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megapho</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Growth Isn't Always Good</title>
      <itunes:episode>15</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>15</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Growth Isn't Always Good</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c0aa59ac-7ffb-11e9-b7a9-d7e8d4882b2f</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/39ae2c4c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if I told you growth doesn't always make a startup better? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we're going to talk about why the focus should be making our startups better, not just bigger.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if I told you growth doesn't always make a startup better? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we're going to talk about why the focus should be making our startups better, not just bigger.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 May 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/39ae2c4c/1984fe0f.mp3" length="63045010" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2625</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What if I told you growth doesn't always make a startup better? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we're going to talk about why the focus should be making our startups better, not just bigger.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What if I told you growth doesn't always make a startup better? Today on the Startup Therapy podcast we're going to talk about why the focus should be making our startups better, not just bigger.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adcho</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Advisors are Probably Wrong</title>
      <itunes:episode>14</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>14</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Your Advisors are Probably Wrong</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e9fcea4c-79a0-11e9-9db3-cf6cf630b4cd</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/60403d85</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the advice you're getting from the smartest people you know...is wrong?</p><p>Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast we'll discuss how to seek advice, how to ensure you're getting the best advice, and how not to fall into the trap of letting other people's experiences dictate your actions.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if the advice you're getting from the smartest people you know...is wrong?</p><p>Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast we'll discuss how to seek advice, how to ensure you're getting the best advice, and how not to fall into the trap of letting other people's experiences dictate your actions.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 May 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/60403d85/99750b8e.mp3" length="61114345" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2544</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What if the advice you're getting from the smartest people you know...is wrong?
Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast we'll discuss how to seek advice, how to ensure you're getting the best advice, and how not to fall into the trap of letting other people's experiences dictate your actions.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What if the advice you're getting from the smartest people you know...is wrong?
Today on the Startup Therapy Podcast we'll discuss how to seek advice, how to ensure you're getting the best advice, and how not to fall into the trap of letting other people</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How I Harness My Startup Anxiety</title>
      <itunes:episode>13</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>13</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How I Harness My Startup Anxiety</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5547eb00-65f4-11e9-b54c-c77a85ecbbad</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c222d734</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does your startup produce more anxiety than revenue? Does your morning routine consist of running down an endless list of worries? Do you lie awake at night and regret ever starting your business? Today we're going to explore why anxiety is a part of every founder's life.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Does your startup produce more anxiety than revenue? Does your morning routine consist of running down an endless list of worries? Do you lie awake at night and regret ever starting your business? Today we're going to explore why anxiety is a part of every founder's life.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 May 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c222d734/f5eb2102.mp3" length="57111379" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2377</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Does your startup produce more anxiety than revenue? Does your morning routine consist of running down an endless list of worries? Do you lie awake at night and regret ever starting your business? Today we're going to explore why anxiety is a part of every founder's life.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Does your startup produce more anxiety than revenue? Does your morning routine consist of running down an endless list of worries? Do you lie awake at night and regret ever starting your business? Today we're going to explore why anxiety is a part of ever</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>How Much to Pay Yourself</title>
      <itunes:episode>12</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>12</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>How Much to Pay Yourself</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">e6f66344-65f2-11e9-b64c-632e7b207af8</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/a5aba697</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, should your startup's salary be on par with whatever you were making at your last job? Or should you tough it out and not get paid at all? The answer is probably neither of those options.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>As a Founder, should your startup's salary be on par with whatever you were making at your last job? Or should you tough it out and not get paid at all? The answer is probably neither of those options.</p><p><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 May 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/a5aba697/60a6f85d.mp3" length="76210261" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>3173</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>As a Founder, should your startup's salary be on par with whatever you were making at your last job? Or should you tough it out and not get paid at all? The answer is probably neither of those options.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>As a Founder, should your startup's salary be on par with whatever you were making at your last job? Or should you tough it out and not get paid at all? The answer is probably neither of those options.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When to Raise Funds</title>
      <itunes:episode>11</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>11</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When to Raise Funds</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">479a05e6-6131-11e9-a41a-1345331334a5</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4eb15a52</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the most common questions among Founders is - Do I have to raise money for my startup?</p><p>What that question generally means is: "Can you tell me how to raise money and where to find it?"</p><p>Sure, every startup could put more money to use but does every startup need funding?</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>One of the most common questions among Founders is - Do I have to raise money for my startup?</p><p>What that question generally means is: "Can you tell me how to raise money and where to find it?"</p><p>Sure, every startup could put more money to use but does every startup need funding?</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 29 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4eb15a52/d5bda32d.mp3" length="51015557" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2123</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>One of the most common questions among Founders is - Do I have to raise money for my startup?
What that question generally means is: "Can you tell me how to raise money and where to find it?"
Sure, every startup could put more money to use but does every startup need funding?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>One of the most common questions among Founders is - Do I have to raise money for my startup?
What that question generally means is: "Can you tell me how to raise money and where to find it?"
Sure, every startup could put more money to use but does ever</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Startups Don't Go Bankrupt, Founders Do</title>
      <itunes:episode>10</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>10</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Startups Don't Go Bankrupt, Founders Do</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">0b440a34-5005-11e9-a399-db9358e053b2</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/3b32d08a</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if you could be completely broke, on the verge of bankruptcy at home, while still running a thriving business?<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if you could be completely broke, on the verge of bankruptcy at home, while still running a thriving business?<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 22 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/3b32d08a/8c5569b7.mp3" length="53545347" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2229</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What if you could be completely broke, on the verge of bankruptcy at home, while still running a thriving business?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What if you could be completely broke, on the verge of bankruptcy at home, while still running a thriving business?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Life After a Startup Exit Ain't All Rosy</title>
      <itunes:episode>9</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>9</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Life After a Startup Exit Ain't All Rosy</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">1d931c28-411b-11e9-b25e-2bf8e406cd77</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/4b8af1fe</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are endless stories about Founders cashing out on their startups - but what happens to those Founders after the exit?  Are they happier for it?  If not, then how does that affect the path that current Founders are on?  Wil and Ryan dive into real post-mortems of what happens to Founders after they sell their company, and the painful emotional issues that come with life post-exit.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>There are endless stories about Founders cashing out on their startups - but what happens to those Founders after the exit?  Are they happier for it?  If not, then how does that affect the path that current Founders are on?  Wil and Ryan dive into real post-mortems of what happens to Founders after they sell their company, and the painful emotional issues that come with life post-exit.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/4b8af1fe/1379fa31.mp3" length="62099263" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2585</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>There are endless stories about Founders cashing out on their startups - but what happens to those Founders after the exit?  Are they happier for it?  If not, then how does that affect the path that current Founders are on?  Wil and Ryan dive into real post-mortems of what happens to Founders after they sell their company, and the painful emotional issues that come with life post-exit.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>There are endless stories about Founders cashing out on their startups - but what happens to those Founders after the exit?  Are they happier for it?  If not, then how does that affect the path that current Founders are on?  Wil and Ryan dive into real po</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>$250k is a Life-Changing Exit</title>
      <itunes:episode>8</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>8</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>$250k is a Life-Changing Exit</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">003bcb84-411b-11e9-98b1-8fc6cc5dd661</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/c52d1033</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>When we think about "startup exits" we think about "millions and billions".  But how life-changing could an exit of as "little" as $250,000 be?  A lot more than you might think, which is important because most people are far more likely to get to a $250k exit than millions or billions. Wil and Ryan unpack exactly how $250k could fundamentally change your life and how trying to get to that milestone first could be a more achievable and powerful goal than holding out for the big Willy Wonka ticket.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>When we think about "startup exits" we think about "millions and billions".  But how life-changing could an exit of as "little" as $250,000 be?  A lot more than you might think, which is important because most people are far more likely to get to a $250k exit than millions or billions. Wil and Ryan unpack exactly how $250k could fundamentally change your life and how trying to get to that milestone first could be a more achievable and powerful goal than holding out for the big Willy Wonka ticket.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 08 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/c52d1033/ce9e0b87.mp3" length="57398298" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2389</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>When we think about "startup exits" we think about "millions and billions".  But how life-changing could an exit of as "little" as $250,000 be?  A lot more than you might think, which is important because most people are far more likely to get to a $250k exit than millions or billions. Wil and Ryan unpack exactly how $250k could fundamentally change your life and how trying to get to that milestone first could be a more achievable and powerful goal than holding out for the big Willy Wonka ticket.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>When we think about "startup exits" we think about "millions and billions".  But how life-changing could an exit of as "little" as $250,000 be?  A lot more than you might think, which is important because most people are far more likely to get to a $250k </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Your Degree Means Nothing Here</title>
      <itunes:episode>7</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>7</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Your Degree Means Nothing Here</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">dfc3b560-411a-11e9-a3a0-d3c213400e58</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bf05b3ac</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>A true startup is a meritocracy where big degrees and titles shouldn't determine how capable your team is or how fast each person can grow.  We talk about creating an environment where each team member can put their past accomplishments aside and focus exclusively on what they have contributed to the startup today. <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>A true startup is a meritocracy where big degrees and titles shouldn't determine how capable your team is or how fast each person can grow.  We talk about creating an environment where each team member can put their past accomplishments aside and focus exclusively on what they have contributed to the startup today. <a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 01 Apr 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bf05b3ac/e663d68f.mp3" length="70400272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2931</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>A true startup is a meritocracy where big degrees and titles shouldn't determine how capable your team is or how fast each person can grow.  We talk about creating an environment where each team member can put their past accomplishments aside and focus exclusively on what they have contributed to the startup today. 
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>A true startup is a meritocracy where big degrees and titles shouldn't determine how capable your team is or how fast each person can grow.  We talk about creating an environment where each team member can put their past accomplishments aside and focus ex</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>When to Fold the Tents</title>
      <itunes:episode>6</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>6</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>When to Fold the Tents</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">af4fc9be-4778-11e9-987d-87d63dc5be8a</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/de2c288c</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you find yourself focusing more on not losing than winning then it could be time to fold the tents and pack up camp, but when should you make that call?<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>If you find yourself focusing more on not losing than winning then it could be time to fold the tents and pack up camp, but when should you make that call?<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 18 Mar 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/de2c288c/0d653faf.mp3" length="58831272" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2449</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>If you find yourself focusing more on not losing than winning then it could be time to fold the tents and pack up camp, but when should you make that call?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>If you find yourself focusing more on not losing than winning then it could be time to fold the tents and pack up camp, but when should you make that call?
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Optimizing Your Startup for Happiness</title>
      <itunes:episode>5</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>5</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Optimizing Your Startup for Happiness</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">c5260690-411a-11e9-9969-db71bbd8756c</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/2dd50a15</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if instead of focusing our startup around our product or revenue - we started optimizing for our own happiness?  What if our work hours gave us more time with our kids or who we worked with were only the people we enjoyed the most?  It's possible!  The key is thinking about your startup differently by using "personal happiness" as a core tenet of how the company works.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>What if instead of focusing our startup around our product or revenue - we started optimizing for our own happiness?  What if our work hours gave us more time with our kids or who we worked with were only the people we enjoyed the most?  It's possible!  The key is thinking about your startup differently by using "personal happiness" as a core tenet of how the company works.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Sat, 16 Mar 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/2dd50a15/8692d392.mp3" length="65330642" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2720</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>What if instead of focusing our startup around our product or revenue - we started optimizing for our own happiness?  What if our work hours gave us more time with our kids or who we worked with were only the people we enjoyed the most?  It's possible!  The key is thinking about your startup differently by using "personal happiness" as a core tenet of how the company works.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>What if instead of focusing our startup around our product or revenue - we started optimizing for our own happiness?  What if our work hours gave us more time with our kids or who we worked with were only the people we enjoyed the most?  It's possible!  T</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>A $1 Million Business is a Home Run</title>
      <itunes:episode>4</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>4</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>A $1 Million Business is a Home Run</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">91e6a5c8-411a-11e9-8d86-c3a4be6507ef</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/929e7d33</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the age of "unicorn valuations" and giant funding rounds, the world has lost sight of how valuable a startup can be with even a million dollars of revenue.  Ryan and Wil do a detailed walk through of exactly how important a million dollar business can be to a Founder and how dangerous it is to be lead astray by big numbers that have very little personal value to a you as a Founder.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>In the age of "unicorn valuations" and giant funding rounds, the world has lost sight of how valuable a startup can be with even a million dollars of revenue.  Ryan and Wil do a detailed walk through of exactly how important a million dollar business can be to a Founder and how dangerous it is to be lead astray by big numbers that have very little personal value to a you as a Founder.<a href="https://megaphone.fm/adchoices"><br></a><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2019 02:10:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/929e7d33/6d5c52b9.mp3" length="54218110" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2257</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>In the age of "unicorn valuations" and giant funding rounds, the world has lost sight of how valuable a startup can be with even a million dollars of revenue.  Ryan and Wil do a detailed walk through of exactly how important a million dollar business can be to a Founder and how dangerous it is to be lead astray by big numbers that have very little personal value to a you as a Founder.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>In the age of "unicorn valuations" and giant funding rounds, the world has lost sight of how valuable a startup can be with even a million dollars of revenue.  Ryan and Wil do a detailed walk through of exactly how important a million dollar business can </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>Stop Comparing Yourself to Other Startups </title>
      <itunes:episode>3</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>3</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>Stop Comparing Yourself to Other Startups </itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">78bbd5e6-411a-11e9-a548-2b9354661ba0</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/bd3b21c8</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Many of us play a horrible game of comparison, whereby we compare ourselves to other Founders, other startups, and if we're (un)lucky, the press and social media barrage we see of other people's success.  It's all BS.  The moment we start comparing ourselves to other people's apparent success, we all lose.  In this episode we talk about how to "stay in your own lane" and avoid the fallacy of following false idols in the startup world.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Many of us play a horrible game of comparison, whereby we compare ourselves to other Founders, other startups, and if we're (un)lucky, the press and social media barrage we see of other people's success.  It's all BS.  The moment we start comparing ourselves to other people's apparent success, we all lose.  In this episode we talk about how to "stay in your own lane" and avoid the fallacy of following false idols in the startup world.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2019 02:05:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/bd3b21c8/deaa5df8.mp3" length="49679922" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2068</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Many of us play a horrible game of comparison, whereby we compare ourselves to other Founders, other startups, and if we're (un)lucky, the press and social media barrage we see of other people's success.  It's all BS.  The moment we start comparing ourselves to other people's apparent success, we all lose.  In this episode we talk about how to "stay in your own lane" and avoid the fallacy of following false idols in the startup world.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Many of us play a horrible game of comparison, whereby we compare ourselves to other Founders, other startups, and if we're (un)lucky, the press and social media barrage we see of other people's success.  It's all BS.  The moment we start comparing oursel</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Emotional Cost of Being a Startup Founder</title>
      <itunes:episode>2</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>2</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Emotional Cost of Being a Startup Founder</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">5dbc296c-411a-11e9-98b1-f753c7119c5b</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/cc0978cc</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>No one talks about the intense emotional cost of being a startup Founder (so of course we do!)  From missing time with your loved ones to putting all of your chips on a single bet (and losing), we talk about the toll this takes on a Founder and what you can do to help alleviate some of this intense stress in your own journey.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>No one talks about the intense emotional cost of being a startup Founder (so of course we do!)  From missing time with your loved ones to putting all of your chips on a single bet (and losing), we talk about the toll this takes on a Founder and what you can do to help alleviate some of this intense stress in your own journey.</p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2019 02:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/cc0978cc/d7361000.mp3" length="51290721" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>2135</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>No one talks about the intense emotional cost of being a startup Founder (so of course we do!)  From missing time with your loved ones to putting all of your chips on a single bet (and losing), we talk about the toll this takes on a Founder and what you can do to help alleviate some of this intense stress in your own journey.
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>No one talks about the intense emotional cost of being a startup Founder (so of course we do!)  From missing time with your loved ones to putting all of your chips on a single bet (and losing), we talk about the toll this takes on a Founder and what you c</itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
    <item>
      <title>The Problem with Working on Multiple Ideas at Once</title>
      <itunes:episode>1</itunes:episode>
      <podcast:episode>1</podcast:episode>
      <itunes:title>The Problem with Working on Multiple Ideas at Once</itunes:title>
      <itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">36598068-411a-11e9-853b-3bddc3d5b9d4</guid>
      <link>https://share.transistor.fm/s/86ed4fc9</link>
      <description>
        <![CDATA[<p>Wil and Ryan debunk the myth that startup Founders can work on multiple ideas at once and just pick the best one to run with.  We unpack the issues that come with trying to split your focus and how costly that decision can be.  </p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </description>
      <content:encoded>
        <![CDATA[<p>Wil and Ryan debunk the myth that startup Founders can work on multiple ideas at once and just pick the best one to run with.  We unpack the issues that come with trying to split your focus and how costly that decision can be.  </p><p><br><strong>Sign up for the Startups Newsletter<br></strong><a href="https://www.startups.com/newsletter"><strong>https://www.startups.com/newsletter</strong></a></p>]]>
      </content:encoded>
      <pubDate>Mon, 11 Mar 2019 01:00:00 -0700</pubDate>
      <author>Startups.com</author>
      <enclosure url="https://media.transistor.fm/86ed4fc9/c45fae7f.mp3" length="44688047" type="audio/mpeg"/>
      <itunes:author>Startups.com</itunes:author>
      <itunes:duration>1860</itunes:duration>
      <itunes:summary>Wil and Ryan debunk the myth that startup Founders can work on multiple ideas at once and just pick the best one to run with.  We unpack the issues that come with trying to split your focus and how costly that decision can be.  
Learn more about your ad choices. Visit megaphone.fm/adchoices</itunes:summary>
      <itunes:subtitle>Wil and Ryan debunk the myth that startup Founders can work on multiple ideas at once and just pick the best one to run with.  We unpack the issues that come with trying to split your focus and how costly that decision can be.  
Learn more about your ad </itunes:subtitle>
      <itunes:keywords></itunes:keywords>
      <itunes:explicit>No</itunes:explicit>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>
